JP2024056105A - Gaming Machines - Google Patents

Abstract

[Problem] To provide a gaming machine that can improve the entertainment value of the game. [Solution] When a ball is distributed to the right path 75 by a distribution device 73, it is highly likely that the in-appearance plate 79b will protrude and maintain this state during the time from when the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit until it reaches the left end position of the in-appearance plate 79b. As a result, the ball that reaches the left end position of the in-appearance plate 79b collides with the left end portion of the in-appearance plate 79b, rolls on the upper surface of the in-appearance plate 79b from that position, and is guided to the special symbol 2 winning opening 78 side. [Selected figure] Figure 8

Description

The present invention relates to gaming machines such as pachinko machines.

Conventionally, some gaming machines, such as pachinko machines, are configured to launch a gaming medium, such as a ball, into a gaming area provided on a gaming board, and hold a winning/losing lottery based on whether the gaming medium enters one of a number of ball entry means provided in the gaming area, and if the winning/losing lottery results in a winning result, a predetermined gaming value is awarded to the player (for example, Patent Document 1).

JP 2012-231902 A

However, in the above gaming machine, the pattern of balls entering the ball entry means is monotonous, and there is still room for improvement in this regard.

The present invention was made in consideration of the above-mentioned circumstances, and aims to provide a gaming machine that can increase the enjoyment of gaming.

In order to achieve this object, the gaming machine described in claim 1 is configured such that a gaming ball is launched by a launching means, the gaming ball launched by the launching means is capable of entering a first ball entry means, and the first information is acquired by a first information acquisition means based on the gaming ball entering the first ball entry means. Also, the gaming ball launched by the launching means is configured to be capable of entering a second ball entry means different from the first ball entry means, and the second information is acquired by a second information acquisition means based on the gaming ball entering the second ball entry means. Then, the first information acquired by the first information acquisition means or the second information acquired by the second information acquisition means is judged by a judging means, and a predetermined gaming value is awarded to the player by a gaming value awarding means based on the judgment result by the judging means. Here, the gaming state setting means is configured to be able to set the gaming state after the gaming value is awarded by the gaming value awarding means. Also, the flow direction of the gaming ball launched from the launching means is changed by a moving means, and the moving means is driven by a driving means. The ball-entry pattern changing means changes the driving mode of the movable means by the driving means based on the game state set by the game state setting means, thereby changing the ball-entry pattern of the first or second ball-entry means into which the game ball launched from the launching means can enter.

According to the gaming machine of claim 1, a gaming ball is launched by a launching means, and the gaming ball launched by the launching means is configured to be able to enter a first ball entry means, and the first information is acquired by a first information acquisition means based on the gaming ball entering the first ball entry means. Also, the gaming ball launched by the launching means is configured to be able to enter a second ball entry means different from the first ball entry means, and the second information is acquired by a second information acquisition means based on the gaming ball entering the second ball entry means. Then, the first information acquired by the first information acquisition means or the second information acquired by the second information acquisition means is judged by a judging means, and a predetermined gaming value is awarded to the player by a gaming value awarding means based on the judgment result by the judging means. Here, a gaming state setting means is configured to be able to set a gaming state after the gaming value is awarded by the gaming value awarding means. Also, the flow direction of the gaming ball launched from the launching means is changed by a moving means, and the moving means is driven by a driving means. The ball-entry pattern changing means changes the driving mode of the movable means by the drive means based on the game state set by the game state setting means, thereby changing the ball-entry pattern of the first ball-entry means or the second ball-entry means into which the game ball launched from the launching means can enter. This has the effect of enriching the game variation and increasing interest by changing the driving mode of the movable means according to the game state and varying the ball-entry pattern of the first ball-entry means or the second ball-entry means into which the game ball can enter.

1 is a front view of a pachinko machine according to a first embodiment. FIG. A rear view of a pachinko machine. FIG. 2 is a front view of the game board of a pachinko machine. A schematic cross-sectional view of the alternating distribution unit and the ordinary electric unit and their surroundings as viewed from the front. (a) is a schematic oblique view of an ordinary electric unit for explaining the behavior of the ball when the inlet plate is in a recessed state (non-protruding state), (b) is a schematic oblique view of an ordinary electric unit for explaining the behavior of the ball when the inlet plate is in a protruding state, and (c) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the ordinary electric unit along line Vc-Vc in (b). 1 is a schematic diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball that enters the alternating distribution unit through the distribution ball inlet and the behavior of the ball outlet board when hitting from the left in the "normal game state", (a) shows the behavior of a ball that enters the alternating distribution unit when hitting from the left in the "normal game state" and is distributed to the left path by the distribution device, and (b) shows the behavior of a ball that enters the alternating distribution unit when hitting from the left in the "normal game state" and is distributed to the right path by the distribution device. (a) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the ball distributed to the right path of the alternating distribution unit, the variable display of the normal pattern, and the protruding time of the appearance and disappearance board when hitting from the left in the "normal game state," and (b) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the ball that flows into the normal electric unit, the variable display of the normal pattern, and the protruding time of the appearance and disappearance board when hitting from the right in the "normal game state." 1 is a schematic diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball entering through the distribution ball inlet of the alternating distribution unit, the behavior of the ball entering and exiting board, and the behavior of a ball rolling on the top surface of the ball entering and exiting board when hitting with the left in the "latency probability changing state", where (a) shows the behavior of a ball that enters the alternating distribution unit 71 and is distributed to the left side path 74 by the distribution device 73 when hitting with the left in the "latency probability changing state", and (b) shows the behavior of a ball that enters the alternating distribution unit 71 and is distributed to the right side path 75 by the distribution device 73 when hitting with the left in the "latency probability changing state". (a) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of a ball distributed to the right-side path, the variable display of normal symbols, and the protruding time of the appearance and disappearance board when hitting from the left in the ``latent probability changing state,'' and (b) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of a ball that has flowed into the normal electric unit, the variable display of normal symbols, and the protruding time of the appearance and disappearance board when hitting from the right in the ``latent probability changing state.'' This is a schematic diagram to explain the behavior of the inverted plate and the behavior of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the inverted plate when hitting from the right in the "probability changing state." (a) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of a ball distributed to the right-side path, the variable display of normal symbols, and the protruding time of the appearance and disappearance board when hitting from the left in the ``probability changing state,'' and (b) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of a ball that has flowed into the normal electric unit, the variable display of normal symbols, and the protruding time of the appearance and disappearance board when hitting from the right in the ``probability changing state.'' 1A is a diagram showing a schematic diagram of area division settings and effective line settings on a display screen, and FIG. 1B is a diagram showing an example of an actual display screen. FIG. 2 is a block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine. This is a diagram showing a schematic configuration of various counters, a counter buffer, a first reserved ball storage area, a second reserved ball storage area, a reserved ball execution area, a regular reserved ball storage area, and a regular reserved ball execution area. (a) is a diagram showing a schematic example of a jackpot random number table, (b) is a diagram showing a schematic example of a jackpot type table for special chart 1, and (b) is a diagram showing a schematic example of a jackpot type table for special chart 2. 1A is a diagram showing a typical example of a normal jackpot random number table, FIG. 1B is a diagram showing a typical example of a normal jackpot fluctuation time table, and FIG. 1C is a diagram showing a typical example of a normal electric role control table. 5 is a flowchart showing a timer interrupt process executed by an MPU in the main control device. A flowchart showing the start winning processing executed by the MPU in the main control unit. 10 is a flowchart showing a gate passing process executed by an MPU in the main control device. 13 is a flowchart showing the special chart change processing executed by the MPU in the main control unit. 13 is a flowchart showing the fluctuation start processing executed by the MPU in the main control device. 4 is a flowchart showing the normal change processing executed by the MPU in the main control device. 13 is a flowchart showing the jackpot processing executed by the MPU in the main control unit. 13 is a flowchart showing the large prize opening/closing control process executed by the MPU in the main control unit. 4 is a flowchart showing the normal electric utility control processing executed by the MPU in the main control unit. 5 is a flowchart showing an NMI interrupt process executed by an MPU in a main control device. 5 is a flowchart showing a start-up process executed by an MPU in the main control device. 4 is a flowchart showing main processing executed by an MPU in the main control device. A diagram showing an example of a general map fluctuation time table of the second embodiment. (a) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball entering through the distribution ball inlet of the alternating distribution unit and the behavior of the disappearance board when hitting from the left in the "normal game state" of the second embodiment, (b) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball entering through the distribution ball inlet of the alternating distribution unit, the behavior of the disappearance board, and the behavior of a ball rolling on the top surface of the disappearance board when hitting from the left in the "latency probability changing state" of the second embodiment, and (c) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of the disappearance board and the behavior of a ball rolling on the top surface of the disappearance board when hitting from the right in the "probability changing state" of the second embodiment. A schematic cross-sectional view of an ordinary electric utility unit taken along line AA in Figure 30 (a). (a) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the ball distributed to the right path in the "normal game state" of the second embodiment, the variable display of the normal pattern, and the protruding time of the appearance and disappearance board, and (b) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the ball that has flowed into the normal electric unit in the "normal game state" of the second embodiment, the variable display of the normal pattern, and the protruding time of the appearance and disappearance board. (a) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of a ball distributed to the right path in the “latent probability changing state” of the second embodiment, the variable display of ordinary symbols, and the protruding time of the appearance and disappearance board, and (b) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of a ball that has flowed into the ordinary electric unit in the “latent probability changing state” of the second embodiment, the variable display of ordinary symbols, and the protruding time of the appearance and disappearance board. (a) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the ball distributed to the right path in the "probability changing state" of the second embodiment, the variable display of the normal pattern, and the protruding time of the appearance and disappearance board, and (b) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the ball that has flowed into the normal electric unit in the "probability changing state" of the second embodiment, the variable display of the normal pattern, and the protruding time of the appearance and disappearance board. FIG. 13 is a diagram illustrating an example of a normal electric control table according to the third embodiment. 13 is a flowchart showing the normal electric utility control processing executed by the MPU in the main control device of the third embodiment. (a) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball entering through the distribution ball inlet of the alternating distribution unit and the behavior of the disappearance board when hitting from the left in the "normal game state" of the third embodiment, (b) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball entering through the distribution ball inlet of the alternating distribution unit, the behavior of the disappearance board, and the behavior of a ball rolling on the top surface of the disappearance board when hitting from the left in the "latency probability changing state" of the third embodiment, and (c) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of the disappearance board and the behavior of a ball rolling on the top surface of the disappearance board when hitting from the right in the "probability changing state" of the third embodiment. (a) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the ball distributed to the right path in the "probability changing state" of the third embodiment, the variable display of the normal pattern, and the protruding time of the appearance and disappearance board, and (b) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the ball that has flowed into the normal electric unit in the "probability changing state", the variable display of the normal pattern, and the protruding time of the appearance and disappearance board. (a) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball that enters through the distribution ball inlet of the alternating distribution unit and the behavior of the appearance and disappearance board when hitting from the left in the "normal game state" of the fourth embodiment, (b) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball that enters through the distribution ball inlet of the alternating distribution unit, the behavior of the appearance and disappearance board, and the behavior of a ball rolling on the top surface of the appearance and disappearance board when hitting from the left in the "latency probability changing state" of the fourth embodiment, and (c) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball that enters through the distribution ball inlet of the alternating distribution unit, the behavior of the appearance and disappearance board, and the behavior of a ball rolling on the top surface of the appearance and disappearance board when hitting from the left in the "probability changing state" of the fourth embodiment. (a) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of a ball distributed to the left path in the "normal game state" of the fourth embodiment, the variable display of normal patterns, and the protruding time of the appearance and disappearance board, and (b) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of a ball distributed to the right path in the "normal game state" of the fourth embodiment, the variable display of normal patterns, and the protruding time of the appearance and disappearance board. 13A is a timing chart showing the flow timing of a ball allocated to the left path in the “latent probability changing state” of the fourth embodiment, the variable display of ordinary symbols, and the protruding time of the appearance and disappearance board, and 13B is a timing chart showing the flow timing of a ball allocated to the right path in the “latent probability changing state” of the fourth embodiment, the variable display of ordinary symbols, and the protruding time of the appearance and disappearance board. (a) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of a ball allocated to the left path in the "probability changing state" of the fourth embodiment, the variable display of ordinary symbols, and the protruding time of the appearance and disappearance board, and (b) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of a ball allocated to the right path in the "probability changing state" of the fourth embodiment, the variable display of ordinary symbols, and the protruding time of the appearance and disappearance board. (a) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball entering through the distribution ball inlet of the alternating distribution unit and the behavior of the receding and receding normal electric role when hitting from the left in the "normal game state" of the fifth embodiment, (b) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball entering through the distribution ball inlet of the alternating distribution unit, the behavior of the receding and receding normal electric role, and the behavior of a ball rolling on the top surface of the receding and receding normal electric role when hitting from the left in the "latent probability fluctuating state" of the fifth embodiment, and (c) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of the receding and receding normal electric role and the behavior of a ball rolling on the top surface of the receding and receding normal electric role when hitting from the right in the "probability fluctuating state" of the fifth embodiment. (a) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the ball distributed to the right path in the "normal game state" of the fifth embodiment, the variable display of the normal pattern, and the protruding time of the appearance and disappearance board, and (b) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the ball that has flowed into the normal electric unit in the "normal game state" of the fifth embodiment, the variable display of the normal pattern, and the protruding time of the appearance and disappearance board. 13A is a timing chart showing the flow timing of a ball distributed to the right path in the “latent probability changing state” of the fifth embodiment, the variable display of normal symbols, and the protruding time of the appearance and disappearance board, and 13B is a timing chart showing the flow timing of a ball that has flowed into the normal electric unit in the “latent probability changing state” of the fifth embodiment, the variable display of normal symbols, and the protruding time of the appearance and disappearance board. (a) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the ball distributed to the right path in the "probability changing state" of the fifth embodiment, the variable display of the normal pattern, and the protruding time of the appearance and disappearance board, and (b) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the ball that has flowed into the normal electric unit in the "probability changing state" of the fifth embodiment, the variable display of the normal pattern, and the protruding time of the appearance and disappearance board. (a) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball entering through the distribution ball inlet of the alternating distribution unit when hitting from the left in the "normal game state" of the sixth embodiment, (b) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of the appearance and disappearance board and the behavior of the ball rolling on the top surface of the appearance and disappearance board when hitting from the right in the "latency probability changing state" of the sixth embodiment, and (c) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of the appearance and disappearance board and the behavior of the ball rolling on the top surface of the appearance and disappearance board when hitting from the right in the "probability changing state" of the sixth embodiment. (a) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the balls distributed to the right path in the "normal game state" of the sixth embodiment, and (b) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the balls that flow into the normal electric unit in the "normal game state" of the sixth embodiment, the variable display of the normal pattern, and the protrusion time of the appearance and disappearance board. 13A is a timing chart showing the flow timing of a ball that is distributed to the right path in the “latent probability changing state” of the sixth embodiment, and FIG. 13B is a timing chart showing the flow timing of a ball that has flowed into the normal electric unit in the “latent probability changing state” of the sixth embodiment, the variable display of normal symbols, and the protrusion time of the appearance and disappearance board. 13A is a timing chart showing the flow timing of balls distributed to the right path in the "probability changing state" of the sixth embodiment, and 13B is a timing chart showing the flow timing of balls that have flowed into the normal electric unit in the "probability changing state" of the sixth embodiment, the variable display of normal symbols, and the protrusion time of the appearance and disappearance board. 13A is a diagram showing a schematic example of a normal jackpot random number table of the seventh embodiment, FIG. 13B is a diagram showing a schematic example of a normal jackpot fluctuation time table of the seventh embodiment, and FIG. 13C is a diagram showing a schematic example of a normal electric role control table of the seventh embodiment. 13 is a flowchart showing the normal change processing executed by the MPU in the main control device of the seventh embodiment. (a) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball entering through the distribution ball inlet of the alternating distribution unit when hitting from the left in the "normal game state" of the seventh embodiment, (b) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of the appearance board and the behavior of the ball rolling on the top surface of the appearance board when hitting from the right in the "latency probability changing state" of the seventh embodiment, and (c) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of the appearance board and the behavior of the ball rolling on the top surface of the appearance board when hitting from the right in the "probability changing state" of the seventh embodiment. 13A is a diagram showing a schematic example of a normal jackpot random number table of the eighth embodiment, (b) is a diagram showing a schematic example of a normal jackpot fluctuation time table of the eighth embodiment, and (c) is a diagram showing a schematic example of a normal electric role control table of the eighth embodiment. 55(a) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball that enters through the distribution ball inlet of the alternating distribution unit and the behavior of the disappearance board when hitting from the left in the "normal game state" of the eighth embodiment, (b) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball that enters through the distribution ball inlet of the alternating distribution unit when hitting from the left in the "latency probability changing state" of the eighth embodiment, the behavior of a ball that enters the normal electric unit when hitting from the right, the behavior of the disappearance board, and the behavior of a ball rolling on the upper surface of the disappearance board, (c) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of the disappearance board and the behavior of a ball rolling on the upper surface of the disappearance board when hitting from the right in the "probability changing state" of the eighth embodiment, and (d) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the normal electric unit 79 at line B-B of FIG. 55(a). (a) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the ball distributed to the right path in the "normal game state" of the eighth embodiment, the variable display of the normal pattern, and the protruding time of the appearance and disappearance board, and (b) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the ball that has flowed into the normal electric unit in the "normal game state" of the eighth embodiment, the variable display of the normal pattern, and the protruding time of the appearance and disappearance board. 13A is a timing chart showing the flow timing of a ball distributed to the right path in the “latent probability changing state” of the eighth embodiment, the variable display of normal symbols, and the protruding time of the appearance and disappearance board, and 13B is a timing chart showing the flow timing of a ball that has flowed into the normal electric unit in the “latent probability changing state” of the eighth embodiment, the variable display of normal symbols, and the protruding time of the appearance and disappearance board. (a) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the ball distributed to the right path in the "probability changing state" of the eighth embodiment, the variable display of the normal pattern, and the protruding time of the appearance and disappearance board, and (b) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the ball that has flowed into the normal electric unit in the "probability changing state" of the eighth embodiment, the variable display of the normal pattern, and the protruding time of the appearance and disappearance board.

First Embodiment
Hereinafter, an embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the accompanying drawings. First, a first embodiment in which the present invention is applied to a pachinko gaming machine (hereinafter, simply referred to as a "pachinko machine") 10 will be described with reference to Figs. 1 to 26. Fig. 1 is a front view of the pachinko machine 10 in the first embodiment, Fig. 2 is a rear view of the pachinko machine 10, and Fig. 3 is a front view of the game board 13 of the pachinko machine 10.

As shown in Figure 1, the pachinko machine 10 comprises an outer frame 11, the outer shell of which is formed by wooden frames assembled into a roughly rectangular shape, and an inner frame 12, which is formed to roughly the same external shape as the outer frame 11 and is supported so as to be openable and closable relative to the outer frame 11. Metal hinges 18 are attached to the outer frame 11 at two locations, top and bottom, on the left side when viewed from the front (see Figure 1), in order to support the inner frame 12, and the inner frame 12 is supported so as to be openable and closable towards the front, with the side where the hinges 18 are provided serving as the axis for opening and closing.

A game board 13 (see FIG. 3) having numerous nails and winning holes (ball entry holes) 63, 65a, 77, 78, etc. is detachably attached to the back side of the inner frame 12. A pinball game is played by balls flowing down the front of the game board 13. The inner frame 12 is also fitted with a ball launching unit 112a (see FIG. 13) that launches balls into the front area of the game board 13, and a launch rail (not shown) that guides the balls launched from the ball launching unit 112a to the front area of the game board 13. Details of the game board 13 will be described later with reference to FIG. 3.

On the front side of the inner frame 12, there is a front frame 14 that covers the upper side of the front, and a lower plate unit 15 that covers the lower side. Metal hinges 19 are attached to two places, top and bottom, on the left side when viewed from the front (see Figure 1), to support the front frame 14 and the lower plate unit 15, and the front frame 14 and the lower plate unit 15 are supported so that they can be opened and closed toward the front, with the side where the hinges 19 are provided serving as the axis for opening and closing. The locks on the inner frame 12 and the front frame 14 can be released by inserting a special key into the keyhole 21 of the cylinder lock 20 and performing a specified operation.

The front frame 14 is fitted with decorative resin parts, electrical parts, etc., and has a window 14c formed in a roughly elliptical shape at approximately the center. A glass unit 16 having two glass plates is disposed on the back side of the front frame 14, and the front of the game board 13 can be seen from the front side of the pachinko machine 10 through the glass unit 16.

The front frame 14 has an upper tray 17 for storing balls that juts out forward and is formed in a roughly box-like shape with an open top, and prize balls and loan balls are dispensed into this upper tray 17. The bottom surface of the upper tray 17 is formed with a downward slope to the right when viewed from the front (see Figure 1), and this slope guides balls dropped into the upper tray 17 to the ball launching unit 112a (see Figure 13). In addition, a frame button 22 is provided on the left side of the top surface of the upper tray 17 when viewed from the front.

The frame button 22 is a button that is pressed by the player, for example, when changing the stage of the effect displayed on the third pattern display device 81 (see FIG. 3) described later. The frame button 22 is also used as an operation button for allowing the player to select the content of the effect in the preview display executed in the variable display of the third pattern (hereinafter, the variable display of the third pattern is referred to as the "variable effect") that corresponds to the first special pattern used in the first lottery game or the second special pattern used in the second lottery game.

The first lottery game is a lottery game resulting from a ball entering (hereinafter, a ball entering may be referred to as a "win") into the special chart 1 first winning port 77a or the special chart 1 second winning port 77b (see FIG. 4. Hereinafter, the special chart 1 first winning port 77a and the special chart 1 second winning port 77b may be collectively referred to as the "special chart 1 winning port 77") provided in the alternating distribution unit 71 (see FIG. 3) described later. The second lottery game is a lottery game resulting from a win into the special chart 2 winning port 78 (see FIG. 4) also provided in the alternating distribution unit 71 (see FIG. 3).

The variable presentation is a presentation displayed on the third symbol display device 81 (see FIG. 3) described later, and is executed when a ball shot into the front area of the game board 13 enters a specific winning hole (for example, the special symbol 1 winning hole 77 or the special symbol 2 winning hole 78 described later. See FIG. 3 and FIG. 4.) As described later, the variable presentation is executed when the ball shot into the front area of the game board 13 enters a specific winning hole (for example, the special symbol 1 winning hole 77 or the special symbol 2 winning hole 78 described later. See FIG. 3 and FIG. 4.). After the pattern (the third pattern described later) changes for a predetermined time, the result of the lottery (whether it is a big win or not) performed for the winning is presented to the player based on the combination of the stopped patterns. In the first embodiment, the third symbol display device 81 is configured to be able to execute only one lottery game, and the third symbol is used in common for the first special symbol based on the first lottery game and the second special symbol based on the second lottery game to display the lottery result based on the first lottery game or the lottery result based on the second lottery game.

Furthermore, a stage refers to a presentation mode that provides uniformity to the various presentations displayed on the third symbol display device 81 (see FIG. 3) described below, and this pachinko machine 10 has three stages: "town stage," "sky stage," and "island stage." The above-mentioned variable presentations and various presentations such as the "reach display" executed during the variable presentations are designed to be performed according to the theme given to each stage.

The "reach display" refers to the display just before the "jackpot display" indicating that a jackpot will occur in the variable presentation executed by the third symbol display device 81 (see FIG. 3) described below. Specifically, it refers to the state in which the third symbols in the left symbol row Z1 and the right symbol row Z3 (see FIG. 12) described below stop at the same symbol, and the center symbol row Z2 (see FIG. 12) has not yet stopped and continues to vary.

In the pachinko machine 10 of this embodiment, the "reach display" is roughly divided into a single element that constitutes the "normal reach" presentation (hereinafter, a single element that constitutes the presentation is referred to as a "variable element"), a variable element of a "super reach" that is developed and executed from the variable element of the "normal reach" and has a higher chance of winning a jackpot than the variable element of the "normal reach", and a variable element of a "special reach" that is similarly developed and executed from the variable element of the "normal reach" and has a higher chance of winning a jackpot than the variable element of the "super reach".

The stage changes when the player presses the frame button 22 during a period when no variable performance is taking place (i.e., during a demo display) or during a "high-speed variable" element in which the third symbol changes so quickly that it is invisible to the player. Each time the frame button 22 is operated, the stage is repeatedly changed in the following order: "town stage" → "empty stage" → "island stage" → "town stage" → ... Also, immediately after the power is turned on, the "town stage" is set as the initial stage.

In addition, when a variable element of a "normal reach" is started in the variable performance performed by the third pattern display device 81 (see FIG. 3) described later, if the variable element of the "normal reach" develops into a variable element of a "super reach" or a variable element of a "special reach", a selection screen for the variable element of the "super reach" or the variable element of the "special reach" may be displayed on the third pattern display device 81 during the variable element of the "normal reach".

Specifically, the selection screen displays multiple candidates that can be selected as the variable elements of the "Super Reach" or the "Special Reach", and the selected candidate is changed when the frame button 22 is pressed by the player while the selection screen is displayed. Then, the variable elements of the "Super Reach" or the "Special Reach" are determined based on the performance candidate that was selected when the variable elements of the "Super Reach" or the "Special Reach" developed, and the variable elements of the "Super Reach" or the "Special Reach" are executed by the third pattern display device 81 in accordance with the determination.

In the first embodiment, the frame button 22 is configured as a button to be pressed, but instead of the frame button 22, it may be configured as an operation lever that can be tilted by the player in a predetermined direction relative to the pachinko machine 10 (for example, forward, backward, right, or left relative to the pachinko machine 10). Then, based on the direction in which the operation lever is tilted, the performance stage may be selected or changed, or the variable elements of the "Super Reach" or the variable elements of the "Special Reach" may be determined.

In addition, the frame button 22 is configured to be positioned on the front side of the upper tray 17 when viewed from the side, but the position of the frame button 22 may be any position that allows the player to press it. For example, it may be positioned on the top side of the upper tray 17, or it may be positioned near (on the top or side of) the lower tray 50 described below.

The front frame 14 is provided with various light-emitting means such as lamps around its periphery (e.g., corners). These light-emitting means change and control the light emission mode by turning on or blinking in response to changes in the game state, such as when a jackpot is hit or a specified "reach display" is activated, and serve to enhance the presentation effect during play. The periphery of the window portion 14c is provided with illumination sections 29-33 incorporating light-emitting means such as light-emitting diodes (Light Emitting Diodes, hereafter abbreviated as "LEDs").

In the pachinko machine 10, these illumination units 29-33 function as performance lamps such as jackpot lamps, and when a jackpot is hit or a "reach display" is activated, the built-in LEDs of the illumination units 29-33 light up or flash to indicate that a jackpot is being hit or that a "reach display" is being displayed, which is one step away from a jackpot. In addition, an indicator lamp 34 is provided at the top left of the front frame 14 as viewed from the front, which has a built-in light-emitting means such as an LED and can indicate when prize balls are being paid out and when an error has occurred.

A small window 35 is formed under the right-side illumination section 32 by attaching transparent resin from the back side so that the back side of the front frame 14 can be seen, and the certificate stamps and the like affixed to the attachment space K1 (see FIG. 3) on the front of the game board 13 can be seen from the front of the pachinko machine 10. In addition, in the pachinko machine 10, a plated member 36 made of chrome-plated acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (hereinafter abbreviated as "ABS") resin is attached to the area around the illumination sections 29-33 to create a more dazzling appearance.

The ball lending operation unit 40 is disposed below the window 14c. The ball lending operation unit 40 is provided with a number display unit 41, a ball lending button 42, and a return button 43. When the ball lending operation unit 40 is operated with bills, cards, etc. inserted into the card unit (ball lending unit, not shown) located on the side of the pachinko machine 10, balls are lent out according to the operation. Specifically, the number display unit 41 is an area where the remaining balance information of the card, etc. is displayed, and the built-in LED lights up to display the remaining balance in numbers as the remaining balance information. The ball lending button 42 is operated to obtain loan balls based on the information recorded on the card, etc. (recording medium), and loan balls are supplied to the upper tray 17 as long as there is a remaining balance on the card, etc. The return button 43 is operated when requesting the return of the card, etc. inserted into the card unit.

In pachinko machines where balls are directly dispensed from a ball dispensing device to the upper tray 17 without going through a card unit, i.e., so-called cash machines, the ball dispensing operation unit 40 is not necessary. In this case, a decorative sticker or the like may be added to the installation area of the ball dispensing operation unit 40 to make the parts configuration common. It is possible to standardize pachinko machines that use a card unit and cash machines.

The lower tray unit 15, located below the upper tray 17, has a lower tray 50 in the center, which is formed in a roughly box-like shape with an open top, for storing balls that could not be stored in the upper tray 17. On the right side of the lower tray 50, an operating handle 51 is arranged, which is operated by the player to shoot balls into the front of the game board 13. Inside the operating handle 51, there is built a touch sensor 51a for allowing the operation of the ball launching unit 112a (see Figure 13), a push-button type shooting stop switch 51b that stops the launch of balls while it is being pressed, and a variable resistor (not shown) that detects the amount of rotation of the operating handle 51 by changes in electrical resistance.

When the control handle 51 is rotated clockwise by the player, the touch sensor 51a is turned on and the resistance value of the variable resistor changes in accordance with the amount of rotation, and the ball is shot with a strength corresponding to the resistance value of the variable resistor, which changes in accordance with the amount of rotation of the control handle 51, thereby shooting the ball into the front of the game board 13 with a flight distance corresponding to the player's operation. Also, when the control handle 51 is not being operated by the player, the touch sensor 51a and the shot stop switch 51b are off.

A ball removal lever 52 is provided on the lower front part of the lower tray 50 to be operated when discharging the balls stored in the lower tray 50 downward. This ball removal lever 52 is always biased to the right, and by sliding it to the left against this bias, the bottom opening formed on the bottom surface of the lower tray 50 opens, and the balls fall naturally from the bottom opening and are discharged. This ball removal lever 52 is usually operated with a box (commonly called a "dollar box") that receives the balls discharged from the lower tray 50 placed below the lower tray 50. As mentioned above, the operating handle 51 is arranged on the right side of the lower tray 50, and an ashtray 53 is attached to the left side of the lower tray 50.

Next, as shown in FIG. 2, the rear side of the pachinko machine 10 is mainly equipped with control board units 90, 91 and a back pack unit 94. The control board unit 90 is unitized with a main board (main control device 110), a voice lamp control board (voice lamp control device 113), and a display control board (display control device 114). The control board unit 91 is unitized with a payout control board (payout control device 111), a launch control board (launch control device 112), a power supply board (power supply device 115), and a card unit connection board 116.

The back pack unit 94 is a unit formed by the back pack 92, which forms the protective cover, and the payout unit 93. In addition, each control board is equipped with a micro-processing unit (hereinafter abbreviated as "MPU") as a one-chip microcomputer that controls each part, ports for communicating with various devices, a random number generator used in various lotteries, a clock pulse generating circuit used for time counting and synchronization, etc. as necessary.

The main control device 110, the voice lamp control device 113 and the display control device 114, the payout control device 111 and the launch control device 112, the power supply device 115, and the card unit connection board 116 are each stored in the board boxes 100-104. The board boxes 100-104 each include a box base and a box cover that covers the opening of the box base, and the box base and the box cover are connected to each other to store the respective control devices and boards.

The board box 100 (main control device 110) and the board box 102 (dispensing control device 111 and launch control device 112) are connected to the box base and box cover by a sealing unit (not shown) so that they cannot be opened (connected by a crimping structure). A sealing seal (not shown) is attached to the connection between the box base and the box cover, spanning the box base and the box cover. This sealing seal is made of a brittle material, and if you try to peel off the sealing seal to open the board box 100, 102 or forcefully open the board box 100, 102, it will be cut into the box base side and the box cover side. Therefore, by checking the sealing unit or sealing seal, you can know whether the board box 100, 102 has been opened.

The payout unit 93 is equipped with a tank 130 located at the top of the back pack unit 94 and opening upward, a tank rail 131 connected to the bottom of the tank 130 and gently sloping toward the downstream side, a case rail 132 connected vertically to the downstream side of the tank rail 131, and a payout device 133 provided at the most downstream part of the case rail 132, which pays out balls using a specified electrical configuration of a payout motor 216 (see FIG. 13). The tank 130 is successively replenished with balls supplied from the island equipment of the game hall, and the payout device 133 pays out the required number of balls as appropriate. A vibrator 134 is attached to the tank rail 131 to impart vibration to the tank rail 131.

The payout control device 111 is also provided with a state recovery switch 120, the firing control device 112 with a variable resistor control knob 121, and the power supply device 115 with a RAM erase switch 122. The state recovery switch 120 is operated to clear ball jams (return to normal state) when a payout error occurs, such as ball jamming in the payout motor 216 (see FIG. 13). The control knob 121 is operated to adjust the firing force of the firing solenoid. The RAM erase switch 122 is operated when the power is turned on to return the pachinko machine 10 to its initial state.

Next, with reference to Figures 3 to 5, the specific configuration of the game board 13, as well as the detailed configuration of the alternating distribution unit 71 and the normal electric unit 79 will be explained. First, as shown in FIG. 3, the game board 13 is constructed by assembling a number of nails, windmills and rails 61, 62 for guiding balls, a general winning hole 63 through which a predetermined prize ball can be obtained by the ball entering the hole, a central variable winning device 65 that opens when a jackpot occurs in the first lottery game, a right-side variable winning device 67 that opens when a jackpot occurs in the second lottery game, an alternating distribution unit 71 having a special winning hole 77 for the first lottery game, a special winning hole 78 for the second lottery game, and a normal pattern gate 76a (see FIG. 4) in the unit described later, a normal electric role unit 79 having a right-side normal pattern gate 76b and a retractable normal electric role 79a (both see FIG. 4) described later, a variable display unit 80 having a third pattern display device 81, and the like, and the peripheral portion is attached to the back side of the inner frame 12.

The general winning opening 63, central variable winning device 65, right side variable winning device 67, alternating distribution unit 71, normal electric unit 79, and variable display unit 80 are arranged in through holes formed in the base plate 60 by router processing, and are fixed from the front side of the game board 13 with wood screws or the like. In addition, the front center part of the game board 13 can be seen from the front side of the inner frame 12 through the window portion 14c of the front frame 14 (see Figure 1). The configuration of the game board 13 will be explained below, mainly with reference to Figure 3.

An outer rail 62 formed by bending a strip-shaped metal plate into an approximately arc shape is set up on the front of the game board 13, and an arc-shaped inner rail 61 formed from a strip-shaped metal plate like the outer rail 62 is set up inside the outer rail 62. The inner rail 61 and outer rail 62 surround the front periphery of the game board 13, and the game board 13 and glass unit 16 (see Figure 1) surround the front and back, forming a game area on the front of the game board 13 where games are played based on the behavior of the ball. The game area is an approximately circular area (an area where winning holes and the like are arranged and where shot balls flow down) on the front of the game board 13, partitioned by the two rails 61, 62 and the arc member 70.

The two rails 61, 62 are provided to guide the ball launched from the ball launching unit 112a (see FIG. 13) to the top of the game board 13. A return ball prevention member 68 is attached to the tip of the inner rail 61 (upper left in FIG. 3), which prevents the ball once guided to the top of the game board 13 from returning back into the ball guide passage. A return rubber 69 is attached to the tip of the outer rail 62 (upper right in FIG. 3) at a position corresponding to the maximum flight part of the ball, and a ball launched with a certain amount of force or more hits the return rubber 69 and bounces back toward the center while reducing its force (hereinafter, the act of launching a ball with force such as hitting the return rubber 69 and passing the right side of the variable display unit 80 as viewed from the front is referred to as a "right hit", while the act of the launched ball passing the left side of the variable display unit 80 as viewed from the front is referred to as a "left hit"). In the first embodiment, in a left-handed game, the ball can enter the alternating distribution unit 71, but is configured to be difficult for the ball to enter the normal electric role unit 79. Also, in a right-handed game, the ball can enter the normal electric role unit 79, but is configured to be difficult for the ball to enter the alternating distribution unit 71. The specific configuration will be described later.

In addition, between the lower right end of the inner rail 61 and the upper right end of the outer rail 62, a resin arc member 70 is fixed by being driven into the base plate 60. The arc member 70 is formed on the inner surface of the base plate 60 to connect the rails.

At the upper right side of the play area when viewed from the front (upper right side of Figure 3), a special symbol display device 37 is provided, which is equipped with multiple LEDs 37a as light-emitting means and a seven-segment display 37b. The special symbol display device 37 displays the changes in each special symbol (hereinafter, the change in the display of special symbols is referred to as "dynamic display") in response to each control performed by the main control device 110 (see Figure 13), which will be described later, and also displays the play status of the pachinko machine 10.

The LEDs 37a indicate, by their lighting state, the number of reserved balls, which is the number of balls (reserved balls) that have not yet been displayed as a variable display among the balls that have won (entered) the special chart 1 first winning port 77a, the special chart 1 second winning port 77b, and the special chart 2 winning port 78 described below. The number of jackpot rounds and error display are also indicated by the lighting state of the LED 37a corresponding to the state. The LEDs 37a are configured so that each LED has a different light emission color (e.g., red, green, blue), and the combination of light emission colors can indicate various game states of the pachinko machine 10 with a small number of LEDs.

The 7-segment display 37b is composed of two 7-segment LEDs, one on the left and one on the right. The 7-segment LED on the left variably displays a first special symbol (hereinafter, the first special symbol may be abbreviated as "special symbol 1") that indicates the result of the first lottery game. The 7-segment LED on the right variably displays a second special symbol (hereinafter, the second special symbol may be abbreviated as "special symbol 2") that indicates the result of the second lottery game.

Specifically, the 7-segment LED on the left side displays a fluctuating display (in the first embodiment, the center segment of the 7-segment flashes) until the fluctuating time (dynamic display time) determined based on winning the first special winning slot 77a or the second special winning slot 77b of the alternating distribution unit 71 described later has elapsed, and then displays a stationary pattern indicating the judgment result. The 7-segment LED on the right side displays a fluctuating display until the fluctuating time (dynamic display time) determined based on winning the second special winning slot 78 of the alternating distribution unit 71 described later has elapsed, and then displays a stationary pattern indicating the judgment result. In both 7-segment LEDs, if the judgment result is a miss, a "-" pattern is displayed with only the center segment lit, and if the judgment result is a jackpot, a pattern such as "3" or "7" corresponding to the jackpot is displayed.

In addition, in this pachinko machine 10, a jackpot determination (jackpot lottery) is made as to whether or not a ball entering the special chart 1 winning port 77 or the special chart 2 winning port 78 is a jackpot, and if a jackpot is determined to be a jackpot, the type of jackpot is also determined according to the winning port 77, 78 into which the ball entered. The types of jackpots that are determined here are a "15R sure jackpot" or a "7R latent sure jackpot" based on the ball entering the special chart 1 winning port 77, and only a "15R sure jackpot" based on the ball entering the special chart 2 winning port 78.

Here, a "15R guaranteed jackpot" refers to a guaranteed jackpot that transitions to a "probability fluctuating state" after a jackpot with a maximum number of rounds of 15, and a "7R latent guaranteed jackpot" refers to a guaranteed jackpot that transitions to a "latent probability fluctuating state" after a jackpot with a maximum number of rounds of 7.

In the first embodiment, the following three game states are set as game states. As the first game state, a "normal game state" is provided in which the probability of a special symbol winning is low (1/300 in the first embodiment) and the probability of a normal symbol, which indicates the determination result of whether the retractable normal electric role 79a is driven, is also low (1/10 in the first embodiment). That is, the "normal game state" is configured such that the special symbol is less likely to win a jackpot compared to other game states (the "probability variable state" and "latent probability variable state" described later), and the variable display time of the variable display of the normal symbol (hereinafter, the variable display of the normal symbol is referred to as "variable display") is long (in the first embodiment, "3 seconds"), and the protruding time of the retractable plate 79b provided on the retractable normal electric role 79a is short (in the first embodiment, "2 seconds"). Therefore, the "normal game state" is set as the initial state of the pachinko machine 10, and is set to occur when the variable display of the special symbol in the "probability variable state" or "latent probability variable state" described below is performed a specified number of times (100 times in the first embodiment).

As the second game state, a "probability-changing state" is provided in which the probability of a jackpot for special symbols is higher than that of the "normal game state" (1/100 in the first embodiment), and the probability of a jackpot for normal symbols is also higher than that of the "normal game state" (9/10 in the first embodiment). That is, the "probability-changing state" is configured so that special symbols are more likely to result in a jackpot compared to the "normal game state", the fluctuation time of normal symbols is shorter than that of the "normal game state" (0.5 seconds in the first embodiment), and the protrusion time of the retractable plate 79b provided on the retractable normal electric role 79a is longer than that of the "normal game state" (5 seconds in the first embodiment). This "probability fluctuating state" is set to occur with a probability of 10% after a jackpot based on the first lottery game of the first special pattern when a jackpot occurs based on the first lottery game of the first special pattern, and is set to occur without exception (i.e., 100%) after a jackpot occurs based on the second lottery game of the second special pattern when a jackpot occurs based on the second lottery game of the second special pattern (see Figure 15).

As a third game state, a "latent probability change state" is provided in which the probability of a big win of a special symbol is higher than that of the "normal game state" (1/100 in the first embodiment), and the probability of a hit of a normal symbol is also higher than that of the "normal game state" (9/10 in the first embodiment). That is, the "latent probability change state" is configured so that the probability of a big win of a special symbol is equal to that of the "probability change state", the fluctuation time of the normal symbol is short (0.5 seconds in the first embodiment), while the protruding time of the retractable normal electric role 79a is the same short time as that of the "normal game state" (2 seconds in the first embodiment). Therefore, the "latent probability change state" is configured so that the probability of a big win of a special symbol, the probability of a hit of a normal symbol, and the fluctuation time of the normal symbol are the same as those of the "probability change state", and the protruding time of the retractable normal electric role 79a is the same as that of the "normal game state". This "latent probability fluctuation state" is set to occur with a probability of 90% after a jackpot based on the first lottery game of the first special symbol occurs when a jackpot occurs based on the first lottery game of the first special symbol (see Figure 15).

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the "normal game state" is the most unfavorable game state for the player, the "latent probability fluctuating state" is a more favorable game state for the player than the "normal game state," and the "probability fluctuating state" is a more favorable game state for the player than the "latent probability fluctuating state," i.e., the most favorable game state.

In the lower center of the play area, an alternating distribution unit 71 is arranged, into which balls flowing down the play area can enter. This alternating distribution unit 71 is mainly composed of a distribution ball entrance 72 into which balls flowing down the play area can enter, a distribution device 73 that alternately distributes balls that enter the distribution ball entrance 72 to the left path 74 or the right path 75 in the alternating distribution unit 71, an in-unit normal pattern gate 76a buried in the right path 75, a special chart 1 first winning port 77a into which balls distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73 can enter, a special chart 1 second winning port 77b into which balls distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 can enter, and a special chart 2 winning port 78 arranged between the special chart 1 first winning port 77a and the special chart 1 second winning port 77b.

When a ball enters the special symbol 1 first winning hole 77a or the special symbol 1 second winning hole 77b provided on this alternating distribution unit 71, a special symbol 1 winning hole switch (not shown) provided on the back side of the game board 13 is turned on, and when the special symbol 1 winning hole switch is turned on, a lottery is held for a jackpot of the first special symbol by the main control device 110 (see Figure 13), and a dynamic display of the special symbol according to the lottery result is shown on the 7-segment display 37b of the special symbol display device 37, and a variable performance of the third symbol is executed by the third symbol display device 81.

In addition, when a ball enters the special symbol 2 winning hole 78 provided on the alternating distribution unit 71, a special symbol 2 winning hole switch (not shown) provided on the back side of the game board 13 is turned on, and when the special symbol 2 winning hole switch is turned on, a lottery is held for a jackpot of the second special symbol by the main control device 110 (see Figure 13), and a dynamic display of the special symbol according to the lottery result is shown on the 7-segment display 37b of the special symbol display device 37, and a variable performance of the third symbol is executed by the third symbol display device 81.

The first prize-winning hole 77a of the special drawing 1, the second prize-winning hole 77b of the special drawing 1, and the prize-winning hole 78 of the special drawing 2 are also prize-winning holes from which two balls are paid out as prize balls when a ball wins. Details of the alternating distribution unit 71 will be described later with reference to FIG. 4.

A normal electric unit 79 is disposed to the right of the alternating distribution unit 71. This normal electric unit 79 is mainly composed of a right-side normal symbol gate 76b, a retractable normal electric unit 79a having a retractable plate 79b inclined toward the alternating distribution unit 71, and a deceleration section 79c composed of rear deceleration sections 79c1, 79c3, 79c5 and front deceleration sections 79c2, 79c4.

The retractable normal electric role 79a is configured to drive and control one retractable plate 79b to a protruding or recessed state depending on the variable display result of the normal symbol. When the retractable plate 79b is in a protruding state, the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b rolls leftward along the slope, and when the ball rolls to the left end of the retractable plate 79b while the retractable plate 79b is maintaining the protruding state, the ball can be guided to the special symbol 2 winning hole 78 side in the alternating distribution unit 71. Details of this normal electric role unit 79 will be described later with reference to FIG. 5.

Now, referring to FIG. 4, the configuration of the alternating distribution unit 71 and the normal electric unit 79 of the first embodiment will be specifically described. FIG. 4 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the alternating distribution unit 71 and the normal electric unit 79 in a front view. Note that in FIG. 4, for the sake of convenience, the components on the front side of the alternating distribution unit 71 and the normal electric unit 79 in a front view (cover part 79x (see FIG. 5) described later) are excluded from the configuration, and the alternating distribution unit 71 and the normal electric unit 79 are represented in a schematic cross-sectional view showing the internal structure of the alternating distribution unit 71 and the normal electric unit 79, and each of the members (parts) that make up these units will be described.

As described above, the alternating distribution unit 71 includes a distribution ball inlet 72 for allowing balls to enter the alternating distribution unit 71, a distribution device 73 capable of distributing the balls that enter the distribution ball inlet 72, a left path 74 along which balls distributed by the distribution device 73 to the left side of the alternating distribution unit 71 as viewed from the front flow down, a right path 75 along which balls distributed by the distribution device 73 to the right side of the alternating distribution unit 71 as viewed from the front flow down, and a distribution device 76 for distributing the right path 75. There are a normal pattern gate 76a in the unit that is provided near the left side path 74 and that acquires a chance to win a normal pattern when a ball passes through it, a special pattern 1 first winning opening 77a where a ball flowing down the left side path 74 can win, a special pattern 1 second winning opening 77b where a ball flowing down the right side path 75 can win, and a special pattern 2 winning opening 78 that is provided between the special pattern 1 first winning opening 77a and the special pattern 1 second winning opening 77b and is located at the center of the alternating distribution unit 71 when viewed from the front.

As described above, the normal electric unit 79 is provided with a right-side normal symbol gate 76b that constitutes the only route through which the ball can enter the normal electric unit 79, a retractable normal electric unit 79a equipped with a retractable plate 79b that can be displaced between a protruding state and a retracted state, and a number of deceleration sections 79c (rear deceleration sections 79c1, 79c3, 79c5 and front deceleration sections 79c2, 79c4 (see Figure 5 for both)) with which the ball collides when it rolls on the top surface of the retractable plate 79b.

As mentioned above, the normal electric unit 79 is configured so that the side wall that forms the right side of the normal electric unit 79 and the nail 87 planted at the upper position of the normal electric unit 79 prevent balls from entering the normal electric unit 79 from any route other than the route that enters the right-side normal symbol gate 76b.

In addition, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, an outlet (not shown) is provided between the ball distribution inlet 72 of the alternating distribution unit 71 and the right-side normal symbol gate 76b of the normal electric role unit 79, for discharging balls that flow into the right side of the ball distribution inlet 72 out of the game board 13. Therefore, in left-handed play, balls that do not enter the alternating distribution unit 71 but flow down to the normal electric role unit 79 side can be prevented from reaching the right-side normal symbol gate 76b.

The ball distribution inlet 72 of the alternating distribution unit 71 is a path through which balls that have flowed down the play area can pass when entering the alternating distribution unit 71, and the balls that have flowed into the ball distribution inlet 72 are configured to be guided to a distribution device 73 provided downstream (towards the bottom of the alternating distribution unit 71).

As described above, the distribution device 73 of the alternating distribution unit 71 is a device for alternately distributing balls flowing down from the distribution ball inlet 72 to the left path 74 or the right path 75, and is composed of a rotating shaft portion 73a, a central plate portion 73b extending upward from the outer periphery of the rotating shaft portion 73a, a left receiving plate 73c and a right receiving plate 73d extending left and right from the outer periphery of the rotating shaft portion 73a, and a distribution side magnet (not shown) built into the central plate portion 73b. In addition, a unit side magnet (not shown) that repels the distribution side magnet (for example, if the distribution side magnet is a north pole, a south pole) is built into the wall portion on the back side of the game board 13 of the alternating distribution unit 71.

The sorting device 73 is configured to be rotatable 30 degrees to the left and right around the rotating shaft 73a, and in the state shown in FIG. 4, the tip of the left receiving plate 73c abuts against the wall of the alternating sorting unit 71, so that the entire left receiving plate 73c is below the rotating shaft 73a and the right receiving plate 73d is above the rotating shaft 73a, forming a right guide position that guides the balls that flow down from the sorting ball inlet 72 to the right path 75. The right guide position is maintained by the repulsive action between the sorting side magnet and the unit side magnet.

Here, we will explain how the balls that enter the alternate distribution unit 71 are alternately distributed to the left path 74 or the right path 75 by the distribution device 73. First, as in the state of FIG. 4, when the tip side of the left receiving plate 73c abuts against the wall of the alternate distribution unit 71, the entire left receiving plate 73c is below the rotating shaft portion 73a, and the right receiving plate 73d is above the rotating shaft portion 73a, the balls that enter the alternate distribution unit 71 and flow down from the distribution ball inlet 72 are contained in the space formed by the center plate portion 73b and the right receiving plate 73d of the distribution device 73. Then, the right receiving plate 73d is pushed down by the weight of the ball, causing the distribution device 73 to rotate, and the tip side of the right receiving plate 73d abuts against the wall of the alternate distribution unit 71, causing the entire right receiving plate 73d to be below the rotating shaft portion 73a, and the left receiving plate 73c to be above the rotating shaft portion 73a. Therefore, the sorting device 73 is in a state where the balls can flow down to the right-side path 75, and in this state, the balls roll on the upper surface of the right-side receiving plate 73d, guiding them to the right-side path 75. At this time, the force pushing down the right-side receiving plate 73d (rotating the sorting device 73) due to the weight of the balls is greater than the repulsive force between the sorting side magnet (not shown) and the unit side magnet (not shown), so the sorting device 73 rotates against the repulsive force of the magnets. Then, again, the repulsive force of the magnets maintains the state in which the left-side receiving plate 73c is above the rotating shaft 73a and the right-side receiving plate 73d is below the rotating shaft 73a, i.e., the left-side guide position state.

Next, the ball that enters the alternating distribution unit 71 and flows down from the distribution ball inlet 72 fits into the space formed by the center plate 73b and left receiving plate 73c of the distribution device 73. The weight of the ball then pushes down the left receiving plate 73c, causing the distribution device 73 to rotate, and the tip of the left receiving plate 73c abuts against the wall of the alternating distribution unit 71, so that the entire left receiving plate 73c is below the rotating shaft 73a and the right receiving plate 73d is above the rotating shaft 73a. Therefore, the distribution device 73 is in a state where it can cause the ball to flow down to the left path 74, and in this state, the ball is guided to the left path 74 by rolling on the upper surface of the left receiving plate 73c. At this time, the force of the ball's own weight pushing down the left receiving plate 73c (rotating the sorting device 73) is greater than the repulsive force between the sorting side magnet (not shown) and the unit side magnet (not shown), so the sorting device 73 rotates against the repulsive force of the magnets. Then, again, the repulsive force of the magnets maintains the state in which the left receiving plate 73c is below the rotating shaft 73a and the right receiving plate 73d is above the rotating shaft 73a, that is, the right guide position state. By alternately repeating these movements, the balls that enter the alternating sorting unit 71 are alternately sorted into the left path 74 and the right path 75.

The left path 74 of the alternating distribution unit 71 is a path along which balls guided to the left side of the alternating distribution unit 71 by the distribution device 73 flow. A left exit is provided on the lower left side of the left path 74 through which balls flowing down the left path 74 exit, and a special drawing 1 first winning port 77a is disposed below the left exit. Therefore, the balls guided to the left path 74 are configured to flow down the left path 74, then be discharged from the left exit and win at the special drawing 1 first winning port 77a.

The left path 74 has a predetermined length as a passageway through which the balls flow, and in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, it is configured so that it takes "two seconds" for a ball sorted to the left path 74 by the sorting device 73 to reach the left exit after flowing into the left path 74. In other words, the ball sorted to the left by the sorting device 73 flows out of the left exit of the left path 74 two seconds after that timing, and enters the first prize-winning port 77a of the special drawing 1.

The right path 75 of the alternating distribution unit 71 is a path along which balls guided to the right side of the alternating distribution unit 71 by the distribution device 73 flow. A right exit is provided below the right side of this right path 75, through which balls flowing down the right path 75 flow out, and a special drawing 1 second winning port 77b is disposed below this right exit. In addition, a retractable plate 79b is disposed below this right exit so that the left end of the retractable plate 79b of the normal electric unit 79, which will be described later, is positioned there.

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the ball guided to the right path 75 is configured to flow down the right path 75, and when the inlet/outlet plate 79b is not in a protruding state (i.e., when it is in a retracted state), the ball flowing out from the right exit of the right path 75 enters the special figure 1 second winning port 77b. On the other hand, when the inlet/outlet plate 79b is in a protruding state, the ball discharged from the right exit of the right path 75 collides with the protruding inlet/outlet plate 79b, changing the flow direction, and rolls on the upper surface of the inlet/outlet plate 79b toward the left end and is guided to the special figure 2 winning port 78 side. The ball guided to the special figure 2 winning port 78 side is configured to enter the special figure 2 winning port 78 while colliding with multiple nails planted to make it easier to be guided to the special figure 2 winning port 78.

The right path 75, like the left path 74, has a predetermined length as a passageway through which balls flow, and in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, it is configured so that it takes "two seconds" for a ball sorted to the right path 75 by the sorting device 73 to reach the right exit after flowing into the right path 75. In other words, a ball sorted to the right by the sorting device 73 flows out of the right exit of the right path 75 two seconds after that timing, and enters the special drawing 1 second winning port 77b or the special drawing 2 winning port 78.

The in-unit normal symbol gate 76a is embedded near the distribution device 73 on the right-side path 75 (about one ball to the right). This in-unit normal symbol gate 76a is provided with a through hole (not shown) for the ball to pass through. When a ball that has flowed into the right-side path 75 of the alternating distribution unit 71 passes through this in-unit normal symbol gate 76a, a second ball entrance switch (not shown) provided in the through hole turns on, and when this is turned on, a lottery for a winning normal symbol is held by the main control device 110. This in-unit normal symbol gate 76a is configured to only trigger the lottery for the variable display of normal symbols, and is not configured to pay out prize balls or the like even if a ball passes through it.

As described above, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the unit-internal normal symbol gate 76a is embedded in the right-side path 75, so that the balls sorted to the right-side path 75 by the sorting device 73 always pass through the unit-internal normal symbol gate 76a.

If a winning ball is determined to have been selected as a result of the lottery for the normal symbol based on the ball that passed through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit, the normal symbol display device 83 displays a static "○" symbol, and then the retractable plate 79b of the retractable normal electric device 79a is activated. As a result, the retractable plate 79b, which is immersed in the game board 13 and cannot roll (guide) the ball, moves (displaces) from the immersed state to a protruding state, allowing the ball to roll on the top surface of the retractable plate 79b for a predetermined period of time that differs depending on the game state, and the ball can enter the special symbol 2 winning hole 78.

Here, the balls immediately after being sorted by the sorting device 73 have their flow direction changed at a right angle, and the momentum of the sorting causes them to swing up and down in the right-side path 75, colliding multiple times with the wall that forms the right-side path 75 as they flow down. Therefore, if an attempt is made to detect a ball immediately after being sorted by the sorting device 73 using the second ball entrance switch (not shown) of the unit's normal pattern gate 76a, there is a concern that the balls may swing while passing through the unit's normal pattern gate 76a, resulting in the balls being detected multiple times by the second ball entrance switch (hereinafter, multiple false detections by switches such as the unit's normal pattern gate 76a are referred to as "chattering").

Therefore, as in the first embodiment, by providing the in-unit normal pattern gate 76a at a position at least one ball away from the sorting device 73, the behavior of the balls is stabilized by the passage wall (not shown) of the right-side path 75, which is provided with a space for at least one ball, and the balls pass through the in-unit normal pattern gate 76a in a state in which their swaying immediately after being sorted by the sorting device 73 is reduced, thereby preventing chattering caused by the balls sorted by the sorting device 73. Note that the farther the in-unit normal pattern gate 76a is located from the sorting device 73, the more suitable it is for preventing chattering.

The pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment is configured so that it takes "1.9 seconds" from when the ball passes through the unit-internal normal pattern gate 76a embedded in the right-side path 75 until it flows out from the right-side exit of the right-side path 75. In other words, the ball that is distributed to the right side by the distribution device 73 passes through the unit-internal normal pattern gate 76a "0.1 seconds" after that timing, flows down the right-side path 75 "1.9 seconds" after the timing of passing through the unit-internal normal pattern gate 76a, and then flows out from the right-side exit of the right-side path 75 to win in the special chart 1 second winning port 77b or the special chart 2 winning port 78.

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, when a ball flows into the right path 75, a lottery trigger for a normal symbol is obtained based on the passage of the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit. In addition, there are provided a game state in which the variable display time is longer than the time from when the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit to when it flows out to the right exit of the right path 75 (in the first embodiment, this is the "normal game state"; this will be described later with reference to FIG. 16(b)), and a game state in which the variable display time is shorter than the time from when the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit to when it flows out to the right exit of the right path 75 (in the first embodiment, this is the "latency probability variable state" (and the "probability variable state"; this will be described later with reference to FIG. 16(b)). That is, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, from when the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit and the variable display of the normal symbol begins until the variable display ends, there are two game states provided: one in which the ball flows out from the right exit of the right path 75 (i.e., the "normal game state"), and another in which the ball does not flow out from the right exit of the right path 75 and is in the middle of flowing down the right path 75 (i.e., the "latent probability variable state" (and the "probability variable state")).

The probability of winning with normal symbols is changed between the "normal gaming state" and the "latent probability variable state" (and "probability variable state"), so that in the "normal gaming state", it is more difficult to win with the variable display of normal symbols (1/10 in the first embodiment, as described later in FIG. 16(a)), while in the "latent probability variable state" (and "probability variable state") it is easier to win with the variable display of normal symbols than in the "normal gaming state" (9/10 in the first embodiment, as described later in FIG. 16(a)).

Therefore, in the "normal game state", even if a winning combination is achieved with the variable display of normal symbols, by the time the in/out board 79b is in the protruding state, the ball has already entered the special symbol 1 second winning port 77b, so the ball that has flowed into the right path 75 is not guided to the special symbol 2 winning port 78. Also, in the "normal game state", the game is configured so that it is difficult to win with the variable display of normal symbols, so that even if multiple balls flow into the right path 75 in succession, the balls are unlikely to be guided to the special symbol 2 winning port 78.

On the other hand, in the "latency probability variable state", when the ball that has flowed into the right path 75 flows out of the right exit, the variable display of the normal symbol based on the passage through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit has ended, and furthermore, there is a high possibility that a winning has been won in the variable display and the disappearance board 79b is in a protruding state. Therefore, the ball collides with the disappearance board 79b, and is guided to the special symbol 2 winning opening 78 by rolling along the top surface of the disappearance board 79b toward the left end.

In this manner, in the "normal game state", a ball that enters the alternating distribution unit 71 enters either the first winning port 77a of the special symbol 1 or the second winning port 77b of the special symbol 1, and the first lottery game of the first special symbol can be executed. On the other hand, in the "latent probability variable state" (and the "probability variable state"), if a ball that enters the alternating distribution unit 71 is distributed to the left path 74, it enters the first winning port 77a of the special symbol 1, and if it is distributed to the right path 75, it enters the special symbol 2 winning port 78, and the first lottery game of the first special symbol and the second lottery game of the second special symbol are executed alternately. Therefore, by making the patterns of the winning ports 77, 78 that can be won in the "normal game state" and the "latent probability variable state" different in the same left-handed game, it is possible to provide variety to the game and increase the interest of the game.

The right-side normal symbol gate 76b of the normal electric unit 79 is integrally formed in the upper right portion of the normal electric unit 79, and has a through hole (not shown) in the vertical direction for the ball to pass through. When a ball passes through this right-side normal symbol gate 76b, a second ball entrance switch (not shown) provided in the through hole turns on, and when this is turned on, a lottery for a winning normal symbol is held by the main control device 110. This right-side normal symbol gate 76b, like the in-unit normal symbol gate 76a, only serves as a lottery trigger for the variable display of normal symbols, and is configured not to pay out prize balls or the like even if a ball passes through it.

In the first embodiment, the right-side normal pattern gate 76b has an alarm function in the case of right-side hit in the "normal game state" and the "latent probability variable state". Specifically, when the right-side normal pattern gate 76b detects the passage of a ball in the "normal game state" and the "latent probability variable state", it is determined that right-side hit play is being performed, and an alarm sound is output from the sound output device 226 (see FIG. 13). By configuring in this way, it is possible to suppress right-side hit play by the player in the "normal game state" and the "latent probability variable state" where right-side hit play is not encouraged, and the playability of the present invention can be maintained.

The retractable normal electric unit 79a of the normal electric unit 79 is integrally formed at the bottom of the normal electric unit 79. This retractable normal electric unit 79a is provided with a single retractable plate 79b that can guide the balls that have flowed into the normal electric unit 79 to the alternating distribution unit 71 side and is inclined (for example, 10 degrees) toward the alternating distribution unit 71 side, and is provided with a retractable plate solenoid (not shown) that can displace and drive the retractable plate 79b to a protruding or retracted state.

This retractable plate 79b is formed with a width of 55 mm, a depth of 20 mm, and a constant thickness (for example, 1 mm) over its entire length. During normal times (when not in operation), it is stored in a through hole (not shown) provided in the game board 13. When a normal symbol variable display is won, the retractable plate solenoid is driven and protrudes from the through hole, causing the retractable plate 79b to protrude from the surface of the game board 13 toward the front of the pachinko machine 10. When the retractable plate 79b is in the protruding state, it is arranged to block the lower part of the normal electric unit 79 and guide the balls flowing down from the upstream side to the left (i.e., toward the alternating distribution unit 71).

When a winning combination is selected from the variable display of the normal symbol, the main control device 110 of the first embodiment drives the solenoid for the above-mentioned in/out board for a predetermined time, and maintains the in/out board 79b in a state protruding from a through hole provided in the base 79y (see FIG. 5) of the normal electric unit 79 for the above-mentioned predetermined time. When the in/out board 79b is in a protruding state, the ball that has flowed into the normal electric unit 79 rolls along the slope on the upper surface of the in/out board 79b and is guided to the alternating distribution unit 71 side. On the other hand, when the in/out board 79b is in a state of being sunk into the base 79y (see FIG. 5), the ball does not roll on the upper surface of the sunk in/out board 79b, and is discharged to the lower side of the normal electric unit 79.

The deceleration section 79c of the normal electric unit 79 is composed of a number of rib-shaped rear deceleration sections 79c1, 79c3, 79c5 (see FIG. 5(c)) provided on the base 79y (see FIG. 5) where the normal electric unit 79 contacts the game board 13, and a number of rib-shaped front deceleration sections 79c2, 79c4 (see FIG. 5(c)) provided on the back side (base 79y side) of the cover section 79x (see FIG. 5) located on the opposite side of the base 79y (see FIG. 5).

The rear deceleration sections 79c1, 79c3, 79c5 and the front deceleration sections 79c2, 79c4 (hereinafter, the rear deceleration sections 79c1, 79c3, 79c5 and the front deceleration sections 79c2, 79c4 may be collectively referred to simply as "deceleration sections 79c") are arranged alternately and evenly, and are configured so that when a ball rolls on the upper surface of the inlet/outlet plate 79b, the ball repeatedly collides with the deceleration sections 79c, and rolls while meandering and decelerating. By configuring it in this way, the flow speed of the ball flowing down the inlet/outlet plate 79b can be efficiently decelerated, and the occurrence of ball clogging can be suppressed.

As a result, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, a ball that reaches the right end of the inlet/outlet plate 79b rolls toward the left end on the upper surface of the inlet/outlet plate 79b, and is configured to take "2.5 seconds" to reach the left end of the inlet/outlet plate 79b. As a result, even if the inlet/outlet plate 79b is in a protruding state, if the inlet/outlet plate 79b switches to a retracted state while the ball is colliding with the deceleration section 79c, the ball that was rolling on the upper surface of the inlet/outlet plate 79b is configured to flow out to the lower side of the normal electric unit 79.

Now, referring to Figure 5, we will explain the displacement of the inverted plate 79b in the normal electric unit 79 and the behavior of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the inverted plate 79b. As described above, Figure 5(a) is a schematic perspective view of the normal electric unit 79 to explain the behavior of the ball when the inverted plate 79b is in a recessed state (non-protruding state), Figure 5(b) is a schematic perspective view of the normal electric unit 79 to explain the behavior of the ball when the inverted plate 79b is in a protruding state, and Figure 5(c) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the normal electric unit 79 along line Vc-Vc in Figure 5(b).

As shown in FIG. 5(a), when the retractable plate 79b is in the retracted state, the ball that flows into the normal electric unit 79 from the right-side normal symbol gate 76b does not come into contact with the retractable plate 79b, but is discharged directly to the lower side of the normal electric unit 79, and does not enter either of the winning holes 77, 78.

On the other hand, as shown in Figures 5(b) and 5(c), when the in/out board 79b is in a protruding state, the ball that flows into the normal electric unit 79 from the right-side normal symbol gate 76b collides with the right end of the in/out board 79b in a protruding state, and the inclination of the in/out board 79b causes the ball to roll along the top surface of the in/out board 79b toward the left side of the game board 13 (see Figure 3) when viewed from the front, that is, toward the alternating distribution unit 71.

Specifically, the ball rolling from the right end of the inlet plate 79b to the left end on the upper surface of the inlet plate 79b first collides with the first rear decelerator 79c1 provided on the base 79y side of the normal electric unit 79, and the collision changes the direction of travel, rolling the upper surface of the inlet plate 79b toward the cover part 79x side. Then, it collides with the first front decelerator 79c2 provided on the cover part 79x side of the normal electric unit 79, and the collision changes the direction of travel again, rolling the upper surface of the inlet plate 79b toward the base 79y side. After that, it collides with the second rear decelerator 79c3 provided on the base 79y side of the normal electric unit 79, and the collision changes the direction of travel again, rolling the upper surface of the inlet plate 79b toward the cover part 79x side. Then, it collides with the second front deceleration part 79c4 provided on the cover part 79x side of the normal electric unit 79, and the direction of travel is changed again by the collision, and it rolls on the upper surface of the inset plate 79b toward the base part 79y side. After that, it collides with the third rear deceleration part 79c5 provided on the base part 79y side of the normal electric unit 79, and the direction of travel is changed again by the collision, and it flows out from the left end part of the inset plate 79b while rolling on the upper surface of the inset plate 79b toward the cover part 79x side.

The ball that flows out from the left end of the inlet/outlet board 79b is configured to collide with multiple nails and enter the special prize hole 78 provided in the alternating distribution unit 71.

Therefore, the ball rolling on the upper surface of the in/out plate 79b rolls in a so-called zigzag pattern on the upper surface of the in/out plate 79b while repeatedly colliding with the multiple rear deceleration parts 79c1, 79c3, 79c5 and the multiple front deceleration parts 79c2, 79c4. Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the time for the ball to remain (remain) on the upper surface of the in/out plate 79b is configured to be "2.5 seconds". As a result, in a game state in which the protruding time of the in/out plate 79b is short, such as the "normal game state" and the "latency probability variable state", when the ball is rolling on the upper surface of the in/out plate 79b and the in/out plate 79b is switched from the protruding state to the immersed state, the ball falls (flows down) vertically downward from the position where it is rolling on the upper surface of the in/out plate 79b and is discharged to the lower part (outside) of the normal electric unit 79. Also, if the ball rolls on the upper surface of the inlet/outlet plate 79b that corresponds to the upper position of the second winning hole 77b of the special chart 1, the ball will win at this second winning hole 77b of the special chart 1.

This configuration of the deceleration section 79c makes it possible to decelerate the flow speed of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the inlet and outlet plate 79b while keeping the time it rolls on the upper surface of the inlet and outlet plate 79b constant. This makes it possible to make the time the ball stays on the upper surface of the inlet and outlet plate 79b constant and long. Therefore, by making the time the ball stays on the upper surface of the inlet and outlet plate 79b longer compared to when there is no deceleration section 79c, it becomes easier to design game specifications such as adjusting the protruding time of the inlet and outlet plate 79b for each game state in order to realize the playability of the present invention.

Furthermore, the more the speed of the ball flowing down by the deceleration section 79c is slowed, the longer the rolling time of the ball rolling on the inlet/outlet plate 79b can be made, so the overall length of the inlet/outlet plate 79b can be shortened, and the entire normal electric unit 79 can be made more compact. Therefore, the area occupied by the inlet/outlet plate 79b in the left-right direction (horizontal direction) of the pachinko machine 10 can be reduced. As a result, this can contribute to improving the design freedom of the pachinko machine 10.

Here, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, it is configured so that it takes "one second" from when the ball passes through the right-side normal symbol gate 76b of the normal electric unit 79 until the ball flows down to the right end of the inlet/outlet plate 79b. In other words, the ball that passes through the right-side normal symbol gate 76b reaches the right end of the inlet/outlet plate 79b "one second" after the timing, and if the inlet/outlet plate 79b is not in a protruding state, it flows down the downstream side and flows out of the normal electric unit 79, whereas if the inlet/outlet plate 79b is in a protruding state, it collides with the inlet/outlet plate 79b and rolls along the slope on the upper surface of the inlet/outlet plate 79b.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the alternating distribution unit 71 is configured to be linked (interlocked) with the normal electric unit 79 equipped with the appearance board 79b, and the control of the normal symbols and the appearance board 79b is made different for each game state, so that in the "normal game state" or "latent probability fluctuating state", it is configured so that left-handed players can more easily obtain game value, and in the "probability fluctuating state", it is configured so that right-handed players can more easily obtain game value.

Specifically, by varying the control of the normal symbols and the appearance board 79b depending on the game state, in the "normal game state", it is easy to win the first winning hole 77a of the special symbol 1 or the second winning hole 77b of the special symbol 1, and the first lottery game of the first special symbol is easy to occur. In the "latent probability change state", it is easy to win the first winning hole 77a of the special symbol 1 and the second winning hole 78 of the special symbol 2 alternately, and the first lottery game of the first special symbol and the second lottery game of the second special symbol can occur alternately. In the "probability change state", it is easy to win the second winning hole 78 of the special symbol 2, and the second lottery game of the second special symbol is easy to occur. And it is configured so that the game value obtained in the second lottery game of the second special symbol is more likely to be advantageous to the player than the game value obtained in the first lottery game of the first special symbol.

By configuring it in this way, the patterns of the winning slots 77, 78 where it is possible (or easy) to win a prize can be different for each game state, increasing the variety of play and increasing interest. In addition, by configuring the game value obtained for each game state to change in stages, the player can be provided with the excitement of gradually transitioning to a higher value game state, increasing the interest of the game.

Conventionally, among general pachinko machines that use multiple special symbols (e.g., a first special symbol and a second special symbol) and one normal symbol, there are pachinko machines that can generate two or more game states other than the "normal game state" (e.g., two or more game states of either a "probability changing state," a "time shortening state," or a "latent probability changing state").

Specifically, for example, a "normal game state" is provided that is configured to allow a player to win a special symbol 1 winning slot corresponding to a first special symbol, but makes it difficult to win a special symbol 2 winning slot corresponding to a second special symbol.

In addition, a "probability-changing state" is provided in which the probability of winning the special and normal symbols is higher than in the "normal game state," making it easier for a jackpot to occur for a special symbol, and the activation of the normal electric role based on a winning (hit) for a normal symbol makes it easier to win the special symbol 2 winning slot corresponding to the second special symbol.

Furthermore, a so-called "time-shortened state" is provided in which only the winning probability of the normal symbols is increased from the "normal game state", while the winning probability of the special symbols is the same as in the "normal game state", and the activation of the normal electric role based on the winning (hit) of the normal symbol makes it easier to win the special symbol 2 winning slot corresponding to the second special symbol. There have been many pachinko machines in the past that are configured to be able to generate these game states. And by providing a difference between the game value obtained in the first lottery game with the first special symbol and the game value obtained in the second lottery game with the second special symbol (for example, the second lottery game makes it easier to win the "15R special jackpot"), variety is provided to the game and the interest of the game is increased.

In such pachinko machines, the machine is configured so that it is possible (easy) to win the special symbol 1 winning slot in the "normal game state," and so that it is possible (easy) to win the special symbol 2 winning slot in the "probability variable state" or "time shortened state," and the winning slots which are easy (possible) to win are fixed depending on the game state. Even if there is a difference between the game value obtained in the first lottery game with the first special symbol and the game value obtained in the second lottery game with the second special symbol, the gameplay will depend on whether or not the ball wins a jackpot by winning a fixed winning slot for each game state, which could make the game monotonous.

To deal with this, modern pachinko machines use a conventional alternating distribution unit that has the function of alternately directing balls to enter the special symbol 1 winning port, which allows a first lottery game of the first special symbol to be played, and the special symbol 2 winning port, which allows a second lottery game of the second special symbol to be played. Specifically, a distribution device and a special symbol 1 winning port and a special symbol 2 winning port are provided within the conventional alternating distribution unit, and a pachinko machine exists that is configured so that balls that enter the conventional alternating distribution unit are alternately directed to enter the special symbol 1 winning port and the special symbol 2 winning port by the distribution device, and that the start conditions for multiple special symbols can be established in one game state.

In a pachinko machine that employs this conventional alternating distribution unit, when a ball enters the conventional alternating distribution unit in a specified game state (for example, the "normal game state"), a first lottery game for a first special symbol and a second lottery game for a second special symbol are awarded alternately, so that multiple special symbols can be drawn in that game state, and different lottery games are played alternately in one game state, enhancing the excitement of the game.

In addition, in a pachinko machine equipped with this conventional alternating distribution unit, when a game state of "probability-changing state" or "time-saving state" in which it is easy to win one of the winning slots is realized, a normal symbol gate is provided on the right side of the game area, and a normal electric role is provided near the special symbol 2 winning slot of the conventional alternating distribution unit (for example, to the right of the special symbol 2 winning slot), or a special symbol 2 winning slot with a normal electric role is separately provided. Then, when the player hits to the right in the above-mentioned "probability-changing state" or "time-saving state", if the ball passes through the normal symbol gate, the normal electric role is configured to be easily activated due to the increased probability of winning the normal symbol, and the activation of the normal electric role realizes a state in which it is easy for the ball to win only the special symbol 2 winning slot.

That is, in the pachinko machine using the conventional alternating distribution unit described above, in the "normal game state", the player is made to hit from the left, and the ball hit from the left enters the conventional alternating distribution unit and can win alternately in the special chart 1 winning hole and the special chart 2 winning hole. Also, in the "probability change state", the player is made to hit from the right, and the ball hit from the right is made to easily pass through the normal pattern gate provided on the right side of the game area. Then, by winning in the variable display of the normal pattern executed due to passing through the normal pattern gate, the normal electric role provided near the special chart 2 winning hole is activated, and while the normal electric role is activated, the ball is made to easily win the special chart 2 winning hole. Also, in the "time reduction state", like the "probability change state", the player is made to hit from the right, and the ball is made to easily win the special chart 2 winning hole.

On the other hand, in pachinko machines equipped with the conventional alternating distribution unit described above, in multiple game states, namely the "probability-varying state" and the "time-saving state," it is easier to win only at the special chart 2 winning slot, and because the winning slot that is easier to win at in multiple game states is fixed, there is a risk that the game will become monotonous.

In addition, in a pachinko machine equipped with the conventional alternating distribution unit described above, if a difference is made in the game value obtained in the first lottery game with the first special symbol and the second lottery game with the second special symbol (for example, the second lottery game is more likely to win the "15R guaranteed jackpot"), in the "normal game state" which is the most unfavorable to the player, balls will alternately enter the special symbol 1 winning slot and the special symbol 2 winning slot, resulting in an inconsistent game state in which there is a difference in the game value obtained despite the unfavorable game state. And if a jackpot occurs based on a win in the special symbol 1 winning slot, which has a low game value obtained in the "normal game state", the player may feel a sense of loss for not winning the jackpot based on a win in the special symbol 2 winning slot, and lose interest in the game despite the jackpot that he or she won.

Therefore, in pachinko machines equipped with a conventional alternating distribution unit, there is no difference in the game value obtained in the first lottery game with the first special symbol and the second lottery game with the second special symbol in the "normal game state", but when the game state changes, that is, when the second lottery game with the second special symbol is obtained in the "probability changing state" or "time shortening state", the obtained game value is changed from the "normal game state", providing game variation while maintaining game specifications that do not lose the player's interest in the game.

As a result, in pachinko machines equipped with this conventional alternating distribution unit, if the game value obtained from each winning slot does not change in the "normal game state," there is little need to provide the special chart 2 winning slot in the conventional alternating distribution unit, and there is a risk that the significance of adopting the conventional alternating distribution unit will be lost.

Here, there are pachinko machines that use multiple non-electric devices (e.g. devices other than electric devices driven by electrical power) to clearly differentiate the winning slots that can be won in each game state, thereby differentiating the winning slots that can be won in (and are easier to win in) for each game state.

Specifically, a pachinko machine is provided with a gate with a predetermined normal symbol, a normal electric role that can be actuated by the passage of a ball through the gate with the normal symbol, multiple non-electric roles each having a winning hole with a special symbol, and multiple operating members that operate the corresponding non-electric roles by the weight of the ball passing through the normal electric role. In addition, there are pachinko machines that are configured to change the opening mode of the normal electric role (for example, short opening or long opening) depending on the game state, thereby changing the operating member through which the ball can pass, and by changing the non-electric role that opens depending on the game state, the winning hole for the special symbol that can be won can be changed depending on the game state (for example, see JP 2014-100432 A).

In such a pachinko machine, for example, a first non-electric role is provided that has a special symbol 1 first winning port for a first special symbol that a ball can win when hitting left in the "normal game state", a special symbol 1 second winning port for a first special symbol that a ball can win when hitting right in the "first probability change state (latent probability change state)", and a second non-electric role that has a special symbol 2 winning port for a second special symbol that a ball can win when hitting right in the "second probability change state". In the "normal game state", the winning probability of a normal symbol is set low, while in the "first probability change state (latent probability change state)" and the "second probability change state", the winning probability of a normal symbol is set high. Then, a first operating member corresponding to the first non-electric role and a second operating member corresponding to the second non-electric role are provided inside the normal electric role that becomes active when a ball passes through the normal symbol gate when hitting right. In addition, the normal electric role is provided with an operating lever that changes the opening pattern of the normal electric role (for example, in the "first probability variation state", it is driven by a short opening, and in the "second probability variation state", it is driven by a long opening) depending on the game state. This operating lever is configured to guide the ball that has flowed into the normal electric role to the first operating member when the opening pattern of the normal electric role is a short opening, and is configured to guide the ball that has flowed into the normal electric role to the second operating member when the opening pattern of the normal electric role is a long opening. By configuring it in this way, it is configured so that in the "normal game state", it can only win the first winning hole of the special figure 1, and in the "first probability variation state", it is configured so that it is easy to win only the second winning hole of the special figure 1, and in the "second probability variation state", it is configured so that it is easy to win only the second winning hole of the special figure 2.

However, in pachinko machines using the above-mentioned non-electric devices, the non-electric devices are used to change the winning slots that can win prizes depending on the game state. However, because the gameplay is created using non-electric devices that are generally unfamiliar to players, it is difficult for players to understand the game specifications. As a result, players tend to avoid playing pachinko machines whose game specifications are difficult to understand, and there is a risk that the operation of the pachinko machine will not increase.

In addition, in pachinko machines equipped with the above-mentioned non-electric device, an operating member is provided inside the normal electric device, and a special mechanism that mechanically links the operating member and the non-electric device is used to change the winning pattern at the winning slot. This increases the number of parts used in the pachinko machine due to the special mechanism that mechanically links the operating member and the non-electric device, which may increase manufacturing costs.

Furthermore, in a pachinko machine equipped with the non-electric device described above, in multiple game states, the "normal game state" and the "first probability variable state," it is either a state in which it is possible to win the first winning slot of special symbol 1 for the first special symbol, or a state in which it is easy to win only the second winning slot of special symbol 1. Therefore, since the configuration is such that only the lottery opportunity for the first special symbol is obtained in multiple game states, there is a risk that the game will become monotonous because the lottery opportunity obtained is the same special symbol.

In addition, in a pachinko machine equipped with the above-mentioned non-electric device, in order to get the chance to draw a special symbol, a ball must first enter the ball entry hole for the normal symbol to win the normal symbol, and then, as the electric device opens based on the winning of the normal symbol, the ball must enter the electric device and enter (win) an operating member provided in the electric device, finally allowing the ball to enter the winning hole corresponding to the special symbol, and the machine is configured so that the chance to draw a special symbol cannot be obtained without going through the above multiple stages. Therefore, if a device (for example, an operating member) at any stage breaks down, there is a risk that the chance to draw a special symbol cannot be obtained.

The pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment uses two special symbols (first and second special symbols) that are frequently used in general pachinko machines, and one normal symbol. Furthermore, by arranging a normal electric unit 79 having a retractable normal electric symbol 79a so as to be organically linked to the conventional alternating distribution unit 71, the machine is configured to provide different patterns of winning slots 77, 78 that can (are easy to) win in the three game states.

Note that the time it takes for the ball to flow down each path 74, 75 in the first embodiment, the time it takes for the ball to reach the inlet/outlet plate 79b, the time it takes for the ball to roll on the top surface of the inlet/outlet plate 79b, and the drive time (protruding time) of the inlet/outlet plate 79b are merely examples, and it is of course possible to set each of the above times in any way that achieves the playability of the first embodiment, and will produce the same effect as envisioned in the first embodiment.

Now, with reference to Figures 6 to 11, we will explain the gameplay in each game state, i.e., the behavior of the ball based on the ball's launch mode and the associated behavior of the launch plate 79b. First, with reference to Figures 6 and 7, we will explain the gameplay in the "normal game state."

Figure 6 is a schematic diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball entering through the ball entry port 72 of the alternating distribution unit 71 and the behavior of the exit board 79b when hitting with the left hand in the "normal game state". Figure 6(a) shows the behavior of a ball that enters the alternating distribution unit 71 when hitting with the left hand in the "normal game state" and is distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73. Figure 6(b) shows the behavior of a ball that enters the alternating distribution unit 71 when hitting with the left hand in the "normal game state" and is distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73.

Figure 7(a) is a timing chart showing the timing of the flow of the balls distributed to the right path 75 of the alternating distribution unit 71, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protruding time of the in-and-out board 79b when hitting from the left in the "normal game state," and Figure 7(b) is a timing chart showing the timing of the flow of the balls that flow into the normal electric unit 79 (passing through the right-side normal symbol gate 76b), the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protruding time of the in-and-out board 79b when hitting from the right in the "normal game state."

First, as shown in FIG. 6(a), in the "normal game state," a ball that is distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73 flows out of the left exit of the left path 74 "two seconds" after being distributed by the distribution device 73, and enters the first prize opening 77a of special drawing 1 located below the left exit.

On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 6(b), in the "normal game state", a ball allocated to the right path 75 by the allocation device 73 first passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit "0.1 seconds" after being allocated by the allocation device 73, and then flows out from the right exit of the right path 75 "1.9 seconds" after passing through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 7(a), when a ball is allocated to the right path 75 by the allocation device 73, it is configured to flow out from the right exit of the right path 75 "2 seconds" after the allocation. Also, the ball passes through the intra-unit normal pattern gate 76a embedded in the right path 75 "0.1 seconds" after being allocated to the right path 75, and by passing through the intra-unit normal pattern gate 76a, a chance to select a normal pattern is obtained, and the variable display of the normal pattern begins, provided that there are no reserved balls with normal patterns.

The variable display in the "normal game state" lasts for "3 seconds." Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbol is longer than the time required from when the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit until it flows out of the right exit of the right path 75, the ball passes the position of the entry and exit board 79b before the result of the variable display is derived, and enters the special symbol 1 second winning port 77b as is.

As shown in FIG. 7(b), when a right-handed hit is performed in the "normal game state", the ball that passes through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b reaches the right end of the in-and-out board 79b after "1 second". Also, since the variable display time of the normal pattern in the "normal game state" is "3 seconds", the ball flows out to the downstream side of the normal electric unit 79 (the lower side of the game board 13) before the variable display of the normal pattern based on the passage through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b ends, that is, before the in-and-out board 79b becomes in a protruding state based on the variable display.

Even if balls enter the reel continuously, it is difficult for a normal symbol to be hit in the "normal game state", and the time it takes for the reel plate 79b to maintain its protruding state after a hit is "2 seconds" (see Figure 15 (c)), and the time it takes for the top surface of the reel plate 79b to roll from the right end to the left end is "2.5 seconds".

As a result, while the in/out board 79b maintains its protruding state, it does not roll to the special symbol 2 winning port 78 (special symbol 1 second winning port 77b) side, but flows down to the downstream side of the normal electric unit 79 when the in/out board 79b is displaced to a recessed state while rolling on the top surface of the in/out board 79b. Furthermore, when the right-side normal symbol gate 76b detects the passage of a ball in the "normal game state", it is configured to sound an alarm. As a result, the player can play left-handed without playing right-handed in the "normal game state".

In this way, in the "normal game state", a ball that enters the alternating distribution unit 71 by playing with the left hand can enter either the first winning port 77a of the special symbol 1 or the second winning port 77b of the special symbol 1 alternately, so that a game in which the first lottery game of the first special symbol can be executed is performed. If an event occurs in which three or more balls enter the alternating distribution unit 71 consecutively, the timing of the end of the variable display time of the normal symbol and the timing of the balls flowing out from the right exit of the right path 75 are changed, so the above-mentioned playability is destroyed. However, since the distribution ball entry port 72 of the alternating distribution unit 71 does not have a winning assistance function such as the entry and exit board 79b, this situation itself is a rare case, and the present invention will be described without considering the consecutive balls entering the alternating distribution unit 71.

Next, we will explain the gameplay in the "latent probability changing state" with reference to Figures 8 and 9.

Figure 8 is a schematic diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball entering through the ball entry port 72 of the alternating distribution unit 71, the behavior of the exit board 79b, and the behavior of a ball rolling on the top surface of the exit board 79b when hitting with the left in the "latency probability changing state". Figure 8(a) shows the behavior of a ball that enters the alternating distribution unit 71 and is distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73 when hitting with the left in the "latency probability changing state". Also, Figure 8(b) shows the behavior of a ball that enters the alternating distribution unit 71 and is distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 when hitting with the left in the "latency probability changing state".

Figure 9(a) is a timing chart showing the timing of the flow of the balls distributed to the right path 75 of the alternating distribution unit 71, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protruding time of the in-and-out board 79b when hitting from the left in the "latent probability fluctuating state," and Figure 9(b) is a timing chart showing the timing of the flow of the balls that flow into the normal electric unit 79 (passing through the right-side normal symbol gate 76b), the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protruding time of the in-and-out board 79b when hitting from the right in the "latent probability fluctuating state."

First, as shown in FIG. 8(a), in the "latency probability fluctuating state," the ball that is allocated to the left path 74 by the allocation device 73 flows out of the left exit of the left path 74 "2 seconds" after being allocated by the allocation device 73, just like in the "normal game state," and enters the first prize opening 77a of special drawing 1 located below the left exit.

On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 8(b), in the "latency probability fluctuating state", a ball allocated to the right path 75 by the allocation device 73 first passes through the unit's normal symbol gate 76a "0.1 seconds" after being allocated by the allocation device 73, and then flows out from the right exit of the right path 75 "1.9 seconds" after passing through the unit's normal symbol gate 76a.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 9(a), when a ball is allocated to the right path 75 by the allocation device 73, it is configured to flow out from the right exit of the right path 75 "2 seconds" after the allocation. Also, the ball passes through the intra-unit normal pattern gate 76a embedded in the right path 75 "0.1 seconds" after being allocated to the right path 75, and by passing through the intra-unit normal pattern gate 76a, an opportunity to select a normal pattern is obtained, and the variable display of the normal pattern begins.

The variable display in the "latency probability variable state" lasts for "0.5 seconds." Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time required from when the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit until it flows out from the right exit of the right path 75, the result of the variable display is derived at the time when the ball reaches the position of the appearance board 79b.

In addition, in the "latent probability variable state", the probability of winning a normal symbol is configured to be higher than in the "normal game state". Furthermore, the protruding time of the disappearing board 79b in the "latent probability variable state" is "2 seconds", the same as in the "normal game state", but the total time from when the variable display starts until the disappearing board 79b protrudes and sinks is "2.5 seconds".

Therefore, it is highly likely that the in/out plate 79b will protrude and remain in that state between the time the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76a within the unit and the time it reaches the position of the in/out plate 79b. As a result, the ball that reaches the position of the in/out plate 79b will collide with the left side of the in/out plate 79b in the protruding state, and will roll from that position on the top surface of the in/out plate 79b toward the left end, and will be guided to the special symbol 2 winning opening 78.

As shown in FIG. 9(b), when a right hit is performed in the "latent probability variable state", the ball that passes through the right-side normal symbol gate 76b reaches the right end of the appearance board 79b after "1 second". Also, the variable display time of the normal symbol in the "latent probability variable state" is "0.5 seconds". Furthermore, the winning probability of the normal symbol in the "latent probability variable state" is set higher than in the "normal game state".

As a result, the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time it takes from passing through the right-side normal symbol gate 76b to reaching the right end position of the infeed board 79b, and the probability of winning the normal symbol is also high, so when the ball that has passed through the right-side normal symbol gate 76b reaches the right end position of the infeed board 79b, there is a high possibility that the infeed board 79b will be in a protruding state.

However, while the time it takes for the retractable plate 79b to maintain its protruding state after a hit is "2 seconds," the time it takes for the retractable plate 79b to roll from the right end to the left end of the top surface is configured to be "2.5 seconds." As a result, the ball that rolls from the right end to the left end of the retractable plate 79b does not roll to the special prize-winning hole 78 (special prize-winning hole 77b) side while the retractable plate 79b maintains its protruding state, but flows down from its rolling position to the downstream side of the normal electric unit 79 (the lower side of the game board 13) when the retractable plate 79b is displaced to a recessed state.

In addition, when the right-side normal symbol gate 76b detects the passage of a ball in the "latent probability changing state", an alarm is sounded, just like in the "normal game state". As a result, the player can play left-handed without playing right-handed in the "latent probability changing state".

In this way, in the "latent probability fluctuating state," a ball that enters the alternating distribution unit 71 during left-handed play alternates between the first special symbol 1 winning slot 77a and the second special symbol 2 winning slot 78, so that a first lottery game with a first special symbol and a second lottery game with a second special symbol are played alternately.

Next, the gameplay in the "probability changing state" will be explained with reference to Figures 10 and 11. Figure 10 is a schematic diagram for explaining the behavior of the in/out board 79b and the behavior of the ball rolling on the top surface of the in/out board 79b when hitting from the right in the "probability changing state."

In addition, FIG. 11(a) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the balls distributed to the right path 75 of the alternating distribution unit 71, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protruding time of the in-and-out board 79b when hitting from the left in the "probability fluctuating state," and FIG. 11(b) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the balls that flow into the normal electric unit 79 (passing through the right-side normal symbol gate 76b), the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protruding time of the in-and-out board 79b when hitting from the right in the "probability fluctuating state."

First, as shown in FIG. 10, in the "probability fluctuating state," the ball that passes through the right-side normal symbol gate 76b and flows into the normal electric unit 79 continues to flow downstream, and reaches the right end of the inlet/outlet board 79b "one second" after passing through the right-side normal symbol gate 76b.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 11(b), the ball passing through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b triggers a lottery for the normal pattern, and the variable display of the normal pattern begins. The variable display in the "probability variable state" is performed for "0.5 seconds." The ball that passes through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b is configured to reach the right end position of the in-and-out board 79b "1 second" after passing through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b. Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal pattern is shorter than the time it takes for the ball to reach the right end of the in-and-out board 79b after passing through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b, the result of the variable display is derived at the time the ball reaches the right end position of the in-and-out board 79b.

In addition, in the "probability changing state", the probability of winning a normal symbol is configured to be higher than in the "normal game state". Furthermore, the protruding time of the disappearing board 79b in the "probability changing state" is "5 seconds", and the total time from when the variable display starts until the disappearing board 79b protrudes and sinks is "5.5 seconds".

Therefore, it is highly likely that the in/out plate 79b will be in a protruding state and maintain that state between the time the ball passes through the right-side normal symbol gate 76b and the time it reaches the right end of the in/out plate 79b. As a result, the ball that reaches the right end of the in/out plate 79b will collide with the right end of the in/out plate 79b, and from that position will roll on the top surface of the in/out plate 79b toward the left end and begin to be guided toward the special symbol 2 winning opening 78.

Furthermore, the time required for the ball to roll from the right end to the left end of the in/out board 79b is "2.5 seconds", but as mentioned above, the time from the start of the variable display in the "probability fluctuation state" until the in/out board 79b protrudes and retracts is "5.5 seconds", so the ball that passes through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b rolls all the way from the right end to the left end on the top surface of the in/out board 79b while the in/out board 79b maintains its protruding state, and is guided to the special pattern 2 winning opening 78.

In addition, the multiple balls that flow into the normal electric unit 79 continuously from the ball that triggered the variable display of the normal pattern are guided to the special pattern 2 winning port 78 while the in/out board 79b maintains the protruding state, and are configured to be able to win the special pattern 2 winning port 78. Specifically, in the first embodiment, when the ball launch interval is "0.6 seconds" and the balls always pass through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b at each interval, three balls are additionally guided to the special pattern 2 winning port 78. That is, in the first embodiment, when the in/out board 79b protrudes once, the second lottery game of the second special pattern can be obtained four times. Therefore, by performing a right-hand hit game in the "probability variable state", it is possible to easily obtain multiple lottery opportunities for the second lottery game of the second special pattern, while granting a predetermined prize ball (i.e., 2 balls/1 winning), and to play without significantly losing the balls owned by the player.

As shown in FIG. 11(a), when a left hit is made in the "probability changing state", similarly to the "latent probability changing state", if the ball is sorted to the right path 75 by the sorting device 73, it is configured to flow out from the right exit of the right path 75 "2 seconds" after the sorting. Also, "0.1 seconds" after the ball is sorted to the right path 75, it passes through the intra-unit normal pattern gate 76a embedded in the right path 75, and by passing through the intra-unit normal pattern gate 76a, a chance to select a normal pattern is obtained, and the variable display of the normal pattern begins.

The variable display in the "probability fluctuating state" lasts for "0.5 seconds." Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time required from when the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76a within the unit until it flows out from the right exit of the right path 75, the result of the variable display is derived at the time when the ball reaches the position of the appearance and disappearance board 79b.

In addition, in the "probability changing state", the probability of winning a normal symbol is set to be higher than in the "normal game state". Furthermore, in the "probability changing state", the time that the disappearing board 79b protrudes is longer than in the "normal game state", protruding for "5 seconds". Therefore, the total time from when the variable display starts until the disappearing board 79b protrudes and sinks is "5.5 seconds".

Therefore, it is highly likely that the in/out plate 79b will protrude and remain in that state between the time the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76a within the unit and the time it reaches the position of the in/out plate 79b. As a result, the ball that reaches the position of the in/out plate 79b will collide with the left side of the in/out plate 79b, and from that position will roll on the top surface of the in/out plate 79b toward the left end and be guided to the special symbol 2 winning opening 78.

Therefore, in the "probability changing state", a ball that enters the alternating distribution unit 71 by playing with a left hand hit alternately enters the first special winning port 77a and the second special winning port 78, while a ball that enters the normal electric unit 79 from the right-side normal pattern gate 76b by playing with a right hand hit is configured to easily enter the special winning port 78. In addition, the "probability changing state" is configured so that an alarm sound is not output even if a ball passes through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b, and a right-hand hit play is possible. Therefore, in the "probability changing state", it is configured so that a game in which the second lottery game of the second special pattern, which is more advantageous for the player, is more likely to be executed by continuously playing with a right hand hit than by playing with a left hand hit is performed.

In this way, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, in a left-handed game, a first lottery game of a first special symbol based on winning the first winning port 77a of the special symbol 1 or the second winning port 77b of the special symbol 1 can be played in the "normal game state", and in the "latency probability change state", a first lottery game of a first special symbol based on winning the first winning port 77a of the special symbol 1 and a second lottery game of a second special symbol based on winning the special symbol 2 winning port 78 can be played. In addition, in a right-handed game, a second lottery game of a second special symbol based on winning the special symbol 2 winning port 78 can be played in the "probability change state". Thus, by making the variations of the winning ports 77 and 78 that can be won in each of the three game states different, it is possible to provide variation in the game and increase the interest of the game.

In addition, instead of changing the probability of winning a normal symbol from the "normal game state" as in the "latent probability change state" or "probability change state", the time for which the disappearance plate 79b of the disappearance type normal electric role 79a protrudes or the number of times the disappearance plate 79b of the disappearance type normal electric role 79a protrudes in one hit may be changed according to the game state of the pachinko machine 10. Specifically, in the "latent probability change state" or "probability change state", the time for which the disappearance plate 79b of the disappearance type normal electric role 79a protrudes may be made longer than in the "normal game state", or the number of times the disappearance plate 79b of the disappearance type normal electric role 79a protrudes in one hit may be made more than in the "normal game state". Also, in the "latent probability change state" or "probability change state", at least two of the following may be done simultaneously: increasing the probability of winning a normal symbol, lengthening the time that the retractable plate 79b of the retractable normal electric role 79a protrudes, and increasing the number of times that the retractable plate 79b of the retractable normal electric role 79a protrudes.

Returning to FIG. 3, the explanation will be continued. In the game area, a plurality of general winning holes 63 are arranged, through which 5 to 15 balls are paid out as prize balls when a ball enters the winning hole. In addition, as described above, a variable display unit 80 is arranged from the center part of the game area to the right side area. The variable display unit 80 is provided with a third pattern display device 81 composed of a liquid crystal display (hereinafter simply abbreviated as "display device") that performs a variable performance of the third pattern while synchronizing with the dynamic display in the special pattern display device 37, triggered by a ball entering the special pattern 1 winning hole 77 or the special pattern 2 winning hole 78 (initial winning), and a normal pattern display device 83 composed of an LED that variably displays the normal pattern, triggered by the passage of a ball through the unit normal pattern gate 76a or the right normal pattern gate 76b. In addition, a center frame 86 is arranged in the variable display unit 80 so as to surround the outer periphery of the third pattern display device 81.

The third pattern display device 81 is composed of a large 17-inch liquid crystal display, and the display content is controlled by the display control device 114 (see Figure 13) described later, so that, for example, three pattern columns Z1 to Z3 (see Figure 12), left, center, and right, are displayed.

Each symbol row Z1 to Z3 (see FIG. 12) is composed of multiple symbols, and these symbols are vertically scrolled for each symbol row Z1 to Z3, so that the third symbol is variably displayed on the display screen of the third symbol display device 81. The third symbol display device 81 of the first embodiment is used in common for the first lottery game of the first special symbol and the second lottery game of the second special symbol, and while the display of the game state associated with the control of the main control device 110 is performed by the special symbol display device 37, a decorative display corresponding to the display of the special symbol display device 37 is performed using the third symbol of the third symbol display device 81. Note that instead of a display device, the third symbol display device 81 may be configured using, for example, a reel or the like.

Here, the display contents of the third symbol display device 81 will be explained with reference to Fig. 12. Fig. 12 is a drawing for explaining the display screen of the third symbol display device 81, Fig. 12(a) is a diagram showing the area division settings and the effective line settings of the display screen, and Fig. 12(b) is a diagram showing an example of the actual display screen.

The third design is made up of 10 main designs numbered "0" to "9". Each main design is made up of a rear design of a wooden box with the numbers "0" to "9" added above it. The main designs with odd numbers ("1", "3", "5", "7", "9") have large numbers added to almost the entire front of the wooden box. In contrast, the main designs with even numbers ("0", "2", "4", "6", "8") have additional designs imitating characters such as planes, furoshiki, and helmets added to almost the entire front of the wooden box, and even numbers are added in small green to the lower right of the additional designs so that they are displayed in front of the additional designs.

The pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment is configured such that if the result of a lottery for any of the special symbols performed by the main control device 110 (see FIG. 13), which will be described later, is a jackpot, a variation effect is performed in which the same main symbols are lined up, and the jackpot occurs after the variation effect is completed. If the "probability variation state (probability change state)" is entered after the jackpot is completed and up to 15 rounds of jackpots are awarded, a variation effect is performed in which main symbols with odd numbers attached (corresponding to "probability change symbols") are lined up. On the other hand, if the "latent probability variation state" is entered after the jackpot is completed, a variation effect is performed in which main symbols with even numbers attached (corresponding to "latent probability change symbols") are lined up.

As shown in FIG. 12(a), the display screen of the third pattern display device 81 is roughly divided into three parts vertically, with the lower two-thirds being made up of a main display area Dm which displays the third pattern in a variable manner and a cockpit display area Db which displays the number of reserved balls, etc., and the remaining upper one-third being a secondary display area Ds which displays preview effects, characters, etc.

The main display area Dm is divided into three display areas Dm1 to Dm3: left, center, and right. The left pattern row Z1 is displayed in the display area Dm1, the center pattern row Z2 is displayed in the display area Dm2, and the right pattern row Z3 is displayed in the display area Dm3.

The third patterns described above are displayed in a specified order in each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3. That is, the main patterns are arranged in ascending (or descending) numerical order in each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3, and the variable performance is performed by scrolling from top to bottom periodically for each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3. Note that the arrangement of the numbers may be different in each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3. For example, the numbers of the main patterns may be arranged in descending order in the left symbol row Z1, while the numbers of the main patterns may be arranged in ascending order in the center symbol row Z2 and the right symbol row Z3.

In addition, in the main display area Dm, the third symbols are displayed in three rows, top, middle, and bottom, for each of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3. The middle section of this main display area Dm is set as the active line L1, and with each variable performance, the third symbols are stopped and displayed on the active line L1 in the order of left symbol column Z1 → right symbol column Z3 → center symbol column Z2. If the third symbols stop on the active line L1 to form a jackpot symbol combination (a combination of the same main symbols; hereafter referred to as a "jackpot display"), a jackpot video is displayed as a jackpot.

On the other hand, if a ball enters the special symbol 1 winning hole 77 while the third symbol corresponding to the first or second special symbol is being displayed (dynamic display) on the third symbol display device 81 (special symbol display device 37), the number of times the ball has entered (number of reserved balls) is reserved up to a maximum of four times. The number of reserved balls is displayed by the special symbol display device 37, and is also displayed in the special symbol 1 first to fourth reserved symbol display areas Db1a to Db1d of the first reserved symbol display area Db1 corresponding to the first special symbol in the cockpit display area Db. In the special symbol 1 first to fourth reserved symbol display areas Db1a to Db1d, one reserved symbol (in the normal display mode, a "○" symbol (white circle symbol)) is displayed for each reserved ball of the first special symbol (one reserved ball number), and the number of reserved balls is displayed according to the number of reserved symbols displayed in the special symbol 1 first to fourth reserved symbol display areas Db1a to Db1d.

That is, in the first to fourth reserved pattern display areas Db1a to Db1d of Special Chart 1, if one reserved pattern is displayed in the first reserved pattern display area Db1a of Special Chart 1, it indicates that the number of reserved balls of the first special pattern is one, if two reserved patterns, one each in the first and second reserved pattern display areas Db1a and Db1b of Special Chart 1, are displayed, it indicates that the number of reserved balls of the first special pattern is two, if three reserved patterns, one each in the first to third reserved pattern display areas Db1a to Db1c of Special Chart 1, it indicates that the number of reserved balls of the first special pattern is three, and if four reserved patterns, one each in the first to fourth reserved pattern display areas Db1a to Db1d of Special Chart 1, are displayed, it indicates that the number of reserved balls of the first special pattern is four. In addition, if no reserved patterns are displayed in the first to fourth reserved pattern display areas Db1a to Db1d of Special Chart 1, this indicates that the number of reserved balls for the first special pattern is 0 and there are no reserved variable effects.

In addition, if a ball enters the special symbol 2 winning hole 78 while the third symbol corresponding to the first or second special symbol is being displayed (dynamic display) on the third symbol display device 81 (special symbol display device 37), the number of times the ball has entered (number of reserved balls) is reserved up to a maximum of four times. The number of reserved balls is displayed by the special symbol display device 37, and is also displayed in the special symbol 2 first to fourth reserved symbol display areas Db2a to Db2d of the second reserved symbol display area Db2 corresponding to the second special symbol in the cockpit display area Db. In the special symbol 2 first to fourth reserved symbol display areas Db2a to Db2d, one reserved symbol (in the normal display mode, a "○" symbol (white circle symbol)) is displayed for each reserved ball of the second special symbol (one reserved ball number), and the number of reserved balls is displayed according to the number of reserved symbols displayed in the special symbol 2 first to fourth reserved symbol display areas Db2a to Db2d.

That is, in the first to fourth reserved pattern display areas Db2a to Db2d of Special Chart 2, if one reserved pattern is displayed in the first reserved pattern display area Db2a of Special Chart 2, it indicates that the number of reserved balls of the second special pattern is one, if two reserved patterns, one each in the first and second reserved pattern display areas Db2a and Db2b of Special Chart 2, are displayed, it indicates that the number of reserved balls of the second special pattern is two, if three reserved patterns, one each in the first to third reserved pattern display areas Db2a to Db2c of Special Chart 2, it indicates that the number of reserved balls of the second special pattern is three, and if four reserved patterns, one each in the first to fourth reserved pattern display areas Db2a to Db2d of Special Chart 2, are displayed, it indicates that the number of reserved balls of the second special pattern is four. Additionally, if no reserved patterns are displayed in the first to fourth reserved pattern display areas Db2a to Db2d of Special Chart 2, this indicates that the number of reserved balls for the second special pattern is 0 and there are no reserved variable effects.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the first lottery game for the first special symbol and the second lottery game for the second special symbol are not executed simultaneously, and only one of the lottery games is executed. In addition, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, when one of the lottery games being executed ends, if reserved balls for the first special symbol and reserved balls for the second special symbol are stored, the second lottery game for the second special symbol is executed preferentially over the first lottery game for the first special symbol (so-called special symbol 2 priority change). In addition, the lottery games may be executed in the order of winning, or the first lottery game for the first special symbol and the second lottery game for the second special symbol may be executed simultaneously.

The central part of the cockpit display area Db is provided with an execution pattern display area Db0, which displays an execution pattern indicating that a variable performance is being performed in the main display area Dm. This execution pattern display area Db0 is provided in the central part of the cockpit display area Db, that is, to the right of the special chart 1 first reserved pattern display area Db1a and to the left of the special chart 2 first reserved pattern display area Db2a, and is configured to display an execution pattern larger than each reserved pattern displayed in each reserved pattern display area Db1a to Db1d, Db2a to Db2d. In addition, in this execution pattern display area Db0, the reserved pattern displayed in the special chart 1 first reserved pattern display area Db1a or the special chart 2 first reserved pattern display area Db2a is shifted (shifted) and displayed as the execution pattern.

The execution pattern displayed in the execution pattern display area Db0 is erased when the variable performance ends, and with the erasure of the execution pattern, the displayed reserved pattern is moved and displayed as a reserved pattern on the lower side (the right side if it is the first special pattern, and the left side if it is the second special pattern). Specifically, for example, in a situation where there is no reserved pattern of the second special pattern and there are four reserved patterns of the first special pattern, when the execution pattern displayed in the execution pattern display area Db0 is erased with the end of the variable performance of the first special pattern or the second special pattern, the reserved pattern displayed in the special pattern 1 first reserved pattern display area Db1a is moved (shifted) and displayed as the execution pattern in the execution pattern display area Db0. Also, the reserved pattern displayed in the special pattern 1 second reserved pattern display area Db1b is moved (shifted) and displayed as a reserved pattern in the special pattern 1 first reserved pattern display area Db1a. Furthermore, the reserved pattern displayed in the third reserved pattern display area Db1c of the special chart 1 is moved (shifted) and displayed as a reserved pattern in the second reserved pattern display area Db1b of the special chart 1. Also, the reserved pattern displayed in the fourth reserved pattern display area Db1d of the special chart 1 is moved (shifted) and displayed as a reserved pattern in the third reserved pattern display area Db1c of the special chart 1.

In addition, for example, in a situation where there are four reserved patterns of the second special pattern, when the execution pattern displayed in the execution pattern display area Db0 is erased with the end of the variable performance of the first special pattern or the second special pattern, the reserved pattern displayed in the special pattern 2 first reserved pattern display area Db2a is moved (shifted) and displayed as the execution pattern in the execution pattern display area Db0. In addition, the reserved pattern displayed in the special pattern 2 second reserved pattern display area Db2b is moved (shifted) and displayed as the reserved pattern in the special pattern 2 first reserved pattern display area Db2a. Furthermore, the reserved pattern displayed in the special pattern 2 third reserved pattern display area Db2c is moved (shifted) and displayed as the reserved pattern in the special pattern 2 second reserved pattern display area Db2b. In addition, the reserved pattern displayed in the special chart 2 fourth reserved pattern display area Db2d is shifted and displayed as the reserved pattern in the special chart 2 third reserved pattern display area Db2c.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the execution pattern continues to be displayed in the execution pattern display area Db0 while a variable performance is being executed in the main display area Dm (except during the variable elements of "Super Reach" or "Special Reach"). On the other hand, when the variable performance ends, or when the variable elements of "Super Reach" or "Special Reach" are being executed, the execution pattern is erased. In other words, when the execution pattern is displayed in the execution pattern display area Db0, it indicates that a variable performance is being executed (continued) in the main display area Dm, and when the execution pattern is not displayed in the execution pattern display area Db0, it indicates that a variable performance is not being executed (not continued) in the main display area Dm, or that a variable element of "Super Reach" or a variable element of "Special Reach" is being executed.

The cockpit display area Db is also configured to be able to execute a "reserved change notice" using the reserved symbols and execution symbols displayed in the cockpit display area Db. This "reserved change notice" is a notice that indicates the likelihood of a jackpot in the variable performance executed in the main display area Dm by changing the display color of the reserved symbols and execution symbols in multiple stages from before the variable performance is executed until the performance is executed.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the display color of the reserved and executed symbols can be changed from the normal display mode of "white" to a blue display mode of "blue", a red display mode of "red", or a rainbow display mode of "rainbow" as a "reserved change notice". In this pachinko machine 10, when a "jackpot display" or a "reach display" occurs in the variable performance, the selection ratio of the display color of the reserved and executed symbols is configured to be different, so that the display color of the reserved and executed symbols changes from the normal display mode ("white") to another display mode (for example, "blue"), and the possibility of a "reach display" or a "jackpot display" occurring in the variable performance indicated by the reserved and executed symbols can be suggested to the player for each display color.

Specifically, in the "reserved change notice", the reserved and executed symbols are more likely to show a "reach" or "jackpot" in the variable presentation shown by the reserved and executed symbols when they are displayed in "blue" rather than the normal display form ("white"). Also, the reserved and executed symbols are more likely to show a "reach" or "jackpot" in the variable presentation shown by the reserved and executed symbols when they are displayed in "red" rather than "blue". Furthermore, the reserved and executed symbols are more likely to show a "reach" or "jackpot" in the variable presentation shown by the reserved and executed symbols when they are displayed in "rainbow" rather than "red".

In addition, when the display mode of the reserved pattern and the execution pattern is "red", the variable performance indicated by the "red" reserved pattern or the execution pattern is set to confirm the execution of a "Super Reach"-based performance mode (the main performance mode is referred to as the "performance mode") or a "Special Reach" performance mode (hereinafter, the "Super Reach" performance mode or the "Special Reach" performance mode may be collectively referred to as the "Super Reach or higher" performance mode). In addition, when the display mode of the reserved pattern and the execution pattern is "rainbow", the appearance of a "jackpot display" is set to be confirmed in the variable performance indicated by the "rainbow" reserved pattern or the execution pattern. Therefore, in this embodiment, the display mode of the reserved pattern and the execution pattern is set so that the expectation of the appearance of a "reach display" or a "jackpot display" increases stepwise in the order of normal ("white") → "blue" → "red" → "rainbow".

The "rainbow" display mode of the "reserved change notice" is set so that it does not appear on reserved symbols, but only on executed symbols. This is because if the reserved symbol is not executed due to some abnormality (e.g., a power outage) after the "rainbow" display mode that confirms the occurrence of a jackpot is displayed on the reserved symbol, the player will become dissatisfied because they did not get the jackpot that they should have. Therefore, by configuring the reserved symbols so that the "rainbow" display mode that confirms the occurrence of a jackpot does not appear in advance, it is possible to prevent the above dissatisfaction from occurring.

In addition, when the display mode of the reserved pattern has changed due to this "reserved change notice," if the reserved pattern shifts with the execution (consumption) of a variable performance, the display mode of the changed reserved pattern is inherited (taken over) and reflected in the shifted reserved pattern or executed pattern. In other words, when the display mode of the reserved pattern has changed, even when the changed reserved pattern shifts to another reserved pattern display area Db1-Db3 or executed pattern display area Db0 with the execution of a variable performance, the display mode before the shift is maintained as the display mode of the shifted reserved pattern or executed pattern.

Therefore, for example, if the display color of the reserved pattern in the Special Chart 1 Fourth Reserved Pattern Display Area Db1d changes to "red", as the reserved pattern shifts from the Special Chart 1 Third Reserved Pattern Display Area Db1c → the Special Chart 1 Second Reserved Pattern Display Area Db1b → the Special Chart 1 First Reserved Pattern Display Area Db1a → the Execution Pattern Display Area Db0, the "red" reserved pattern or execution pattern is configured to continue to be displayed.

In the first embodiment, the number of reserved balls for the variable performance based on the balls entering the special winning port 77 or the special winning port 78 is configured to be reserved up to four times, but the maximum number of reserved balls is not limited to four times, and may be set to three times or less, or five times or more (e.g., eight times). In addition, instead of displaying the reserved pattern in the cockpit display area Db, the number of reserved balls may be displayed in a part of the third pattern display device 81 as numbers, or the four divided areas may be displayed in a different form (e.g., color or lighting pattern) according to the number of reserved balls. In addition, since the number of reserved balls is indicated by the special pattern display device 37, the number of reserved balls does not need to be displayed on the third pattern display device 81. In addition, if information regarding the number of reserved balls (reserved pattern, etc.) is not displayed on the third pattern display device 81, the "reserved change notice" cannot be executed by the reserved pattern, so it may be configured to execute a pre-reading notice similar to the "reserved change notice" by additionally appearing other character patterns, etc.

Furthermore, the variable display unit 80 may be provided with four reserved lamps indicating the number of reserved balls, the number corresponding to the maximum number of reserved balls for the first special pattern and the second special pattern, and the number of reserved balls may be displayed according to the number of reserved lamps that are lit. Note that, if the reserved lamps are configured to display the number of reserved balls, it is of course possible to perform a pre-reading notice similar to the "reserved change notice" of the first embodiment by providing multiple display colors for the reserved lamps.

The sub-display area Ds is horizontally elongated and positioned above the main display area Dm, and is further divided into three equal sub-areas Ds1 to Ds3 in the left-right direction. The sub-areas Ds1 to Ds3 are areas that display characters and preview performance images, respectively. The images displayed in the sub-areas Ds1 to Ds3 give the player a sense of anticipation that a jackpot will result from the variable performance performed in the main display area Dm. The cockpit display area Db is an area that displays a reserved ball count, which is the number of balls (reserved balls) that have entered the special chart 1 winning port 77 or the special chart 2 winning port 78 and have not yet been subjected to a variable performance, and an execution pattern related to the variable performance currently being performed.

As shown in FIG. 12(b) on the actual display screen, a total of nine main symbols of the third pattern are displayed in the main display area Dm. In the sub-display area Ds, the left small area Ds1 displays a video in which a preview symbol appears, suggesting to the player that the variable presentation taking place in the main display area Dm is more likely than usual to transition to a jackpot.

In the sub-display area Ds, in the small central area Ds2, a specific character (in the first embodiment, a boy wearing a headband) usually performs a specific action, and based on the change effect being performed in the main display area Dm, a special action different from the specific action is performed, the color of the boy's hair, which is usually black, or the color of his headband, which is usually white, changes, or another character appears, and a preview effect is performed.

Furthermore, in the sub-display area Ds, a level meter (not shown) appears in the right small area Ds3, indicating in stages whether or not a jackpot will occur in the variable performance being performed in the main display area Dm. This level meter increases (adds) each time the expected probability of a "reach display" occurring or the expected probability of a jackpot increases in the variable performance being performed based on the appearance of a preview pattern or the like in the variable performance, and is configured to indicate that a jackpot will be confirmed when the level meter reaches its display limit (MAX display). Thus, the sub-display area Ds has the function of indicating the occurrence of a "reach display" in the main display area Dm.

Returning to FIG. 3, the explanation continues. The normal symbol display device 83 performs a variable display in which a "circle" symbol and a "cross" symbol are alternately lit as display symbols (normal symbols) each time the ball passes through the unit-internal normal symbol gate 76a or the right-side normal symbol gate 76b (hereinafter, the unit-internal normal symbol gate 76a and the right-side normal symbol gate 76b may be collectively referred to as "normal symbol gate 76"). The pachinko machine 10 is configured such that when the variable display on the normal symbol display device 83 stops at a predetermined symbol (in the first embodiment, the "circle" symbol), the retractable normal electric role 79a is activated (the retractable plate 79b is protruded) for a period of time according to the game state.

The number of reserved balls in the normal pattern gate 76 can be reserved up to four times, and the number of reserved balls is displayed by lighting up the normal pattern reservation lamps 84 provided in the center frame 86. There are four normal pattern reservation lamps 84, the maximum number of reserved balls, and they are disposed above the third pattern display device 81. The number of reserved balls is displayed by the number of lit normal pattern reservation lamps 84.

The variable display of the normal symbol may be performed by switching on and off a plurality of lamps in the normal symbol display device 83 as in the first embodiment, or may be performed using a part of the special symbol display device 37 or the third symbol display device 81. Similarly, the normal symbol reserve lamp 84 may be turned on by a part of the third symbol display device 81. In addition, the maximum number of reserved balls passing through the normal symbol gate 76 is not limited to four times, as in the case of the special symbol 1 winning port 77 or the special symbol 2 winning port 78, but may be set to three times or less, or five times or more (for example, eight times). In addition, when the number of reserved balls is indicated by the special symbol display device 37, the normal symbol reserve lamp 84 may not be turned on.

A central variable winning device 65 is disposed below the alternating distribution unit 71 when viewed from the front, and a horizontally long rectangular central large winning opening (large opening) 65a is provided in its approximate center. In addition, a right-side variable winning device 67 is disposed to the right of the normal electric unit 79 when viewed from the front, and a horizontally long rectangular right-side large winning opening (large opening) 67a is provided in its approximate center.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, when the first or second special symbol is selected by the main control device 110 (see FIG. 6) and a jackpot is generated, the seven-segment display 37b of the special symbol display device 37 is turned on to display the jackpot stop symbol after a predetermined time (variable time), and the stop symbol corresponding to the jackpot is displayed on the third symbol display device 81 to indicate the occurrence of the jackpot. After that, the game state transitions to a special game state (jackpot) in which the ball is likely to win. In this special game state, when a jackpot is generated as a result of the selection of the first special symbol, the central big prize opening 65a, which is normally closed, is opened for a predetermined time (for example, until "30 seconds" have passed or until 10 balls have won), and when a jackpot is generated as a result of the selection of the second special symbol, the right big prize opening 67a, which is normally closed, is opened for a predetermined time (for example, until "30 seconds" have passed or until 10 balls have won).

The central large prize opening 65a or the right-side large prize opening 67a is closed after a predetermined time has elapsed, and after the closure, the central large prize opening 65a or the right-side large prize opening 67a is opened again for a predetermined time. The opening and closing operation of the central large prize opening 65a or the right-side large prize opening 67a can be repeated up to, for example, 15 times (15 rounds). The state in which this opening and closing operation is taking place is one form of a special game state (jackpot state) that is advantageous to the player, and the player is paid out a larger number of prize balls than usual as an addition of game value (game value).

The central variable winning device 65 is equipped with a horizontally long rectangular central opening/closing plate (not shown) that covers the central large winning opening 65a, and a central large winning opening solenoid (not shown) for driving the central large winning opening 65a to open and close forward around the lower side of the central opening/closing plate. The central large winning opening 65a is normally in a closed state in which balls cannot win or it is difficult for them to win. When a jackpot is won based on the first lottery game of the first special pattern, the central large winning opening solenoid is driven to tilt the central opening/closing plate to the lower front side, temporarily forming an open state in which a ball shot by a left hit is likely to win the central large winning opening 65a, and the open state and the normal closed state are alternately repeated. In other words, when a jackpot is won based on the first lottery game of the first special pattern during a left hit in the "normal game state" or the "latency probability variable state", the central large winning opening 65a is controlled to open and close, so that the player can play the subsequent game while continuing the game of the left hit.

The right-side variable winning device 67 has a similar configuration to the central variable winning device 65, and is equipped with a horizontally long rectangular right-side opening and closing plate (not shown) that covers the right-side large winning opening 67a, and a right-side large winning opening solenoid (not shown) for driving the right-side large winning opening 67a to open and close forward with the lower side of the right-side opening and closing plate as an axis. The right-side large winning opening 67a is normally in a closed state in which the ball cannot win or it is difficult to win. Then, in the event of a big win based on the second lottery game of the second special pattern, the right-side large winning opening solenoid is driven to tilt the right-side opening and closing plate forward and downward, temporarily forming an open state in which the ball shot by right hitting is likely to win the right-side large winning opening 67a, and it operates to alternate between the open state and the normal closed state. In other words, when hitting right in the "latent probability changing state" or hitting right in the "probability changing state", if a jackpot is won based on the second lottery game with the second special symbol, this right-side big prize opening 67a is controlled to open and close, and then the game enters the "probability changing state", so the player can continue playing the game after that while continuing the right hit game.

The special game state is not limited to the above-mentioned form. A large opening that opens and closes separately from the central large prize opening 65a or the right-side large prize opening 67a may be provided in the game area, and when the 7-segment display 37b corresponding to a big win is lit in the special pattern display device 37, the central large prize opening 65a or the right-side large prize opening 67a is opened for a predetermined time, and when a ball enters the central large prize opening 65a or the right-side large prize opening 67a while the central large prize opening 65a or the right-side large prize opening 67a is open, a large opening provided separately from the central large prize opening 65a or the right-side large prize opening 67a is opened for a predetermined time and a predetermined number of times, forming a game state that is a special game state.

The left and right corners of the lower side of the game board 13 are provided with attachment spaces K1 and K2 for attaching stamps, identification labels, etc., and the stamps, etc. attached to the attachment space K1 can be seen through a small window 35 in the front frame 14 (see Figure 1).

The game board 13 is further provided with an outlet 66. Any balls that do not enter any of the winning holes (ball entry holes) 63, 64, 65a are guided through the outlet 66 to a ball discharge path (not shown). The game board 13 is provided with numerous nails to appropriately disperse and adjust the direction in which the balls fall, and various components (gimmicks) such as windmills are also provided.

Next, the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 will be described with reference to FIG. 13. FIG. 13 is a block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10.

The main control device 110 is equipped with an MPU 201, which is a one-chip microcomputer that is a calculation device. The MPU 201 contains a read-only memory (ROM) 202 that stores various control programs and fixed value data executed by the MPU 201, a random access memory (RAM) 203 that temporarily stores various data when executing the control programs stored in the ROM 202, and various other circuits such as an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, and a data transmission/reception circuit.

In addition, in order to instruct the sub-control devices such as the dispensing control device 111 and the voice lamp control device 113 to operate, various commands are sent from the main control device 110 to the sub-control devices via a data transmission/reception circuit, but such commands are sent only in one direction, from the main control device 110 to the sub-control devices.

The main control device 110 executes the main processes of the pachinko machine 10, such as drawing the jackpot lottery, setting the dynamic display and variable effects on the special symbol display device 37 and the third symbol display device 81, and drawing the display results of the variable display on the normal symbol display device 83. The RAM 203 is provided with a counter buffer 203c that stores various counters for controlling these processes.

The ROM 202 also stores at least a jackpot random number table 202a, a jackpot type table 202b, a reserved number table 202c, a stop pattern table 202d, a fluctuation pattern table 202e, a normal jackpot random number table 202f, a normal fluctuation time table 202g, and a normal electric role control table 202h. The main control device 110 executes the above-mentioned main controls using various counters stored in the RAM 203 and various tables stored in the ROM 202.

Now, with reference to FIG. 14, we will explain the counters and the like provided in the RAM 203 of the main control device 110. These counters and the like are used by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 to perform the jackpot lottery, the setting of the dynamic display of the special pattern display device 37, the setting of the variable performance of the third pattern display device 81, the lottery of the display result of the variable display on the normal pattern display device 83, and the like. In addition, in the explanation of the various counters, with reference to FIG. 15 and FIG. 16, we will also explain the various tables stored in the ROM 202 of the main control device 110.

The jackpot random number counter C1 used to select the jackpot lottery, the dynamic display setting of the special pattern display device 37, and the variable presentation setting of the third pattern display device 81 use the following: the jackpot random number counter C1 used to select the jackpot pattern stop type, the jackpot type counter C2 used to select the presentation mode of the variable presentation, the first initial value random number counter CINI1 used to set the initial value of the jackpot random number counter C1, and the variable type counter CS1 used to select the variable pattern.

The normal symbol random number counter C4 is used for the lottery of the normal symbol display device 83, and the second initial value random number counter CINI2 is used to set the initial value of the normal symbol random number counter C4. Each of these counters is a loop counter that adds 1 to the previous value each time it is updated and returns to "0" after reaching the maximum value.

Each counter is updated, for example, at 4 millisecond intervals, which is the execution interval of the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17), and some counters are updated irregularly during the main process (see FIG. 28), and the updated values are appropriately stored in the counter buffer 203c set in a predetermined area of the RAM 203. Details will be described later, but the RAM 203 is provided with a first reserved ball storage area 203d consisting of four reserved areas (first reserved areas 1 to 4) related to the first special pattern, and a second reserved ball storage area 203e consisting of four reserved areas (second reserved areas 1 to 4) related to the second special pattern, and the values of the jackpot random number counter C1, jackpot type counter C2, stop pattern selection counter C3, and change type counter CS1 are stored in each of these areas in accordance with the timing of the ball entering the special pattern 1 winning hole 77 or the special pattern 2 winning hole 78.

Each counter will be explained in detail. The jackpot random number counter C1 is configured to increment by one within a predetermined range (e.g., "0 to 899") and return to "0" after reaching a maximum value (e.g., "899" for a counter that can take values from "0 to 899"). In particular, when the jackpot random number counter C1 has completed one cycle of updating, the value of the first initial value random number counter CINI1 at that time is read as the initial value of the jackpot random number counter C1, and the jackpot random number counter C1 is updated from that initial value.

The first initial value random number counter CINI1 is configured as a loop counter that is updated within the same range as the jackpot random number counter C1. That is, for example, if the jackpot random number counter C1 is a loop counter that can take on values of "0 to 899", the first initial value random number counter CINI1 is also a loop counter with a range of "0 to 899". This first initial value random number counter CINI1 is updated once each time the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17) is executed, and is repeatedly updated within the remaining time of the main process (see FIG. 28).

The value of the jackpot random number counter C1 is updated periodically (in the first embodiment, once for each timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17)). Then, when the ball enters the special winning port 77 (start winning), it is stored in the jackpot random number counter storage area 203d1 of the first reserved area of any one of the first reserved areas 1 to 4 provided in the first reserved ball storage area 203d of the RAM 203 provided in correspondence with the special winning port 77 (first special pattern). Also, when the ball enters the special winning port 78 (start winning), it is stored in the jackpot random number counter storage area 203e1 of the second reserved area of any one of the second reserved areas 1 to 4 provided in the second reserved ball storage area 203e of the RAM 203 provided in correspondence with the special winning port 78 (second special pattern).

The random number value at which the jackpot random number counter C1 becomes a jackpot is set by the jackpot random number table 202a stored in the ROM 202 of the main control unit 110, and a jackpot is determined when the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the jackpot random number counter storage areas 203d1, 203e1 in the reserved area matches the random number value at which a jackpot is set by the jackpot random number table 202a.

Here, the details of the jackpot random number table 202a will be described with reference to FIG. 15(a). FIG. 15(a) is a schematic diagram showing an example of the jackpot random number table 202a stored in the ROM 202. The jackpot random number table 202a is divided into two types: a low probability state table used when the gaming state of the pachinko machine 10 is in a low probability state (period when it is not a "probability variable state" or a "latent probability variable state"), which is a "normal gaming state", and a high probability state table used when the gaming state of the pachinko machine 10 is in a "probability variable state (during a probability variable)" or a "latent probability variable state (during a latent probability variable)", which is a high probability state in which the probability of a jackpot is higher than in a low probability state. The number of random numbers that will result in a jackpot included in each of the low probability state and the high probability state is set differently. In this way, by making the number of random numbers that will result in a jackpot different, the probability of a jackpot is changed between the low probability state and the high probability state.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the number of values (jackpot random number values) of the jackpot random number counter C1 that result in a jackpot in a low probability state is three, and the value "7,307,582" is stored in the jackpot random number table 202a. In other words, the jackpot probability of a special symbol in a low probability state (i.e., "normal game state") is set to be 3/900 = 1/300.

On the other hand, the number of random number values (jackpot random number values) that will result in a jackpot in the high probability state is nine, and the values "28, 122, 298, 390, 486, 567, 656, 750, 866" are stored in the jackpot random number table 202a. In other words, the jackpot probability of a special symbol in the high probability state (i.e., the "probability variable state" or "latent probability variable state") is set to 9/900 = 1/100.

In the first embodiment, the jackpot random number values for the low probability state and the high probability state stored in the jackpot random number table 202a are set so that they do not overlap. If a value exists that will be a jackpot random number regardless of the state of the pachinko machine 10, this value will be easier to predict from the outside, which may increase the possibility of winning a jackpot illegally. In contrast, by changing the value of the random number that will be a jackpot depending on the state (i.e., whether the pachinko machine 10 is in a high probability state or a low probability state) as in the first embodiment, the value of the random number that will be a jackpot can be made harder to predict, which can help to prevent fraud.

Returning to FIG. 14, the explanation will be continued. The jackpot type counter C2 determines the jackpot type in the event of a jackpot, and is configured to be incremented by one within a predetermined range (for example, "0 to 99") and return to "0" after reaching a maximum value (for example, "99" in the case of a counter that can take values of "0 to 99"). The value of the jackpot type counter C2 is updated, for example, periodically (once for each timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17) in the first embodiment). Then, at the timing when the ball enters the special winning hole 77 (start winning), the value is stored in the jackpot type counter storage area 203d2 of the first reserved area, which is the same as the first reserved area in which the jackpot random number counter C1 is stored, among the first reserved areas 1 to 4 of the first reserved ball storage area 203d of the RAM 203 provided corresponding to the special winning hole 77 (first special pattern). In addition, when the ball enters the special winning hole 78 (initial winning), it is stored in the jackpot type counter storage area 203e2 of the second reserved area, which is the same as the second reserved area in which the jackpot random number counter C1 is stored, among the second reserved areas 1 to 4 of the second reserved ball storage area 203e of the RAM 203 provided in correspondence with the special winning hole 78 (second special pattern).

Here, for example, if the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in one of the reserved areas in the first reserved ball storage area 203d or the second reserved ball storage area 203e is not a random number that results in a jackpot, that is, if it is a random number that results in a miss, the variation pattern in the variation presentation and the type of stop pattern (hereinafter referred to as the "stop type") will be those for a miss. On the other hand, if the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in one of the reserved areas in the first reserved ball storage area 203d or the second reserved ball storage area 203e is a random number that results in a jackpot, the variation pattern in the variation presentation and the stop type will be those for a jackpot. In this case, the variation pattern and stop type for that jackpot are determined in accordance with the jackpot type indicated by the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the same reserved area.

The value of the jackpot type counter C2 in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment is configured as a loop counter with a range of "0 to 99". The jackpot type is determined based on this jackpot type counter C2 and the jackpot type table 202b stored in the ROM 202. This jackpot type table 202b includes a jackpot type table 202b1 for special symbol 1, which is referenced in the first lottery game of the first special symbol, and a jackpot type table 202b2 for special symbol 2, which is referenced in the second lottery game of the second special symbol.

Now, referring to FIG. 15(b) and FIG. 15(c), the special symbol 1 jackpot type table 202b1 and the special symbol 2 jackpot type table 202b2 will be described. FIG. 15(b) is a diagram showing an example of the special symbol 1 jackpot type table 202b1 corresponding to the first special symbol stored in the ROM 202, and FIG. 15(c) is a diagram showing an example of the special symbol 2 jackpot type table 202b2 corresponding to the second special symbol stored in the ROM 202. As shown in FIG. 15(b) and FIG. 15(c), the jackpot type table 202b is a table that associates the type of special symbol with the jackpot type corresponding to the type of special symbol and the value of the jackpot type counter C2.

As for the types of jackpots, as mentioned above, after a jackpot with a maximum number of rounds of 15, the probability of a jackpot with a special symbol and the probability of a jackpot with a normal symbol are in a high probability state until the special symbol variation performance is executed 100 times (so-called Special Time 100 times. Hereinafter, the initial letters of Special Time may be abbreviated as "ST"), and the normal symbol variation time is shortened (in the first embodiment, changed from "3 seconds" to "0.5 seconds") while the protrusion time of the retractable normal electric role 79a's retractable plate 79b is lengthened (in the first embodiment, changed from "2 seconds" to "5 seconds"), resulting in a transition to a "probability variation state"; After the round jackpot, until the special symbol variation performance is executed 100 times (so-called ST100 times), the probability of the special symbol jackpot and the probability of the normal symbol jackpot are in a high probability state, and the variation time of the normal symbol is shortened (changed from "3 seconds" to "0.5 seconds" in the first embodiment), while the protrusion time of the retractable plate 79b of the retractable normal electric role 79a remains short ("2 seconds" in the first embodiment), and the state transitions to a "latent probability variation state" in which this is called a "7R latent probability variation jackpot."

In the special chart 1 jackpot type table 202b1 and the special chart 2 jackpot type table 202b2, each jackpot type is associated with a possible value of the jackpot type counter C2 that determines the jackpot type.

In the example of the jackpot type table 202b1 for special chart 1 in FIG. 15(b), the jackpot type counter C2 value "0 to 89" is associated with the "7R latent variable jackpot", and the jackpot type counter C2 value "90 to 99" is associated with the "15R variable jackpot".

In the first embodiment, in the lottery for the first special symbol, if the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the jackpot random number counter storage area 203d1 of any of the first reserved areas of the first reserved ball storage area 203d is a value that results in a jackpot, the jackpot type associated with the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the jackpot type counter storage area 203d2 of the same first reserved area is determined from the jackpot type table 202b1 for special symbol 1. For example, if the value of the jackpot type counter C2 is "20", the jackpot type is determined to be "7R latent variable jackpot", and if the value of the jackpot type counter C2 is "95", the jackpot type is determined to be "15R variable jackpot". In other words, if a jackpot is won in the first lottery game of the first special symbol (i.e., the lottery based on the ball entering the special symbol 1 winning slot 77), there is a 90% probability that a "7R latent jackpot" will be selected, and a 10% probability that a "15R jackpot" will be selected.

In addition, in the example of the jackpot type table 202b2 for special chart 2 in FIG. 15(c), the value of the jackpot type counter C2, "0 to 99," is associated with the "15R guaranteed jackpot."

In the first embodiment, in the lottery for the second special symbol, similar to the lottery for the first special symbol, if the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the jackpot random number counter storage area 203e1 of any of the reserved areas of the second reserved ball storage area 203e is a value that results in a jackpot, the jackpot type associated with the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the jackpot type counter storage area 203e2 of the same reserved area is determined from the jackpot type table 202b2 for special symbol 2. For example, regardless of the value of the jackpot type counter C2 ("0 to 99"), the jackpot type is determined to be "15R certain jackpot". In other words, if a jackpot is won in the second lottery game of the second special symbol (i.e., the lottery based on the ball entering the special symbol 2 winning hole 78), the "15R certain jackpot" is set to be selected with a 100% probability.

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the lottery game with the second special symbol has a higher gaming value for the player than the lottery game with the first special symbol, so the player has to decide how to win the lottery with the second special symbol, that is, how to get the ball to enter the special symbol 2 winning hole 78 rather than the special symbol 1 winning hole 77, which provides variety to the game and increases the interest of the game.

The probability that each jackpot type will be selected in the event of a jackpot is set appropriately for each machine type. Then, the value of the jackpot type counter C2 associated with each jackpot type is specified in the jackpot type table 202b according to the set probability.

The probability of a jackpot type being selected may be changed depending on the game state of the pachinko machine 10. In this case, a jackpot type table 202b corresponding to each game state may be prepared, and the number of values of the jackpot type counter C2 associated with each jackpot type may be changed in each jackpot type table 202b.

Returning to FIG. 14, we will continue to explain the various counters. The stop pattern selection counter C3 is configured to increment by "1" in sequence within the range of "0 to 99", for example, and return to "0" after reaching the maximum value (i.e. "99").

In the first embodiment, the general presentation mode of the variable presentation displayed on the third symbol display device 81 at the time of a big win or a miss is selected based on the number of reserved variable presentations and the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3. Specifically, five presentation modes are selected: a "non-reach (shortened)" presentation mode or a "non-reach (normal)" presentation mode in which no "reach display" occurs, a "normal reach" presentation mode in which only the variable elements of a "normal reach" are executed as a "reach display", a "super reach" presentation mode in which the variable elements of the "normal reach" are developed to execute the variable elements of a "super reach", and a "special reach" presentation mode in which the variable elements of a "normal reach" are developed to execute the variable elements of a "special reach".

Here, each presentation mode will be explained in detail. Among the presentation modes, the "non-reach (shortened)" presentation mode and the "non-reach (normal)" presentation mode are presentation modes in which, after a "high-speed fluctuation" variable element occurs in each of the display areas Dm1 to Dm3 (see FIG. 12(a)) of the main display area Dm, the same third pattern does not stop in the left display area Dm1 and the right display area Dm3, and a "reach display" does not occur.

The "high-speed fluctuation" variable element refers to a variable element in which the third symbols displayed in each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 (see FIG. 12(a)) are scrolled vertically downward on the display screen at high speed during a variable presentation performed in the main display area Dm (see FIG. 12) of the third symbol display device 81. In this "high-speed fluctuation," the third symbol is fluctuated so that the player cannot clearly recognize the display content of the third symbol, and the stopped results of the previously stopped and displayed variable presentation are randomly mixed (shuffled).

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, after a "high-speed change" variable element is performed, a "low-speed change" variable element is performed except for a specific presentation mode (a "non-reach (shortened)" presentation mode). A "low-speed change" variable element refers to a variable element that scrolls the third pattern slowly at a speed that is visible to the player after the above-mentioned "high-speed change" variable element in a variable presentation performed in the main display area Dm (see FIG. 12(a)) of the third pattern display device 81. In this "slow-speed change" variable element, the third pattern is displayed in a stopped state in the order of left pattern row Z1 → right pattern row Z3 → center pattern row Z2 (see FIG. 12(a)), while allowing the player to recognize the display content of the third pattern. If the same third symbol stops in the left symbol column Z1 and the right symbol column Z3, it is determined that a "reach display" has occurred, and the game progresses to a "normal reach" variable element. On the other hand, if different third symbols stop in the left symbol column Z1 and the right symbol column Z3, the middle symbol column Z2 is displayed as stopped, and the variable effect ends (except when it progresses to a "pseudo consecutive" as described below).

Therefore, in the "non-reach (normal)" presentation mode, the "high-speed fluctuation" variable element is performed, and then the "slow-speed fluctuation" variable element is performed, and each of the pattern rows Z1 to Z3 (see FIG. 12(a)) stops in order, and one variable presentation ends. On the other hand, in the "non-reach (shortened)" presentation mode, the "slow-speed fluctuation" variable element is not performed after the "high-speed fluctuation" variable element is performed, and after the "high-speed fluctuation" variable element ends, each of the pattern rows Z1 to Z3 stops simultaneously, and one variable presentation ends.

Among the presentation modes, the "normal reach" presentation mode is one of the presentation modes of the "reach display" in which the variable elements of the "normal reach" are executed immediately after the same third symbol stops in the left symbol column Z1 and the right symbol column Z3 in the variable presentation of each symbol column Z1 to Z3 (see FIG. 12(a)) of the main display area Dm, and the "reach display" does not develop into other "reach displays", that is, the variable elements of the "super reach" or the variable elements of the "special reach". In this "normal reach" variable element, as described above, the third symbol displayed stopped in the left symbol column Z1 (left display area Dm1) and the right symbol column Z3 (right display area Dm3) of the main display area Dm is displayed larger than usual. In addition, the third symbol in the middle symbol column Z2 (middle display area Dm2) scrolls vertically downward on the display screen at a low speed, and the third symbol in the middle display area Dm2 is displayed in a state where it can be seen by the player. Furthermore, in this "normal reach" variable, the secondary display area Ds is erased (not shown) as the primary display area Dm is enlarged.

Among the presentation modes, the "Super Reach" presentation mode is one of the presentation modes of the "Reach Display" in which the variable elements of the "Normal Reach" are developed and the variable elements of the "Super Reach" are executed. In this "Super Reach" presentation mode, while the variable elements of the "Super Reach" are being executed, the cockpit display area Db (see FIG. 12(a)) is erased from the display state of the variable elements of the "Normal Reach", and the reach formation pattern of the third pattern that was the cause of the occurrence of this "Reach Display" is displayed in a reduced size in the upper left of the display area of the display screen. Then, the background display of the main display area Dm changes from the variable elements of the "Normal Reach", and multiple character patterns are made to appear to perform a "battle presentation (e.g., kickboxing)" (not shown).

In the first embodiment, the display is configured to suggest whether the variable performance will be a success or failure based on the result (win or loss) of the "battle performance." Specifically, for example, in the above-mentioned "battle performance," if the character design on the player's side wins against the character design on the enemy's side, the display is configured to suggest that the variable performance will be a "jackpot display," and if the character design on the player's side loses to the character design on the enemy's side, the display is configured to suggest that the variable performance will be a "loss display."

Among the presentation modes, the "Special Reach" presentation mode is one of the presentation modes of the "Reach Display" in which the variable elements of the "Normal Reach" are developed and the variable elements of the "Special Reach" are executed. In this "Special Reach" presentation mode, while the variable elements of the "Special Reach" are being executed, the cockpit display area Db (see FIG. 12(a)) is erased from the display state of the variable elements of the "Normal Reach" as in the variable elements of the "Super Reach" described above, and the reach formation pattern of the third pattern that was the cause of the occurrence of this "Reach Display" is displayed in a reduced size in the upper left of the display area of the display screen. Then, the background display of the main display area Dm (see FIG. 12(a)) changes from the variable elements of the "Normal Reach", and multiple characters different from the variable elements of the "Super Reach" are made to appear and a "race presentation (e.g., a car race)" is performed (not shown).

In the first embodiment, the display is configured to suggest whether the variable presentation will be a success or failure based on the result (win or loss) of the "competition presentation." Specifically, for example, in the above-mentioned "competition presentation," if the character design on the player's side wins against the character design on the opponent's side, the display is configured to suggest that the variable presentation will be a "jackpot display," and if the character design on the player's side loses to the character design on the opponent's side, the display is configured to suggest that the variable presentation will be a "loss display."

The value of the stop pattern selection counter C3 is updated periodically (in the first embodiment, once for each timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17)). Then, when the ball enters the special winning port 77 (start winning), the value is stored in the stop pattern selection counter storage area 203d3 of the first reserved area in which the jackpot random number counter C1 is stored, among the first reserved areas 1 to 4 provided in the first reserved ball storage area 203d of the RAM 203 provided corresponding to the special winning port 77 (first special pattern). Also, when the ball enters the special winning port 78 (start winning), the value is stored in the stop pattern selection counter storage area 203e3 of the second reserved area in which the jackpot random number counter C1 is stored, among the second reserved areas 1 to 4 provided in the second reserved ball storage area 203e of the RAM 203 provided corresponding to the special winning port 78 (second special pattern).

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the stop pattern table 202d that references the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3 is configured to differ depending on whether the variable performance is successful, the current game state, and the number of variable performances currently on hold (number of reserved balls). In other words, multiple types of stop pattern tables 202d are provided, and are configured to be selected depending on the number of waiting variable performances (number of reserved balls), etc.

In addition, in the first embodiment, when determining the detailed variation pattern of the variable presentation, first, based on the reserved number table 202c provided in the ROM 202, one of the stop pattern tables 202d corresponding to the success or failure of the variable presentation, the current game state, and the current number of variable presentations (number of reserved balls) is selected. Then, based on the selected stop pattern table 202d and the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3, a rough presentation mode of the variable presentation is selected. After that, based on the selected presentation mode and the value of the variation type counter CS1 described later, a detailed variation pattern (variation time) of the variable presentation is determined.

The multiple stop pattern tables 202d are set so that the range of random numbers of the stop pattern selection counter C3 from which the presentation mode is selected differs for each stop pattern table 202d. The reason for providing multiple stop pattern tables 202d is to change the selection ratio of the presentation mode of the variable presentation depending on whether the variable presentation is a hit or miss, the game status, and the number of reserved balls. That is, the selection ratio of the presentation mode is changed depending on (1) whether a jackpot occurs in the variable presentation of the acquired third pattern, (2) whether the current game status of the pachinko machine 10 is the "probability variable state", "latent probability variable state", or "normal game status", and (3) how many reserved balls there are for the reserved variable presentation.

The first reason is to change the expectation of a jackpot for each presentation mode. That is, by configuring the ratio of selection of the stop patterns, i.e., the "non-reach" presentation mode, the "normal reach" presentation mode, the "super reach" presentation mode, and the "special reach" presentation mode, to be different between when the jackpot lottery is won and when it is lost, the expectation of a jackpot is changed for each presentation mode. Specifically, for example, the "super reach" presentation mode or the "special reach" presentation mode is configured to be easily selected when the jackpot lottery is won, and the "non-reach" presentation mode or the "normal reach" presentation mode is configured to be easily selected when the jackpot lottery is not won. By configuring in this way, the "super reach" presentation mode or the "special reach" presentation mode can be made to be a presentation that is easy to win a jackpot, and the "normal reach" presentation mode or the "non-reach" presentation mode can be made to be a presentation that is difficult to win a jackpot or does not win a jackpot, and the expectation of a jackpot for each presentation mode can be differentiated. Therefore, when a performance that is likely to result in a jackpot appears in the variable performance, the player is informed that there is a high possibility of a jackpot occurring while that performance is occurring, increasing the player's interest in the game.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, when the lottery result is a jackpot, the device is configured to select a performance mode (stop pattern) that is the general content of the variable performance based on the stop pattern table 202d that makes it easy to select a performance that is likely to result in a jackpot and difficult to select a performance that is unlikely to result in a jackpot. On the other hand, when the lottery result is a miss, the device is configured to select a performance mode (stop pattern) of the variable performance based on the stop pattern table 202d that makes it difficult to select a performance that is likely to result in a jackpot and difficult to select a performance that is unlikely to result in a jackpot. As a result, when the lottery result of the third symbol is notified to the player in the variable performance, if a performance that is likely to result in a jackpot is being executed, the variable performance is likely to produce a jackpot, and if a performance that is unlikely to result in a jackpot is being executed, the variable performance is unlikely to produce a jackpot. By providing a difference in the expected value of a jackpot for each performance mode (stop pattern), the interest in the game can be increased during the execution of the variable performance.

The second reason is to minimize the number of wasted balls (so-called no lottery due to overflow winning) due to balls entering the special symbol 1 winning hole 77 when the number of waiting times for the first special symbol variable performance has reached the upper limit, or balls entering the special symbol 2 winning hole 78 when the number of waiting times for the second special symbol variable performance has reached the upper limit. To be more specific, the number of waiting times for the first special symbol and the second special symbol variable performance are each limited to a maximum of four times, and the variable performance is executed for at least a certain period of time, so that in a game state in which a ball is likely to enter the special symbol 2 winning hole 78 in the "probability variable state", the maximum number of reserved balls for the second special symbol is likely to be reached. In these game states, if a variable performance with a long variable time is selected, balls will frequently enter the special symbol 2 winning hole 78 when the maximum number of reserved balls for the second special symbol has been reached, and even if a ball enters the special symbol 2 winning hole 78, the chance to select the second special symbol cannot be obtained. Also, even in the "normal game state," if a variable performance with a long variable time is selected when the maximum number of reserved balls for the first special symbol has been reached, the reserved balls for the first special symbol are not consumed during the variable performance, and so even if a ball enters the special symbol 1 winning port 77 during that time, the player cannot obtain a lottery opportunity for the first special symbol. In this state, the player decides that there is no gaming value to be gained by letting the ball enter the special symbol 1 winning port 77, and stops firing balls and suspends play until the variable performance is consumed and the reserved balls can be obtained again. If play is suspended, the operating rate of the pachinko machine 10 decreases, which has an impact on the management of the game parlor.

The pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment is configured to select the presentation mode of the variable presentation based on the stop pattern table 202d, which tends to select a short variable time, in a game state in which the maximum number of reserved balls for the third pattern (first special pattern or second special pattern) is likely to be reached, or in a number of reserved balls close to (or equal to) the maximum number of reserved balls. This makes it possible to prevent balls from entering the special pattern 1 winning hole 77 or the special pattern 2 winning hole 78 when the maximum number of reserved balls for the third pattern (first special pattern or second special pattern) has been reached.

Furthermore, the third reason is that the execution time is set long and the end of the variable performance is delayed to maintain the state in which the variable performance is being executed for a long time. To be more specific, when the number of reserved balls for the variable performance is small (none), if a ball is not newly inserted into either the special chart 1 winning port 77 or the special chart 2 winning port 78 within the variable time of the variable performance being executed, the next variable performance cannot be started, and a demo screen or the like must be displayed on the third pattern display device 81. If the third pattern display device 81 does not perform a variable performance even though the player is playing by firing a ball, the player cannot get the interest related to the lottery for the big win that the player is looking for, and loses interest in the game. In addition, the player may recognize that the pachinko machine 10 is one in which it is difficult for a ball to enter the special chart 1 winning port 77 or the special chart 2 winning port 78 because the variable performance is not being performed on the third pattern display device 81, and may judge that it is a machine in which it is difficult to obtain game value, and may stop playing with the pachinko machine 10.

The pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment is configured to select the presentation mode of the variable presentation based on the stop pattern table 202d, which is likely to select a long variable presentation time, when the number of reserved balls for the variable presentation is small. This makes it difficult for a situation to occur in which the variable presentation is not being performed in the third pattern display device 81, and makes it possible to maintain the execution state of the variable presentation in the third pattern display device 81 for a long time.

The variable type counter CS1 is configured to be incremented by "1" in the range of "0 to 199", for example, and to return to "0" after reaching the maximum value (i.e. "199"). The value of the variable type counter CS1 is updated once each time the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17) described later is executed once, and is also repeatedly updated within the remaining time in the main process (see FIG. 28). Then, at the timing when the ball enters the special winning hole 77 (start winning), it is stored in the variable type counter storage area 203d4 of the first reserved area in which the jackpot random number counter C1 is stored, among the first reserved areas 1 to 4 provided in the first reserved ball storage area 203d of the RAM 203 provided corresponding to the special winning hole 77 (first special pattern). In addition, when the ball enters the special winning hole 78 (initial winning), it is stored in the variable type counter storage area 203e4 of the second reserved area in which the jackpot random number counter C1 is stored, among the second reserved areas 1 to 4 provided in the second reserved ball storage area 203e of the RAM 203 provided in correspondence with the special winning hole 78 (second special pattern).

The variation type counter CS1 is used to determine the detailed variation pattern of the variation performance. That is, the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 determines the detailed variation pattern based on the value of the variation type counter CS1 and the variation pattern table 202e stored in the ROM 202 in the performance mode selected by the stop pattern table 202d and the stop pattern selection counter C3. Specifically, the determination of the variation pattern is the determination of the variation time of the variation performance. The sound lamp control device 113 and the display control device 114 determine the reach type and detailed pattern variation mode of the third pattern displayed on the third pattern display device 81 based on the variation pattern (variation time) determined by the variation type counter CS1, and also determine whether or not to execute the advance notice performance and the execution mode of the advance notice performance.

In this way, the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 selects a rough variation pattern of the variation presentation and determines only the variation time. By configuring it in this way, the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 does not need to perform detailed control such as advance lottery required to execute the variation presentation, so the processing of the MPU 201 related to the variation presentation can be reduced. In addition, the main control device 110 does not need to prepare commands for all variation patterns of the variation presentation, so the ROM capacity of the main control device 110 can be reduced.

In addition, the audio lamp control device 113 and the display control device 114 can increase the freedom to select the variable presentation by determining the detailed pattern of the variable presentation based on the variable time (rough variable pattern) determined by the main control device 110. Furthermore, in a pachinko machine 10 in which the game state changes from moment to moment, it becomes possible to select or change the content of the variable presentation at any time in response to the changes, and an appropriate presentation can be executed according to the game state.

Here, we will explain each variable element that makes up the variable pattern. A variable element is a part of one variable performance, and one variable performance is composed by combining each variable element. In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the variable elements provided are a "high-speed fluctuation" variable element, a "low-speed fluctuation" variable element, a "pseudo consecutive" variable element, a "normal reach" variable element, a "super reach" variable element, a "special reach" variable element, and a "re-fluctuation" variable element.

The "high-speed fluctuation" variable element is a variable element that scrolls and fluctuates at such a high speed that the player cannot clearly recognize the contents of the third symbol. This "high-speed fluctuation" variable element is performed for "3 seconds" at the beginning of the variable performance if the "non-reach (shortened)" presentation mode is selected, and is performed for "7 seconds" at the beginning of the variable performance if a presentation mode other than "non-reach (shortened)" (for example, "non-reach (normal)") is selected. When this "high-speed fluctuation" variable element ends, the "low-speed fluctuation" variable element described below is started (executed), or the variable performance ends as it is.

The "low-speed fluctuation" variable element is a variable element that starts after the execution of the "high-speed fluctuation" variable element for "7 seconds" and scrolls the third symbol so that it can be seen, showing whether or not a "reach display" will occur. This "low-speed fluctuation" variable element is not executed when the "non-reach (shortened)" presentation mode is selected, and is executed "3 seconds" after the "high-speed fluctuation" variable element when a presentation mode other than the "non-reach (shortened)" presentation mode (for example, the "non-reach (normal)" presentation mode) is selected. That is, in the "non-reach (shortened)" presentation mode, after the "high-speed fluctuation" variable element is executed, each pattern row Z1 to Z3 in the main display area Dm is rapidly stopped (so-called a perfect stop) without passing through the "low-speed fluctuation" variable element. Note that, when this "low-speed fluctuation" variable element ends, the "pseudo consecutive" variable element described later is started (executed), the "normal reach" variable element described later is started (executed), or the variable performance ends as it is.

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the "non-reach (normal)" presentation mode is configured with a variation pattern that includes a "7-second" "high-speed variation" variable element and a "3-second" "low-speed variation" variable element. Also, the "non-reach (shortened)" presentation mode is configured with a variation pattern that includes only a "3-second" "high-speed variation" variable element.

The "pseudo consecutive" variable element is a variable element in which the start of a variable effect occurs multiple times (one pseudo stop) during one variable effect. Specifically, it is a variable element in which a "high-speed variable" variable element starts in each of the pattern rows Z1 to Z3 of the third pattern display device 81, then switches to a "low-speed variable" variable element, after which the variable effect in all of the pattern rows Z1 to Z3 ends and a predetermined stop result (for example, the pseudo consecutive chance eye "677") is displayed. This "pseudo consecutive" variable element is a variable element in which the above-mentioned predetermined stop result stops after the "slow-speed variable" variable element, and the "high-speed variable" variable element starts again from that stop result, and an effect is executed as if the variable effect had started once more.

The "pseudo consecutive" variable element is a variable element that develops into a "normal reach" variable element after a predetermined stop result (so-called pseudo consecutive chance eye) appears after the execution of a "slow fluctuation" variable element, a second "high-speed fluctuation" variable element is executed again, and then develops into a "normal reach" variable element. In other words, the "pseudo consecutive" variable element is a variable element that performs a pseudo-variable stop (hereinafter referred to as a "pseudo stop") in which a pseudo consecutive chance eye is displayed once, and then a predetermined stop result appears in that pseudo stop, and a "high-speed fluctuation" variable element is started again. In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, after the end of this "pseudo consecutive" variable element, it is configured to always develop into at least a "normal reach" variable element. This "pseudo consecutive" variable element is performed "10 seconds" after the "slow fluctuation" variable element.

In the first embodiment, the number of pseudo stops in the "pseudo consecutive" variable element is one, but the "pseudo consecutive" variable element may be configured to be executed so that the number of pseudo stops is two or more. Also, before the occurrence of the "pseudo consecutive" variable element, a variable element (so-called "pseudo fake" variable element) that performs a performance of whether or not the pseudo consecutive chance eye stops may be performed. In this "pseudo fake" variable element, a performance of whether or not a predetermined stop result appears after the execution of the "slow fluctuation" variable element (for example, a performance of whether or not the pattern that forms the above-mentioned predetermined stop result fluctuates back and forth on the effective line L1 (see FIG. 12(a)) and stops. Hereinafter, referred to as "pseudo fluctuation") may be performed, and the above-mentioned predetermined stop result does not appear in the "pseudo fluctuation", and it may be configured not to develop into the "pseudo consecutive" variable element. By providing this "pseudo-fake" variable element, it is possible to add gameplay in which, after the "pseudo-fake" variable element ends, it develops into a "normal reach" variable element, or a "miss display" appears (for example, "687") and the variable presentation ends.

The "normal reach" variable element is a variable element that indicates whether or not a jackpot will occur based on the result of the fluctuation of the middle pattern column Z2 when a reach-forming symbol is displayed stationary in the left pattern column Z1 and right pattern column Z3 in the "slow fluctuation" variable element or the "pseudo consecutive" variable element (hereinafter, "'slow fluctuation' variable element or 'pseudo consecutive' variable element" may be collectively referred to as "slow fluctuation, etc." variable element). This "normal reach" variable element occurs "10 seconds" after the "slow fluctuation, etc." variable element.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, after the variable element of the "normal reach" is executed, the following patterns are available: a pattern in which the "miss display" is directly displayed, a pattern in which the "jackpot display" is directly displayed, a pattern in which the variable element evolves into a "super reach", a pattern in which the variable element evolves into a "special reach", and a pattern in which a temporary "miss display" is displayed first and then a "re-variation" variable element is executed.

The "Super Reach" variable element is developed and executed when the "miss display" in the "Normal Reach" variable element does not stop and the middle symbol row Z2 continues to change, and a "battle performance" is performed in the main display area Dm to show whether or not a jackpot will occur. This "Super Reach" variable element is executed "10 seconds" after the execution of the "Normal Reach" variable element.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, after the variable element of "Super Reach" is executed, the following patterns are available: a pattern in which the "miss display" is directly displayed, a pattern in which the "jackpot display" is directly displayed, and a pattern in which a temporary "miss display" is first displayed and then the variable element of "re-variation" is executed.

The "Special Reach" variable element is developed and executed when the "miss display" in the "Normal Reach" variable element does not stop and the middle symbol row Z2 continues to change, and a "race presentation" is performed in the main display area Dm to show whether or not a jackpot will occur. This "Special Reach" variable element is performed "20 seconds" after the execution of the "Normal Reach" variable element.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, after the variable element of the "special reach" is executed, the following patterns are available: a pattern in which the "miss display" is directly displayed, a pattern in which the "jackpot display" is directly displayed, and a pattern in which a temporary "miss display" is displayed and then "varies again."

It is configured so that after the variable elements of the "normal reach" are executed, they develop into the variable elements of the "super reach" or the variable elements of the "special reach". However, instead of this configuration, when the reach forming symbol stops after "slow fluctuation", it may be configured so that it develops straight into the variable elements of the "super reach" or the variable elements of the "special reach" without going through the variable elements of the "normal reach". It may also be configured so that the variable elements of the "special reach" are executed after the variable elements of the "super reach" are executed.

The "re-change" variable element is a variable element that develops and is executed after a "miss display" appears once in any of the "reach displays", causing a "jackpot display" to appear. This "re-change" variable element is performed "10 seconds" after any of the "reach displays".

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, a pattern is prepared in which a "jackpot display" appears after the execution of the "re-variation" variable element.

This "re-change" variable element is configured to occur only when a "15R sure jackpot" or a "7R latent sure jackpot" is won. In other words, in the case of a "miss display", the "re-change" variable element is configured not to be executed. This is because the "re-change" variable element is a variable element that changes a provisionally stopped "miss display" to one of the "jackpot displays", and if it is executed in the case of a "miss display" that has not won a jackpot, a discrepancy in presentation will occur. Therefore, this "re-change" variable element is configured to be selected only in the jackpot variable pattern table 202e, and not selected in the miss variable pattern table 202e.

The random number counter C4 for a normal map is configured as a loop counter that increments by one within the range of "0 to 99", and returns to "0" after it reaches a maximum value (i.e., "99"). When the random number counter C4 for a normal map goes around once, the value of the second initial value random number counter CINI2 at that time is read as the initial value of the random number counter C4 for the normal map.

The second initial value random number counter CINI2 is configured as a loop counter that is updated within the same range as the random number counter C4 per map (value = "0 to 99"), and is updated once for each timer interrupt process (see Figure 17), and is repeatedly updated within the remaining time of the main process (see Figure 28).

The value of the regular winning random number counter C4 is updated, for example, periodically (in the first embodiment, once per timer interrupt processing (see FIG. 17)), and when it is detected that the ball has passed through one of the regular pattern gates 76 (the regular pattern gate 76a within the unit or the right-side regular pattern gate 76b), it is stored in one of the regular pattern reserve areas 1 to 4 provided in the regular pattern reserve ball storage area 203h of the RAM 203. Then, the data is shifted to the regular pattern reserve ball execution area 203i in the order in which it was stored in the regular pattern reserve ball storage area 203h, and a win determination is made for the value of the regular pattern winning random number counter C4 stored in the regular pattern reserve ball execution area 203i.

The value of the random number that results in a winning normal symbol is set by the normal symbol winning random number table 202f (see FIG. 16(a)) stored in the ROM 202 of the main control device 110 for each game state, and when the value of the normal symbol winning counter C4 stored in the normal symbol reserve area matches the value of the random number that results in a winning set by the normal symbol winning random number table 202f, it is determined to be a winning symbol. Then, the normal symbol variable time table 202g (see FIG. 16(b)) is referenced according to the game state to set the variable display time of the normal symbol, and after the variable display time has elapsed on the normal symbol display device 83, the "○" symbol is displayed as a stopped symbol (normal symbol). After that, the normal electric role control table 202h (see FIG. 16(c)) is referenced according to the game state to set the protruding time of the retractable plate 79b of the retractable normal electric role 79a, and the retractable plate 79b is protruding during the protruding time, during which the ball can roll on the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b.

On the other hand, if the value of the normal symbol winning counter C4 stored in the normal symbol reserve area does not match the value of the random number that is set as a winning number by the normal symbol winning random number table 202f, it is determined to be a loss. Then, the normal symbol variable time table 202g (see FIG. 16(b)) is referenced according to the game status to set the variable display time, and after the variable display time has elapsed on the normal symbol display device 83, an "X" symbol is lit and displayed as the stopping symbol (normal symbol).

Here, the details of the normal winning random number table 202f will be described with reference to FIG. 16(a). FIG. 16(a) is a schematic diagram showing an example of the normal winning random number table 202f stored in the ROM 202.

The normal winning random number table 202f is divided into two types: one for a low probability state that is used when the gaming state of the pachinko machine 10 is in a low probability state, which is a "normal gaming state" (a period when it is not in a "probability changing state" or a "latent probability changing state" (including during a jackpot of a special symbol)), and one for a high probability state that is used when the gaming state of the pachinko machine 10 is in a "probability changing state" or a "latent probability changing state", which are high probability states in which the probability of a special symbol becoming a jackpot is higher than in a low probability state. The number of winning random numbers included in each of the low probability state and the high probability state is set differently. In this way, by making the number of winning random numbers different between the low probability state and the high probability state, the probability of a winning is changed between the low probability state and the high probability state.

As shown in FIG. 16(a), in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the number of values of the normal symbol winning random number counter C4 that will result in a win in the low probability state is 10, and the values "90 to 99" are stored in the normal symbol winning random number table 202f. In other words, the probability of winning a normal symbol in the low probability state (i.e., the "normal game state") is set to be 10/100 = 1/10.

On the other hand, the number of values of the normal symbol winning random number counter C4 that will result in a win in the high probability state is 90, and the values "10 to 99" are stored in the normal symbol winning random number table 202f. In other words, the probability of winning a normal symbol in the high probability state (i.e., the "probability changing state" or the "latent probability changing state") is set to 90/100 = 9/10.

By changing the probability of winning or losing the normal pattern depending on the game state, when the player hits left, it is possible to create a difference in whether the in-appearance board 79b is likely to protrude when the ball passes through the in-unit normal pattern gate 76a in the alternating distribution unit 71. As a result, when the ball passes through the in-unit normal pattern gate 76a, the in-appearance board 79b is likely to protrude, and the ball can be guided to the special pattern 2 winning hole 78 side by the in-appearance board 79b in the protruding state, or the in-appearance board 79b is unlikely to protrude, and the ball is not guided by the in-appearance board 79b because the in-appearance board 79b is in a recessed state (non-protruding state), and the ball goes directly to the special pattern 1 second winning hole 77b. By making this different depending on the game state, it is possible to create different playability for each game state.

Even when the player hits from the right, when the ball passes through the right-side normal symbol gate 76b provided on the normal electric unit 79, it is possible to create a difference in whether the in/out plate 79b is likely to protrude or not. As a result, when the ball passes through the right-side normal symbol gate 76b, the in/out plate 79b is likely to protrude and the ball can be guided to the special symbol 2 winning hole 78 by the in/out plate 79b in the protruding state, or the in/out plate 79b is unlikely to protrude and the ball flows directly down into the playing area below the game board 13. By changing the situation depending on the game state, it is possible to create different playability for each game state.

Next, the details of the general map fluctuation time table 202g will be described with reference to FIG. 16(b). FIG. 16(b) is a schematic diagram showing an example of the general map fluctuation time table 202g stored in the ROM 202.

The normal symbol variable time table 202g, like the normal symbol winning random number table 202f, is divided into two types, one for a low probability state and one for a high probability state. The variable display time of the normal symbol is set differently for the low probability state (i.e., for the "normal game state") and the high probability state (i.e., for the "probability variable state" or "latent probability variable state"). In this way, by making the variable display time of the normal symbol different in the low probability state and the high probability state, the time at which the winning or losing result of the normal symbol is derived is changed in the low probability state and the high probability state.

As shown in FIG. 16(b), in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the variable display time of the normal symbol set in the low probability state is stipulated in the normal symbol variable time table 202g to be "3 seconds." In other words, the time from when the variable display of the normal symbol starts in the low probability state until the stop symbol is derived is set to be "3 seconds" without fail.

On the other hand, the variable display time of the normal symbols set in the high probability state is specified in the normal symbol variable time table 202g to be "0.5 seconds". In other words, the time from when the variable display of the normal symbols starts in the high probability state until the stop symbol is derived is set to be "0.5 seconds" without fail.

This allows the variable display time of the normal symbols to be changed depending on the game status, so that when a player hits with the left hand, it is possible to make a difference as to whether or not the variable display of the normal symbols ends within the time it takes for the ball to pass through the normal symbol gate 76a within the alternating distribution unit 71 and reach the position of the appearance board 79b. As a result, when a ball passes through the normal pattern gate 76a in the unit and a variable display of a normal pattern is executed based on the passing, the variable display of the normal pattern ends before the ball reaches the position of the disappearance board 79b, and the disappearance board 79b, which is in a protruding state based on the variable display result, can guide the ball to the special pattern 2 winning opening 78 side, or the variable display of the normal pattern is still being executed when the ball reaches the position of the disappearance board 79b, and the disappearance board 79b is in a recessed state (non-protruding state), so the ball is not guided by the disappearance board 79b and enters the special pattern 1 second winning opening 77b directly. By making this different depending on the game state, different playability can be created for each game state.

Even when the player hits from the right, it is possible to make a difference as to whether or not the variable display of the normal pattern ends within the time it takes for the ball that has passed through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b provided on the normal electric unit 79 to reach the position of the appearance board 79b. As a result, when the ball passes through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b and the variable display of the normal pattern is executed based on the passage, the variable display of the normal pattern ends before the ball reaches the position of the disappearance board 79b, and the disappearance board 79b, which is in a protruding state based on the variable display result, can guide the ball to the special pattern 2 winning port 78 side (alternate distribution unit 71 side), or when the ball reaches the position of the disappearance board 79b, the variable display of the normal pattern is still being executed, and since the disappearance board 79b is in a recessed state (non-protruding state), the ball is not guided by the disappearance board 79b and flows directly down into the play area below the game board 13 (see Figure 3). By making this different depending on the game state, different playability can be created for each game state.

Next, the normal electric role control table 202h will be described with reference to FIG. 16(c). FIG. 16(c) is a schematic diagram showing an example of the normal electric role control table 202h stored in the ROM 202. The normal electric role control table 202h is referenced when a normal symbol is hit, and the protruding time of the inverted plate 79b is determined based on the game state at the time when the normal symbol is hit.

The normal electric role control table 202h is divided into groups based on the game state in which the normal symbol was drawn. Specifically, the protruding time of the reel plate 79b is changed for the left-hand hit state, which is referenced in the "normal game state" and "latent probability variable state" that are the game states when hitting from the left, and for the right-hand hit state, which is referenced in the "probability variable state" that is the game state when hitting from the right.

As shown in FIG. 16(c), in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the normal electric control table 202h specifies that the protruding time of the in/out board 79b is set to "2 seconds" when a normal symbol is won in a left-hit game state, i.e., in the "normal game state" or the "latent probability variable state". In other words, when a normal symbol is won in a game state other than the "probability variable state" (i.e., the "normal game state" or the "latent probability variable state"), the protruding time of the in/out board 79b is set to "2 seconds" without fail.

On the other hand, the normal electric role control table 202h specifies that the protruding time of the disappearance board 79b is set to "5 seconds" when a normal symbol is won in the right-hit gaming state, i.e., the "probability fluctuating state." In other words, in the "probability fluctuating state," when a normal symbol is won, the protruding time of the disappearance board 79b is set to "5 seconds" without fail.

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the variations in the probability of winning or losing with the normal symbol, the variable display time of the normal symbol, and the protruding time of the disappearing board 79b are configured to be different depending on each game state. Specifically, in the "normal game state", the probability of winning or losing with the normal symbol is low, the variable display time of the normal symbol is long, and the protruding time of the disappearing board 79b is short. Also, in the "latency probability changing state", the probability of winning or losing with the normal symbol is high, the variable display time of the normal symbol is short, and the protruding time of the disappearing board 79b is short. Furthermore, in the "probability changing state", the probability of winning or losing with the normal symbol is high, the variable display time of the normal symbol is short, and the protruding time of the disappearing board 79b is long.

In this way, various counters and the like are provided in the RAM 203 of the main control device 110, and various tables are provided in the ROM 202 of the main control device 110. The main control device 110 can execute the main processes of the pachinko machine 10, such as drawing jackpots, setting dynamic displays and variable effects in the special pattern display device 37 and the third pattern display device 81, and drawing the display results in the normal pattern display device 83, according to the values of these counters and the like and the above-mentioned tables 202a to 202h.

Returning to FIG. 13, the explanation will continue. In addition to the counter buffer 203c shown in FIG. 14, the RAM 203 has a stack area in which the contents of the internal registers of the MPU 201 and the return addresses of the control programs executed by the MPU 201 are stored, and a work area (working region) in which various flags, counters, input/output (Input/Output, hereafter abbreviated as "I/O") values are stored. The RAM 203 is configured so that it can retain (back up) data by receiving a backup voltage from the power supply device 115 even after the power supply to the pachinko machine 10 is cut off, and all data stored in the RAM 203 is backed up.

When the power supply is cut off due to a power outage or the like, the stack pointer and the values of each register at the time of the power outage (including the occurrence of a power outage; the same applies below) are stored in the RAM 203. On the other hand, when the power is turned on (including the power turned on due to the recovery from a power outage; the same applies below), the state of the pachinko machine 10 is restored to the state before the power outage based on the information stored in the RAM 203. Writing to the RAM 203 is performed by the main processing (see FIG. 28) when the power supply is turned off, and the restoration of each value written to the RAM 203 is performed during the start-up processing (see FIG. 27) when the power supply is turned on. Note that the non-maskable interrupt (NMI) terminal of the MPU 201 is configured to receive a power outage signal SG1 from the power outage monitoring circuit 252 when the power supply is cut off due to a power outage or the like, and when the power outage signal SG1 is input to the MPU 201, the NMI interrupt processing (see FIG. 26) is immediately executed as a processing during a power outage.

The RAM 203 further includes at least a first reserved ball count counter 203a, a second reserved ball count counter 203b, a first reserved ball storage area 203d, a second reserved ball storage area 203e, a reserved ball execution area 203f, a regular reserved ball count counter 203g, a regular reserved ball storage area 203h, and a regular reserved ball execution area 203i.

The first reserved ball counter 203a is a counter that counts the number of reserved balls (number of waiting times) of the dynamic display of the first special pattern (the variable performance of the third pattern corresponding to the first special pattern performed by the third pattern display device 81) performed by the special pattern display device 37 up to a maximum of four times based on the entry of a ball into the first special pattern winning port 77a or the second special pattern winning port 77b of the special pattern 1 (hereinafter, the entry of a ball into the first special pattern winning port 77a or the second special pattern winning port 77b of the special pattern 1, or the special pattern 2 winning port 78 may be referred to as the "initial winning entry") detected during the timer interrupt process (see Figure 17) that is executed periodically every 4 milliseconds.

This first reserved ball number counter 203a is set to an initial value of "0" by the initial setting process of the RAM 203 after power is turned on (S913 in FIG. 27). Then, each time a start winning is detected in any of the special pattern 1 winning slots 77 and the number of reserved balls for the dynamic display (variable performance) of the first special pattern increases, one is added up to the maximum value of "4" (see S203 in FIG. 18). Meanwhile, the first reserved ball number counter 203a is decremented by one each time the dynamic display (variable performance) of the first special pattern is executed (see S308 in FIG. 20).

The second reserved ball counter 203b, like the first reserved ball counter 203a, is a counter that counts the number of reserved balls (number of waiting times) for the dynamic display of the second special pattern (the variable performance of the third pattern corresponding to the second special pattern performed by the third pattern display device 81) performed by the special pattern display device 37 up to a maximum of four times based on the initial winning into the special pattern 2 winning port 78 detected during the timer interrupt process (see Figure 17) that is executed periodically every 4 milliseconds.

Like the first reserved ball counter 203a, the second reserved ball counter 203b is set to an initial value of "0" by the initial setting process of the RAM 203 after power is turned on (S913 in FIG. 27). Then, each time a start winning is detected in the special symbol 2 winning slot 78 and the number of reserved balls for the dynamic display (variable performance) of the second special symbol increases, the counter is incremented by 1 up to the maximum value of "4" (see S207 in FIG. 18). On the other hand, the second reserved ball counter 203b is decremented by 1 each time the dynamic display (variable performance) of the second special symbol is executed (see S305 in FIG. 20).

The value of the first reserved ball counter 203a (i.e., the number of reserved balls of the first special pattern) or the value of the second reserved ball counter 203b (i.e., the number of reserved balls of the second special pattern) is notified to the voice lamp control device 113 by a reserved ball number command (see S210 in FIG. 18). The reserved ball number command is a command sent from the main control device 110 to the voice lamp control device 113 each time a start winning is detected and the first reserved ball number counter 203a or the second reserved ball number counter 203b is incremented by one.

The voice lamp control device 113 can obtain the value of the number of reserved balls for the dynamic display (variable performance) of the first special pattern or the second special pattern reserved in the main control device 110 by using the reserved ball number command. This allows the voice lamp control device 113 to manage the number of reserved balls for the dynamic display (variable performance) of each special pattern without accessing the main control device 110. In addition, by sending a reserved ball number command from the main control device 110 to the voice lamp control device 113 every time a start winning is detected, even if the reserved ball number of the dynamic display (variable performance) of each special pattern managed by the voice lamp control device 113 deviates from the reserved ball number of the actual dynamic display (variable performance) reserved in the main control device 110 due to the influence of noise, etc., the deviation can be corrected by the reserved ball number command received next.

The voice lamp control device 113 sends a display reserved ball number command to notify the display control device 114 of the reserved ball number each time the number of reserved balls managed internally changes. The display control device 114 displays the reserved patterns in the cockpit display area Db of the third pattern display device 81 based on the reserved ball number notified by this display reserved ball number command.

In addition, in the first embodiment, when the main control device 110 sends a reserved ball count command to the voice lamp control device 113, the reserved ball count command includes not only the value of the first reserved ball count counter 203a or the second reserved ball count counter 203b that has been incremented by 1, but also the values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, the stop pattern selection counter C3, and the variation type counter CS1 obtained from the counter buffer 203c (see Figure 14) in response to the start winning that triggered the increment of the first reserved ball count counter 203a or the second reserved ball count counter 203b.

In other words, when a start win occurs, the values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, the stop pattern selection counter C3, and the variable type counter CS1 obtained from the counter buffer 203c by the main control unit 110 are transmitted to the audio lamp control unit 113 by the reserved ball number command.

The audio lamp control device 113 reads ahead the values of the jackpot random number counter C1, jackpot type counter C2, stop pattern selection counter C3, and change type counter CS1 transmitted by the reserved ball count command before the change performance based on each value is executed, and determines what the change performance will be (whether it will be a jackpot or not, what the change time will be, etc.) before the change performance is executed. Then, based on the results of this read-ahead judgment, it is possible to decide whether to execute various performances, and to determine the content and execution time (timing) of the "reserved change notice" performance.

It may be configured to transmit the reserved ball count command indicating the reserved ball count for the variable performance and the command indicating the value of the jackpot random number counter C1, etc., separately. As a command indicating the value of the jackpot random number counter C1, etc., separate from the reserved ball count command, a reserved ball count command may be generated at the timing of the ball entering the special chart 1 winning port 77 or the special chart 2 winning port 78, and commands similar to the variable pattern command and stop type command based on the ball (pre-variation pattern command and pre-stop type command) may be generated and transmitted to the audio lamp control device 113. In this case, the program for generating the pre-variation pattern command and pre-stop type command may be reused to facilitate program creation.

As described above, the first reserved ball storage area 203d is a memory for storing the values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, the stop pattern selection counter C3, and the variable type counter CS1 obtained from the counter buffer 203c upon detection of a start winning into any of the special pattern 1 winning ports 77. When the MPU 201 detects that a ball has won (start winning) into any of the special pattern 1 winning ports 77 during the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17), it obtains the values of each counter C1 to C3, CS1 from the counter buffer 203c and stores them in the first reserved ball storage area 203d. The first reserved ball storage area 203d has four reserved areas (first reserved areas 1 to 4) so that data corresponding to one start winning of the first special pattern (counter values C1 to C3, CS1) can be stored (reserved) up to four times (see FIG. 14).

As described above, the second reserved ball storage area 203e is a memory for storing the values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, the stop pattern selection counter C3, and the variable type counter CS1 obtained from the counter buffer 203c upon detection of the start winning into the special symbol 2 winning hole 78. When the MPU 201 detects that a ball has won (start winning) into the special symbol 2 winning hole 78 during the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17), it obtains the values of each counter C1 to C3, CS1 from the counter buffer 203c and stores them in the second reserved ball storage area 203e. The second reserved ball storage area 203e has four reserved areas (second reserved areas 1 to 4) so that data corresponding to one start winning of the second special symbol (counter values C1 to C3, CS1) can be stored (reserved) up to four times (see FIG. 14).

As described above, the reserved ball execution area 203f is a memory for storing data (the values of counters C1 to C3 and CS1) to be referenced when starting an execution, or when performing a jackpot lottery for the first or second special symbol during execution, or when setting the dynamic display and variable effects of the special symbol display device 37 and the third symbol display device 81.

When the MPU 201 detects that it is the timing to start the execution of the variable performance of the first or second special symbol, in order to execute the processing such as the lottery for the big win of the first or second special symbol, the dynamic display of the special symbol display device 37 and the third symbol display device 81, and the setting of the variable performance, among the data corresponding to each start winning stored in the first reserved ball storage area 203d or the second reserved ball storage area 203e described above (counter C1 to C3, CS1 values), if data corresponding to the start winning of the second special symbol is stored in the second reserved ball storage area 203e, the data corresponding to the first start winning of the data is shifted to this reserved ball execution area 203f. On the other hand, if data corresponding to the start winning of the second special symbol is not stored in the second reserved ball storage area 203e and data corresponding to the start winning of the first special symbol is stored in the first reserved ball storage area 203d, the data corresponding to the first start winning of the data is shifted to this reserved ball execution area 203f. That is, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the dynamic display (variable performance) of the second special symbol is executed preferentially, and the dynamic display (variable performance) of the first special symbol is executed on the condition that the dynamic display (variable performance) of the second special symbol is not on hold. Note that, in the first embodiment, shifting refers to moving data stored in one area to another area.

Now, referring again to FIG. 14, the first reserved ball storage area 203d, the second reserved ball storage area 203e, and the reserved ball execution area 203f will be described in detail. The first reserved ball storage area 203d, the second reserved ball storage area 203e, and the reserved ball execution area 203f are used by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 to perform the jackpot lottery for the first or second special symbol, and to set the dynamic display and variable presentation of the special symbol display device 37 and the third symbol display device 81.

As described above, the jackpot random number counter C1 used for the jackpot lottery, the jackpot type counter C2 used for determining the jackpot type, the stop pattern selection counter C3 used for determining the presentation mode of the variable presentation, and the variable type counter CS1 used for determining the variable presentation pattern are used for setting the jackpot lottery for the first or second special symbol, the dynamic display of the special symbol display device 37 and the third symbol display device 81, and the variable presentation setting. The first reserved ball storage area 203d stores the values of the counters C1 to C3 and CS1 obtained by the MPU 201 from the counter buffer 203c when the ball enters the special symbol 1 winning hole 77 (start winning), and the second reserved ball storage area 203e stores the values of the counters C1 to C3 and CS1 obtained by the MPU 201 from the counter buffer 203c when the ball enters the special symbol 2 winning hole 78 (start winning).

The first reserved ball storage area 203d is made up of four reserved areas (first reserved areas 1 to 4). Each of the four reserved areas (first reserved areas 1 to 4) has a jackpot random number counter storage area 203d1 that stores the value of the jackpot random number counter C1, a jackpot type counter storage area 203d2 that stores the value of the jackpot type counter C2, a stop pattern selection counter storage area 203d3 that stores the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3, and a fluctuation type counter storage area 203d4 that stores the value of the fluctuation type counter CS1.

The second reserved ball storage area 203e is composed of four reserved areas (second reserved areas 1 to 4) similar to the first reserved ball storage area 203d. Each of the four reserved areas (second reserved areas 1 to 4) is provided with a jackpot random number counter storage area 203e1 that stores the value of the jackpot random number counter C1, a jackpot type counter storage area 203e2 that stores the value of the jackpot type counter C2, a stop pattern selection counter storage area 203e3 that stores the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3, and a fluctuation type counter storage area 203e4 that stores the value of the fluctuation type counter CS1, similar to the first reserved ball storage area 203d.

In the first embodiment, the jackpot random number counter storage areas 203d1, 203e1, the jackpot type counter storage areas 203d2, 203e2, the stop pattern selection counter storage areas 203d3, 203e3, and the variable type counter storage areas 203d4, 203e4 are all stored together in a single reserved ball storage area 203d, 203e, but multiple reserved ball storage areas may be provided for each counter C1 to C3, CS1.

As described above, the first reserved ball storage area 203d stores up to four pieces of data (the values of each counter C1-C3, CS1) acquired when a ball enters any of the special chart 1 winning ports 77 (initial winning), and in this case, data is stored in the empty areas of the four reserved areas (first reserved areas 1-4) in order starting from the area with the smallest area number (1-4). In other words, the smaller the area number, the more data corresponding to an earlier initial winning entry into the special chart 1 winning port 77 is stored, and the first reserved area 1 stores data corresponding to the oldest initial winning entry into the special chart 1 winning port 77.

The second reserved ball storage area 203e also stores up to four pieces of data (the values of counters C1-C3 and CS1) acquired when a ball enters the special chart 2 winning port 78 (initial winning), and in this case, data is stored in the empty areas of the four reserved areas (second reserved areas 1-4) in order from the area with the smallest area number (1-4). In other words, the smaller the area number, the older the data corresponding to the initial winning at the special chart 2 winning port 78 that is stored, and the second reserved area 1 stores the data corresponding to the oldest initial winning at the special chart 2 winning port 78.

On the other hand, the reserved ball execution area 203f is composed of only one area. Like the first reserved ball storage area 203d or the second reserved ball storage area 203e, this reserved ball execution area 203f is provided with a jackpot random number counter storage area 203f1 that stores the value of the jackpot random number counter C1, a jackpot type counter storage area 203f2 that stores the value of the jackpot type counter C2, a stop pattern selection counter storage area 203f3 that stores the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3, and a fluctuation type counter storage area 203f4 that stores the value of the fluctuation type counter CS1.

When the MPU 201 determines that it is time to start executing the variable performance, if data (the values of the counters C1 to C3 and CS1) is stored in the second reserved first area of the second reserved ball storage area 203e, the data stored in the second reserved first area is shifted to each of the areas 203f1 to 203f4 of the reserved ball execution area 203f. On the other hand, when it is time to start executing the variable performance and no data is stored in the second reserved first area of the second reserved ball storage area 203e and data is stored in the first reserved first area of the first reserved ball storage area 203d, the MPU 201 shifts the data stored in the first reserved first area to each of the areas 203f1 to 203f4 of the reserved ball execution area 203f.

Then, the data shifted to the reserved ball execution area 203f is referenced in the fluctuation start process (see FIG. 21), and a jackpot lottery is held based on the reference data and the game status, and a fluctuation pattern and stop type corresponding to the lottery result are determined. In the special symbol display device 37, dynamic display is performed based on the determined fluctuation pattern and stop type under the control of the main control device 110.

The variation pattern and stop type determined here are notified to the voice lamp control device 113 and the display control device 114 by a variation pattern command and a stop type command. Then, under the control of the voice lamp control device 113 and the display control device 114, the third pattern display device 81 performs a variation performance based on the variation pattern and stop type notified by the variation pattern command and the stop type command.

The details of the data shift will be explained. When the MPU 201 determines that the timing for starting execution of the variable performance has arrived, it determines whether data is stored in the second reserved first area of the second reserved ball storage area 203e. If it is determined that data is stored in the second reserved first area as a result of the determination, the random number value in the jackpot random number counter storage area 203e1 of the second reserved first area is shifted to the jackpot random number counter storage area 203f1 of the reserved ball execution area 203f. Similarly, the random number value in the jackpot type counter storage area 203e2 of the second reserved first area is shifted to the jackpot type counter storage area 203f2, the random number value in the stop pattern selection counter storage area 203e3 of the second reserved first area is shifted to the stop pattern selection counter storage area 203f3, and the random number value in the variable type counter storage area 203e4 of the second reserved first area is shifted to the variable type counter storage area 203f4.

When the shifting of data to the reserved ball execution area 203f is completed, the second reserved area 1 becomes empty, and a shift process is performed to move the data stored (reserved) in each area (2nd to 4th) of the second reserved ball storage area 203e to the area (1st to 3rd) with the area number one smaller. Note that in the first embodiment, data shifting is performed only for the second reserved areas (1st to 4th) in the second reserved ball storage area 203e where data is stored (reserved).

Here, we will explain the data shifting performed for each reserved area in the second reserved ball storage area 203e. For example, assume that the value of the second reserved ball counter 203b is "4" when the start decision of the variable performance is made, and data is stored in all areas (1st to 4th) of the second reserved ball storage area 203e. In this state, when the data of the second reserved 1st area is shifted to the reserved ball execution area 203f and the second reserved 1st area becomes empty, the MPU 201 shifts the data of the other areas (2nd to 4th) to the areas (1st to 3rd) with area numbers one smaller. In other words, the data of the second reserved 2nd area is shifted to the second reserved 1st area, the data of the second reserved 3rd area is shifted to the second reserved 2nd area, and the data of the second reserved 4th area is shifted to the second reserved 3rd area.

For example, if the value of the second reserved ball count counter 203b is "2" when the decision to start the variable performance is made, the MPU 201 shifts only the data in the second reserved area 2 to the second reserved area 1, and ends the data shifting. As described above, in the first embodiment, data shifting is not performed for the second reserved areas (3rd to 4th) in which no data is stored (reserved), so the number of data shifts can be reduced, and the control burden can be reduced.

In addition, each data in the second holding area (2nd to 4th) may be configured to be shifted to an area with an area number one smaller, regardless of whether or not data is present. In this case, it is not necessary to determine whether or not data is stored (held) in the second holding area (2nd to 4th), which makes it easier to create a program.

On the other hand, when the MPU 201 determines that no data is stored in the second reserved first area of the second reserved ball storage area 203e when the execution start timing of the variable performance is reached, it then determines whether data is stored in the first reserved first area of the first reserved ball storage area 203d. If the result of the determination is that data is stored in the first reserved first area, the random number value in the jackpot random number counter storage area 203d1 of the first reserved first area is shifted to the jackpot random number counter storage area 203f1 of the reserved ball execution area 203f. Similarly, the random number value in the jackpot type counter storage area 203d2 of the first reserved first area is shifted to the jackpot type counter storage area 203f2, the random number value in the stop pattern selection counter storage area 203d3 of the first reserved first area is shifted to the stop pattern selection counter storage area 203f3, and the random number value in the variable type counter storage area 203d4 of the first reserved first area is shifted to the variable type counter storage area 203f4.

When the shifting of data to the reserved ball execution area 203f is completed, the first reserved area 1 becomes empty, and a shift process is performed to move the data stored (reserved) in each area (2nd to 4th) of the first reserved ball storage area 203d to the area (1st to 3rd) with the area number 1 smaller. Note that in the first embodiment, data shifting is performed only for the first reserved areas (1st to 4th) in the first reserved ball storage area 203d where data is stored (reserved).

Here, the data shifting performed for each reserved area in the first reserved ball storage area 203d will be explained. For example, assume that the value of the first reserved ball counter 203a is "4" when the start decision of the variable performance is made, and data is stored in all areas (1st to 4th) of the first reserved ball storage area 203d. In this state, when the data of the first reserved 1st area is shifted to the reserved ball execution area 203f and the first reserved 1st area becomes empty, the MPU 201 shifts the data of the other areas (2nd to 4th) to the areas (1st to 3rd) with area numbers one smaller. In other words, the data of the first reserved 2nd area is shifted to the first reserved 1st area, the data of the first reserved 3rd area is shifted to the first reserved 2nd area, and the data of the first reserved 4th area is shifted to the first reserved 3rd area.

For example, if the value of the first reserved ball count counter 203a is "2" when the decision to start the variable performance is made, the MPU 201 shifts only the data in the first reserved second area to the first reserved first area, and ends the data shifting. As described above, in the first embodiment, data shifting is not performed for the first reserved areas (third to fourth) in which no data is stored (reserved), so the number of data shifts can be reduced, and the control burden can be reduced.

In addition, each data in the first holding area (second to fourth) may be configured to be shifted to an area with an area number one smaller, regardless of whether or not data is present. In this case, it is not necessary to determine whether data is stored (held) in the first holding area (second to fourth), making it easier to create a program.

Returning to FIG. 13, we will continue the explanation. The regular reserved ball number counter 203g is a counter for counting the number of reserved balls (number of waiting times) of the variable display of the regular pattern performed by the regular pattern display device 83 up to a maximum of four times, based on the passage of a ball through the regular pattern gate 76 (the regular pattern gate 76a in the unit or the right-side regular pattern gate 76b) detected during the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17) that is periodically executed every 4 milliseconds.

This regular reserved ball counter 203g, like the reserved ball counters 203a and 203b, is set to an initial value of "0" by the initial setting process of the RAM 203 after power is turned on (see S913 in FIG. 27). Then, each time a ball passes through any of the regular pattern gates 76 and the number of reserved balls for the variable display of regular patterns increases, one is added up to the maximum value of "4" (see S223 in FIG. 19). On the other hand, the regular reserved ball counter 203g is decremented by one each time a variable display of a regular pattern is executed (see S405 in FIG. 22).

The regular reserved ball storage area 203h is a memory for storing the regular winning counter C4 obtained from the counter buffer 203c when the ball passes through one of the regular pattern gates 76. When the MPU 201 detects that a ball has passed through the regular pattern gate 76 during timer interrupt processing (see FIG. 17), it obtains the value of the regular winning counter C4 from the counter buffer 203c and stores it in the regular reserved ball storage area 203h. The regular reserved ball storage area 203h has four reserve areas (regular reserved areas 1 to 4) so that data corresponding to one reserved ball of a regular pattern (value of the regular winning counter C4) can be stored (reserved) up to four times (see FIG. 14).

The regular symbol reserved ball execution area 203i is a memory for storing data (the value of the regular symbol winning random number counter C4) to be referenced when starting execution or when processing the winning lottery and variable display of regular symbols during execution.

When the MPU 201 detects that it is time to start executing the variable display of the normal symbol, it shifts one of the data (the value of the normal winning random number counter C4) stored in the above-mentioned normal symbol reserved ball storage area 203h to this normal symbol reserved ball execution area 203i in order to execute processes such as the winning lottery for the normal symbol and the setting of the variable display of the normal symbol display device 83. Note that in the first embodiment, shifting refers to moving data stored in one area to another area.

Now, referring again to FIG. 14, the details of the regular reserved ball storage area 203h and the regular reserved ball execution area 203i will be described. The regular reserved ball storage area 203h and the regular reserved ball execution area 203i are used by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 to perform processes such as the lottery for winning regular symbols and the setting of the variable display of the regular symbol display device 83.

As described above, the normal symbol winning random number counter C4 used for the normal symbol winning lottery is used for the normal symbol winning lottery and for setting the variable display of the normal symbol display device 83. The normal symbol reserved ball storage area 203h stores the value of the normal symbol winning random number counter C4 obtained from the counter buffer 203c by the MPU 201 when a ball passes through any of the normal symbol gates 76.

The regular map reserve ball storage area 203h is made up of four reserve areas (regular map reserve areas 1 to 4). Each of the four reserve areas (regular map reserve areas 1 to 4) is provided with a regular map random number counter storage area (not shown) that stores the value of the regular map random number counter C4.

As described above, the regular reserved ball storage area 203h stores up to four pieces of data (the value of the regular random number counter C4) obtained when a ball passes through one of the regular pattern gates 76, and in this case, data is stored in the empty areas of the four reserved areas (regular reserved areas 1 to 4) in order from the area with the smallest area number (1 to 4). In other words, the smaller the area number, the more data corresponding to the ball's passage through the regular pattern gate 76 that is older in time is stored, and the regular reserved area 1 stores data corresponding to the ball's passage through the regular pattern gate 76 that is oldest in time.

On the other hand, the regular reserved ball execution area 203i is composed of only one area. This regular reserved ball execution area 203i is provided with a regular random number counter storage area (not shown) that stores the value of the regular random number counter C4, just like the regular reserved ball storage area 203h.

When the MPU 201 determines that it is time to execute the variable display of the normal symbol, it shifts the data stored in the first normal symbol reserve area of the normal symbol reserve ball storage area 203h to this normal symbol reserve ball execution area 203i.

Then, the data shifted to the normal symbol reserved ball execution area 203i is referenced in the normal symbol variation process (see FIG. 22), and a winning lottery is performed based on the reference data and the game status, and the content of the variable display is determined. In the normal symbol display device 83, variable display is performed based on the determined content under the control of the main control device 110.

The details of the data shift will be explained. When the MPU 201 determines that it is time to start executing the variable display of the normal symbol, it shifts the random number value in the normal symbol hit random number counter storage area (not shown) in the normal symbol reserve first area of the normal symbol reserve ball storage area 203h to the normal symbol hit random number counter storage area (not shown) in the normal symbol reserve ball execution area 203i.

When the shifting of data to the regular map reserved ball execution area 203i is completed, the regular map reserved area 1 becomes empty, so a shift process is performed to move the data stored (reserved) in each area (2nd to 4th) of the regular map reserved ball storage area 203h to the area (1st to 3rd) with an area number one smaller. Note that in the first embodiment, data is shifted only for the regular map reserved areas (1st to 4th) in which data is stored (reserved) in the regular map reserved ball storage area 203h.

Here, we will explain the data shifting performed for each reserved area in the regular reserved ball storage area 203h. For example, when the start of variable display of regular patterns is determined, the value of the regular reserved ball counter 203g is "4", and data is stored in all areas (1st to 4th) of the regular reserved ball storage area 203h. In this state, when the data of the regular reserved area 1 is shifted to the regular reserved ball execution area 203i and the regular reserved area 1 becomes vacant, the MPU 201 shifts the data of the other areas (2nd to 4th) to the areas (1st to 3rd) with area numbers one smaller. In other words, the data of the regular reserved area 2 is shifted to the regular reserved area 1, the data of the regular reserved area 3 is shifted to the regular reserved area 2, and the data of the regular reserved area 4 is shifted to the regular reserved area 3.

For example, if the value of the regular reserved ball count counter 203g is "2" when a decision is made to start variable display of regular patterns, the MPU 201 shifts only the data in the regular reserved second area to the regular reserved first area and ends the data shift. As described above, in the first embodiment, data shifting is not performed for the regular reserved areas (third to fourth) in which no data is stored (reserved), so the number of data shifts can be reduced, and the control burden can be reduced.

In addition, regardless of whether data is present or not, each data in the general map reservation areas (2nd to 4th) may be configured to be shifted to an area with an area number one smaller. In that case, it is not necessary to determine whether data is stored (reserved) in the general map reservation areas (2nd to 4th), which makes it easier to create programs.

Returning to FIG. 13, the explanation will be continued. The MPU 201 of the main control device 110 is connected to an input/output port 205 via a bus line 204 consisting of an address bus and a data bus. The input/output port 205 is connected to solenoids 209, including the payout control device 111, the voice lamp control device 113, the special symbol display device 37, the normal symbol display device 83, the normal symbol reservation lamp 84, the central large prize opening solenoid for driving the central large prize opening 65a to open and close forward around the lower side of the opening/closing plate, the right large prize opening solenoid for driving the right large prize opening 67a to open and close forward around the lower side of the opening/closing plate, and the retractable plate solenoid for driving the retractable plate 79b of the retractable normal electric role 79a, and the like, and the MPU 201 transmits various commands and control signals to these via the input/output port 205.

In addition, the input/output port 205 is connected to various switches 208 consisting of a group of switches and sensors (not shown), and a RAM erase switch circuit 253 (described below) provided in the power supply device 115, and the MPU 201 executes various processes based on the signals output from the various switches 208 and the RAM erase signal SG2 output from the RAM erase switch circuit 253.

The payout control device 111 drives the payout motor 216 to control the payout of prize balls and loan balls. The MPU 211, which is a calculation device, has a ROM 212 that stores the control program executed by the MPU 211, fixed value data, etc., and a RAM 213 that is used as a work memory, etc.

The RAM 213 of the payout control device 111, like the RAM 203 of the main control device 110, has a stack area in which the contents of the internal registers of the MPU 211 and the return addresses of the control programs executed by the MPU 211 are stored, and a work area (working area) in which the values of various flags, counters, I/O, etc. are stored. The RAM 213 is configured to be able to retain (back up) data by receiving backup voltage from the power supply device 115 even after the power supply of the pachinko machine 10 is cut off, and all data stored in the RAM 213 is backed up. Note that, like the MPU 201 of the main control device 110, the NMI terminal of the MPU 211 is also configured to receive a power outage signal SG1 from the power outage monitoring circuit 252 when the power supply is cut off due to a power outage or the like, and when the power outage signal SG1 is input to the MPU 211, an NMI interrupt process (see FIG. 26) is immediately executed as a process during a power outage.

An input/output port 215 is connected to the MPU 211 of the payout control device 111 via a bus line 214 consisting of an address bus and a data bus. The input/output port 215 is connected to the main control device 110, the payout motor 216, the launch control device 112, etc. Also, a prize ball detection switch 217 for detecting the paid-out prize balls is connected to the payout control device 111. Note that the prize ball detection switch 217 is connected to the payout control device 111, but is not connected to the main control device 110.

When the main control device 110 issues an instruction to launch a ball, the launch control device 112 controls the ball launch unit 112a so that the strength of the ball launch corresponds to the amount of rotation of the operating handle 51. The ball launch unit 112a is equipped with a launch solenoid and electromagnet (not shown), and the launch solenoid and electromagnet are permitted to operate when certain conditions are met. Specifically, the touch sensor 51a detects that the player is touching the operating handle 51, and on condition that the shot stop switch 51b for stopping the launch of the ball is off (not operated), the launch solenoid is excited in accordance with the amount of rotation of the operating handle 51, and the ball is launched with a strength corresponding to the amount of operation of the operating handle 51.

The audio lamp control device 113 controls the audio output of the audio output device (such as a speaker not shown) 226, the output of turning on and off the lamp display device (such as the illumination units 29 to 33 and the display lamp 34) 227, and the settings of the display mode of the effects performed by the third pattern display device 81, such as the variable effects and continuous preview effects.

The MPU 221, which is a calculation device, has a ROM 222 that stores the control program executed by the MPU 221, fixed value data, etc., and a RAM 223 that is used as a work memory, etc.

An input/output port 225 is connected to the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113 via a bus line 224 consisting of an address bus and a data bus. The main control device 110, the display control device 114, the voice output device 226, the lamp display device 227, the frame button 22, and the like are each connected to the input/output port 225. In the first embodiment, the configuration is such that commands are sent in only one direction from the main control device 110 to the voice lamp control device 113, and that commands cannot be sent from the voice lamp control device 113 to the main control device 110. On the other hand, the voice lamp control device 113 and the display control device 114 are configured to be able to send and receive commands to each other.

The audio and lamp control device 113 also monitors input from the frame button 22, and when the player operates the frame button 22, it controls the audio output device 226 and the lamp display device 227 to change the stage of the performance displayed on the third pattern display device 81 or to change the back image of the "Super Reach" performance mode, etc., and instructs the display control device 114 to have the third pattern display device 81 display a display based on the pressing of the frame button 22.

The display control device 114 is connected to the voice lamp control device 113 and the third pattern display device 81, and controls the third pattern change presentation and continuous preview presentation on the third pattern display device 81 based on commands received from the voice lamp control device 113.

The power supply unit 115 has a power supply unit 251 for supplying power to each unit of the pachinko machine 10, a power failure monitoring circuit 252 for monitoring power interruption due to a power failure or the like, and a RAM erase switch circuit 253 provided with a RAM erase switch 122 (see FIG. 2). The power supply unit 251 is a device that supplies the necessary operating voltages to each of the control devices 110-114, etc. through a power supply path not shown. In summary, the power supply unit 251 takes in an externally supplied 24-volt AC voltage, generates a 12-volt voltage for driving various switches such as the various switches 208, solenoids such as the solenoid 209, motors, etc., a 5-volt voltage for logic, a backup voltage for RAM backup, etc., and supplies the necessary voltages to each of the control devices 110-114, etc.

The power failure monitoring circuit 252 is a circuit for outputting a power failure signal SG1 to each NMI terminal of the MPU 201 of the main control unit 110 and the MPU 211 of the dispensing control unit 111 when the power is cut off due to a power failure or the like. The power failure monitoring circuit 252 monitors the voltage of 24 volts DC, which is the maximum voltage output from the power supply unit 251, and when this voltage falls below 22 volts, it determines that a power failure (power failure, power interruption) has occurred and outputs the power failure signal SG1 to the NMI terminals of the main control unit 110 and the dispensing control unit 111. By outputting the power failure signal SG1, the main control unit 110 and the dispensing control unit 111 recognize the occurrence of a power failure and execute the NMI interrupt process (see FIG. 26). The power supply unit 251 is configured to maintain the output of the 5 volt voltage, which is the drive voltage of the control system, at a normal value for a sufficient time to execute the NMI interrupt process, even after the voltage of 24 volts DC becomes less than 22 volts. Therefore, the main control unit 110 and the dispensing control unit 111 can execute and complete the NMI interrupt processing normally.

The RAM clear switch circuit 253 is a circuit for outputting a RAM clear signal SG2 to the main control device 110 to clear the backup data when the RAM clear switch 122 (see FIG. 2) is pressed. When the main control device 110 inputs the RAM clear signal SG2 when the pachinko machine 10 is powered on, it clears the backup data and sends a payout initialization command to the payout control device 111 to clear the backup data in the payout control device 111.

Next, the control processes executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110 will be described with reference to the flowcharts in Figures 17 to 28. The processes of the MPU 201 can be broadly divided into start-up process (see Figure 27) that is started when the power is turned on, main process (see Figure 28) that is executed after the start-up process, timer interrupt process (see Figure 17) that is started periodically (in the first embodiment, every 4 milliseconds), and NMI interrupt process (see Figure 26) that is started by input of a power failure signal SG1 to the NMI terminal. For ease of explanation, the timer interrupt process (see Figure 17) and NMI interrupt process (see Figure 26) will be described first, followed by the start-up process (see Figure 27) and main process (see Figure 28).

Figure 17 is a flowchart showing timer interrupt processing executed by the MPU 201 in the main control unit 110. Timer interrupt processing is a periodic process that is repeatedly executed, for example, every 4 milliseconds. By executing this timer interrupt processing by the MPU 201, various processes that should be executed periodically are performed.

In this timer interrupt process, first, external output processing is executed (S101). In the timer interrupt process and main processing, commands to be sent to the dispensing control device 111, the voice lamp control device 113, etc. are generated based on various processes, and temporarily stored in a command transmission ring buffer provided in RAM 203. In the external output process of S101, output data of commands, etc. stored in this command transmission ring buffer is sent to each sub-side control device (peripheral control device).

For example, the reserved ball count command set in the start winning process (see FIG. 18) described below is sent to the voice lamp control device 113. In addition, the change pattern command, stop type command, confirmation command, etc. set in the special chart change process (see FIG. 20) and the change start process (FIG. 21), which is one process of the special chart change process, are sent to the voice lamp control device 113. In addition, the ball launch signal set when launching a ball in the launch control process of S112 described below is sent to the launch control device 112.

Next, the prize ball count signal and payout abnormality signal received from the payout control device 111 are read (S102), and then a jackpot process is executed to execute processing at the time of a jackpot based on the first special symbol or the second special symbol (S103). Details of this jackpot process (S103) will be described later with reference to FIG. 23.

Next, a normal electric role control process is executed to execute drive control process of the retractable normal electric role 79a's retractable plate 79b (S104). In simple terms, when the ball passes through any of the normal symbol gates 76, the normal symbol display device 83 performs variable display of the normal symbol, and when the normal symbol's winning symbol (e.g., a "○" symbol) appears as a result of the variable display of the normal symbol and a winning state is reached, the retractable normal electric role 79a's retractable plate 79b is driven to protrude for a predetermined time. Details of this normal electric role control process (S104) will be described later with reference to FIG. 25.

Next, a process for reading various winning switches is executed (S105). That is, the state of the various switches 208 connected to the main control unit 110 is read, and the state of the switch 208 is determined and the detection information (winning detection information) is saved. Also, based on the winning detection information, a prize ball command corresponding to the number of won balls to be sent to the payout control unit 111 is set in a command sending ring buffer provided in the RAM 203. As a result, the prize ball command is sent to the payout control unit 111 by the process of S101 of the timer interrupt process that is executed next.

Next, the first initial value random number counter CINI1 and the second initial value random number counter CINI2 are updated (S106). Specifically, the first initial value random number counter CINI1 is incremented by 1, and when the counter value reaches the maximum value (in the first embodiment, "899"), it is cleared to "0". The updated value of the first initial value random number counter CINI1 is then stored in the corresponding counter buffer 203c area of the RAM 203. Similarly, the second initial value random number counter CINI2 is incremented by 1, and when the counter value reaches the maximum value (in the first embodiment, "99"), it is cleared to "0", and the updated value of the second initial value random number counter CINI2 is stored in the corresponding counter buffer 203c area of the RAM 203.

Furthermore, the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, the stop pattern selection counter C3, the variation type counter CS1, and the normal random number counter C4 are updated (S107). Specifically, the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, the stop pattern selection counter C3, the variation type counter CS1, and the normal random number counter C4 are each incremented by 1, and when their counter values reach their maximum values (in the first embodiment, "899", "99", "99", "199", and "99", respectively), they are each cleared to "0". In addition, when the jackpot random number counter C1 or the normal random number counter C4 has completed one cycle, the value of the first initial value random number counter CINI1 or the second initial value random number counter CINI2 at that time is read as the initial value of the jackpot random number counter C1 or the normal random number counter C4, and the initial value is set to the jackpot random number counter C1 or the normal random number counter C4. Then, the updated values of each counter C1 to C4 are stored in the corresponding counter buffer 203c area of RAM 203.

Next, the start winning process is executed in response to the winning of the special winning port 77 or the special winning port 2 78 (S108), and then the gate passing process is executed in response to the ball passing through the unit normal pattern gate 76a or the right normal pattern gate 76b (S109). Details of the start winning process will be described later with reference to FIG. 18, and details of the gate passing process (S109) will be described later with reference to FIG. 19.

After the gate passing process (S109) is executed, a process for dynamically displaying the special pattern by the special pattern display device 37 and a special pattern change process for setting the change pattern of the third pattern by the third pattern display device 81 are executed based on the process contents of the start winning process (S108) (S110). Details of the special pattern change process (S110) will be described later with reference to FIG. 20.

Next, a normal pattern change process is executed (S111) to execute a process for performing a variable display of the normal pattern by the normal pattern display device 83 based on the processing contents of the gate passing process (S109). The details of the normal pattern change process (S111) will be described later with reference to FIG. 22.

After executing the normal game fluctuation process (S111), the launch control process is executed (S112), and other processes that should be executed periodically are executed (S113), and the timer interrupt process is terminated. The launch control process (S112) is a process that determines whether the ball launch is on or off, on the condition that the touch sensor 51a detects that the player is touching the operation handle 51, and the shot stop switch 51b for stopping the launch is not operated. Then, when the ball launch is on, the ball launch signal information is set in the command transmission ring buffer provided in the RAM 203 in order to send the ball launch signal to the launch control device 112. As a result, the ball launch signal is sent to the launch control device 112 via the payout control device 111 by the process of S101 of the timer interrupt process that is executed next.

Next, referring to the flowchart in FIG. 18, the start winning process (S108), which is one process of the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17) executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110, will be described. FIG. 18 is a flowchart showing this start winning process (S108). The start winning process determines whether or not a ball has won the first winning port 77a of the special drawing 1, the second winning port 77b of the special drawing 1, or the winning port 78 of the special drawing 2. If a ball has won, the process executes a process of storing (reserving) the values of each counter C1 to C3, CS1 in the first reserved ball storage area 203d or the second reserved ball storage area 203e corresponding to the winning port 77, 78. In addition, the process executes a process of transmitting the reserved values of each counter C1 to C3, CS1 together with the number of reserved balls to the audio lamp control device 113.

In this initial winning process (S108), the MPU 201 first determines whether the ball has won (initial winning) in either the first winning hole 77a of the special drawing 1 or the second winning hole 77b of the special drawing 1 (S201). Here, based on the output signal of the special drawing 1 ball hole switch (not shown) that detects the ball (winning) in the first winning hole 77a of the special drawing 1 or the second winning hole 77b of the special drawing 1, which is read in the switch reading process (see S105 in FIG. 17), the ball is detected to have won in the first winning hole 77a of the special drawing 1 or the second winning hole 77b of the special drawing 1 over three timer interrupt processes (see FIG. 17).

When it is determined that a ball has won the first winning slot 77a of the special pattern 1 or the second winning slot 77b of the special pattern 1 (there has been a start winning) (S201: Yes), it is then determined whether the value of the first reserved ball number counter 203a (the number of reserved balls N1 for the dynamic display (variable performance) of the first special pattern reserved in the main control unit 110) is less than the upper limit value (in the first embodiment, "4") (S202). Then, even if there has been a winning at the first winning slot 77a of the special pattern 1 or the second winning slot 77b of the special pattern 1, if the number of reserved balls N1 is not less than 4 (S202: No), this start winning process (S108) is terminated and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17).

On the other hand, if the number of activated reserved balls N1 is less than 4 (S202: Yes), the value of the first reserved ball counter 203a (number of activated reserved balls N1) is incremented by 1 (S203). Then, since the winning ball this time is the first winning slot 77a or the second winning slot 77b of special pattern 1, which corresponds to the first special pattern, the first reserved ball storage area 203d is set as the storage destination for each of the random number values C1 to C3 and CS1 (S204), and the process proceeds to S209.

If it is determined in the process of S201 that the ball has not entered the special drawing 1 winning hole 77 (S201: No), it is then determined whether or not the ball has entered the special drawing 2 winning hole 78 (initial winning) (S205). Here, as with the special drawing 1 winning hole 77, the ball's entry into the special drawing 2 winning hole 78 is detected over three timer interrupt processes (see FIG. 17) based on the output signal of the special drawing 2 ball entry switch (not shown) that detects the ball's entry (winning) into the special drawing 2 winning hole 78, which is read in the switch reading process (see S105 in FIG. 17).

When it is determined that a ball has entered the special symbol 2 winning port 78 (there has been a start winning) (S205: Yes), it is then determined whether the value of the second reserved ball number counter 203b (the number of reserved balls N2 for the dynamic display (variable performance) of the second special symbol reserved in the main control unit 110) is less than the upper limit value (in the first embodiment, "4") (S206). Then, if there is no winning in the special symbol 2 winning port 78 (S205: No), or if there is a winning in the special symbol 2 winning port 78 but the number of reserved balls N2 is not less than 4 (S206: No), this start winning process (S108) is terminated and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17).

On the other hand, if the number of activated reserved balls N2 is less than 4 (S206: Yes), the value of the second reserved ball counter 203b (number of activated reserved balls N2) is incremented by 1 (S207). Then, since the winning ball this time is the special symbol 2 winning slot 78, which corresponds to the second special symbol, the second reserved ball storage area 203e is set as the storage destination for each of the random number values C1 to C3 and CS1 (S208), and the process proceeds to S209.

In the processing of S209, the values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, the stop pattern selection counter C3 and the variation type counter CS1 are read out from the counter buffer 203c (see Figure 14), and among the first reserved areas 1 to 4 or the second reserved areas 1 to 4 provided in the first reserved ball storage area 203d or the second reserved ball storage area 203e set as the storage destination in S204 or S208, if the first reserved ball storage area 203d is specified as the storage destination, the values are respectively reserved (stored) in the jackpot random number counter storage area 203d1, the jackpot type counter storage area 203d2, the stop pattern selection counter storage area 203d3 and the variation type counter storage area 203d4 of the areas corresponding to the value indicated by the first reserved ball number counter 203a (S209). In addition, if the second reserved ball storage area 203e is specified as the storage destination, the balls are reserved (stored) in the jackpot random number counter storage area 203e1, the jackpot type counter storage area 203e2, the stop pattern selection counter storage area 203e3, and the variable type counter storage area 203e4, which are areas corresponding to the value indicated by the second reserved ball count counter 203b (S209).

Specifically, for example, based on the winning of the special drawing 1 winning hole 77, the first reserved ball storage area 203d is set as the storage destination in the processing of S204, and if the value of the first reserved ball number counter 203a after the addition in the processing of S203 is "1", the values of the counters C1 to C3 and CS1 are reserved in each storage area of the first reserved area 1. Also, if the value of the first reserved ball number counter 203a after the addition is "2", the values of the counters C1 to C3 and CS1 are reserved in each storage area of the first reserved area 2, if the value of the first reserved ball number counter 203a after the addition is "3", the values of the counters C1 to C3 and CS1 are reserved in each storage area of the first reserved area 3, and if the value of the first reserved ball number counter 203a after the addition is "4", the values of the counters C1 to C3 and CS1 are reserved in each storage area of the first reserved area 4.

For example, in the process of S208, the second reserved ball storage area 203e is set as the storage destination based on the winning of the special drawing 2 winning hole 78, and if the value of the second reserved ball number counter 203b after the addition in the process of S207 is "1", the values of the counters C1 to C3 and CS1 are reserved in each storage area of the second reserved first area. Also, if the value of the second reserved ball number counter 203b after the addition is "2", the values of the counters C1 to C3 and CS1 are reserved in each storage area of the second reserved second area, if the value of the second reserved ball number counter 203b after the addition is "3", the values of the counters C1 to C3 and CS1 are reserved in each storage area of the second reserved third area, and if the value of the second reserved ball number counter 203b after the addition is "4", the values of the counters C1 to C3 and CS1 are reserved in each storage area of the second reserved fourth area.

Next, the reserved ball number command including the value of the first reserved ball number counter 203a or the second reserved ball number counter 203b after the addition by the processing of S203 or S207 (operated reserved ball number N1 or operated reserved ball number N2) and the values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, the stop pattern selection counter C3, and the variable type counter CS1 stored (reserved) in the first reserved ball storage area 203d or the second reserved ball storage area 203e by the processing of S209 is set in a command transmission ring buffer provided in the RAM 203 (S210) in order to send the reserved ball number command to the voice lamp control device 113. As a result, the reserved ball number command is sent to the voice lamp control device 113 by the external output processing of S101 of the timer interrupt processing (see FIG. 17) executed next. When the processing of S210 is completed, the process returns to the timer interrupt processing (see FIG. 17).

The values of counters C1 to C3 and CS1 included in the reserved ball count command in the processing of S210 may be the values read from the counter buffer 203c in the processing of S209, or the values stored (reserved) in the first reserved ball storage area 203d or the second reserved ball storage area 203e in the processing of S209 may be read.

In addition, in the processing of S201 and S205, if a ball simultaneously enters the special drawing 1 winning port 77 and the special drawing 2 winning port 78, the ball entry processing into the special drawing 1 winning port 77 is executed as a priority, and the ball entry processing into the special drawing 2 winning port 78 is awaited, and the ball entry processing into the waiting special drawing 2 winning port 78 is executed in the start entry processing (S108) in the next timer interrupt processing (see FIG. 17).

Next, referring to FIG. 19, the gate passing process (S109), which is one process of the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17) executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110, will be described. FIG. 19 is a flowchart showing this gate passing process (S109). The gate passing process (S109) determines whether or not a ball has passed (entered) the in-unit normal symbol gate 76a or the right-side normal symbol gate 76b, and if a ball has passed (entered), a process is executed to store (reserve) the value of the normal symbol winning random number counter C4 in the normal symbol reserved ball storage area 203h.

In this gate passing process (S109), first, it is determined whether the ball has passed through the unit's normal symbol gate 76a or the right-side normal symbol gate 76b (S221). Here, based on the output signal of the normal symbol gate switch (not shown) that detects the ball's passing through (entering) the unit's normal symbol gate 76a or the right-side normal symbol gate 76b read in the switch reading process (see S105 in FIG. 17), the passage (entering) of the ball through the unit's normal symbol gate 76a or the right-side normal symbol gate 76b is detected over three timer interrupt processes (see FIG. 17).

When it is determined that the ball has passed through (entered) the unit's normal pattern gate 76a or the right-side normal pattern gate 76b (S221: Yes), it is then determined whether the value of the normal pattern reserved ball number counter 203g (the number of activated reserved balls HN of the variable display of the normal pattern reserved in the main control unit 110) is less than the upper limit value (in the first embodiment, "4") (S222). Then, if there is no passage (entry) into the unit's normal pattern gate 76a or the right-side normal pattern gate 76b (S221: No), or if there is passage (entry) into the unit's normal pattern gate 76a or the right-side normal pattern gate 76b but the number of activated reserved balls HN is not < 4 (S222: No), this gate passing process (S109) is terminated and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17).

On the other hand, if the number of active reserved balls HN is less than 4 (S222: Yes), the value of the regular reserved ball count counter 203g (number of active reserved balls HN) is incremented by 1 (S223). Then, the value of the regular per counter C4 is read from the counter buffer 203c (see FIG. 14), and the read data is stored in the area corresponding to the value indicated by the regular reserved ball count counter 203g among the regular reserved areas 1 to 4 provided in the regular reserved ball storage area 203h (S224).

Specifically, for example, if the value of the regular reserved ball count counter 203g after the addition in the processing of S223 is "1", the value of the regular prize hit counter C4 is reserved in the regular prize reserve first area. Also, if the value of the regular reserved ball count counter 203g after the addition is "2", the value of the regular prize hit counter C4 is reserved in the regular prize reserve second area, if the value of the regular reserved ball count counter 203g after the addition is "3", the value of the regular prize hit counter C4 is reserved in the regular prize reserve third area, and if the value of the regular reserved ball count counter 203g after the addition is "4", the value of the regular prize hit counter C4 is reserved in the regular prize reserve fourth area. After the processing of S224 is completed, this gate passing processing (S109) is terminated and the process returns to the timer interrupt processing (see FIG. 17).

In the first embodiment, the reserved ball number command for the variable display of normal symbols is not sent to the voice lamp control device 113, but the reserved ball number command for the variable display of normal symbols may be sent to the voice lamp control device 113 to perform a performance (announcement) for the reserved symbols for the variable display of normal symbols. In this case, the value of the normal symbol hit counter C4 may be included in the reserved ball number command and sent, so that the voice lamp control device 113 can perform so-called pre-reading processing for normal symbols, and a variety of performances for normal symbols can be provided.

In addition, in the first embodiment, when the passage of a ball through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b is detected in the "normal game state" or the "latent probability variable state", an alarm sound command is sent to the audio lamp control device 113, and an alarm sound is output from the audio output device 226 to inform the player that right-hand hits are not encouraged in the "normal game state" or the "latent probability variable state", or to inform the arcade staff that a game that is not encouraged is being played.

This is because, in the "normal game state" or "latent probability variable state", when the number of reserved balls for the variable display of normal symbols is acquired by hitting with the right hand, which is easy to obtain the variable display of normal symbols, if a left hand is then played and a ball enters the alternating distribution unit 71 and is distributed to the right path 75, the execution balance between the timing of the ball flowing down, the variable display time of the normal symbols, and the appearance and disappearance board 79b assumed in each game state will be lost, and the gameplay will be destroyed. Therefore, by outputting an alarm sound when a ball is detected by the right-side normal symbol gate 76b in the "normal game state" or the "latent probability variable state", the player will be discouraged from playing with a right hand, and the detection of a ball by the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit when the number of reserved balls for the variable display of normal symbols has accumulated in the "normal game state" or the "latent probability variable state" can be prevented as much as possible, and the gameplay expected in each game state can be realized.

Next, referring to FIG. 20, the special pattern change processing (S110), which is one process of the timer interrupt processing (see FIG. 17) executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110, will be described. FIG. 20 is a flowchart showing this special pattern change processing (S110). This special pattern change processing (S110) controls the dynamic display in the special pattern display device 37 and the change performance performed in the third pattern display device 81.

In this special symbol change process (S110), first, it is determined whether or not a jackpot is currently being played (S301). The jackpot period includes the period during the jackpot game displayed on the third symbol display device 81 and the special symbol display device 37 at the time of the jackpot, and the period during a specified time after the jackpot game ends. If the determination results in a jackpot (S301: Yes), the special symbol change process (S110) ends and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17).

If a jackpot is not being won (S301: No), it is determined whether the display mode of the special pattern display device 37 is in a dynamic display mode (S302), and if the display mode of the special pattern display device 37 is not in a dynamic display mode (S302: No), it is then determined whether a predetermined time has passed since the dynamic display on the special pattern display device 37 stopped (S303). As a result, if the predetermined time has not passed since the dynamic display stopped (S303: No), the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17). This causes the stopped patterns in the dynamic display (variable performance) to be displayed on the special pattern display device 37 and the third pattern display device 81 for only the predetermined time, allowing the player to visually recognize the stopped patterns.

On the other hand, as a result of the processing of S303, if a predetermined time has elapsed after the dynamic display was stopped (S303: Yes), it is determined whether the value of the second reserved ball number counter 203b (the number of activated reserved balls N2 of the dynamic display (variable performance) related to the second special pattern reserved in the main control unit 110) is greater than "0" (S304). As a result, if the value of the second reserved ball number counter 203b (the number of activated reserved balls N2) is not "0" (S304: Yes), it is determined that it is time to start executing the dynamic display (variable performance) related to the second special pattern, and first, the value of the second reserved ball number counter 203b (the number of activated reserved balls N2) is decremented by 1 (S305). This is because the execution of one of the reserved dynamic displays (variable performance) related to the second special pattern is started by the variable start processing (S310) described later, and the number of reserved balls related to the second special pattern is reduced by one.

Then, the data stored in the second reserved ball storage area 203e is shifted (S306). This data shift process shifts the data stored in the second reserved areas 1 to 4 of the second reserved ball storage area 203e sequentially toward the reserved ball execution area 203f, and the data in each area is shifted in the following order: second reserved area 1 → reserved ball execution area 203f, second reserved area 2 → second reserved area 1, second reserved area 3 → second reserved area 2, second reserved area 4 → second reserved area 3, etc.

On the other hand, in the process of S304, if it is determined that the value of the second reserved ball number counter 203b (number of activated reserved balls N2) is "0" (S304: No), then it is determined whether the value of the first reserved ball number counter 203a (number of activated reserved balls N1 of the dynamic display (variable performance) related to the first special pattern reserved in the main control unit 110) is greater than "0" (S307). As a result, if the value of the first reserved ball number counter 203a (number of activated reserved balls N1) is not "0" (S307: Yes), it is determined that it is the timing to start the execution of the dynamic display (variable performance) related to the first special pattern, and first, the value of the first reserved ball number counter 203a (number of activated reserved balls N1) is decremented by one (S308). This is because the execution of one of the dynamic displays (variable performance) related to the reserved first special pattern is started by the later-described variable start process (S310), and the number of reserved balls is reduced by one.

Then, the data stored in the first reserved ball storage area 203d is shifted (S309). This data shift process shifts the data stored in the first reserved areas 1 to 4 of the first reserved ball storage area 203d sequentially toward the reserved ball execution area 203f, and the data in each area is shifted in the following order: first reserved area 1 → reserved ball execution area 203f, first reserved area 2 → first reserved area 1, first reserved area 3 → first reserved area 2, first reserved area 4 → first reserved area 3, etc.

After the data shift process of S306 or S309, a change start process is executed for the special symbol display device 37 and the third symbol display device 81 based on the values of the various counters stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f by the data shift process (S310), and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17). The change start process (S310) will be described later with reference to FIG. 21.

In the process of S307, if it is determined that the value of the first reserved ball counter 203a (operating reserved ball count N1) is "0" (S307: No), it is determined whether or not a demo performance is being performed in the third pattern display device 81, i.e., whether or not a demo is in progress (S311). In this determination process, after a demo command is sent to the display control device 114 via the sound lamp control device 113, it is determined that a demo is in progress until it is determined that either the value of the first reserved ball counter 203a or the second reserved ball counter 203b (operating reserved ball count N1 or operating reserved ball count N2) is greater than "0".

If it is determined that a demo is not in progress (S311: No), a demo command to be sent to the voice lamp control device 113 is set (S312), and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17). On the other hand, if it is determined that a demo is in progress (S311: Yes), the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17). The demo command set in the process of S312 is stored in a ring buffer for sending commands provided in the RAM 203, and is sent to the voice lamp control device 113 during the external output process (see S101 in FIG. 17) of the timer interrupt process that is executed next.

When the voice lamp control device 113 receives the demo command, it transmits a display demo command to the display control device 114, and the display control device 114 controls the third pattern display device 81 to display a demo performance based on the reception of the display demo command.

As described above, the demo command is set when there are no reserved balls when a predetermined time has elapsed after the fluctuation has stopped. Therefore, if the fluctuation performance does not start even after a predetermined time has elapsed after the fluctuation has stopped, a demo performance is displayed on the third pattern display device 81.

If it is determined in the process of S311 that the demo is not in progress (S311: No), a process may be further executed to determine whether or not a second predetermined time longer than the above-mentioned predetermined time has elapsed after the fluctuation has stopped, and if the second predetermined time has elapsed after the fluctuation has stopped, the process of S312 may be executed to set a demo command. In this way, if there are no reserved balls after the fluctuation has stopped, the stopped symbols of the stopped fluctuation performance can be shown to the player for a relatively long time without immediately starting the demo performance.

In the process of S302, if it is determined that the display mode of the special pattern display device 37 is in dynamic display (S302: Yes), it is determined whether or not the dynamic display time (variation time) has elapsed (S313). The display time during dynamic display of the special pattern display device 37 is determined according to the variation pattern selected by the variation type counter CS1 (determined according to the variation pattern command), and if this dynamic display time (variation time) has not elapsed (S313: No), the display of the special pattern display device 37 is updated (S314) and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17).

In the first embodiment, the seven-segment display 37b of the special symbol display device 37 is set to a display mode in which, for example, the central segment of the seven-segment display 37b flashes from the start of dynamic display until the variable time has elapsed.

On the other hand, if the dynamic display time (variation time) of the dynamic display on the special symbol display device 37 has elapsed (S313: Yes), a display mode corresponding to the stopping symbol is set for the special symbol display device 37 (S315). The stopping symbol is set in advance by a variation start process (S310) described later with reference to FIG. 21. In the variation start process, whether or not there is a jackpot is determined according to the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f by the process of S306 or S309, and if there is a jackpot, the value of the jackpot type counter C2 determines whether the symbol will be a "15R certain jackpot" or a "7R certain jackpot" after the jackpot.

In the first embodiment, if a jackpot is followed by a "15R guaranteed jackpot", the seven-segment display 37b displays the symbol "7", and if a jackpot is followed by a "7R guaranteed jackpot", the seven-segment display 37b displays the symbol "3". In addition, if a jackpot is missed, only the center segment of the seven-segment display 37b is displayed (i.e., "-").

When the display mode of the special pattern display device 37 corresponding to the stopping pattern is set in the processing of S315, a confirmation command is set (S316) in order to confirm and display the stopping pattern of the variable performance in the third pattern display device 81 in synchronization with the display of the 7-segment display 37b in the special pattern display device 37, and the processing proceeds to S317. The confirmation command is a command for confirming and displaying the variable performance being performed in the third pattern display device 81. When the voice lamp control device 113 receives this confirmation command, it transmits a display confirmation command to the display control device 114. Upon receiving the display confirmation command, the display control device 114 is configured to stop the variable performance of the third pattern in the third pattern display device 81 and confirm and display the stopping pattern.

In the process of S317, in order to determine whether the state is a "probability fluctuation state" or a "latent probability fluctuation state", it is determined whether the value of an ST counter (not shown) provided in RAM 203 is greater than "0" (S317).

This ST counter is a counter for indicating the "probability changing state" or the "latent probability changing state", and is set to a predetermined number (in the first embodiment, "100") when a jackpot in the "probability changing state" or "latent probability changing state" ends. If the value of the ST counter is greater than "0", the game state is determined to be the "probability changing state" or the "latent probability changing state". Specifically, in the jackpot processing described later (see FIG. 23), it is configured to be set to "100" when the jackpot state ends and the "probability changing state" or the "latent probability state" begins.

In the processing of S317, if the value of the ST counter is not "0" (S317: Yes), the state is a "probability change state" or a "latent probability change state", and one dynamic display (change performance) of one of the special symbols has been completed, so the value of the ST counter is decremented by 1 (S318), this special symbol change processing (S110) is terminated, and the process returns to the timer interrupt processing (see FIG. 17).

On the other hand, in the process of S317, if the value of the ST counter is "0" (S317: No), since it is in the "normal game state", the process of S318 is skipped, this special chart change process (S110) is terminated, and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17).

Next, referring to FIG. 21, the change start process (S310), which is one process of the special symbol change process (S110) executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110, will be described. FIG. 21 is a flowchart showing the change start process (S310). This change start process (S310) draws a lottery for a jackpot or a miss (jackpot lottery) based on the values of various counters stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f according to the game status, and determines the dynamic display and dynamic pattern (change pattern and stop type) of the change presentation performed by the special symbol display device 37 and the third symbol display device 81.

In the variation start process (S310), first, in order to determine the game state, it is determined whether the value of the ST counter (not shown) provided in the RAM 203 is greater than "0" (S321). If the result of the determination is that the value of the ST counter is "0" (S321: No), the game state is the "normal game state" and the jackpot probability of the special symbol is in a low probability state, so the jackpot random number table 202a for the low probability state is set (S322), and the process proceeds to S324. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the ST counter is greater than "0" (S323: Yes), the game state is the "probability variation state" or "latent probability variation state" and the jackpot probability of the special symbol is in a high probability state, so the jackpot random number table 202a for the high probability state is set (S323), and the process proceeds to S324.

In the process of S324, a jackpot lottery (win/lose determination) process is performed to determine whether or not there is a jackpot based on the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f and the jackpot random number table 202a (see Figure 15 (a)) set in S322 or S323 (S324).

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, whether or not there is a jackpot is determined based on the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 and its relationship to the game state (mode) at that time. As described above, in the jackpot random number table 202a, when the game state (mode) that the pachinko machine 10 can take is in a normal low probability state ("normal game state"), "7,307,582" is specified as the jackpot random number value. Also, when the game state (mode) that the pachinko machine 10 can take is in a high probability state ("probability fluctuating state" or "latent probability fluctuating state"), "28,122,298,390,486,567,656,750,866" is specified as the jackpot random number value.

In the process of S324, the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f is compared with the jackpot random number value specified in the jackpot random number table 202a, and if they match, it is determined that there is a jackpot. If the result of the process of S324 is that there is a jackpot (S324: Yes), the display mode at the time of the jackpot is set based on the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f and the jackpot type table for special symbol 1 202b1 (see FIG. 15(b)) corresponding to the first special symbol or the jackpot type table for special symbol 2 202b2 (see FIG. 15(c)) corresponding to the second special symbol (S325).

In this process, the jackpot type table 202b determines the jackpot type associated with the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f, i.e., whether it is a "15R variable jackpot" that transitions to a "probability variable state" after a jackpot with a maximum number of rounds of 15, or a "7R latent variable jackpot" that transitions to a "latent probability variable state" after a jackpot with a maximum number of rounds of 7. Then, based on the determined jackpot type, the display mode at the time of a jackpot on the special symbol display device 37 (the display mode of the 7-segment display 37b) is set.

Specifically, the data stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f is stored in a shift source buffer (not shown) of the reserved ball execution area 203f to determine whether it is data shifted from the first reserved ball storage area 203d or data shifted from the second reserved ball storage area 203e. If the data is data shifted from the first reserved ball storage area 203d, the jackpot type is determined based on the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f and the special jackpot type table 202b1 (see FIG. 15(b)). Also, if the data stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f is data shifted from the second reserved ball storage area 203e, the jackpot type is determined based on the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f and the special jackpot type table 202b2 (see FIG. 15(c)).

Next, the fluctuation pattern at the time of the jackpot is determined (S326), and the process proceeds to S329. Specifically, in the special symbol display device 37 and the third symbol display device 81, a presentation mode is selected based on the display mode (stop type) at the time of the jackpot and the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3 stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f, and from the selected presentation mode, the dynamic time (fluctuation time) of the dynamic display (fluctuation presentation) is determined based on the value of the fluctuation type counter CS1. In determining the fluctuation pattern at the time of this jackpot, first, the stop pattern table 202d (see FIG. 13) to be used is selected according to the stop type of the jackpot.

Specifically, when the jackpot type is set as "15R sure-variable jackpot" in the process of S325, the presentation mode corresponding to the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3 stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f is selected in the stop pattern table 202d (e.g., the stop pattern table for 15R sure-variable jackpot) provided for the "15R sure-variable jackpot". Also, when the jackpot type is set as "7R latent sure-variable jackpot", the presentation mode corresponding to the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3 stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f is selected in the stop pattern table 202d (e.g., the stop pattern table for 7R latent sure-variable jackpot) provided for the "7R latent sure-variable jackpot".

Then, in the variation pattern table 202e provided for each presentation mode set in the processing of S325, a variation pattern corresponding to the value of the variation type counter CS1 stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f is selected. Then, the variation time is set based on the relationship between the predetermined variation pattern and the variation time.

On the other hand, if the process of S324 determines that the winning combination is not a jackpot (S324: No), the display mode for a losing combination is set (S327). In the process of S327, the display mode of the special symbol display device 37 is set to a display mode corresponding to a losing symbol, and based on the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3 stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f, the value of the first reserved ball number counter 203a or (and) the second reserved ball number counter 203b, and the current game state, the third symbol display device 81 is set to display one of the following performance modes: "non-reach (shortened)" performance mode, "non-reach (normal)" performance mode, "normal reach" performance mode, "super reach" performance mode, and "special reach" performance mode. In the first embodiment, the stop pattern table 202d is set so that the range of the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3 corresponding to each performance mode is different depending on whether the game state of the pachinko machine 10 is a "probability variable state", a "latent probability variable state", or a "normal game state".

Next, the fluctuation pattern in the event of a loss is determined (S328), and the process proceeds to S329. In the process of S328, the fluctuation time until the special symbol display device 37 and the third symbol display device 81 stop and display a losing symbol is determined. Specifically, in the fluctuation pattern table 202e provided for each display mode (presentation mode) in the event of a loss determined in the process of S327, a fluctuation pattern associated with the value of the fluctuation type counter CS1 stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f is selected. Then, the fluctuation time is set based on the relationship between the predetermined fluctuation pattern and the fluctuation time.

In this way, the process for setting the presentation mode and variation pattern when a jackpot occurs and the process for setting the presentation mode and variation pattern when a miss occur are determined by the same judgment program using the same random number values C3 and CS1, making it possible to standardize the programs and reduce development man-hours.

In the process of S329, a variation pattern command is set that notifies the display control device 114 of the variation time according to the variation pattern determined by the processes of S326 and S328 via the voice lamp control device 113 (S329). Specifically, for example, if the jackpot lottery is won and the jackpot is a "15R variable jackpot", and the variation pattern of "25 seconds" "Super Reach" is selected, a variation pattern command indicating a jackpot, a "15R variable jackpot", and a "25 seconds" "Super Reach" is set. Also, if the jackpot lottery is lost and the variation pattern of "25 seconds" "Super Reach" is selected, a variation pattern command indicating a loss and a "25 seconds" "Super Reach" is set. In this way, even if the variable performance has the same variation time, by setting the correct or incorrect performance and the general details of the variation pattern in the variation pattern command, the voice lamp control device 113 can grasp the details of the performance mode, including whether it is correct or not, and the variation time, and can determine the details of the variable performance variation pattern based on this information.

In addition, a stop type command is set to notify the display control device 114 of the stop type set in the processing of S325 or S327 via the audio lamp control device 113 (S330), and the process returns to the special symbol change processing (see FIG. 20). Specifically, for example, if a jackpot is won and the content of the jackpot is a "15R sure-change jackpot", a stop type command is set indicating that it is a "15R sure-change jackpot" without specifying the specific stopping mode of the third symbol (for example, a "7" symbol, etc.). In addition, if a jackpot is won and the content of the jackpot is a "7R latent sure-change jackpot", a stop type command is set indicating that it is a "7R latent sure-change jackpot" without specifying the specific stopping mode of the third symbol (for example, a "3" symbol, etc.).

On the other hand, if a jackpot is not won and the "Super Reach" presentation mode is selected, a stop type command is set indicating that the "Super Reach" presentation mode will occur when a miss occurs, without specifying the specific stop mode of the third symbol (e.g., "787" etc.). Also, if a jackpot is not won and the "Normal Reach" presentation mode is selected, a stop type command is set indicating that the "Normal Reach" presentation mode will occur when a miss occurs, without specifying the specific stop mode of the third symbol (e.g., "737" etc.). Also, if a jackpot is not won and the "Non-Reach" presentation mode is selected, a stop type command is set indicating that the "Non-Reach" presentation mode will occur when a miss occurs, without specifying the specific stop mode of the third symbol (e.g., "258" etc.).

In this way, by setting a rough stop type based on whether the variable performance is successful or not in the stop type command, the voice lamp control device 113 (display control device 114) can grasp the stop type based on whether it is successful or not, and based on that information, can determine the detailed stop result of the variable performance.

These fluctuation pattern commands and stop type commands are stored in a ring buffer for sending commands provided in RAM 203, and in the processing of S101 of the timer interrupt processing (see FIG. 17) that is executed next, these commands are sent to the voice lamp control device 113. When the voice lamp control device 113 receives the fluctuation pattern command or stop type command, it generates a display fluctuation pattern command or display type command based on the command and sends it to the display control device 114.

Next, referring to FIG. 22, we will explain the normal pattern change processing (S111), which is one process of the timer interrupt processing executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110. FIG. 22 is a flowchart showing the normal pattern change processing (S111). This normal pattern change processing (S111) controls the variable display of the normal pattern on the normal pattern display device 83.

In this normal symbol change process (S111), first, it is determined whether the retractable plate 79b of the retractable normal electric device 79a is currently protruding or not, i.e., whether the normal symbol is currently winning (S401). If the result of the determination is that the retractable plate 79b is currently protruding (S401: Yes), the normal symbol is currently winning, so the normal symbol change process (S111) is terminated and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17).

On the other hand, if the in/out board 79b is not protruding (S401: No), the normal symbol is not winning, so it is next determined whether the display mode of the normal symbol display device 83 is variable displaying normal symbols (S402). If the display mode of the normal symbol display device 83 is not variable displaying normal symbols (S402: No), it is next determined whether a predetermined time has passed since the variable display on the normal symbol display device 83 stopped (S403). As a result, if the predetermined time has not passed since the variable display stopped (S403: No), this normal symbol variable process (S111) is terminated and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17). As a result, the stopped symbol in the variable display is displayed on the normal symbol display device 83 for a predetermined time, so that the stopped symbol can be visually recognized by the player.

On the other hand, as a result of the processing of S403, if a predetermined time has elapsed since the variable display was stopped (S403: Yes), it is determined whether the value of the regular reserved ball number counter 203g (the number of operating reserved balls HN of the variable display related to the regular pattern reserved in the main control unit 110) is greater than "0" (S404). As a result, if the value of the regular reserved ball number counter 203g (the number of operating reserved balls HN) is not "0" (S404: Yes), it is determined that it is time to start executing the variable display related to the regular pattern, and first, the value of the regular reserved ball number counter 203g (the number of operating reserved balls HN) is decremented by 1 (S405). This is because the processing described later (S406 to S413) starts the execution of one of the variable displays related to the reserved regular pattern, and the number of reserved balls related to the regular pattern is reduced by one.

Then, the data stored in the regular map reserved ball storage area 203h is shifted (S406). This data shift process shifts the data stored in the regular map reserved areas 1 to 4 of the regular map reserved ball storage area 203h sequentially toward the regular map reserved ball execution area 203i, and the data in each area is shifted in the following order: regular map reserved area 1 → regular map reserved ball execution area 203i, regular map reserved area 2 → regular map reserved area 1, regular map reserved area 3 → regular map reserved area 2, regular map reserved area 4 → regular map reserved area 3.

After the data shift process of S406, in order to execute the variable display of the normal symbol on the normal symbol display device 83 based on the data stored in the normal symbol reserved ball execution area 203i by the data shift process (i.e., the value of the normal symbol winning counter C4), first, it is determined whether the game state is a "normal game state" or not (S407). If it is determined to be a "normal game state" as a result of the determination (S407: Yes), the variable display time of the normal symbol is set to "3 seconds" (S408), and the process proceeds to S410. On the other hand, if it is determined that the game state is not a "normal game state", that is, if it is determined to be a "probability variable state" or a "latent probability variable state" (S407: No), the variable display time of the normal symbol is set to "0.5 seconds" (S409), which is shorter than that in the "normal game state", and the process proceeds to S410.

This allows the variable display time of the normal symbols to be changed depending on the game status, so that when a player hits with the left hand, it is possible to make a difference as to whether or not the variable display of the normal symbols ends within the time it takes for the ball to pass through the normal symbol gate 76a within the alternating distribution unit 71 and reach the position of the appearance board 79b. As a result, when a ball passes through the normal pattern gate 76a in the unit and a variable display of a normal pattern is executed based on the passing, the variable display of the normal pattern ends before the ball reaches the position of the disappearance board 79b, and the disappearance board 79b that is protruded based on the variable display result can guide the ball to the special pattern 2 winning opening 78 side, or the variable display of the normal pattern is still being executed when the ball reaches the position of the disappearance board 79b, and the disappearance board 79b is in a submerged state (non-protruding state), so the ball is not guided by the disappearance board 79b and enters the special pattern 1 second winning opening 77b directly. By making this different depending on the game state, different playability can be created for each game state.

Even when the player hits from the right, it is possible to create a difference in whether or not the variable display of the normal pattern ends within the time it takes for the ball that has passed through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b provided on the normal electric unit 79 to reach the arrangement position of the disappearance board 79b. As a result, when the ball passes through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b and the variable display of the normal pattern based on the passage is executed, the variable display of the normal pattern ends before the ball reaches the arrangement position of the disappearance board 79b, and the disappearance board 79b that is protruded based on the variable display result can guide the ball to the special pattern 2 winning port 78 side (alternate distribution unit 71 side), or when the ball reaches the arrangement position of the disappearance board 79b, the variable display of the normal pattern is still being executed, and the disappearance board 79b is in a immersed state (non-protruding state), so the ball is not guided by the disappearance board 79b and flows down to the play area below the game board 13 as it is, by making the situation different depending on the game state, it is possible to create different playability for each game state.

In the process of S410, the normal winning random number table 202f is referenced according to the game state to determine the stopping pattern in the variable display of the normal pattern, i.e., whether the variable display of the normal pattern is a hit or a miss (S410). Specifically, in the "normal game state", i.e., in the low probability state, the value of the normal winning random number counter C4 stored in the normal reserved ball execution area 203i is determined by referring to the group for the low probability state in the normal winning random number table 202f, and the stopping pattern of the variable display of the normal pattern (i.e., whether the normal pattern is a hit or a miss) is determined. Also, in the "latent probability change state" or "probability change state", i.e., in the high probability state, the value of the normal winning random number counter C4 stored in the normal reserved ball execution area 203i is referenced by referring to the group for the high probability state in the normal winning random number table 202f, and the stopping pattern of the variable display of the normal pattern (i.e., whether the normal pattern is a hit or a miss) is determined. After processing S410, this normal change processing (S111) ends and the process returns to the timer interrupt processing (see Figure 17).

Therefore, by changing the probability of winning or losing the normal pattern according to the game state, when the player hits left, when the ball passes through the unit normal pattern gate 76a in the alternating distribution unit 71, it is possible to create a difference in whether the in-appearance plate 79b is in a protruding state or not at the timing when the ball is discharged from the right-side exit. As a result, when the ball passes through the unit normal pattern gate 76a, the in-appearance plate 79b is in a state where it is easy to protrude, and the protruding in-appearance plate 79b can guide the ball to the special pattern 2 winning port 78 side, or the in-appearance plate 79b is in a state where it is difficult to protrude, and the in-appearance plate 79b is in a recessed state (non-protruding state), so that the ball is not guided by the in-appearance plate 79b and enters the special pattern 1 second winning port 77b directly. By making this difference depending on the game state, it is possible to create different playability for each game state.

Even when the player hits from the right, when the ball passes through the right-side normal symbol gate 76b provided on the normal electric unit 79, it is possible to create a difference in whether the in/out plate 79b is likely to protrude or not. As a result, when the ball passes through the right-side normal symbol gate 76b, the in/out plate 79b is likely to protrude and the protruding in/out plate 79b can guide the ball to the special symbol 2 winning hole 78 side, or the in/out plate 79b is unlikely to protrude and the ball flows directly down into the playing area below the game board 13. By changing the situation depending on the game state, it is possible to create different playability for each game state.

In the process of S402, if it is determined that the display mode of the normal symbol display device 83 is being variable displayed (S402: Yes), it is determined whether or not the variable display time has elapsed (S411). The variable display time of the normal symbol display device 83 is determined according to the game state by the process of S408 or S409, and if this variable display time has not elapsed (S411: No), the display of the normal symbol display device 83 is updated (S412), this normal symbol variable process (S111) is terminated, and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17).

On the other hand, if the variable display time for the variable display on the normal symbol display device 83 has elapsed (S411: Yes), the display mode corresponding to the stopping symbol previously set by S410 is set for the normal symbol display device 83 (S413), this normal symbol variation process (S111) is terminated, and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17).

As a result, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, when a ball passes through any of the normal symbol gates 76, the variable display in the normal symbol display device 83 is set based on this normal symbol variation process (S111), and the "○" symbol and the "X" symbol are alternately lit from the start of the variable display in the normal symbol display device 83 until the variable display time has elapsed. Then, if the variable display result is a win, the "○" symbol is lit, whereas if it is a loss, the "X" symbol is lit.

In addition, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the probability of winning or losing the variable display of the normal pattern and the variable display time are changed according to the game state, and the protruding time of the disappearance board 79b of the disappearance type normal electric role 79a is changed according to the game state. By configuring in this way, it is possible to change whether the ball that passed through the normal pattern gate 76a in the unit will win the special pattern 1 second winning hole 77b or the special pattern 2 winning hole 78 depending on whether it is in the "normal game state" or "latency probability variable state" when hitting from the left. Also, it is possible to change whether the ball that passed through the right side normal pattern gate 76b can be guided to the special pattern 2 winning hole 78 by rolling on the upper surface of the disappearance board 79b depending on whether it is in the "probability variable state" when hitting from the right. This allows the probability of winning or losing with a normal symbol, the variable display time, and the protruding time of the appearance board 79b to be changed according to the game state at that time, and the winning slots 77, 78 that can be won can be changed for each game state, increasing the variety of the game and making it more interesting to play.

Next, referring to FIG. 23, we will explain the jackpot process (S103), which is one process of the timer interrupt process executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110. FIG. 23 is a flowchart showing the jackpot process (S103).

As described above, when a jackpot with a special symbol occurs, this jackpot process (S103) sets the number of times (number of rounds) the large prize openings 65a, 67a are opened depending on the type of jackpot, and sets the opening time of the central large prize opening 65a or the right-side large prize opening 67a (hereinafter, the central large prize opening 65a and the right-side large prize opening 67a may be collectively referred to as "large prize openings 65a, 67a"). Then, when a jackpot occurs, a large prize opening opening/closing control process (see FIG. 24) is executed to open or close the large prize openings 65a, 67a.

That is, the large prize openings 65a, 67a are opened for each round in which a large prize is won, and a closing condition is determined whether the maximum opening time of the large prize openings 65a, 67a (in the first embodiment, "30 seconds") has elapsed, or whether a specified number of balls (in the first embodiment, 10 balls) have entered the large prize openings 65a, 67a. Then, when either of these closing conditions is met, the large prize openings 65a, 67a are closed. This control regarding the opening and closing of the large prize openings 65a, 67a is repeated a predetermined number of rounds.

In the jackpot process (S103), first, it is determined whether or not a jackpot is occurring (S501). If the result of the determination is that a jackpot is not occurring (S501: No), it is then determined whether or not the dynamic display (variable performance) of the special pattern has ended (S502).

As a result of the determination in S502, if the dynamic display (variable presentation) of the special pattern has not ended (S502: No), the jackpot process (S103) is terminated and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17). On the other hand, if the dynamic display (variable presentation) of the special pattern has ended (S502: Yes), it is then determined whether or not a jackpot has been won in the dynamic display (variable presentation) (S503).

If it is determined in S503 that the jackpot has not been won in the dynamic display (variable presentation) (S503: No), the jackpot process (S103) is terminated and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17). On the other hand, if it is determined that the jackpot has been won in the dynamic display (variable presentation) (S503: Yes), in order to execute control related to the jackpot that has been won, it is first determined whether the number of rounds in the jackpot that has been won is 15R or not, i.e., whether or not a "15R variable jackpot" has been won (S504).

As a result of the determination in S504, if the "15R jackpot" has been won (S504: Yes), the round counter is set to "15" (S505) in order to perform 15 times of opening control of the jackpot openings 65a and 67a in this jackpot, and the process proceeds to S507. On the other hand, if the "15R jackpot" has not been won, that is, if the "7R latent jackpot" has been won (S504: No), the round counter is set to "7" in order to perform 7 times of opening control of the jackpot openings 65a and 67a in this jackpot, and the process proceeds to S507. The MPU 201 checks the value of the round counter, and if a value is set in the round counter (i.e., "1" or more), the MPU 201 subtracts 1 from the value of the round counter while controlling the opening of the jackpot openings 65a and 67a. Then, when the value of the round counter becomes "0", the jackpot being executed is terminated.

In the process of S507, in order to send the opening command to the voice lamp control device 113, the opening command is set in a command sending ring buffer provided in the RAM 203 (S507). Next, the opening time of the jackpot (for example, "10 seconds") is set (S508), and the jackpot process (S103) is terminated, and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17).

If it is determined in the process of S501 that a jackpot has already been hit (S501: Yes), the jackpot opening/closing control process (S509) is executed to control the opening and closing of the jackpot openings 65a and 67a.

Now, referring to FIG. 24, we will explain the large prize opening opening open/close control process (S509), which is one process of the large prize opening processing executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110. FIG. 24 is a flow chart showing the large prize opening open/close control process (S509). As described above, in this large prize opening open/close control process (S509), the opening and closing control of the large prize openings 65a, 67a is executed based on the number of times the large prize openings 65a, 67a are opened, which was set in the large prize processing (S103).

In this special prize opening opening/closing control process (S509), first, it is determined whether or not any of the special prize openings 65a, 67a are open (S601). If the special prize openings 65a, 67a are not open (S601: No), the special prize openings 65a, 67a are not open, and the interval time is in progress, so the process proceeds to S612. On the other hand, if the special prize openings 65a, 67a are open (S601: Yes), it is then determined whether or not the time for one opening of the special prize openings 65a, 67a set in the opening time setting process (see S615) described later has elapsed (S602).

In the process of S602, if the opening time of the large prize openings 65a, 67a has elapsed (S602: Yes), the closing condition of the large prize openings 65a, 67a is met, and it is time to close the large prize openings 65a, 67a in that round. Therefore, the value of the winning counter is cleared to "0" (S603), and the process proceeds to S607 to close the large prize openings 65a, 67a. The closing process of the large prize openings 65a, 67a from S607 will be described later. On the other hand, in the process of S602, if the opening time of the large prize openings 65a, 67a has not elapsed (S602: No), it is then determined whether or not a ball has entered the large prize openings 65a, 67a (S604).

In the process of S604, if a ball has entered the large prize opening 65a, 67a (S604: Yes), the value of the prize counter is decremented by 1 (S605), and then it is determined whether the value of the prize counter after decrementing by 1 is greater than "0" (S606). If the value of the prize counter is not greater than "0" (S606: No), that is, if the value of the prize counter is equal to or less than "0", 10 balls have entered the large prize opening 65a, 67a and the closing condition for the large prize opening 65a, 67a is met, so the process proceeds to S607 to close the large prize opening 65a, 67a.

If it is determined in the process of S604 that no ball has entered the large prize openings 65a, 67a (S604: No), or if it is determined in the process of S606 that the value of the prize counter is greater than "0" (S606: Yes), the conditions for closing the large prize openings 65a, 67a are not met, and in order to keep the large prize openings 65a, 67a open, the processes of S607 to S616 are skipped and the large prize opening opening opening control process (S509) is terminated. After the large prize opening opening opening control process (S509) is terminated, the process returns to the jackpot process (see FIG. 23).

In the closing process of the large prize openings 65a, 67a from S607, first, the large prize openings 65a, 67a are set to be closed (S607), then a closing command indicating that the large prize openings 65a, 67a have been closed is set to the voice lamp control device 113 (S608), and the process proceeds to S609. The closing command set in the process of S608 is stored in a ring buffer for sending commands provided in RAM 203, and is sent to the voice lamp control device 113 during the external output process of the timer interrupt process that is executed next (see S101 in FIG. 17).

Next, in the process of S609, since one round of the large prize openings 65a, 67a has been consumed, the round counter value is decremented by one (S609), and it is determined whether the round counter value after decrement is greater than "0" (S610). If the round counter value is greater than "0" (S610: Yes), there is still a number of rounds remaining in the large prize winning event (the remaining number of times the large prize openings 65a, 67a will be opened), so an interval time (for example, "2 seconds") until the next large prize opening 65a, 67a is opened is set (S611), and the process proceeds to S612.

On the other hand, in the process of S610, if the round counter value is not greater than "0" (S610: No), that is, if the round counter value is equal to or less than "0", all opening operations of the big prize openings 65a, 67a for this big prize have been completed, so in order to end the big prize state, this big prize opening opening control process (S509) is terminated and the process returns to the big prize process (see FIG. 23).

In the process of S612, it is determined whether the opening time set in S508 of the jackpot process (see FIG. 23) or the interval time set in S611 has elapsed (S612). If the result of the determination is that the opening time or the interval time has not elapsed (S612: No), the processes of S613 to S616 are skipped, the jackpot opening opening control process (S509) is terminated, and the process returns to the jackpot process (see FIG. 23).

On the other hand, if it is determined that the opening time or the interval time has elapsed (S612: Yes), it is time to open the large prize openings 65a, 67a, so first, the opening setting of the large prize openings 65a, 67a is performed (S613). Next, in order to count the balls that have entered the opened large prize openings 65a, 67a, the winning counter is set to "10" (S614), and the process proceeds to S615. In the first embodiment, the winning counter is configured to subtract 1 each time a ball enters the large prize openings 65a, 67a, and the MPU 201 is configured to close the large prize openings 65a, 67a when a predetermined opening time has elapsed after the large prize openings 65a, 67a are opened, or when the winning counter value becomes "0".

In the process of S615, the maximum opening time of the large prize openings 65a, 67a (for example, "30 seconds") is set (S615), an opening command is set to the voice lamp control device 113 indicating that the large prize openings 65a, 67a are open (S616), and this large prize opening opening opening control process (S509) ends. After this large prize opening opening opening control process (S509) ends, the process returns to the large win process (see FIG. 23).

The open command set in the processing of S616 is stored in a ring buffer for sending commands provided in the RAM 203, and is sent to the voice lamp control device 113 during the external output processing of the timer interrupt processing that is executed next (see S101 in FIG. 17).

Returning to FIG. 23, the explanation will continue. After the large prize opening control process (S509) is executed, it is determined whether the round counter value is greater than "0" (S510). In the large prize opening opening control process described above, the round counter value is subtracted as the large prize openings 65a, 67a are closed (see S609 in FIG. 24). Therefore, if the round counter value is greater than "0" (S510: Yes), in order to continue executing the large prize, the processes of S511 to S516 are skipped, this large prize process (S103) is terminated, and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17).

On the other hand, if the round counter value is not greater than "0", that is, if the round counter value is equal to or less than "0" (S510: No), the jackpot end condition is met, so in order to end the jackpot, an ending command indicating the start of the jackpot ending performance is set to the sound lamp control device 113 (S511). Then, in order to set the game state at the end of the jackpot to a "probability change state" or a "latent probability change state" until the dynamic display (changing performance) of the special pattern is executed 100 times, the ST counter value is set to "100" (S512), and the jackpot end setting process for setting the ending time, etc. is performed (S513), and the process proceeds to S514. The ending command set in the process of S511 is stored in a ring buffer for sending commands provided in the RAM 203, and is sent to the sound lamp control device 113 during the external output process of the timer interrupt process that is executed next (see S101 in FIG. 17).

In the process of S514, it is determined whether the jackpot type in this jackpot was a "7R latent probability variable jackpot" that generates a "latent probability variable state" (S514). If it is determined that the jackpot type is a "7R latent probability variable jackpot" that generates a "latent probability variable state" (S514: Yes), the game state is shifted to the "latent probability variable state" (S515), and this jackpot process (S103) is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the jackpot type is not a "7R latent probability variable jackpot" that generates a "latent probability variable state", that is, if the jackpot type is a "15R probability variable jackpot" (S514: No), the game state is shifted to the "probability variable state" (S516), and this jackpot process (S103) is terminated. After the jackpot process is terminated, the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17).

In this way, by executing the jackpot process (see FIG. 23) and the jackpot opening/closing control process (see FIG. 24) that controls the opening and closing of the jackpot openings 65a, 67a during the jackpot process, the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 performs the process of opening and closing the jackpot openings 65a, 67a during a jackpot, and the process of transmitting various states during a jackpot to the audio lamp control device 113.

Next, referring to FIG. 25, the normal electric role control process (S104), which is one process of the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17) executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110, will be described. FIG. 25 is a flowchart showing the normal electric role control process (S104). This normal electric role control process (S104) executes drive control for the appearance (protrusion and retraction) of the appearance and retraction plate 79b of the appearance and retraction type normal electric role 79a according to the game state when a normal symbol hit occurs. That is, the protrusion time of the appearance and retraction plate 79b is set according to the game state, and the appearance and retraction plate 79b is driven to protrude, and when the set protrusion time has elapsed, the protruding appearance and retraction plate 79b is controlled to retract.

In the normal electric role control process (S104), first, it is determined whether the in/out board 79b is protruding or not, i.e., whether or not a normal symbol is winning (S701). If it is determined that the in/out board 79b is not protruding, i.e., if it is determined that a normal symbol is not winning (S701: No), it is then determined whether or not the variable display of the normal symbol has ended (S702).

If the result of the determination in S702 is that the variable display of the normal symbols has not ended (S702: No), the normal electric control process (S104) is terminated and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17). On the other hand, if the variable display of the normal symbols has ended (S702: Yes), it is then determined whether or not a winning combination has been achieved in the variable display (S703).

If it is determined in S703 that no winning combination has been selected in the variable display (S703: No), the normal electric control process (S104) is terminated and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17). On the other hand, if it is determined that a winning combination has been selected in the variable display (S703: Yes), in order to execute control related to the winning combination, it is first determined whether the game state at the time of the winning combination was in the "probability variable state" (S704).

If it is determined in S704 that the state is not a "probability fluctuating state", i.e., if the game state is a "normal game state" or a "latent probability fluctuating state" (S704: No), the protruding time of the in/out board 79b in the winning state is set to "2 seconds" (S705) based on the contents of the normal electric role control table 202h, and processing proceeds to S707. On the other hand, if it is determined that the state is a "probability fluctuating state" (S704: Yes), the protruding time of the in/out board 79b in the winning state is set to "5 seconds" (S706) based on the contents of the normal electric role control table 202h, and processing proceeds to S707.

In the process of S707, the protruding process of the retractable plate 79b is performed (S707), the retractable plate 79b is driven from the retracted state to the protruding state, and the normal electric control process (S104) is terminated, and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17).

This allows the protruding time of the appearance and disappearance board 79b to be changed based on the hit of a normal pattern depending on the game status, so that when a player hits with the left hand, when a ball that has passed through the normal pattern gate 76a within the alternating distribution unit 71 reaches the position where the appearance and disappearance board 79b is located, it is possible to make a difference as to whether or not the appearance and disappearance board 79b maintains a protruding state. As a result, when a ball passes through the normal pattern gate 76a in the unit and wins in the variable display of the normal pattern based on this passage, when the ball reaches the position of the in/out board 79b, the in/out board 79b is in a protruding state and can be guided by the in/out board 79b to the special pattern 2 winning port 78 side, or when the ball reaches the position of the in/out board 79b, the in/out board 79b is in a recessed state (non-protruding state) and the ball is not guided by the in/out board 79b and goes directly into the special pattern 1 second winning port 77b. By varying this depending on the game state, different playability can be created for each game state.

Also, even when the player hits from the right, when the ball passes through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b provided on the normal electric unit 79, reaches the position of the retractable plate 79b, and while rolling on the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b, it is possible to make a difference as to whether the retractable plate 79b is in a recessed state (non-protruding state) or not. As a result, the ball that has passed through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b reaches the position of the inlet/outlet plate 79b, i.e., the right end of the inlet/outlet plate 79b, and the protruding state of the inlet/outlet plate 79b is maintained while the ball is rolling on the top surface of the inlet/outlet plate 79b, so that the ball that has rolled on the top surface of the inlet/outlet plate 79b toward the left end can be guided toward the special pattern 2 winning hole 78, or the protruding time of the inlet/outlet plate 79b ends while the ball is rolling on the top surface of the inlet/outlet plate 79b, and the inlet/outlet plate 79b sinks, allowing the ball that was rolling on the top surface of the inlet/outlet plate 79b to flow directly downward into the play area. By varying the situation depending on the game state, different playability can be created for each game state.

If it is determined in the process of S701 that the in/out board 79b is protruding, i.e., if it is determined that a normal symbol is winning (S701: Yes), then it is determined whether the protruding time of the in/out board 79b set in S705 or S706 has elapsed (S708). If it is determined as a result of the determination that the protruding time of the in/out board 79b set has not elapsed (S708: No), in order to maintain the protruding state of the in/out board 79b, the process of S709 is skipped, this normal electric role control process (S104) is terminated, and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17).

On the other hand, if it is determined in the process of S708 that the set protruding time of the retractable plate 79b has elapsed (S708: Yes), a retracting process of the retractable plate 79b is performed (S709), the retractable plate 79b that was in a protruding state is driven to a retracted state, this normal electric control process (S104) is terminated, and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17).

In this way, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, by making the winning probability and the change time of the normal symbol and the protruding time of the appearance board 79b associated with the winning different depending on the game state, in a left-handed game, a game can be played by a first lottery game of a first special symbol based on winning into the special symbol 1 first winning port 77a or the special symbol 1 second winning port 77b in the "normal game state", and in a "latent probability change state", a game can be played by a first lottery game of a first special symbol based on winning into the special symbol 1 first winning port 77a and a second lottery game of a second special symbol based on winning into the special symbol 2 winning port 78. Also, in a right-handed game, a game can be played by a second lottery game of a second special symbol based on winning into the special symbol 2 winning port 78 in the "probability change state". Therefore, by varying the variety of winning slots 77, 78 that can be won in each of the three game states, it is possible to provide variety to the game and increase the interest of the game.

Next, referring to FIG. 26, we will explain the NMI interrupt processing executed by the main control unit 110 in the event of a power outage or the like. FIG. 26 is a flowchart showing the NMI interrupt processing executed by the MPU in the main control unit 110. The NMI interrupt processing is processing executed by the MPU 201 of the main control unit 110 when the power to the pachinko machine 10 is cut off due to a power outage or the like.

By this NMI interrupt processing, the power outage occurrence information is stored in RAM 203. That is, when the power supply to the pachinko machine 10 is cut off due to a power outage or the like, a power outage signal SG1 is output from the power outage monitoring circuit 252 to the NMI terminal of the MPU 201 in the main control device 110. When the power outage signal SG1 is input to the NMI terminal, the MPU 201 suspends the control being executed and starts NMI interrupt processing, stores the power outage occurrence information in RAM 203 as the setting of the power outage occurrence information (S801), and ends the NMI interrupt processing.

The above-mentioned NMI interrupt processing is also executed in the payout control device 111, and this NMI interrupt processing causes information about the occurrence of a power outage to be stored in the RAM 213. In other words, when the power supply to the pachinko machine 10 is cut off due to a power outage or the like, a power outage signal SG1 is output from the power outage monitoring circuit 252 to the NMI terminal of the MPU 211 in the payout control device 111, and the MPU 211 interrupts the control currently being executed and starts the NMI interrupt processing.

Next, referring to FIG. 27, the startup process executed by the MPU 201 in the main control unit 110 when the power is turned on to the main control unit 110 will be described. FIG. 27 is a flowchart showing this startup process. This startup process is started by a reset when the power is turned on.

In the start-up process, first, the initial setting process associated with power-on is executed (S901). For example, a predetermined value is set in the stack pointer. Next, a wait process (1 second in the first embodiment) is executed to wait for the sub-side control devices (peripheral control devices such as the voice lamp control device 113 and the dispensing control device 111) to become operable (S902). Then, access to the RAM 203 is permitted (S903).

Then, it is determined whether the RAM clear switch 122 (see FIG. 2) provided on the power supply device 115 is turned on (S904), and if it is turned on (S904: Yes), the process proceeds to S911. On the other hand, if the RAM clear switch 122 is not turned on (S904: No), it is further determined whether or not information on the occurrence of a power outage is stored in the RAM 203 (S905), and if it is not stored (S905: No), it is possible that the process at the time of the previous power outage did not end normally, so in this case too, the process proceeds to S911.

If information about the occurrence of a power outage is stored in RAM 203 (S905: Yes), a RAM judgment value is calculated (S906). If the calculated RAM judgment value is not normal (S907: No), that is, if the calculated RAM judgment value does not match the RAM judgment value saved at the time of the power outage, the backed up data has been destroyed, and in such a case, the process also proceeds to S911.

As will be described in S926 of FIG. 28, the RAM judgment value is, for example, a checksum value at a working area address of RAM 203. Instead of this RAM judgment value, the validity of the backup may be determined based on whether or not a keyword written in a specified area of RAM 203 is correctly saved.

In the process of S911, a payout initialization command is sent to initialize the payout control device 111, which is the sub-side control device (peripheral control device) (S911). When the payout control device 111 receives this payout initialization command, it clears the areas (working area) other than the stack area of RAM 213, sets initial values, and becomes ready to start ball payout control. After sending the payout initialization command, the main control device 110 executes initialization processing of RAM 203 (S912, S913).

As described above, in this pachinko machine 10, when the RAM data is to be initialized when the power is turned on, for example, when the hall opens for business, the power is turned on while pressing the RAM erase switch 122. Therefore, if the RAM erase switch 122 is pressed when the start-up process is executed, the RAM 203 initialization process (S912, S913) is executed. Similarly, if the power outage occurrence information is not set, or if a backup abnormality is confirmed by the RAM judgment value (checksum value, etc.), the RAM 203 initialization process (S912, S913) is executed. In the RAM 203 initialization process (S912, S913), the used area of the RAM 203 is cleared to "0" (S912), and then the initial value is set in the RAM 203 (S913). After the RAM 203 initialization process is executed, the process proceeds to S910.

On the other hand, if the RAM clear switch 122 is not turned on (S904: No), power outage information is stored (S905: Yes), and the RAM judgment value (checksum value, etc.) is normal (S907: Yes), the power outage information is cleared (S908) while retaining the data backed up in the RAM 203. Then, a payout return command upon power recovery is sent to return the sub-side control device (peripheral control device) to the game state when the drive power was cut off (S909), and the process proceeds to S910. When the payout control device 111 receives this payout return command, it is ready to start ball payout control while retaining the data stored in the RAM 213.

In the process of S910, the interrupt is permitted (S910). Then, the process proceeds to the main process (see FIG. 28) described below.

Next, referring to FIG. 28, the main processing executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110 after the above-mentioned startup processing will be described. FIG. 28 is a flowchart showing this main processing. This main processing is broadly divided into counter update processing and power-off processing.

In the main process, it is determined whether or not information on the occurrence of a power outage is stored in the RAM 203 (S921). If information on the occurrence of a power outage is not stored in the RAM 203 (S921: No), the power outage signal SG1 is not output from the power outage monitoring circuit 252, and the power supply is not interrupted. In such a case, the first initial value random number counter CINI1, the second initial value random number counter CINI2, and the fluctuation type counter CS1 are repeatedly updated (S922, S923).

First, the first initial value random number counter CINI1 and the second initial value random number counter CINI2 are updated (S922). Specifically, the first initial value random number counter CINI1 and the second initial value random number counter CINI2 are incremented by 1, and when the counter value reaches the maximum value (in the first embodiment, "899" and "99"), the counter is cleared to "0". The updated values of the first initial value random number counter CINI1 and the second initial value random number counter CINI2 are then stored in the corresponding counter buffer 203c areas of the RAM 203. Next, the fluctuation type counter CS1 is updated in the same manner as in the processing of S107 (see FIG. 17) (S923), and the process proceeds to the processing of S921.

While this main process is being executed, the timer interrupt process described with reference to FIG. 17 is started and executed at a predetermined time interval (in the first embodiment, "4 milliseconds"). In the timer interrupt process, different processes are executed depending on the state of the game. For example, during a jackpot, the opening and closing of the big prize winning openings 65a and 67a is controlled, and if a ball passes through the normal pattern gate 76, display control is performed regarding the variable display of normal patterns by the normal pattern display device 83. In addition, in the jackpot lottery executed when starting dynamic display on the special pattern display device 37, the number of jackpot random numbers to be compared with the acquired jackpot random number counter C1 differs depending on whether the state is high probability or low probability. Therefore, the time required to execute one timer interrupt process changes depending on the state of the game. Therefore, the remaining time from the end of one timer interrupt process to the execution timing of the next timer interrupt process is not constant, but changes depending on the state of the game at each time.

The above-mentioned processes of S922 and S923, which are part of the main process, are executed within the remaining time of this timer interrupt process. In other words, the update of the first initial value random number counter CINI1 and the second initial value random number counter CINI2 is repeatedly executed using this remaining time, so that the first initial value random number counter CINI1 and the second initial value random number counter CINI2 (i.e., the initial value of the jackpot random number counter C1 and the initial value of the regular random number counter C4) can be randomly updated, and similarly, the fluctuation type counter CS1 can also be randomly updated. In particular, by randomly updating the first initial value random number counter CINI1 and the second initial value random number counter CINI2, it is possible to provide randomness to the update of the jackpot random number counter C1 and the regular random number counter C4, which use these as the initial values for update.

In addition, if the power interruption information is stored in the RAM 203 in the process of S921 (S921: Yes), the power is interrupted due to a power outage or power off, and the power outage monitoring circuit 252 outputs the power outage signal SG1, which means that the NMI interruption process in FIG. 26 is executed, so the process at the time of power interruption from S924 onwards is executed. First, the occurrence of each interruption process is prohibited (S924), and a power off command indicating that the power has been interrupted is sent to other control devices (peripheral control devices such as the dispensing control device 111 and the voice lamp control device 113) (S925). Then, a RAM judgment value is calculated and the value is saved (S926), and access to the RAM 203 is prohibited (S927), and an infinite loop is continued until the power is completely cut off and the process cannot be executed. Here, the RAM judgment value is, for example, a checksum value in the stack area and working area backed up in the RAM 203.

The processing of S921 is executed at the end of one cycle of the processing of S922 and S923, which are performed within the remaining time of the timer interrupt processing (see FIG. 17). As a result, in the main processing of the main control unit 110, various settings by the timer interrupt processing (see FIG. 17) are completed, and the power outage occurrence information is confirmed at the timing when the updating of each counter CINI1, CINI2, and CS1 is completed. Therefore, when recovering from a power-off state, the processing can be started from the processing of S921 after the start-up processing (see FIG. 27) is completed. In other words, the processing can be started from the processing of S921, just as when initialization is performed during the start-up processing.

Therefore, in processing when the power is cut off, the contents of each register used by the MPU 201 do not need to be saved to the stack area or the value of the stack pointer saved; the stack pointer is set to a predetermined value (initial value) in the initial setting process (S901), and processing can start from S921. As a result, the control burden on the main control unit 110 can be reduced, and accurate control can be performed without the main control unit 110 malfunctioning or going out of control.

In the first embodiment, a case was described in which the processing to be executed periodically is executed by timer interrupt processing (see Figure 17), and in the main processing (see Figure 28), the updating of each counter CINI1, CINI2, and CS1 is executed during the remaining time of the timer interrupt processing (see Figure 17). However, it is also possible to configure the processing to be part or all of the processing executed in the timer interrupt processing (see Figure 17) to be executed every predetermined time (e.g., 4 milliseconds) during the main processing (see Figure 28). For example, some or all of the winning ball count signal, payout abnormality signal reading process (S102), big win process (S103), regular electric control process (S104), switch reading process (S105), start winning process (S108), gate passing process (S109), special chart change process (S110), regular chart change process (S111), and launch control process (S112), which were executed in the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17) in the first embodiment, may be configured to be executed every 4 milliseconds in the main process (see FIG. 28) instead of in the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17).

In this case, a step may be provided in the main processing (see FIG. 28) to determine whether a predetermined time (4 milliseconds) has elapsed, and the processing to be performed at the predetermined time is executed only if it is determined that the predetermined time has elapsed, and the updating of each counter CINI1, CINI2, CS1 is executed regardless of whether the predetermined time has elapsed. In this way, the updating of each counter CINI1, CINI2, CS1 is executed in the remaining time of the processing to be executed at the predetermined time, but since the time required to execute the processing to be executed at the predetermined time changes depending on the state of the game, even with this configuration, each counter CINI1, CINI2, CS1 can be updated randomly.

As described above, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, in a left-handed game, in the "normal game state", a game can be played by a first lottery game of a first special pattern based on winning into the first winning port 77a of the special symbol 1 or the second winning port 77b of the special symbol 1, and in the "latency probability change state", a game can be played by a first lottery game of a first special pattern based on winning into the first winning port 77a of the special symbol 1 and a second lottery game of a second special pattern based on winning into the special symbol 2 winning port 78. In addition, in a right-handed game, in the "probability change state", a game can be played by a second lottery game of a second special pattern based on winning into the special symbol 2 winning port 78. Therefore, by making the variations of the winning ports 77, 78 that can be won in each of the three game states different, it is possible to provide variation in the game and increase the interest of the game.

In addition, by setting the game value obtained in the second lottery game with the second special symbol to be more advantageous to the player than the game value obtained in the first lottery game with the first special symbol, combined with different winning slots 77, 78 that can (are) easily won for each game state, the player is provided with the interest of gradually transitioning to a game state of higher value, and the interest of the game can be improved. That is, in the "normal game state", it is easy to obtain the first lottery game that is disadvantageous to the player, and in the "latent probability changing state" which is easily transitioned to from the "normal game state", it is configured so that the first lottery game that is disadvantageous to the player and the second lottery game that is advantageous to the player can be obtained alternately, and in the "probability changing state" which is easily transitioned to from the "latent probability changing state", it is easy to obtain the second lottery game that is advantageous to the player, and the interest of gradually transitioning to a game state of higher value can be provided to the player.

Furthermore, by using special and normal symbols that have long been familiar to players, and configuring the retractable plate 79b to be linked to the alternating distribution unit 71 that alternately distributes the symbols to multiple winning slots 77, the above-mentioned playability can be achieved, making it easier for players to understand the game specifications, and eliminating the problem of players being put off by the game and not increasing operation due to the game specifications being difficult to understand.

In addition, because the above playability is achieved without using special mechanisms such as non-electric devices, it is possible to prevent an increase in the number of parts required for special mechanisms, and achieve the above playability without increasing the cost of the pachinko machine 10.

Furthermore, the configuration of the deceleration section 79c makes it possible to decelerate the flow speed of the ball rolling toward the left end on the top surface of the in/out plate 79b while keeping the time it rolls on the top surface of the in/out plate 79b constant. This makes it possible to keep the time the ball stays on the top surface of the in/out plate 79b constant and long. Therefore, by lengthening the time the ball stays on the in/out plate 79b compared to when there is no deceleration section 79c, it becomes easier to design game specifications such as adjusting the protruding time of the in/out plate 79b for each game state in order to realize the playability of the present invention. Furthermore, the more the speed at which the ball flows down due to the deceleration section 79c is slowed, the shorter the overall length of the in/out plate 79b can be, and the more compact the entire normal electric unit 79 can be.

Second Embodiment
Next, the pachinko machine 10 in the second embodiment will be described with reference to Figures 29 to 34. In the pachinko machine 10 in the first embodiment, a special symbol 2 winning port 78 is disposed in the center of the alternating distribution unit 71, and an in-unit normal symbol gate 76a is embedded in the right path 75 near the distribution device 73.

In addition, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, in order to realize the game specifications of the present invention, the appearance plate 79b of the normal electric role unit 79 is configured to have a certain distance (width) in the left-right direction (horizontal direction), and the normal electric role unit 79 is arranged relative to the alternating distribution unit 71 so that the left portion of the appearance plate 79b of the normal electric role unit 79 is positioned above the special chart 1 second winning port 77b provided on the right side of the alternating distribution unit 71.

Furthermore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the retractable plate 79b is located between the right exit of the right path 75 of the alternating distribution unit 71 and the special chart 1 second winning port 77b, and the deceleration section 79c of the normal electric unit 79 is also located there.

However, the unit's normal symbol gate 76a is only about one ball's width away from the sorting device 73, and this occurs immediately after the sorting device 73 has switched the direction in which the balls flow. In addition, since the gate detects balls rolling in the right-side path 75 in the horizontal direction when viewed from the front, there is a possibility that the balls have collided with the lower passage wall (not shown) of the right-side path 75 and bounced off, and the movement of the sorted balls may not be stable, which may cause chattering due to the unit's normal symbol gate 76a.

In addition, when the normal electric unit 79 is arranged in parallel horizontally to the alternating distribution unit 71, if the left end portion of the inlet/outlet board 79b is configured to overlap with the upper position of the special chart 1 second winning port 77b located to the right of the alternating distribution unit 71, the degree of horizontal overlap of the normal electric unit 79 with the alternating distribution unit 71 when viewed from the front is small, and the installation width of the alternating distribution unit 71 and the installation width of the normal electric unit 79 are each required, which may reduce the freedom of board design in the game area.

Furthermore, if the deceleration section 79c of the normal electric unit 79 is located above the special drawing 1 second winning port 77b of the alternating distribution unit 71, the ball flowing out from the right exit of the right path 75 will collide with the deceleration section 79c, and the ball's behavior will be disrupted due to this collision, and there is a risk that the ball will flow out toward the special drawing 2 winning port 78 even though the entry and exit plate 79b is not protruding.

In contrast, in the pachinko machine 10 of the second embodiment, the embedded position of the normal symbol gate 76a within the unit is set near the right exit of the right path 75, and is configured to detect balls flowing vertically downward. Also, the center portion of the inlet/outlet plate 79b of the normal electric unit 79 is configured to be located between the right exit of the right path 75 and the special chart 1 second winning port 77b. Furthermore, the deceleration units 79d, 79e are configured not to be placed in the ball flow space formed between the right exit of the right path 75 and the special chart 1 second winning port 77b.

This configuration allows the unit's normal pattern gate 76a to detect balls that are falling freely vertically downward, and by detecting balls whose behavior as they flow down the right-side path 75 is stable, chattering at the unit's normal pattern gate 76a can be eliminated.

In addition, by positioning the center portion of the inlet/outlet board 79b above the second winning port 77b of special chart 1, the overlapping portion of the alternating distribution unit 71 and the normal electric role unit 79 in the horizontal direction when viewed from the front is increased, making it possible to reduce the installation area of the alternating distribution unit 71 and the normal electric role unit 79, and increasing the freedom of board design in the play area.

Furthermore, by not disposing the deceleration sections 79d, 79e in the ball flow space between the right exit of the right path 75 and the special drawing 1 second winning port 75, unexpected behavior of the ball flowing down from the right exit of the right path 75 (for example, flowing into the special drawing 2 winning port 78) can be prevented.

In addition, by arranging the deceleration units 79d, 79e on both sides of the space into which the ball flows down from the right exit of the right path 75, when the retraction plate 79b is in a immersed state, if the behavior of the ball flowing out from the right exit of the right path 75 becomes disrupted and the ball is about to be discharged outside the alternating distribution unit 71 without entering the special drawing 1 second winning port 77b, the ball can be configured to collide with the deceleration units 79d, 79e and flow down again toward the special drawing 1 second winning port 77b.

The following describes the pachinko machine 10 in the second embodiment, focusing on the differences from the pachinko machine 10 in the first embodiment. In the following description, the same elements as in the first embodiment are given the same reference numerals, and illustrations and descriptions of those elements are omitted.

First, the general map fluctuation time table 202g in the second embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 29. FIG. 29 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the general map fluctuation time table 202g stored in the ROM 202 in the second embodiment.

As shown in FIG. 29, in the second embodiment, the regular pattern variable time table 202g specifies that the variable display time of the regular pattern set in the low probability state is "3 seconds". In other words, the time from when the variable display of the regular pattern starts to when the stop pattern is derived in the low probability state is set to be "3 seconds" without fail.

On the other hand, the variable display time of the normal symbols set in the high probability state is specified in the normal symbol variable time table 202g to be "0.1 seconds". In other words, the time from when the variable display of the normal symbols starts in the high probability state to when the stopped symbols are derived is set to be "0.1 seconds" without fail.

Next, with reference to Figures 30 to 34, the gameplay in each game state of the second embodiment, i.e., the behavior of the ball based on the ball's launch mode and the associated behavior of the launch plate 79b, will be explained.

Figure 30 is a schematic diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball entering through the distribution ball inlet 72 of the alternating distribution unit 71 when hitting from the left, or the behavior of a ball entering through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b of the normal electric unit 79 when hitting from the right, and the behavior of the ball entering and exiting board 79b in each game state of the second embodiment. FIG. 30(a) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball entering through the distribution ball inlet 72 of the alternating distribution unit 71 and the behavior of the inlet and outlet board 79b when hitting from the left in the "normal game state" of the second embodiment, FIG. 30(b) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball entering through the distribution ball inlet 72 of the alternating distribution unit 71, the behavior of the inlet and outlet board 79b, and the behavior of a ball rolling on the upper surface of the inlet and outlet board 79b when hitting from the left in the "latency probability changing state" of the second embodiment, and FIG. 30(c) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of the inlet and outlet board 79b and the behavior of a ball rolling on the upper surface of the inlet and outlet board 79b when hitting from the right in the "probability changing state" of the second embodiment.

Figure 31 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the ordinary electric unit 79 taken along line A-A in Figure 30(a).

Furthermore, Figure 32(a) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the ball distributed to the right path 75 of the alternating distribution unit 71, the variable display of the normal pattern, and the protruding time of the in and out board 79b when hitting from the left in the "normal game state" of the second embodiment, and Figure 32(b) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the ball that has flowed into the normal electric unit 79 (passed through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b), the variable display of the normal pattern, and the protruding time of the in and out board 79b when hitting from the right in the "normal game state" of the second embodiment. In addition, Figure 33 (a) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the ball distributed to the right path 75 of the alternating distribution unit 71, the variable display of the normal pattern, and the protrusion time of the appearing and disappearing board 79b when hitting from the left in the "latent probability changing state" of the second embodiment, and Figure 33 (b) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the ball that has flowed into the normal electric unit 79 (passed through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b), the variable display of the normal pattern, and the protrusion time of the appearing and disappearing board 79b when hitting from the right in the "latent probability changing state" of the second embodiment. Furthermore, FIG. 34(a) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the balls distributed to the right path 75 of the alternating distribution unit 71, the variable display of the normal pattern, and the protruding time of the in-and-out board 79b when hitting from the left in the "probability fluctuating state" of the second embodiment, and FIG. 34(b) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the balls that flow into the normal electric unit 79 (passing through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b), the variable display of the normal pattern, and the protruding time of the in-and-out board 79b when hitting from the right in the "probability fluctuating state" of the second embodiment.

The configuration of the alternating distribution unit 71 and the normal electric role unit 79 in the second embodiment differs from that in the first embodiment in that the position of the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit, the position of the normal electric role unit 79 (appearance plate 79b) relative to the alternating distribution unit 71, and the position of the deceleration units 79d and 79e in the normal electric role unit 79 are different. That is, as shown in Figures 30(a) to 30(c) and 31, in the second embodiment, the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit is disposed near the right exit of the right path 75, the portion in which the appearance plate 79b of the normal electric role unit 79 is disposed within the alternating distribution unit 71 is increased, and the deceleration units 79d and 79e of the normal electric role unit 79 are disposed on both sides of the space where the balls flow down from the right exit of the right path 75. The other configurations are the same as those in the first embodiment, so their description will be omitted.

First, as shown in FIG. 30(a), in the "normal game state" of the second embodiment, a ball that is distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73 flows out of the left exit of the left path 74 "2 seconds" after being distributed by the distribution device 73, and enters the first winning hole 77a of the special drawing 1 located below the left exit.

On the other hand, in the second embodiment, in the "normal game state," a ball that is allocated to the right path 75 by the allocation device 73 first passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit "1.8 seconds" after being allocated by the allocation device 73, and then flows out from the right exit of the right path 75 "0.2 seconds" after passing through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 32(a), when a ball is allocated to the right path 75 by the allocation device 73, it is configured to flow out from the right exit of the right path 75 "2 seconds" after the allocation. Also, the ball passes through the intra-unit normal pattern gate 76a arranged on the right path 75 "1.8 seconds" after it is allocated to the right path 75, and by passing through the intra-unit normal pattern gate 76a, a chance to select a normal pattern is obtained, and the variable display of the normal pattern begins, provided that there are no reserved balls with normal patterns.

In the second embodiment, the variable display in the "normal game state" lasts for "3 seconds." Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbol is longer than the time required from when the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit until it flows out of the right exit of the right path 75, the ball passes the position of the entry and exit board 79b before the result of the variable display is derived, and enters the special symbol 1 second winning port 77b as is.

In the second embodiment, the embedded position of the unit's normal symbol gate 76a is near the right exit of the right path 75, and the balls flow down for a while after being sorted by the sorting device 73 and then fall freely in the right path 75, so there is a high probability that the behavior of the balls is stable. Therefore, the unit's normal symbol gate 76a can detect balls that are behaving stably, and chattering can be prevented.

As shown in FIG. 32(b), when a right shot is performed in the "normal game state" of the second embodiment, the ball that passes through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b reaches the right end of the in-game board 79b after "1 second". Also, the variable display time of the normal pattern in the "normal game state" of the second embodiment is "3 seconds". Therefore, the ball that passes through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b in the "normal game state" flows out to the downstream side of the normal electric unit 79 (the lower side of the game board 13) before the variable display of the normal pattern based on the passage through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b ends, that is, before the in-game board 79b becomes in a protruding state based on the variable display.

Even if balls enter the reel continuously, it is difficult for a normal symbol to be hit in the "normal game state", and the time it takes for the reel plate 79b to maintain its protruding state after a hit is "2 seconds" (see Figure 15 (c)), and the time it takes for the top surface of the reel plate 79b to roll from the right end to the left end is "2.5 seconds".

As a result, if the retractable plate 79b is displaced to a retracted state while rolling toward the left end on the top surface of the retractable plate 79b, without rolling to the special symbol 2 winning port 78 (special symbol 1 second winning port 77b) side while the retractable plate 79b is maintaining the protruding state, the ball will flow down to the downstream side of the normal electric unit 79. Furthermore, if the right-side normal symbol gate 76b detects the passage of a ball in the "normal game state", an alarm will sound. As a result, the player can play left-handed without playing right-handed in the "normal game state".

In this way, in the "normal game state" of the second embodiment, a ball that enters the alternating distribution unit 71 by playing with a left hand hit alternately enters either the first winning hole 77a of special symbol 1 or the second winning hole 77b of special symbol 1, so that a game in which a first lottery game for the first special symbol can be executed is played.

Next, the gameplay in the "latency probability changing state" of the second embodiment will be explained with reference to Figures 30(b) and 33.

First, as shown in FIG. 30(b), in the "latency probability fluctuating state" of the second embodiment, the ball allocated to the left path 74 by the allocation device 73 flows out of the left exit of the left path 74 "2 seconds" after being allocated by the allocation device 73, as in the "normal game state," and enters the first winning hole 77a of special drawing 1 located below the left exit.

On the other hand, in the "latency probability fluctuating state" of the second embodiment, a ball allocated to the right path 75 by the allocation device 73 first passes through the unit's normal symbol gate 76a "1.8 seconds" after being allocated by the allocation device 73, and then flows out from the right exit of the right path 75 "0.2 seconds" after passing through the unit's normal symbol gate 76a.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 33(a), when a ball is distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73, it is configured to flow out from the right exit of the right path 75 "2 seconds" after the distribution. Also, "1.8 seconds" after the ball is distributed to the right path 75, it passes through the intra-unit normal pattern gate 76a embedded in the right path 75, and by passing through the intra-unit normal pattern gate 76a, a chance to select a normal pattern is obtained, and the variable display of the normal pattern begins.

In the second embodiment, the variable display in the "latency probability variable state" is performed for "0.1 seconds" (see FIG. 29). Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time required from when the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit until it flows out from the right exit of the right path 75, the result of the variable display is derived at the time when the ball reaches the position of the appearance board 79b.

In addition, in the "latent probability variable state" of the second embodiment, the probability of winning a normal symbol is configured to be higher than in the "normal game state." Furthermore, the protruding time of the disappearing board 79b in the "latent probability variable state" of the second embodiment is "2 seconds," the same as in the "normal game state," but the total time from when the variable display begins until the disappearing board 79b protrudes and sinks is "2.1 seconds."

Therefore, it is highly likely that the in/out plate 79b will be in a protruding state and maintain that state between the time the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76a within the unit and the time it reaches the position of the in/out plate 79b. As a result, the ball that flows out from the right exit of the right path 75 and reaches the position of the in/out plate 79b will collide with the center of the in/out plate 79b, then roll on the top surface of the protruding in/out plate 79b, and be guided to the special symbol 2 winning opening 78.

Here, in the pachinko machine 10 of the second embodiment, the central portion of the inlet plate 79b is located above the second ball entrance 77b of the special drawing 1. Also, an outer speed reducer 79d is provided on the right side of the central portion of the inlet plate 79b, i.e., on the outside of the alternating distribution unit 71, and an inner speed reducer 79e is provided on the left side of the central portion, i.e., on the inside of the alternating distribution unit 71, and the outer speed reducer 79d and the inner speed reducer 79e are not provided in the central portion of the inlet plate 79b.

That is, in the second embodiment, neither the outer speed reducing section 79d nor the inner speed reducing section 79e is arranged in the central portion of the inlet/outlet plate 79b, i.e., the portion that intersects with the right exit of the right path 75.

Now, the configuration of the normal electric utility unit 79 of the second embodiment will be described with reference to Figure 31. Figure 31 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the normal electric utility unit 79 taken along line A-A in Figure 30(a).

As shown in Figure 31, when the inlet/outlet plate 79b is in a protruding state, a ball that enters the right path 75 of the alternating distribution unit 71 collides with the center part of the inlet/outlet plate 79b in the protruding state, and the inclination of the inlet/outlet plate 79b causes the ball to roll along the upper surface of the inlet/outlet plate 79b to the left side of the game board 13 (see Figure 3) when viewed from the front, i.e., toward the special drawing 2 winning hole 78.

Specifically, the ball rolling from the center of the inlet plate 79b on the upper surface of the inlet plate 79b first collides with the inner rear deceleration part 79e1 provided on the base part 79y side of the normal electric unit 79, and the collision changes the direction of travel, causing the ball to roll on the upper surface of the inlet plate 79b toward the cover part 79x side. Then, the ball collides with the inner front deceleration part 79e2 provided on the cover part 79x side of the normal electric unit 79, and the collision changes the direction of travel again, causing the ball to roll on the upper surface of the inlet plate 79b toward the base part 79y side, and flow out from the left end of the inlet plate 79b. In the second embodiment, the time required to roll from the center of the inlet plate 79b to the left end is configured to be "1 second".

Also, as shown in FIG. 31, when the in/out board 79b is in a protruding state, a ball that passes through the right-side normal symbol gate 76b of the normal electric unit 79 collides with the right end of the in/out board 79b in the protruding state, and the inclination of the in/out board 79b causes the upper surface of the in/out board 79b to roll toward the left side of the game board 13 (see FIG. 3) when viewed from the front, i.e., toward the alternating distribution unit 71.

Specifically, the ball rolling from the right end of the in/out plate 79b to the left end on the upper surface of the in/out plate 79b first collides with the first rear outer deceleration part 79d1 provided on the base part 79y side of the normal electric unit 79, and the collision changes the direction of travel, rolling the upper surface of the in/out plate 79b toward the cover part 79x side. Then, it collides with the first front outer deceleration part 79d2 provided on the cover part 79x side of the normal electric unit 79, and the collision changes the direction of travel again, rolling the upper surface of the in/out plate 79b toward the base part 79y side. After that, it collides with the second rear outer deceleration part 79d3 provided on the base part 79y side of the normal electric unit 79, and the collision changes the direction of travel again, rolling the upper surface of the in/out plate 79b toward the cover part 79x side. Next, it collides with the second front outer deceleration part 79d4 provided on the cover part 79x side of the normal electric unit 79, and the direction of travel is changed again by the collision, and it rolls on the upper surface of the inset plate 79b toward the base part 79y, and reaches the center part of the inset plate 79b. In the second embodiment, it is configured to take "1.5 seconds" to roll from the right end of the inset plate 79b to the center part.

The ball that passed through the center of the inlet/outlet plate 79b collides with the inner rear deceleration section 79e1 provided on the base section 79y side of the normal electric unit 79, just like the ball that flowed out from the right exit of the right path 75, and the collision changes the direction of travel, causing the ball to roll along the top surface of the inlet/outlet plate 79b toward the cover section 79x. Then, the ball collides with the inner front deceleration section 79e2 provided on the cover section 79x side of the normal electric unit 79, and the collision again changes the direction of travel, causing the ball to roll along the top surface of the inlet/outlet plate 79b toward the base section 79y, and flow out from the left end of the inlet/outlet plate 79b.

In other words, in the second embodiment, the time required for the inlet plate 79b to roll from the right end to the center is "1.5 seconds", and the time required for the inlet plate 79b to roll from the center to the left end is "1 second", so the time required for the inlet plate 79b to roll from the right end to the left end is "1.5 seconds" + "1 second" = "2.5 seconds".

In this way, in the second embodiment, the outer deceleration section 79d is configured so that it takes "1.5 seconds" for the in and out plate 79b to roll from the right end to the center. Also, the inner deceleration section 79e is configured so that it takes "1 second" for the in and out plate 79b to roll from the center to the left end. In other words, it is configured so that the time required to roll from the right end to the center of the in and out plate 79b is longer than the time required to roll from the center to the left end of the in and out plate 79b.

In addition, by providing more outer deceleration units 79d than inner deceleration units 79e and configuring the outer deceleration units 79d to lengthen the time it takes for the ball to roll from the right end to the center of the in/out board 79b, the rolling time of the ball rolling on the in/out board 79b can be lengthened even if the alternating distribution unit 71 and the normal electric unit 79 are made compact. Therefore, in a game state where right-hand hitting is not encouraged (i.e., the "normal game state" and the "latency probability variable state"), by configuring the time it takes to roll on the in/out board 79b to be longer than the protruding time of the in/out board 79b, it is possible to prevent the ball from flowing into the special chart 2 winning hole 78. As a result, it is possible to realize a game in which the variations of the winning holes 77, 78 that can win a prize in each of the three game states are different, such as the special winning hole 77 in the "normal game state", the special winning hole 1 in the "latent probability variable state", the special winning hole 77 and the special winning hole 2 in the "probability variable state", and the special winning hole 2 in the "probability variable state", and it is possible to improve the interest of the game. In addition, the entire normal electric role unit 79 can overlap the alternating distribution unit 71 in the horizontal direction when viewed from the front, and the installation area of the alternating distribution unit 71 and the normal electric role unit 79 can be reduced, and the freedom of the board design in the game area can be increased.

Furthermore, by not disposing the deceleration sections 79d, 79e in the ball flow space between the right exit of the right path 75 and the special drawing 1 second winning port 75, unexpected behavior of the ball flowing out from the right exit of the right path 75 (for example, flowing into the special drawing 2 winning port 78) can be prevented.

In addition, by not locating the deceleration sections 79d, 79e directly below the right-side exit of the right-side path 75, the flow speed of the balls flowing out from the right-side exit of the right-side path 75 can be maintained without decelerating, and the occurrence of ball congestion in the right-side path 75 and ball clogging near the right-side exit can be prevented.

The ball that flows out from the left end of the inlet/outlet board 79b is configured to enter the special prize hole 78, which is located slightly to the right of the center line of the alternating distribution unit 71. This eliminates the need to place nails or other components to guide the ball to the special prize hole 78, reducing the number of parts in the pachinko machine 10 and the manufacturing costs.

Returning to FIG. 33(a), the explanation continues. As described above, in the "latency probability change state" of the second embodiment, the time required for the ball to roll from the center of the in/out board 79b to the left end is "1 second", and the protruding state of the in/out board 79b is maintained until the ball that flows out from the right exit of the right path 75 has completely rolled from the center of the in/out board 79b to the left end. Therefore, the ball that flows out from the right exit of the right path 75 collides with the protruding in/out board 79b, rolls on the top surface of the in/out board 79b toward the left end, and can enter the special drawing 2 winning hole 78.

As shown in FIG. 33(b), when a right hit is performed in the "latent probability variable state" of the second embodiment, the ball that passes through the right-side normal symbol gate 76b reaches the right end position of the appearance board 79b after "1 second". Also, the variable display time of the normal symbol in the "latent probability variable state" of the second embodiment is "0.1 seconds". Furthermore, the winning probability of the normal symbol in the "latent probability variable state" of the second embodiment is set higher than in the "normal game state".

As a result, the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time it takes from passing through the right-side normal symbol gate 76b to reaching the right end position of the infeed board 79b, and the probability of winning the normal symbol is also high, so when the ball that has passed through the right-side normal symbol gate 76b reaches the right end position of the infeed board 79b, there is a high possibility that the infeed board 79b will be in a protruding state.

However, while the time required for the retractable plate 79b to maintain the protruding state after a hit is "2 seconds", the time required for the retractable plate 79b to roll from the right end to the center is "1.5 seconds". As a result, the ball that rolls from the right end of the retractable plate 79b to the center (left end) does not roll to the special 1 second winning port 77b (special 2 winning port 78) side while the retractable plate 79b maintains the protruding state, but flows down from the rolling position to the downstream side of the normal electric unit 79 (the lower side of the game board 13) when the retractable plate 79b is displaced to the retracted state. Furthermore, when the right side normal pattern gate 76b detects the passage of the ball in the "latent probability variable state", an alarm is sounded. As a result, the player can play left-handed without playing right-handed in the "latent probability variable state".

In this way, in the "latent probability fluctuating state" of the second embodiment, a ball that enters the alternating distribution unit 71 during left-handed play alternates between the first special symbol 1 winning slot 77a and the second special symbol 2 winning slot 78, so that a game is played in which a first lottery game with a first special symbol and a second lottery game with a second special symbol are played alternately.

Next, the gameplay in the "probability changing state" of the second embodiment will be explained with reference to Figures 30(c) and 34.

First, as shown in FIG. 30(c), in the "probability fluctuating state" of the second embodiment, the ball that passes through the right-side normal symbol gate 76b and flows into the normal electric unit 79 continues to flow downstream and reaches the right end of the inlet/outlet board 79b "one second" after passing through the right-side normal symbol gate 76b.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 34(b), the ball passes through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b, which triggers the selection of the normal pattern, and the variable display of the normal pattern begins. The variable display in the "probability variable state" of the second embodiment is performed for "0.1 seconds." The ball that passes through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b is configured to reach the right end position of the infeed board 79b "1 second" after passing through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b. Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal pattern is shorter than the time it takes for the ball to reach the right end of the infeed board 79b from the time it passes through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b, the result of the variable display is derived at the time the ball reaches the right end position of the infeed board 79b.

In addition, in the "probability changing state" of the second embodiment, the probability of winning a normal symbol is configured to be higher than in the "normal game state." Furthermore, the protruding time of the disappearing board 79b in the "probability changing state" of the second embodiment is "5 seconds," and the total time from when the variable display starts until the disappearing board 79b protrudes and sinks is "5.1 seconds."

Therefore, it is highly likely that the in/out plate 79b will be in a protruding state and maintain that state between the time the ball passes through the right-side normal symbol gate 76b and the time it reaches the right end of the in/out plate 79b. As a result, the ball that reaches the right end of the in/out plate 79b will collide with the right end of the in/out plate 79b, and from that position will roll on the top surface of the in/out plate 79b toward the left end and begin to be guided toward the special symbol 2 winning opening 78.

Furthermore, the time required for the ball to roll from the right end to the left end of the in/out board 79b is "2.5 seconds", but as described above, the time from the start of the variable display in the "probability changing state" of the second embodiment until the in/out board 79b protrudes and retracts is "5.1 seconds", so the ball that passes through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b rolls all the way from the right end to the left end on the top surface of the in/out board 79b while the in/out board 79b maintains its protruding state, and is guided to the special pattern 2 winning opening 78.

In addition, the multiple balls that flow into the normal electric unit 79 successively from the ball that triggered the variable display of the normal symbol are guided toward the special symbol 2 winning port 78 while the in/out board 79b is in the protruding state, and are configured to be able to win in the special symbol 2 winning port 78. Specifically, in the second embodiment, the ball launch interval is "0.6 seconds", and if a ball passes through the right-side normal symbol gate 76b at each interval, two additional balls are guided toward the special symbol 2 winning port 78.

That is, in the second embodiment, if the in and out board 79b is in a protruding state once during a right hit in the "probability changing state", it is possible to obtain three drawing opportunities for the second lottery game of the second special symbol by continuing to hit to the right. Therefore, by performing a right hit game in the "probability changing state", it is possible to easily obtain multiple drawing opportunities for the second lottery game of the second special symbol, while awarding a predetermined number of prize balls (i.e., 2 balls/1 winning ball), allowing the player to play without significantly losing the balls he or she owns.

As shown in FIG. 34(a), when a left hit is performed in the "probability changing state" of the second embodiment, similarly to the "latent probability changing state", when the ball is sorted to the right path 75 by the sorting device 73, it is configured to flow out from the right exit of the right path 75 "2 seconds" after the sorting. Also, "1.8 seconds" after the ball is sorted to the right path 75, it passes through the intra-unit normal pattern gate 76a embedded in the right path 75, and by passing through the intra-unit normal pattern gate 76a, a chance to select a normal pattern is obtained, and the variable display of the normal pattern begins.

In the second embodiment, the variable display in the "probability variable state" is performed for "0.1 seconds." Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time required from when the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit until it flows out from the right exit of the right path 75, the result of the variable display is derived at the time when the ball reaches the position of the appearance board 79b.

In addition, in the "probability changing state" of the second embodiment, the probability of winning a normal symbol is configured to be higher than in the "normal game state." Furthermore, the protruding time of the disappearing board 79b in the "probability changing state" of the second embodiment is longer than in the "normal game state," protruding for "5 seconds." Therefore, the total time from when the variable display starts until the disappearing board 79b protrudes and sinks is "5.1 seconds."

Therefore, it is highly likely that the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76a within the unit, collides with the center of the in/out board 79b, and maintains the protruding state from the center until it reaches the left end of the in/out board 79b. As a result, the ball that reaches the center of the in/out board 79b collides with the center of the in/out board 79b, rolls from that position on the top surface of the in/out board 79b toward the left end, and is guided toward the special symbol 2 winning opening 78.

On the other hand, as described above, in the "probability fluctuating state" of the second embodiment, a ball that enters the normal electric unit 79 from the right-side normal symbol gate 76b by playing from the right side is configured to easily enter the special symbol 2 winning hole 78 by the winning assistance provided by the entry and exit board 79b. Therefore, although it is configured so that a ball can enter the special symbol 2 winning hole 78 even when playing from the left side, it is configured so that a game in which the second lottery game of the second special symbol is more likely to be executed is played by continuously playing from the right side, which can provide winning assistance to the special symbol 2 winning hole 78.

As described above, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the second embodiment, in a left-handed game, in the "normal game state", a game can be played by a first lottery game of a first special pattern based on winning into the first winning port 77a of the special symbol 1 or the second winning port 77b of the special symbol 1, and in the "latency probability change state", a game can be played by a first lottery game of a first special pattern based on winning into the first winning port 77a of the special symbol 1 and a second lottery game of a second special pattern based on winning into the special symbol 2 winning port 78. In addition, in a right-handed game, in the "probability change state", a game can be played by a second lottery game of a second special pattern based on winning into the special symbol 2 winning port 78. Therefore, by making the variations of the winning ports 77, 78 that can be won in each of the three game states different, it is possible to provide variation in the game and increase the interest of the game.

In addition, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the second embodiment, the embedded position of the in-unit normal symbol gate 76a is near the right exit of the right path 75, and since the ball flows down the right path 75 for a while after being sorted by the sorting device 73, there is a high probability that the ball is behaving stably. Therefore, the in-unit normal symbol gate 76a can detect balls that are behaving stably, and the occurrence of chattering can be prevented.

Furthermore, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the second embodiment, the outer deceleration section 79d is configured so that it takes "1.5 seconds" for the in/out plate 79b to roll from the right end to the center. Also, the inner deceleration section 79e is configured so that it takes "1 second" for the in/out plate 79b to roll from the center to the left end. In other words, it is configured so that the time required to roll from the right end to the center of the in/out plate 79b is longer than the time required to roll from the center to the left end of the in/out plate 79b.

In this way, by configuring the outer deceleration part 79d to make the rolling time from the right end of the in/out board 79b to the center longer, the rolling time of the ball rolling on the in/out board 79b can be lengthened even if the alternating distribution unit 71 and the normal electric unit 79 are made compact. Therefore, in a game state where right-hand hitting is not encouraged (i.e., the "normal game state" and the "latent probability variable state"), by configuring the rolling time on the in/out board 79b to be longer than the protruding time of the in/out board 79b, it is possible to prevent the ball from flowing into the special figure 2 winning hole 78. As a result, it is possible to realize the playability of differentiating the winning holes 77 and 78 that can be won in each of the three game states, i.e., the special figure 1 winning hole 77 in the "normal game state", the special figure 1 winning hole 77 and the special figure 2 winning hole 78 in the "latent probability variable state", and the special figure 2 winning hole 78 in the "probability variable state", and it is possible to improve the interest of the game. In addition, the entire normal electric unit 79 can be overlapped with the alternating distribution unit 71 in the horizontal direction when viewed from the front, thereby reducing the installation area of the alternating distribution unit 71 and the normal electric unit 79, and increasing the freedom of board design in the game area.

In addition, by not disposing the deceleration sections 79d, 79e in the ball flow space between the right exit of the right path 75 and the special drawing 1 second winning port 75, unexpected behavior of the ball flowing out from the right exit of the right path 75 (for example, flowing into the special drawing 2 winning port 78) can be prevented.

Furthermore, by arranging the deceleration units 79d, 79e on both sides of the flow space downstream of the right exit of the right path 75, when the inlet/outlet board 79b is in a immersed state, even if the behavior of the ball flowing out of the right exit of the right path 75 becomes disturbed and the ball is about to be discharged outside the alternating distribution unit 71 without entering the special drawing 1 second winning port 77b, the ball can be configured to collide with the deceleration units 79d, 79e and flow down again toward the special drawing 1 second winning port 77b. Therefore, when the inlet/outlet board 79b is in a immersed state, the game ball flowing down the right path 75 can be reliably flowed into the special drawing 1 second winning port 77b.

Otherwise, the pachinko machine 10 in the second embodiment has the same configuration as the first embodiment and thus achieves the same effects.

Third Embodiment
Next, the pachinko machine 10 in the third embodiment will be described with reference to Figures 35 to 38. In the pachinko machine 10 in the first embodiment, in a right-hand play in the "probability variable state", the variable display time of the normal symbol is shortened while the protruding time of the in/out board 79b is lengthened, thereby realizing a gameplay in which it is easy to win the special symbol 2 winning hole 78 and difficult to win the special symbol 1 winning hole 77.

In contrast, in the pachinko machine 10 of the third embodiment, multiple patterns are provided for the protruding state of the in/out board 79b in the "probability fluctuating state", including a first pattern that makes it easier to win the special chart 2 winning port 78 and a second pattern that can win the special chart 1 winning port 77 (special chart 1 second winning port 77b), thus providing the gameplay of winning the special chart 1 winning port 77 even in the "probability fluctuating state". By configuring it in this way, the gameplay is created in which the player must avoid winning the unfavorable special chart 1 winning port 77 in the "probability fluctuating state" and instead must continually win the favorable special chart 2 winning port 78 to win the jackpot, thereby increasing the interest of the game.

The following describes the pachinko machine 10 in the third embodiment, focusing on the differences from the pachinko machine 10 in the first and second embodiments. In the following description, the same elements as in the first and second embodiments are given the same reference numerals, and illustrations and descriptions of those elements are omitted.

First, the normal electric role control table 202h in the third embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 35. FIG. 35 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the normal electric role control table 202h stored in the ROM 202 in the third embodiment. The normal electric role control table 202h is referenced when a normal symbol is hit, and the protruding time of the inverted plate 79b is specified based on the game state at the time when the normal symbol is hit and the value of the normal symbol type counter C5.

The normal symbol type counter C5 is for determining the time for which the in/out board 79b will protrude when a winning combination occurs in the variable display of the normal symbol. It is incremented by one within a predetermined range (e.g., "0 to 9") and returns to "0" after reaching a maximum value (e.g., "9" for a counter that can take the value of "9"). The value of the normal symbol type counter C5 is updated periodically (in the third embodiment, once per timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17)). Then, when the ball passes through the unit normal symbol gate 76a or the right normal symbol gate 76b, it is stored in the normal symbol type counter storage area (not shown) in the same normal symbol reservation area in which the normal symbol winning counter C4 is stored among the first to fourth areas of the normal symbol reservation provided in the normal symbol reservation ball storage area 203h of the RAM 203 (see FIG. 13).

Here, for example, if the value of the regular map hit counter C4 stored in one regular map reserve area in the regular map reserve ball storage area 203h is not a winning random number, that is, if it is a losing random number, the stopping pattern of the variable display of the regular pattern will be a losing pattern (for example, an "X" pattern). On the other hand, if the value of the regular map hit counter C4 stored in one regular map reserve area in the regular map reserve ball storage area 203h is a winning random number, the stopping pattern of the variable display of the regular pattern will be a winning pattern (for example, an "O" pattern or an "◎" pattern). In this case, the protruding mode (protruding time) of the in/out board 79b based on the winning is determined in accordance with the protruding mode (protruding time) indicated by the value of the regular map type counter C5 stored in the same regular map reserve area.

The value of the regular symbol type counter C5 in the pachinko machine 10 of the third embodiment is configured as a loop counter in the range of "0 to 9." Based on this regular symbol type counter C5 and the regular electric role control table 202h stored in the ROM 202, the protruding mode (protruding time) of the retractable plate 79b based on the winning of the variable display of the regular symbol is determined.

The normal electric control table 202h of the third embodiment is divided into groups based on the game state in which the normal symbol was drawn. Specifically, the protruding time of the retractable plate 79b is changed based on the value of the normal symbol type counter C5 for the left-hand hit state referenced by the "normal game state" and "latent probability variable state" which are the game states when hitting from the left, and for the right-hand hit state referenced by the "probability variable state" which is the game state when hitting from the right.

As shown in FIG. 35, in the pachinko machine 10 of the third embodiment, the protruding time of the in/out board 79b, which is set when a normal symbol is won in the left-hand play state, i.e., the "normal play state" or the "latency probability fluctuation state", is stipulated in the normal electric role control table 202h to be "2 seconds" (e.g., "○" symbol) for all values of the normal symbol type counter C5 (i.e., "0-9"). In other words, when a normal symbol is won in a play state other than the "probability fluctuation state", the protruding time of the in/out board 79b is set to be "2 seconds" without exception.

On the other hand, the protruding time of the disappearance board 79b, which is set when a normal symbol is won in the right-hit game state, i.e., the "probability change state", is regulated in the normal electric role control table 202h to be "5 seconds" (e.g., "◎" symbol) when the value of the normal symbol type counter C5 is "0-8", and "2 seconds" (e.g., "○" symbol) when the value of the normal symbol type counter C5 is "9". In other words, in the "probability change state", when a normal symbol is won, the protruding time of the disappearance board 79b is set to be "5 seconds" with a 90% probability, and to be "2 seconds" with a 10% probability.

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the third embodiment, the winning probability of the normal symbol, the variable display time of the normal symbol, and the variation in the protruding time of the appearance board 79b are configured to be different depending on each game state, and in particular, in the "probability variable state", the protruding time of the appearance board 79b is configured to change depending on the value of the normal symbol type counter C5.

Next, referring to FIG. 36, the normal electric role control process (S104), which is one process of the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17) executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110 in the third embodiment, will be described. FIG. 36 is a flowchart showing the normal electric role control process (S104) in the third embodiment. In the normal electric role control process (S104) in the third embodiment, when a normal symbol win occurs, the protrusion time of the appearance and disappearance board 79b is set according to the game state, and in particular, in the "probability fluctuation state", control is executed to vary the protrusion time of the appearance and disappearance board 79b according to the value of the normal symbol type counter C5.

Specifically, in the process of S704 of the normal electric control process (S104) of the third embodiment, if it is determined that the state is in a "probability fluctuation state" (S704: Yes), it is then determined whether the value of the normal type counter C5 is a certain value (S751).

If it is determined in the process of S751 that the value of the normal type counter C5 is "0 to 8" (S751: "0 to 8"), the protrusion time of the retractable plate 79b in the winning state is set to "5 seconds" based on the contents of the normal electric control table 202h (S752), and the process proceeds to S707.

On the other hand, if it is determined in the process of S751 that the value of the normal type counter C5 is "9" (S751: "9"), the process proceeds to S705, the protrusion time of the retractable plate 79b in the winning state is set to "2 seconds" based on the contents of the normal electric control table 202h (S705), and the process proceeds to S707.

This allows the protruding time of the disappearance board 79b to be changed based on the winning of the normal symbol depending on the game state, and in particular in the "probability fluctuating state", the protruding time of the disappearance board 79b is changed based on the value of the normal symbol type counter C5, so that when the player hits the right side in the "probability fluctuating state", the protruding state of the disappearance board 79b is maintained until the ball has completely rolled from the right end to the left end on the top surface of the disappearance board 79b, allowing it to win the special symbol 2 winning hole 78, or the protruding state of the disappearance board 79b changes to a recessed state while the ball is rolling on the top surface of the disappearance board 79b, causing the ball to flow down to the special symbol 1 guide section 77c located below the rolling position, allowing it to win the special symbol 1 second winning hole 77b.

Next, with reference to Figures 37 and 38, we will explain the playability in each game state in the third embodiment, i.e., the behavior of the ball based on the ball's launch mode and the associated behavior of the launch plate 79b.

Figure 37 is a schematic diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball entering through the distribution ball inlet 72 of the alternating distribution unit 71 when hitting from the left, or the behavior of a ball entering through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b of the normal electric unit 79 when hitting from the right, and the behavior of the ball entering and exiting board 79b in each game state of the third embodiment. FIG. 37(a) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball entering through the distribution ball inlet 72 of the alternating distribution unit 71 and the behavior of the inlet and outlet board 79b when hitting from the left in the "normal game state" of the third embodiment. FIG. 37(b) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball entering through the distribution ball inlet 72 of the alternating distribution unit 71, the behavior of the inlet and outlet board 79b, and the behavior of a ball rolling on the upper surface of the inlet and outlet board 79b when hitting from the left in the "latency probability changing state" of the third embodiment. FIG. 37(c) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of the inlet and outlet board 79b and the behavior of a ball rolling on the upper surface of the inlet and outlet board 79b when hitting from the right in the "probability changing state" of the third embodiment.

Also, FIG. 38(a) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the balls distributed to the right path 75 of the alternating distribution unit 71, the variable display of the normal pattern, and the protruding time of the in-and-out board 79b when hitting from the left in the "probability fluctuating state" of the third embodiment, and FIG. 38(b) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the balls that flow into the normal electric unit 79 (passing through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b), the variable display of the normal pattern, and the protruding time of the in-and-out board 79b when hitting from the right in the "probability fluctuating state" of the third embodiment.

In the third embodiment, the behavior of the ball and the behavior of the appearance board 79b in the "normal game state" and "latency probability changing state" are the same as in the first embodiment, so their explanation will be omitted and the behavior of the ball and the appearance board 79b in the "probability changing state" will be explained.

First, as shown in FIG. 37(c), in the "probability fluctuating state" of the third embodiment, the ball that passes through the right-side normal symbol gate 76b and flows into the normal electric unit 79 continues to flow downstream and reaches the right end of the inlet/outlet board 79b "one second" after passing through the right-side normal symbol gate 76b.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 38(b), the ball passes through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b, which triggers the selection of the normal pattern, and the variable display of the normal pattern begins. The variable display in the "probability variable state" of the third embodiment is performed for "0.5 seconds." The ball that passes through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b is configured to reach the right end position of the in-and-out board 79b "1 second" after passing through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b. Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal pattern is shorter than the time it takes for the ball to reach the right end of the in-and-out board 79b from the time it passes through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b, the result of the variable display is derived at the time the ball reaches the right end position of the in-and-out board 79b.

In addition, in the "probability changing state" of the third embodiment, the probability of winning a normal symbol is configured to be higher than in the "normal game state." Furthermore, the protruding time of the disappearing board 79b in the "probability changing state" of the third embodiment is "5 seconds" in the first pattern and "2 seconds" in the second pattern, and the total time from when the variable display starts until the disappearing board 79b protrudes and sinks is "5.5 seconds" or "2.5 seconds."

Therefore, between the time the ball passes through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b and the time it reaches the right end of the inlet/outlet board 79b, the inlet/outlet board 79b will be in a protruding state, and it is highly likely that this state will be maintained regardless of the pattern. As a result, the ball that reaches the right end of the inlet/outlet board 79b will collide with the right end of the inlet/outlet board 79b, and from that position will roll on the top surface of the inlet/outlet board 79b toward the left end and begin to be guided toward the special pattern 2 winning opening 78.

Here, the normal electric unit 79 of the third embodiment is provided with multiple collective deceleration sections 79f against which the ball collides when the ball rolls toward the left end on the upper surface of the inlet/outlet plate 79b. The collective deceleration sections 79f are composed of multiple rear collective deceleration sections (not shown) provided on the base (not shown) where the normal electric unit 79 contacts the game board 13, and multiple front collective deceleration sections (not shown) provided on the back side (base side) of the cover section (not shown) located on the opposite side of the base.

These deceleration units 79f are arranged alternately and evenly on the normal electric unit 79 on the right side of the in/out plate 79b, and are configured so that when the ball rolls on the top surface of the in/out plate 79b toward the left end, the ball repeatedly collides with the deceleration units 79f and decelerates as it rolls. As a result, in the pachinko machine 10 of the third embodiment, the ball that reaches the right end of the in/out plate 79b rolls on the top surface of the in/out plate 79b toward the left end, and takes "2.5 seconds" to reach the left end of the in/out plate 79b.

In addition, the collecting deceleration section 79f is arranged so that it takes "2 seconds" for the ball that has reached the right end of the in/out board 79b to completely roll over the upper position of the special drawing 1 guide section 77c on the in/out board 79b. Furthermore, the special drawing 1 guide section 77c is configured to be wider than the winning opening width of the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b (for example, twice the size of the winning opening width of the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b) so that the ball that has flowed down from the in/out board 79b can be easily guided to the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b. As a result, even if the in/out board 79b is in a protruding state, if the in/out board 79b is switched to a retracted state while the ball is colliding with the collecting deceleration section 79f, the ball that was rolling on the upper surface of the in/out board 79b will flow down to the special drawing 1 guide section 77c and can win at the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b.

In other words, the time from the start of the variable display in the "probability variable state" of the third embodiment until the retraction board 79b protrudes and retracts is "5.5 seconds" in the first pattern, while it is "2.5 seconds" in the second pattern. Therefore, when the retraction board 79b protrudes for the first pattern, the ball that passed through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b rolls all the way from the right end to the left end on the upper surface of the retraction board 79b while the retraction board 79b maintains its protruding state, and is guided to the special pattern 2 winning port 78 side. On the other hand, if the protruding time of the retractable plate 79b is the second pattern, the ball that passed through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b starts rolling from the right end of the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b while the retractable plate 79b is still in the protruding state, but while rolling above the special chart 1 guide portion 77c, the retractable plate 79b changes from a protruding state to a retracted state, and flows down from that rolling position to the special chart 1 guide portion 77c located downstream, and can win in the special chart 1 second winning port 77b.

The aggregation deceleration unit 79f is not located directly below the right exit of the right path 75 of the alternating distribution unit 71, nor directly below the right normal pattern gate 76b of the normal electric unit 79, but is located to the right of the right exit as viewed from the front, and to the left of the right normal pattern gate 76b as viewed from the front. By configuring it in this way, it is possible to prevent the balls flowing down from the right exit of the right path 75 or the right normal pattern gate 76b from directly colliding with the aggregation deceleration unit 79f when flowing down vertically, and to prevent unexpected behavior (for example, flowing into the special pattern 2 winning port 78) of the balls flowing down from the right exit of the right path 75 or the right normal pattern gate 76b.

As described above, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the third embodiment, the protruding state of the in/out board 79b in the "probability fluctuating state" is configured to change according to the value of the general figure type counter C5. Specifically, as the protruding pattern of the in/out board 79b in the "probability fluctuating state", a first pattern in which the protruding state of the in/out board 79b is maintained for "5 seconds" and it is easy to win the special figure 2 winning hole 78, and a second pattern in which the protruding state of the in/out board 79b is maintained for "2 seconds" and it is possible to win the special figure 1 winning hole 77 (special figure 1 second winning hole 77b) are provided, and the gameplay of winning the special figure 1 winning hole 77 even in the "probability fluctuating state" is given. By configuring in this way, in the "probability fluctuating state", the gameplay of winning the jackpot by continuously winning the advantageous special figure 2 winning hole 78 without winning the disadvantageous special figure 1 winning hole 77 is created, and the interest of the game can be improved.

In addition, the pachinko machine 10 in the third embodiment has the same configuration as the first or second embodiment and thus achieves the same effects.

Fourth Embodiment
Next, the pachinko machine 10 in the fourth embodiment will be described with reference to Figures 39 to 42. In the pachinko machine 10 in the first embodiment, the alternating distribution unit 71 and the normal electric role unit 79 are arranged in parallel in the horizontal direction when viewed from the front, and left-hand play and right-hand play are used depending on the game state, and the variation of the winning holes 77, 78 that can (are easy to) win is changed for each game state, thereby providing variation in the game and improving the interest of the game.

However, the height of the pachinko machine 10 is greater than the width of the entire pachinko machine 10, and the design constraints on the left-right width are greater than the design constraints on the top-bottom width. Therefore, if the alternating distribution unit 71 and the normal electric role unit 79 are arranged in parallel in the horizontal direction, a certain area in the play area of the game board 13 will be occupied by the alternating distribution unit 71 and the normal electric role unit 79, which may reduce the design freedom of other game components.

In addition, to achieve the above-mentioned gameplay, it is necessary to provide multiple normal symbol gates 76, including an in-unit normal symbol gate 76a and a right-side normal symbol gate 76b, and a normal electric unit 79 that is activated when a ball passes through any of the normal symbol gates 76, which increases the number of parts and may increase manufacturing costs.

In contrast, in the pachinko machine 10 of the fourth embodiment, the left path 74 of the alternating distribution unit 71 is configured to be short, and the special chart 1 first winning port 77a is arranged below the left exit of the left path 74. In addition, a right depth passage 75a is provided on the right path 75 of the alternating distribution unit 71 to make it longer in the depth direction, and the special chart 1 second winning port 77b is arranged below the right exit of the right path 75. And the special chart 2 winning port 78 is arranged between the special chart 1 first winning port 77a and the special chart 1 second winning port 77b.

In addition, a left side exit plate 79b1 is provided below the left side exit of the left side path 74 of the alternating distribution unit 71, i.e., above the first winning port 77a of special chart 1, and a right side exit plate 79b2 is provided below the right side exit of the right side path 75, i.e., above the second winning port 77b of special chart 1. In addition, a pre-distribution normal pattern gate 76c is embedded in the distribution ball entry port 72 of the alternating distribution unit 71.

The drive states of the left side plate 79b1 and the right side plate 79b2 are always configured to move in sync (linked) with each other, and the variable display time of the normal symbol and the protruding time of the left side plate 79b1 and the right side plate 79b2 are changed according to the game state. By configuring it in this way, the variation of the winning holes 77, 78 that can be used to win in each of the three game states is different, providing variety to the game.

In addition, since the alternating distribution unit 71 is provided with a left side inlet plate 79b1 and a right side inlet plate 79b2, and there is no need to provide a normal electric role unit 79 to the right of the alternating distribution unit 71, there is also no need to provide a right side normal symbol gate 76b. By configuring in this way, the above-mentioned playability can be achieved without providing a normal electric role unit 79 in parallel in the horizontal direction of the alternating distribution unit 71, and the area occupied by the alternating distribution unit 71 and the normal electric role unit 79 in the left-right direction (horizontal direction) of the pachinko machine 10 can be reduced while realizing new playability. As a result, it is possible to contribute to improving the design freedom of the pachinko machine 10.

In addition, since there is no need to provide components such as the right-side normal pattern gate 76b as in the first embodiment, the number of components in the pachinko machine 10 can be reduced, and the manufacturing costs of the pachinko machine 10 can be reduced.

The following describes the pachinko machine 10 in the fourth embodiment, focusing on the differences from the pachinko machine 10 in the first to third embodiments. In the following description, the same elements as those in the first to third embodiments are given the same reference numerals, and illustrations and descriptions of those elements are omitted.

Now, with reference to Figures 39 to 42, we will explain the playability in each game state of the fourth embodiment, i.e., the behavior of the ball that enters the alternating distribution unit 71, the behavior of the ball flowing down near the alternating distribution unit 71, and the associated behavior of the left side inlet plate 79b1 and the right side inlet plate 79b2.

Figure 39 is a schematic diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball entering through the ball entry port 72 of the alternating distribution unit 71, the behavior of balls flowing down near the alternating distribution unit 71, and the behavior of the ball entry board 79b in each game state of the fourth embodiment. Figure 39(a) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball entering through the ball entry port 72 of the alternating distribution unit 71 and the behavior of the ball entry board 79b in the "normal game state" of the fourth embodiment.

In addition, FIG. 40(a) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of balls distributed to the left path 74 of the alternating distribution unit 71 in the "normal game state" of the fourth embodiment, the variable display of normal symbols, and the protruding time of the left side inlet 79b1, and FIG. 40(b) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of balls distributed to the right path 75 of the alternating distribution unit 71 in the "normal game state" of the fourth embodiment, the variable display of normal symbols, and the protruding time of the right side inlet 79b2.

First, as shown in FIG. 39(a), in the "normal game state" of the fourth embodiment, a ball that enters the alternating distribution unit 71 passes through the pre-distribution normal pattern gate 76c embedded in the distribution ball entrance 72, and reaches the distribution device 73 "0.1 seconds" later. The ball is then distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73, and flows out from the left exit of the left path 74 "1.5 seconds" after it is distributed by the distribution device 73.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 40(a), when a ball enters the ball distribution entrance 72 of the alternating distribution unit 71, it passes through the pre-distribution normal pattern gate 76c embedded in the ball distribution entrance 72, and after "0.1 seconds" it reaches the distribution device 73 and is distributed to the left path 74. When the ball is distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73, it is configured to flow out from the left exit of the left path 74 after "1.5 seconds" from the time of distribution. In addition, the ball passing through the pre-distribution normal pattern gate 76c provides an opportunity to select a normal pattern, and the variable display of the normal pattern begins on the condition that there are no reserved balls with normal patterns.

In the fourth embodiment, the variable display in the "normal game state" lasts for "3 seconds." Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbol is longer than the time required from when the ball passes through the pre-distribution normal symbol gate 76c until it flows out of the left exit of the left path 74, the ball passes through the position of the left side entrance board 79b1 and enters the first special symbol 1 winning port 77a before the result of the variable display is derived.

In the fourth embodiment, the embedded position of the pre-allocation normal pattern gate 76c is the ball entry port 72 before being allocated to the allocation device 73, and since the balls flow down the ball entry port 72 for a while, there is a high probability that they are behaving stably. Therefore, the pre-allocation normal pattern gate 76c can detect balls that are behaving stably, and chattering can be prevented.

Returning to FIG. 39(a), the explanation will be continued. As shown in FIG. 39(a), in the "normal game state" of the fourth embodiment, the ball that enters the alternating distribution unit 71 after being distributed to the left path 74 passes through the pre-distribution normal pattern gate 76c embedded in the distribution ball entrance 72 and reaches the distribution device 73 "0.1 seconds" later. Then, it is distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73, passes through the right depth path 75a, which is composed of a rearward direction path (not shown) of a predetermined length (e.g., 5 centimeters) that slopes slightly downward (not shown in the drawing) toward the back when the alternating distribution unit 71 is viewed from the front, and a frontward direction path (not shown) of a predetermined length (e.g., 5 centimeters) that turns back from the rearward direction path and slopes slightly downward (not shown in the drawing), and flows out from the right exit of the right path 75 "5 seconds" after the timing of distribution by the distribution device 73.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 40(b), when a ball enters the ball distribution entrance 72 of the alternating distribution unit 71, it passes through the pre-distribution normal pattern gate 76c embedded in the ball distribution entrance 72, and after "0.1 seconds" it reaches the distribution device 73 and is distributed to the right path 75. When the ball is distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73, it is configured to flow out from the left exit of the right path 75 after "5 seconds" from the time of distribution. In addition, the ball passing through the pre-distribution normal pattern gate 76c provides an opportunity to select a normal pattern, and the variable display of the normal pattern begins on the condition that there are no reserved balls with normal patterns.

In the "normal game state" of the fourth embodiment, the variable display is performed for "3 seconds." In addition, in the "normal game state" of the fourth embodiment, when a normal pattern variable display is won, the left side in/out board 79b1 and the right side in/out board 79b2 are configured to protrude for "2 seconds." Therefore, since the total time of the variable display time of the normal pattern and the protruding time of the right side in/out board 79b2 is shorter than the time required from the timing when the ball passes through the normal pattern gate 76c before allocation to the time when it flows out from the right exit of the right path 75, the ball allocated to the right path 75 by the allocation device 73 passes through the arrangement position of the right side in/out board 79b2 after the result of the variable display is derived and the right side in/out board 79b2 protrudes and sinks, and then enters the first winning port 77a of the special pattern 1 as it is.

In the "normal game state" of the fourth embodiment, the protruding time of the left side plate 79b1 and the right side plate 79b2 is set to "2 seconds". In this configuration, since the protruding time of the left side plate 79b1 and the right side plate 79b2 is long, it is highly likely that the ball flowing down near the alternating distribution unit 71 will be guided to the special prize winning hole 77 or the special prize winning hole 78 by the left side plate 79b1 or the right side plate 79b2. Therefore, in order to make it difficult for the left side plate 79b1 or the right side plate 79b2 to win the special prize winning hole 77 or the special prize winning hole 78 in the "normal game state", the protruding time of the left side plate 79b1 and the right side plate 79b2 may be set to a short time (for example, "0.1 seconds"). By configuring it in this way, in the "normal game state," only balls that flow into the alternating distribution unit 71 can enter the special chart 1 winning hole 77.

In this way, in the "normal game state" of the fourth embodiment, a ball that enters the alternating distribution unit 71 alternately enters either the first winning hole 77a of special symbol 1 or the second winning hole 77b of special symbol 1, so that a game in which a first lottery game for the first special symbol can be executed is played.

In the "normal game state" of the fourth embodiment, if a ball enters the alternating distribution unit 71 and passes through the pre-distribution normal pattern gate 76c while the variable display of the normal pattern is being executed or while the left side disappearance board 79b1 and the right side disappearance board 79b2 are maintaining a protruding state, the game balance between the variable display time of the normal pattern and the protruding time of the left side disappearance board 79b1 and the right side disappearance board 79b2 will be disrupted, and the ball may be guided by the left side disappearance board 79b1 or the right side disappearance board 79b2 towards the special pattern 2 winning port 78. Therefore, a fixed interval device (e.g., a rotating body, etc.) that allows balls to flow into the alternating distribution unit 71 at fixed intervals (e.g., "3 seconds," which is the variable display time of the normal symbol, or "5 seconds," which is the sum of the variable display time of the normal symbol and the protruding time of the left side inlet plate 79b1 and the right side inlet plate 79b2) may be provided in front of the distribution ball inlet 72 of the alternating distribution unit 71. By configuring in this way, it is possible to reliably achieve the playability of the "normal game state," which is composed of a balance between the execution time of the variable display of the normal symbol and the protruding time of the left side inlet plate 79b1 and the right side inlet plate 79b2.

Next, the gameplay in the "latency probability changing state" of the fourth embodiment will be explained with reference to Figures 39(b) and 41.

Figure 39 (b) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball entering through the ball distribution entrance 72 of the alternating distribution unit 71 in the "latency probability changing state" of the fourth embodiment, the behavior of the ball flowing down near the alternating distribution unit 71, the behavior of the left side plate 79b1 and the right side plate 79b2, and the behavior of the ball rolling on the top surface of the left side plate 79b1 or the right side plate 79b2.

In addition, FIG. 41(a) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of balls allocated to the left path 74 of the alternating distribution unit 71 in the "latent probability variable state" of the fourth embodiment, the variable display of normal symbols, and the protruding time of the left side appearance board 79b1, and FIG. 41(b) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of balls allocated to the right path 75 of the alternating distribution unit 71 in the "latent probability variable state" of the fourth embodiment, the variable display of normal symbols, and the protruding time of the right side appearance board 79b2.

First, as shown in FIG. 39(b), in the "latency probability fluctuating state" of the fourth embodiment, a ball that enters the alternating distribution unit 71 passes through the pre-distribution normal pattern gate 76c embedded in the distribution ball entrance 72, and reaches the distribution device 73 "0.1 seconds" later. The ball is then distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73, and flows out from the left exit of the left path 74 "1.5 seconds" after it is distributed by the distribution device 73.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 41(a), when a ball enters the ball distribution entrance 72 of the alternating distribution unit 71, it passes through the pre-distribution normal pattern gate 76c embedded in the ball distribution entrance 72, and after "0.1 seconds" it reaches the distribution device 73 and is distributed to the left path 74. When the ball is distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73, it is configured to flow out from the left exit of the left path 74 after "1.5 seconds" from the time of distribution. In addition, the ball passing through the pre-distribution normal pattern gate 76c provides an opportunity to select a normal pattern, and the variable display of the normal pattern begins on the condition that there are no reserved balls with normal patterns.

In the fourth embodiment, the variable display in the "latency probability variable state" is performed for "0.5 seconds." Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal pattern is shorter than the time required from when the ball passes through the pre-sorting normal pattern gate 76c until it flows out from the left exit of the left path 74, the result of the variable display is derived at the time when the ball reaches the position on the right side of the left side entry and exit board 79b1.

In addition, in the "latency probability changing state" of the fourth embodiment, the probability of winning a normal symbol is configured to be higher than in the "normal game state." Furthermore, the protruding time of the left side retractable plate 79b1 (and the right side retractable plate 79b2) in the "latency probability changing state" of the fourth embodiment is "2 seconds," the same as in the "normal game state," but the total time from when the variable display begins until the left side retractable plate 79b1 (and the right side retractable plate 79b2) protrudes and retracts is "2.5 seconds."

Therefore, it is highly likely that the left side plate 79b1 will be in a protruding state and maintain that state between the time the ball passes through the pre-allocation normal symbol gate 76c and the time it reaches the position on the right side of the left side plate 79b1. As a result, the ball that flows out from the left exit of the left side path 74 and reaches the position on the right side of the left side plate 79b1 will roll on the top surface of the left side plate 79b1 toward the right end and be guided from the right end of the left side plate 79b1 to the special symbol 2 winning port 78.

Here, as shown in FIG. 39(b), in the pachinko machine 10 of the fourth embodiment, the right part of the left-side inlet plate 79b1 is arranged above the first ball entrance 77a of the special drawing 1, and the left part of the left-side inlet plate 79b1 is arranged so as to protrude outward (left side) from the outer shape of the alternating distribution unit 71. In addition, the left outer deceleration part 79g and the left inner deceleration part 79h that collide with the ball when rolling on the upper surface of the left-side inlet plate 79b1 are not arranged in the ball flow down space from the left path 74 to the first winning port 77a of the special drawing 1. That is, as the deceleration parts 79g and 79h that collide with the ball rolling on the upper surface of the left-side inlet plate 79b1, the left outer deceleration part 79g provided on the left side of the flow down space (i.e., outside the alternating distribution unit 71) and the left inner deceleration part 79h provided on the right side of the flow down space (i.e., inside the alternating distribution unit 71) are configured.

In the fourth embodiment, when the left side plate 79b1 is in a protruding state, a ball that has flowed into the left side path 74 of the alternating distribution unit 71 collides with the right side of the protruding left side plate 79b1, and the inclination of the left side plate 79b1 causes the ball to roll along the top surface of the left side plate 79b1 to the right side of the game board 13 (see Figure 3) when viewed from the front, i.e., toward the special drawing 2 winning opening 78.

Specifically, the ball rolling on the upper surface of the left side plate 79b1 from the right side of the left side plate 79b1 collides with the left inner deceleration part 79h, and the direction of travel is changed by the collision, and the ball flows out from the right end part of the left side plate 79b1 while rolling on the upper surface of the left side plate 79b1. In the fourth embodiment, it is configured so that it takes "1 second" for the ball that flows out from the left exit of the left side path 74 to roll to the right end part of the left side plate 79b1.

Furthermore, when the left side inlet/outlet plate 79b1 is in a protruding state, a ball that flows down the left outer side of the alternating distribution unit 71 collides with the left side portion of the protruding left side inlet/outlet plate 79b1, and the inclination of the left side inlet/outlet plate 79b1 causes the ball to roll along the top surface of the left side inlet/outlet plate 79b1 to the right side of the game board 13 (see Figure 3) when viewed from the front, i.e., toward the alternating distribution unit 71.

Specifically, the ball rolling from the left side of the left side plate 79b1 on the upper surface of the left side plate 79b1 collides with the left outer deceleration parts 79g, changes its direction of travel, and reaches the above-mentioned downflow space in the left side plate 79b1 while rolling on the upper surface of the left side plate 79b1. In the fourth embodiment, the time required to roll from the left side of the left side plate 79b1 to the above-mentioned downflow space is configured to be "1.5 seconds".

In other words, in the fourth embodiment, the time required for the left side inlet plate 79b1 to roll from the flow down space to the right end is set to "1 second", so the time required for the left side inlet plate 79b1 to roll from the left end to the right end is set to "1.5 seconds" + "1 second" = "2.5 seconds".

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the fourth embodiment, while a ball flowing down the left outer side of the alternating distribution unit 71 rolls from the left end to the right end of the left side inlet plate 79b1 in the "latent probability fluctuating state", the protruding state of the left side inlet plate 79b1 is changed to a immersed state. Therefore, in the "latent probability fluctuating state", a ball flowing down the left outer side of the alternating distribution unit 71 is prevented from winning the special chart 2 winning port 78, and can only win the special chart 1 first winning port 77a.

Returning to Figure 39(b), the explanation will continue. As shown in Figure 39(b), in the "latency probability fluctuating state" of the fourth embodiment, the ball that enters the alternating distribution unit 71 after being distributed to the left path 74 passes through the pre-distribution normal pattern gate 76c embedded in the distribution ball entrance 72, and reaches the distribution device 73 "0.1 seconds" later. It is then distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73, passes through the right depth passage 75a of the alternating distribution unit 71, and flows out from the right exit of the right path 75 "5 seconds" after it was distributed by the distribution device 73.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 41(b), when a ball enters the ball distribution entrance 72 of the alternating distribution unit 71, it passes through the pre-distribution normal pattern gate 76c embedded in the ball distribution entrance 72, and after "0.1 seconds" it reaches the distribution device 73 and is distributed to the right path 75. When the ball is distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73, it is configured to flow out from the right exit of the right path 75 after "5 seconds" from the time of distribution. In addition, the ball passing through the pre-distribution normal pattern gate 76c provides an opportunity to select a normal pattern, and the variable display of the normal pattern begins on the condition that there are no reserved balls with normal patterns.

In the "latency probability variable state" of the fourth embodiment, the variable display is performed for "0.5 seconds." In addition, in the "latency probability variable state" of the fourth embodiment, when the variable display of the normal pattern is won, the left side in/out board 79b1 and the right side in/out board 79b2 are configured to protrude for "2 seconds." Therefore, since the total time of the variable display time of the normal pattern and the protruding time of the right side in/out board 79b2 is shorter than the time required from the timing when the ball passes through the normal pattern gate 76c before allocation to the time when it flows out from the right exit of the right path 75, the ball allocated to the right path 75 by the allocation device 73 passes through the arrangement position of the right side in/out board 79b2 after the result of the variable display is derived and the right side in/out board 79b2 protrudes and sinks, and then enters the first winning port 77a of the special pattern 1 as it is.

Here, as shown in FIG. 39(b), in the pachinko machine 10 of the fourth embodiment, the left part of the right-side inlet plate 79b2 is disposed above the second ball entrance 77b of the special drawing 1, and the right part of the right-side inlet plate 79b2 is disposed so as to protrude outward (to the right) from the outer shape of the alternating distribution unit 71. In addition, the right outer deceleration part 79i and the right inner deceleration part 79j that collide with the ball when rolling on the upper surface of the right-side inlet plate 79b2 are not disposed in the ball flow-down space from the right path 75 to the second winning port 77b of the special drawing 1. That is, the deceleration parts 79i, 79j that collide with the ball rolling on the upper surface of the right-side inlet plate 79b2 are the right outer deceleration part 79i provided on the right side of the flow-down space (i.e., outside the alternating distribution unit 71) and the right inner deceleration part 79j provided on the left side of the flow-down space (i.e., inside the alternating distribution unit 71).

In the fourth embodiment, when the right-side plate 79b2 is in a protruding state, a ball that flows down the right outer side of the alternating distribution unit 71 collides with the right part of the protruding right-side plate 79b2, and the inclination of the right-side plate 79b2 causes the ball to roll along the upper surface of the right-side plate 79b2 toward the left side of the game board 13 (see Figure 3) when viewed from the front, i.e., toward the alternating distribution unit 71.

Specifically, the ball rolling on the upper surface of the right-side plate 79b2 from the right side of the right-side plate 79b2 collides with the right outer deceleration parts 79i, changes its direction of travel, and rolls on the upper surface of the right-side plate 79b2 toward the left end, reaching the above-mentioned downflow space in the right-side plate 79b2. In the fourth embodiment, the time required to roll from the right end of the right-side plate 79b2 to the above-mentioned downflow space is configured to be "1.5 seconds".

In other words, in the fourth embodiment, the time required for the right-side inlet/outlet plate 79b2 to roll from the flow-down space to the left end is set to "1 second", so the time required for the right-side inlet/outlet plate 79b2 to roll from the right end to the left end is set to "1.5 seconds" + "1 second" = "2.5 seconds".

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the fourth embodiment, while a ball flowing down the right outer side of the alternating distribution unit 71 rolls from the right end to the left end of the right-side retracting plate 79b2 in the "latent probability fluctuating state", the protruding state of the right-side retracting plate 79b2 is changed to a retracted state. Therefore, in the "latent probability fluctuating state", the ball flowing down the right outer side of the alternating distribution unit 71 is prevented from winning the special chart 2 winning port 78, and is configured to win the special chart 1 second winning port 77b.

In this way, in the "latent probability fluctuating state" of the fourth embodiment, a ball that enters the alternating distribution unit 71 alternately enters either the special chart 1 second winning port 77b or the special chart 2 winning port 78, and a ball that flows down near the outside of the alternating distribution unit 71 can enter the special chart 1 first winning port 77a or the special chart 1 second winning port 77b, so that a game is played in which a first lottery game with a first special pattern and a second lottery game with a second special pattern are executed.

Next, we will explain the gameplay in the "probability changing state" of the fourth embodiment with reference to Figures 39(c) and 42.

Figure 39 (c) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball entering through the ball distribution inlet 72 of the alternating distribution unit 71 in the "probability fluctuation state" of the fourth embodiment, the behavior of the ball flowing down near the alternating distribution unit 71, the behavior of the left side plate 79b1 and the right side plate 79b2, and the behavior of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the left side plate 79b1 or the right side plate 79b2.

In addition, FIG. 42(a) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of balls allocated to the left path 74 of the alternating distribution unit 71 in the "probability fluctuation state" of the fourth embodiment, the variable display of normal symbols, and the protruding time of the left side appearance and disappearance board 79b1, and FIG. 42(b) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of balls allocated to the right path 75 of the alternating distribution unit 71 in the "probability fluctuation state" of the fourth embodiment, the variable display of normal symbols, and the protruding time of the right side appearance and disappearance board 79b2.

First, as shown in FIG. 39(c), in the "probability fluctuating state" of the fourth embodiment, a ball that enters the alternating distribution unit 71 passes through the pre-distribution normal pattern gate 76c embedded in the distribution ball entrance 72, and reaches the distribution device 73 "0.1 seconds" later. The ball is then distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73, and flows out from the left exit of the left path 74 "1.5 seconds" after it is distributed by the distribution device 73.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 42(a), when a ball enters the ball distribution entrance 72 of the alternating distribution unit 71, it passes through the pre-distribution normal pattern gate 76c embedded in the ball distribution entrance 72, and after "0.1 seconds" it reaches the distribution device 73 and is distributed to the left path 74. When the ball is distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73, it is configured to flow out from the left exit of the left path 74 after "1.5 seconds" from the time of distribution. In addition, the ball passing through the pre-distribution normal pattern gate 76c provides an opportunity to select a normal pattern, and the variable display of the normal pattern begins on the condition that there are no reserved balls with normal patterns.

In the fourth embodiment, the variable display in the "probability variable state" is performed for "0.5 seconds", similar to the "latent probability variable state". Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal pattern is shorter than the time required from when the ball passes through the pre-sorting normal pattern gate 76c until it flows out from the left exit, the result of the variable display is derived at the time when the ball reaches a position on the right side of the left-side appearance board 79b1.

In addition, in the "probability changing state" of the fourth embodiment, as in the "latent probability changing state", the probability of winning a normal symbol is configured to be higher than in the "normal gaming state". Furthermore, the protruding time of the left side retractable plate 79b1 (and the right side retractable plate 79b2) in the "probability changing state" of the fourth embodiment is "5 seconds", which is longer than in the "normal gaming state", and the total time from when the variable display starts until the left side retractable plate 79b1 (and the right side retractable plate 79b2) protrudes and retracts is "5.5 seconds".

Therefore, it is highly likely that the left side plate 79b1 will be in a protruding state and maintain that state between the time the ball passes through the pre-allocation normal symbol gate 76c and the time it reaches the position on the right side of the left side plate 79b1. As a result, the ball that flows out from the left exit of the left side path 74 and reaches the position on the right side of the left side plate 79b1 will roll on the top surface of the left side plate 79b1 toward the right end and be guided from the right end of the left side plate 79b1 to the special symbol 2 winning port 78.

As described above, the ball rolling from the right side of the left side plate 79b1 toward the right end on the upper surface of the left side plate 79b1 collides with the left inner deceleration portion 79h, and the time required for the ball flowing out from the left exit of the left side path 74 to roll to the right end of the left side plate 79b1 is configured to be "1 second". Also, the ball rolling from the left side of the left side plate 79b1 toward the right end on the upper surface of the left side plate 79b1 collides with the multiple left outer deceleration portions 79g and the multiple left inner deceleration portions 79h, and the time required for the ball to roll from the left end to the right end of the left side plate 79b1 is configured to be "2.5 seconds".

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the fourth embodiment, in the "probability fluctuating state", while a ball flowing down the left outer side of the alternating distribution unit 71 rolls from the left end to the right end of the left side plate 79b1, the protruding state of the left side plate 79b1 is maintained. Therefore, in the "probability fluctuating state", a ball flowing down the left outer side of the alternating distribution unit 71 can roll toward the right end on the upper surface of the protruding left side plate 79b1 and enter the special chart 2 winning port 78.

Returning to Figure 39(c), the explanation continues. As shown in Figure 39(c), in the "probability fluctuating state" of the fourth embodiment, the ball that enters the alternating distribution unit 71 after being distributed to the left path 74 passes through the pre-distribution normal pattern gate 76c embedded in the distribution ball entrance 72, and reaches the distribution device 73 "0.1 seconds" later. It is then distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73, passes through the right depth passage 75a of the alternating distribution unit 71, and flows out from the right exit of the right path 75 "5 seconds" after it was distributed by the distribution device 73.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 42(b), when a ball enters the ball distribution entrance 72 of the alternating distribution unit 71, it passes through the pre-distribution normal pattern gate 76c embedded in the ball distribution entrance 72, and after "0.1 seconds" it reaches the distribution device 73 and is distributed to the right path 75. When the ball is distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73, it is configured to flow out from the right exit of the right path 75 after "5 seconds" from the time of distribution. In addition, the ball passing through the pre-distribution normal pattern gate 76c provides an opportunity to select a normal pattern, and the variable display of the normal pattern begins on the condition that there are no reserved balls with normal patterns.

In the fourth embodiment, the variable display in the "probability fluctuating state" is performed for "0.5 seconds." Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time required from when the ball passes through the pre-sorting normal symbol gate 76c until it flows out from the right exit of the right path 75, the result of the variable display is derived at the time when the ball reaches the position on the left side of the right-side entry and exit board 79b2.

In addition, in the "probability changing state" of the fourth embodiment, the probability of winning a normal symbol is configured to be higher than in the "normal game state." Furthermore, the protruding time of the right-side plate 79b2 (and the left-side plate 79b1) in the "probability changing state" of the fourth embodiment is "5 seconds," and the total time from when the variable display starts until the right-side plate 79b2 (and the left-side plate 79b1) protrudes and retracts is "5.5 seconds."

Therefore, it is highly likely that the right-side plate 79b2 will be in a protruding state and maintain that state between the time the ball passes through the pre-allocation normal symbol gate 76c and the time it reaches the left side of the right-side plate 79b2. As a result, the ball that flows out from the right exit of the right-side path 75 and reaches the left side of the right-side plate 79b2 will roll on the top surface of the right-side plate 79b2 toward the left end and be guided from the left end of the right-side plate 79b2 to the special symbol 2 winning port 78.

As described above, the ball rolling from the left side of the right side plate 79b2 toward the left end on the upper surface of the right side plate 79b2 collides with the right inner deceleration part 79j, and the time required for the ball flowing out from the right exit of the right path 75 to roll to the left end of the right side plate 79b2 is configured to be "1 second". Also, the ball rolling from the right side of the right side plate 79b2 toward the left end on the upper surface of the right side plate 79b2 collides with the multiple right outer deceleration parts 79i and the multiple right inner deceleration parts 79j, and the time required for the ball to roll from the right end of the right side plate 79b2 to the left end is configured to be "2.5 seconds".

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the fourth embodiment, in the "probability fluctuating state", while a ball flowing down the right outer side of the alternating distribution unit 71 rolls from the right end to the left end of the right side inlet plate 79b2, the protruding state of the right side inlet plate 79b2 is maintained. Therefore, in the "probability fluctuating state", a ball flowing down the right outer side of the alternating distribution unit 71 can roll toward the left end on the upper surface of the protruding right side inlet plate 79b2 and enter the special chart 2 winning port 78.

In this way, in the "probability fluctuating state" of the fourth embodiment, a ball that enters the alternating distribution unit 71 will enter the special chart 2 winning port 78, and a ball that flows down near the outside of the alternating distribution unit 71 can also enter the special chart 2 winning port 78, so the game is configured to make it easier to play the second lottery game for the second special pattern.

As described above, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the fourth embodiment, even in a single firing mode (i.e., left-handed play), in the "normal game state", a first lottery game of the first special pattern based on winning the first winning port 77a of the special symbol 1 or the second winning port 77b of the special symbol 1 can be played, in the "latency probability change state", a first lottery game of the first special pattern based on winning the first winning port 77a of the special symbol 1 and a second lottery game of the second special pattern based on winning the special symbol 2 winning port 78 can be played, and in the "probability change state", a second lottery game of the second special pattern based on winning the special symbol 2 winning port 78 can be played. Therefore, by varying the variations of the winning ports 77, 78 that can be won in each of the three game states regardless of the multiple firing modes, it is possible to provide variety in the game and increase the interest of the game.

In addition, the above gameplay can be achieved without providing a normal electric unit 79 in parallel to the left and right (horizontal) direction of the alternating distribution unit 71, and the area occupied by the alternating distribution unit 71 (and the normal electric unit 79) in the left and right (horizontal) direction of the pachinko machine 10 can be reduced while realizing new gameplay. As a result, this can contribute to improving the design freedom of the pachinko machine 10.

Furthermore, since there is no need to provide components such as the right-side normal pattern gate 76b, the number of components in the pachinko machine 10 can be reduced, and the manufacturing costs of the pachinko machine 10 can be reduced.

Otherwise, the pachinko machine 10 in the fourth embodiment has the same configuration as the first to third embodiments and thus achieves the same effects.

Fifth Embodiment
Next, the pachinko machine 10 in the fifth embodiment will be described with reference to Figures 43 to 46. In the pachinko machine 10 in the first embodiment, left-hand play and right-hand play are used depending on the game state, and the variation of the winning holes 77, 78 in which a prize can be won (or is easy to win) is different for each game state, thereby providing variation to the game and improving the interest of the game.

To achieve this playability, a retractable plate 79b is provided on the right side of the alternating distribution unit 71 so that the ball can pass through the upper part of the special chart 1 second winning port 77b, and the ball is guided to the special chart 2 winning port 78 while the retractable plate 79b is maintained in a protruding state by having the player play right-handed in the "probability fluctuating state."

However, when the protruding time of the retractable plate 79b ends and the retractable plate 79b is shifted from the protruding state to the retracted state, the ball rolling on the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b located above the second winning hole 77b of the special drawing 1 may enter the second winning hole 77b of the special drawing 1, which may result in the first lottery game being played, which is disadvantageous to the player.

In contrast, in the pachinko machine 10 of the fifth embodiment, an outer special symbol 2 winning port 78a is placed on the outer right side of the alternating distribution unit 71. In addition, a right-side separation plate 79b4 is placed below the right-side normal symbol gate 76b, and a unit-side separation plate 79b3 is placed above the special symbol 1 second winning port 77b of the alternating distribution unit 71.

The unit side separation plate 79b3 and the right side separation plate 79b4 are always linked (i.e., when the unit side separation plate 79b3 is in a recessed state, the right side separation plate 79b4 is also in a recessed state, and when the unit side separation plate 79b3 is in a protruding state, the right side separation plate 79b4 is also driven and controlled to be in a protruding state), while changing the variable display time of the normal symbol and the protruding time of the unit side separation plate 79b3 and the right side separation plate 79b4 according to the game state. By configuring it in this way, the variation of the winning holes 77, 78 that can be won in each of the three game states is different, providing variety to the game.

In addition, by locating the outer special chart 2 winning port 78a on the outside of the alternating distribution unit 71 and configuring it so that the ball does not pass above the special chart 1 second winning port 77b even when hit from the right, it is possible to prevent a ball rolling on the top surface of the right side separated in/out plate 79b4 from winning in the special chart 1 second winning port 77b when the unit side separated in/out plate 79b3 and the right side separated in/out plate 79b4 are displaced from the protruding state to the recessed state. Therefore, in the "probability fluctuating state", it is possible to make the ball win only in the outer special chart 2 winning port 78a which is advantageous to the player, and the above-mentioned gameplay can be realized.

Furthermore, the unit side separation plate 79b3 is arranged above the special drawing 1 second winning port 77b, and is configured to block the special drawing 1 second winning port 77b when the unit side separation plate 79b3 maintains a protruding state, thereby preventing the ball from winning into the special drawing 1 second winning port 77b. Therefore, even if the ball that rolled on the upper surface of the right side separation plate 79b4 flows down with force and rolls to the special drawing 1 second winning port 77b side in the "probability fluctuation state", the unit side separation plate 79b3 can prevent the ball from winning into the special drawing 1 second winning port 77b and guide the ball to the outer special drawing 2 winning port 78a side again. Therefore, in the "probability fluctuation state", the ball can be made to win only the outer special drawing 2 winning port 78a, which is advantageous for the player, and the above-mentioned gameplay can be reliably realized.

The following describes the pachinko machine 10 in the fifth embodiment, focusing on the differences from the pachinko machine 10 in the first to fourth embodiments. In the following description, the same elements as those in the first to fourth embodiments are given the same reference numerals, and illustrations and descriptions of those elements are omitted.

First, with reference to Figures 43 to 46, we will explain the gameplay in each game state of the fifth embodiment, i.e., the behavior of the ball based on the ball's launch mode, and the associated behavior of the unit-side separation in/out plate 79b3 and the right-side separation in/out plate 79b4.

Figure 43 is a schematic diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball entering through the distribution ball inlet 72 of the alternating distribution unit 71 when hitting from the left, or the behavior of a ball entering through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b of the normal electric unit 79 when hitting from the right, and the behavior of the unit side separation inlet and outlet plate 79b3 and the right-side separation inlet and outlet plate 79b4 in each game state of the fifth embodiment. FIG. 43(a) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball entering through the distribution ball inlet 72 of the alternating distribution unit 71 and the behavior of the unit side separation plate 79b3 and the right side separation plate 79b4 when hitting from the left in the "normal game state" of the fifth embodiment. FIG. 43(b) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball entering through the distribution ball inlet 72 of the alternating distribution unit 71, the behavior of the unit side separation plate 79b3 and the right side separation plate 79b4, and the behavior of a ball rolling on the upper surface of the unit side separation plate 79b3 when hitting from the left in the "latency probability changing state" of the fifth embodiment. FIG. 43(c) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of the right side separation plate 79b4 and the behavior of a ball rolling on the upper surface of the right side separation plate 79b4 when hitting from the right in the "probability changing state" of the fifth embodiment.

Figure 44(a) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the balls distributed to the right path 75 of the alternating distribution unit 71, the variable display of normal symbols, and the protruding time of the unit side separation in/out plate 79b3 when hitting from the left in the "normal game state" of the fifth embodiment, and Figure 44(b) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the balls that flow into the normal electric unit 79 (passing through the right side normal symbol gate 76b), the variable display of normal symbols, and the protruding time of the right side separation in/out plate 79b4 when hitting from the right in the "normal game state" of the fifth embodiment.

The configuration of the alternating distribution unit 71 and the normal electric unit 79 in the fifth embodiment differs from that of the first embodiment in that the configuration of the left path 74 of the alternating distribution unit 71, the configuration of the unit side separation in/out plate 79b3 and the right side separation in/out plate 79b4, the position of the outer special chart 2 winning port 78a, and the position of the right side deceleration section 79k in the normal electric unit 79 are different. The rest of the configuration is the same as in the first embodiment, so a description thereof will be omitted.

First, as shown in FIG. 43(a), in the "normal game state" of the fifth embodiment, a ball that is distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73 flows out of the left exit "one second" after being distributed by the distribution device 73, and enters the first winning hole 77a of the special drawing 1 located below the left exit.

On the other hand, in the "normal game state" of the fifth embodiment, a ball allocated to the right path 75 by the allocation device 73 first passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit "0.1 seconds" after being allocated by the allocation device 73, and then flows out of the right exit "1.9 seconds" after passing through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit.

Therefore, if a ball that enters the alternating distribution unit 71 is distributed to the left path 74, it will enter the first winning port 77a of special pattern 1 "one second" after distribution by the distribution device 73, and if it is distributed to the right path 75, it will enter the second winning port 77b of special pattern 1 "two seconds" after distribution by the distribution device 73. As a result, since there is a time lag in the timing of the winning of each winning port 77a, 77b, even if the winning is related to the first lottery game with the same first special pattern, the player can know which winning port 77a, 77b has won.

In addition, by making the left path 74 shorter (compact), the area occupied by the entire alternating distribution unit 71 can be reduced, which contributes to improving the design freedom of the pachinko machine 10.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 44(a), when a ball is allocated to the right path 75 by the allocation device 73, it is configured to flow out from the right exit of the right path 75 "2 seconds" after the allocation. Also, the ball passes through the intra-unit normal pattern gate 76a embedded in the right path 75 "0.1 seconds" after being allocated to the right path 75, and by passing through the intra-unit normal pattern gate 76a, a chance to select a normal pattern is obtained, and the variable display of the normal pattern begins, provided that there are no reserved balls with normal patterns.

In the fifth embodiment, the variable display in the "normal game state" lasts for "3 seconds." Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbol is longer than the time required for the ball to flow out of the right-side exit after passing through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit, the ball passes through the position of the unit-side separation plate 79b3 before the result of the variable display is derived, and enters the special symbol 1 second winning port 77b as is.

As shown in FIG. 44(b), when a right-handed hit is performed in the "normal game state", the ball that passes through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b reaches the right end of the right-side separate inset plate 79b4 after "1 second". Also, since the variable display time of the normal pattern in the "normal game state" is "3 seconds", the ball flows out to the downstream side of the normal electric unit 79 (the lower side of the game board 13) before the variable display of the normal pattern based on the passage through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b ends, that is, before the right-side separate inset plate 79b4 becomes protruding based on the variable display.

In addition, even if balls enter the reel continuously, a normal symbol win is unlikely to occur in the "normal game state", and the time it takes for the right-side separate inlet/outlet plate 79b4 to maintain a protruding state after a win is reached is "2 seconds", and the time it takes for the right-side deceleration unit 79k (see Figures 43(a) to 43(c)) to roll the top surface of the right-side separate inlet/outlet plate 79b4 from the right end to the left end is "2.5 seconds".

As a result, while the right-side separate in/out plate 79b4 maintains its protruding state, it does not roll to the outer special symbol 2 winning port 78a side, but instead flows down to the downstream side of the normal electric unit 79 (the lower side of the game board 13) when the right-side separate in/out plate 79b4 is displaced to a recessed state while rolling on the upper surface of the right-side separate in/out plate 79b4. Furthermore, when the right-side normal symbol gate 76b detects the passage of a ball in the "normal game state", it is configured to sound an alarm. As a result, the player can play left-handed without playing right-handed in the "normal game state".

In this way, in the "normal game state" of the fifth embodiment, a ball that enters the alternating distribution unit 71 by playing with a left hand hit alternately enters either the first winning hole 77a of special symbol 1 or the second winning hole 77b of special symbol 1, so that a game is played in which a first lottery game for the first special symbol can be executed.

Next, the gameplay in the "latency probability changing state" of the fifth embodiment will be explained with reference to Figures 43(b) and 45.

Figure 43 (b) is a schematic diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball entering through the ball distribution entrance 72 of the alternating distribution unit 71, the behavior of the unit side separation plate 79b3, and the behavior of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the unit side separation plate 79b3 when hitting from the left in the "latency probability changing state" of the fifth embodiment.

Figure 45(a) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the balls distributed to the right path 75 of the alternating distribution unit 71, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protruding time of the unit side separation in/out plate 79b3 when hitting from the left in the "latent probability fluctuating state" of the fifth embodiment, and Figure 45(b) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the balls that flow into the normal electric unit 79 (passing through the right normal symbol gate 76b), the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protruding time of the right side separation in/out plate 79b4 when hitting from the right in the "latent probability fluctuating state" of the fifth embodiment.

First, as shown in FIG. 43(b), in the "latency probability fluctuating state" of the fifth embodiment, the ball that is allocated to the left path 74 by the allocation device 73 flows out of the left exit of the left path 74 "one second" after being allocated by the allocation device 73, and enters the first prize opening 77a of special drawing 1 located below the left exit, just like in the "normal game state."

On the other hand, in the "latency probability fluctuating state" of the fifth embodiment, a ball allocated to the right path 75 by the allocation device 73 first passes through the normal symbol gate 76a within the unit "0.1 seconds" after being allocated by the allocation device 73, and then flows out from the right exit of the right path 75 "1.9 seconds" after passing through the normal symbol gate 76a within the unit.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 45(a), when a ball is allocated to the right path 75 by the allocation device 73, it is configured to flow out from the right exit of the right path 75 "2 seconds" after the allocation. Also, the ball passes through the intra-unit normal pattern gate 76a embedded in the right path 75 "0.1 seconds" after being allocated to the right path 75, and by passing through the intra-unit normal pattern gate 76a, an opportunity to select a normal pattern is obtained, and the variable display of the normal pattern begins.

In the fifth embodiment, the variable display in the "latency probability variable state" is performed for "0.5 seconds." Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time required from when the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit until it flows out from the right exit of the right path 75, the result of the variable display is derived at the time when the ball reaches the position of the unit side separation inlet/outlet plate 79b3.

In addition, in the "latent probability variable state" of the fifth embodiment, the probability of winning a normal symbol is configured to be higher than in the "normal game state." Furthermore, the protruding time of the unit side separate in/out plate 79b3 in the "latent probability variable state" of the fifth embodiment is "2 seconds," the same as in the "normal game state," but the total time from when the variable display starts until the unit side separate in/out plate 79b3 protrudes and sinks is "2.5 seconds."

Therefore, it is highly likely that the unit-side separation plate 79b3 will be in a protruding state and maintain that state between the time the ball passes through the unit-internal normal symbol gate 76a and the time it reaches the left end of the unit-side separation plate 79b3. As a result, the ball that flows out from the right exit of the right-side path 75 and reaches the left end of the unit-side separation plate 79b3 will collide with the unit-side separation plate 79b3, roll along the top surface of the unit-side separation plate 79b3 toward the right end, and be guided toward the outer special symbol 2 winning opening 78a.

Here, in the pachinko machine 10 of the fifth embodiment, a deceleration section corresponding to the unit side separation plate 79b3 is not provided. As a result, the time required for the ball to roll on the upper surface of the unit side separation plate 79b3 from the right end to the left end is configured to be "0.5 seconds".

Therefore, in the "latency probability fluctuating state" of the fifth embodiment, the time required for a ball to roll from the left end to the right end of the unit side separation plate 79b3 is "0.5 seconds", and the protruding state of the unit side separation plate 79b3 is maintained until the ball that flows out from the right exit of the right path 75 has completely rolled from the left end to the right end of the unit side separation plate 79b3. Therefore, the ball that flows out from the right exit of the right path 75 can enter the outer special drawing 2 winning port 78a.

As shown in FIG. 45(b), when a right hit is performed in the "latent probability variable state", the ball that passes through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b reaches the right end position of the right-side separated inlet/outlet plate 79b4 after "1 second". Also, the variable display time of the normal pattern in the "latent probability variable state" of the fifth embodiment is "0.5 seconds". Furthermore, the winning probability of the normal pattern in the "latent probability variable state" of the fifth embodiment is set higher than in the "normal game state".

As a result, the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time from passing through the right-side normal symbol gate 76b to reaching the right end position of the right-side separated in/out plate 79b4, and the probability of winning the normal symbol is also high, so when the ball that has passed through the right-side normal symbol gate 76b reaches the right end position of the right-side separated in/out plate 79b4, there is a high possibility that the right-side separated in/out plate 79b4 will be in a protruding state.

However, the time required for the right-side separated in/out plate 79b4 to maintain the protruding state after a hit is "2 seconds", while the time required for the top surface of the right-side separated in/out plate 79b4 to roll from the right end to the left end is "2.5 seconds". As a result, the ball that rolls from the right end to the left end of the right-side separated in/out plate 79b4 does not roll to the outer special symbol 2 winning port 78a while the right-side separated in/out plate 79b4 maintains the protruding state, but flows down from the rolling position to the downstream side of the normal electric unit 79 (the lower side of the game board 13) when the right-side separated in/out plate 79b4 is displaced to the recessed state. Furthermore, when the right-side normal symbol gate 76b detects the passage of the ball in the "latent probability variable state", an alarm is sounded. As a result, the player can play left-handed games without playing right-handed games in the "latent probability variable state".

In this way, in the "latent probability fluctuating state" of the fifth embodiment, a ball that enters the alternating distribution unit 71 during left-handed play alternates between the first special symbol 1 winning slot 77a and the outer special symbol 2 winning slot 78a, so that a first lottery game with a first special symbol and a second lottery game with a second special symbol are played alternately.

Next, the gameplay in the "probability changing state" of the fifth embodiment will be described with reference to Figures 43(c) and 46. Figure 43(c) is a schematic diagram for explaining the behavior of the right-side separate in/out plate 79b4 and the behavior of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the right-side separate in/out plate 79b4 when hitting from the right in the "probability changing state" of the fifth embodiment.

Figure 46 (a) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of balls distributed to the right path 75 of the alternating distribution unit 71, the variable display of normal symbols, and the protruding time of the unit side separation in/out plate 79b3 when hitting from the left in the "probability fluctuating state" of the fifth embodiment, and Figure 46 (b) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of balls that flow into the normal electric unit 79 (passing through the right side normal symbol gate 76b), the variable display of normal symbols, and the protruding time of the right side separation in/out plate 79b4 when hitting from the right in the "probability fluctuating state" of the fifth embodiment.

First, as shown in FIG. 43(c), in the "probability fluctuating state" of the fifth embodiment, the ball that passes through the right-side normal symbol gate 76b and flows into the normal electric unit 79 continues to flow downstream and reaches the right end of the right-side separation plate 79b4 "one second" after passing through the right-side normal symbol gate 76b.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 46(b), the ball passes through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b, which triggers the selection of the normal pattern, and the variable display of the normal pattern begins. The variable display in the "probability variable state" of the fifth embodiment is performed for "0.5 seconds." The ball that passes through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b is configured to reach the right end position of the right-side separation plate 79b4 "1 second" after passing through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b. Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal pattern is shorter than the time it takes for the ball to reach the right end of the right-side separation plate 79b4 from the time it passes through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b, the result of the variable display is derived at the time the ball reaches the right end position of the right-side separation plate 79b4.

In addition, in the "probability changing state" of the fifth embodiment, the probability of winning a normal symbol is configured to be higher than in the "normal game state." Furthermore, in the "probability changing state" of the fifth embodiment, the protruding time of the right-side separate in/out plate 79b4 is "5 seconds," and the total time from when the variable display starts until the right-side separate in/out plate 79b4 protrudes and sinks is "5.5 seconds."

Therefore, it is highly likely that the right-side separation plate 79b4 will be in a protruding state and maintain that state between the time the ball passes through the right-side normal symbol gate 76b and the time it reaches the right end of the right-side separation plate 79b4. As a result, the ball that reaches the right end of the right-side separation plate 79b4 will collide with the right end of the right-side separation plate 79b4, and from that position will roll on the top surface of the right-side separation plate 79b4 toward the left end and begin to be guided toward the outer special symbol 2 winning opening 78a.

Furthermore, the time required for the ball to roll from the right end to the left end of the right-side separated in/out plate 79b4 is "2.5 seconds", but as described above, the time from the start of the variable display in the "probability changing state" of the fifth embodiment until the right-side separated in/out plate 79b4 protrudes and retracts is "5.5 seconds", so the ball that passes through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b rolls all the way from the right end to the left end on the top surface of the right-side separated in/out plate 79b4 while the right-side separated in/out plate 79b4 maintains its protruding state, and is guided to the outer special pattern 2 winning opening 78a.

In addition, the multiple balls that flow into the normal electric unit 79 successively from the ball that triggered the variable display of the normal symbol are guided toward the outer special symbol 2 winning port 78a while the right-side separation plate 79b4 is maintained in a protruding state, and are configured to be able to win in the outer special symbol 2 winning port 78a. Specifically, in the fifth embodiment, the ball launch interval is "0.6 seconds", and if the right-side normal symbol gate 76b is passed at each interval, three additional balls are guided toward the outer special symbol 2 winning port 78a.

That is, in the fifth embodiment, when the right-side separate in/out plate 79b4 is in the protruding state once, four chances for the second lottery game of the second special symbol can be obtained. Therefore, by playing right-hand in the "probability-varying state", it is possible to easily obtain multiple chances for the second lottery game of the second special symbol, while awarding a predetermined number of prize balls (i.e., 2 balls/1 prize), allowing the player to play without significantly losing the balls he or she owns.

In addition, by configuring the ball so that it does not pass above the special chart 1 second winning port 77b when the right hand hit is made, it is possible to prevent the ball rolling on the upper surface of the right hand separated winning port 79b4 from winning the special chart 1 second winning port 77b when the unit side separated winning port 79b3 and the right hand separated winning port 79b4 are displaced from the protruding state to the recessed state. Since the first lottery game based on winning the special chart 1 second winning port 77b has a lower probability of transitioning to the "probability change state" than the second lottery game based on winning the outer special chart 2 winning port 78a, in the "probability change state", it is not desirable to execute the first lottery game, which is disadvantageous to the player. Therefore, according to the present invention, in the "probability change state", it is possible to make it easier for the ball to win the outer special chart 2 winning port 78a, which is advantageous to the player, and the above-mentioned playability can be realized.

Furthermore, a unit-side separation plate 79b3 is arranged above the special drawing 1 second winning port 77b, and is configured to block the special drawing 1 second winning port 77b when the unit-side separation plate 79b3 maintains a protruding state, thereby preventing the ball from winning the special drawing 1 second winning port 77b. Therefore, even if a ball that rolls toward the left end direction on the upper surface of the right-side separation plate 79b4 flows down vigorously and rolls to the special drawing 1 second winning port 77b side in the "probability fluctuation state", the unit-side separation plate 79b3 can prevent the ball from winning the special drawing 1 second winning port 77b and guide the ball to the outer special drawing 2 winning port 78a side again. Therefore, in the "probability fluctuation state", the ball can be made to win only the outer special drawing 2 winning port 78a, which is advantageous for the player, and the above-mentioned gameplay can be reliably realized.

As shown in FIG. 45(a), when a left hit is performed in the "probability changing state" of the fifth embodiment, similarly to the "latent probability changing state", when the ball is sorted to the right path 75 by the sorting device 73, it is configured to flow out from the right exit of the right path 75 "2 seconds" after the sorting. Also, "0.5 seconds" after the ball is sorted to the right path 75, it passes through the intra-unit normal pattern gate 76a embedded in the right path 75, and by passing through the intra-unit normal pattern gate 76a, a chance to select a normal pattern is obtained, and the variable display of the normal pattern begins.

The variable display in the "probability fluctuation state" lasts for "0.5 seconds." Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time it takes for the ball to flow out of the right-side exit after passing through the normal symbol gate 76a within the unit, the result of the variable display is derived at the time the ball reaches the left end position of the unit-side separation inlet/outlet board 79b3.

In addition, in the "probability changing state", the probability of winning a normal symbol is set higher than in the "normal game state". Furthermore, in the "probability changing state", the unit side separate in and out plate 79b3 protrudes for "5 seconds", which is longer than in the "normal game state". Therefore, the total time from when the variable display starts until the unit side separate in and out plate 79b3 protrudes and retracts is "5.5 seconds".

Therefore, it is highly likely that the unit-side separation plate 79b3 will protrude and remain in that state between the time the ball passes through the unit-side normal symbol gate 76a and the time it reaches the position of the unit-side separation plate 79b3. As a result, the ball that reaches the position of the unit-side separation plate 79b3 will collide with the left end of the unit-side separation plate 79b3, and from that position will roll on the top surface of the unit-side separation plate 79b3 toward the right end, and will be guided to the outer special symbol 2 winning opening 78a.

Therefore, in the "probability fluctuating state" of the fifth embodiment, a ball that enters the alternating distribution unit 71 by playing with a left hand hit alternately enters the first special symbol 1 winning port 77a and the outer special symbol 2 winning port 78a, while a ball that enters the normal electric role unit 79 from the right-side normal symbol gate 76b by playing with a right hand hit is configured to easily enter the outer special symbol 2 winning port 78a. Therefore, it is configured so that a game in which the second lottery game of the second special symbol, which is advantageous to the player, is more likely to be executed by continuously playing with a right hand hit with winning assistance than by playing with a left hand hit without winning assistance.

As described above, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the fifth embodiment, in a left-handed game, in the "normal game state", a game can be played by a first lottery game of a first special pattern based on winning into the first winning port 77a of the special pattern 1 or the second winning port 77b of the special pattern 1, and in the "latency probability change state", a game can be played by a first lottery game of a first special pattern based on winning into the first winning port 77a of the special pattern 1 and a second lottery game of a second special pattern based on winning into the outer special pattern 2 winning port 78a. In addition, in a right-handed game, in the "probability change state", a game can be played by a second lottery game of a second special pattern based on winning into the outer special pattern 2 winning port 78a. Therefore, by making the variations of the winning ports 77, 78a that can be won in each of the three game states different, it is possible to provide variation in the game and increase the interest of the game.

In addition, by locating the outer special chart 2 winning port 78a on the outside of the alternating distribution unit 71 and configuring it so that the ball does not pass above the special chart 1 second winning port 77b even when hit from the right, it is possible to prevent a ball rolling on the top surface of the right side separated in/out plate 79b4 from winning in the special chart 1 second winning port 77b when the unit side separated in/out plate 79b3 and the right side separated in/out plate 79b4 are displaced from the protruding state to the recessed state. Therefore, in the "probability fluctuating state", it is possible to make the ball win only in the outer special chart 2 winning port 78a which is advantageous to the player, and the above-mentioned playability can be realized.

Furthermore, a unit-side separation plate 79b3 is arranged above the special drawing 1 second winning port 77b, and is configured to block the special drawing 1 second winning port 77b when the unit-side separation plate 79b3 maintains a protruding state, thereby preventing the ball from winning the special drawing 1 second winning port 77b. Therefore, even if a ball that rolls toward the left end direction on the upper surface of the right-side separation plate 79b4 flows down vigorously and rolls to the special drawing 1 second winning port 77b side in the "probability fluctuation state", the unit-side separation plate 79b3 can prevent the ball from winning the special drawing 1 second winning port 77b and guide the ball to the outer special drawing 2 winning port 78a side again. Therefore, in the "probability fluctuation state", the ball can be made to win only the outer special drawing 2 winning port 78a, which is advantageous for the player, and the above-mentioned gameplay can be reliably realized.

Otherwise, the pachinko machine 10 in the fifth embodiment has the same configuration as the first to fourth embodiments and thus achieves the same effects.

Sixth Embodiment
Next, the pachinko machine 10 in the sixth embodiment will be described with reference to Figures 47 to 50. In the pachinko machine 10 in the first embodiment, the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit is embedded in the right path 75 of the alternating distribution unit 71, and the left end of the in-unit plate 79b is arranged above the special symbol 1 second winning hole 77b, and the variable display time of the normal symbol is made different between the "normal game state" and the "latency probability variable state", and the variation of the winning holes 77, 78 that can be won is made different, thereby providing variation to the game and improving the interest of the game.

However, if an in-unit normal pattern gate 76a is embedded in the right path 75 of the alternating distribution unit 71, there is a risk that chattering may occur if the movement of the ball is not stable in the right path 75.

In addition, embedding the intra-unit normal pattern gate 76a within the alternating distribution unit 71 may increase the number of parts in the alternating distribution unit 71, which may increase manufacturing costs.

Furthermore, since the left end of the inlet/outlet plate 79b must be positioned above the second winning port 77b of the special chart 1 of the alternating distribution unit 71, it may be difficult to adjust the positions of the alternating distribution unit 71 and the normal electric unit 79.

In contrast, in the pachinko machine 10 of the sixth embodiment, only the right-side normal symbol gate 76b of the normal electric unit 79 is provided as a device for obtaining a lottery opportunity for a normal symbol, and the alternating distribution unit 71 is configured not to have a switch such as a normal symbol gate that can obtain a lottery opportunity for a normal symbol.

In addition, a right side special chart 2 winning port 78b is provided at the lower left side of the left end of the inlet/outlet board 79b below the right side exit of the right side path 75 of the alternating distribution unit 71, and an outer special chart 1 winning port 77d is provided on the outer right side of the alternating distribution unit 71 below the inlet/outlet board 79b.

Then, by changing the variable display time of the normal symbol and the protruding time of the appearance board 79b according to each game state, in the "normal game state", a game in which a prize can be won alternately at the special symbol 1 first winning port 77a and the right side special symbol 2 winning port 78b is played, in the "latent probability variable state", a game in which a prize can be won at the outer special symbol 1 winning port 77d is played, and in the "probability variable state", a game in which a prize can be won at the right side special symbol 2 winning port 78b is played.

By configuring in this way, it is possible to realize a game feature that allows for different variations in the winning slots 77a, 77d, 78b that can be won for each game state, while preventing the occurrence of chattering by configuring the alternating distribution unit 71 not to detect balls. Also, by realizing the above game feature only with the right-side normal symbol gate 76b of the normal electric unit 79, it is not necessary to arrange a normal symbol gate within the alternating distribution unit 71, so the number of parts in the alternating distribution unit 71 can be reduced, and manufacturing costs can be kept down.

The following describes the pachinko machine 10 in the sixth embodiment, focusing on the differences from the pachinko machine 10 in the first to fifth embodiments. In the following description, the same elements as those in the first to fifth embodiments are given the same reference numerals, and illustrations and descriptions of those elements are omitted.

Now, with reference to Figures 47 to 50, we will explain the playability in each game state of the sixth embodiment, i.e., the behavior of the ball based on the ball's launch mode and the associated behavior of the launch plate 79b.

Figure 47 is a schematic diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball entering through the distribution ball inlet 72 of the alternating distribution unit 71 when hitting from the left, or the behavior of a ball entering through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b of the normal electric unit 79 when hitting from the right, and the behavior of the ball entering and exiting board 79b in each game state of the sixth embodiment. FIG. 47(a) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball entering through the distribution ball inlet 72 of the alternating distribution unit 71 and the behavior of the inlet and outlet board 79b when hitting from the left in the "normal game state" of the sixth embodiment, FIG. 47(b) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of the inlet and outlet board 79b and the behavior of a ball rolling on the upper surface of the inlet and outlet board 79b when hitting from the right in the "latency probability changing state" of the sixth embodiment, and FIG. 47(c) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of the inlet and outlet board 79b and the behavior of a ball rolling on the upper surface of the inlet and outlet board 79b when hitting from the right in the "probability changing state" of the sixth embodiment.

Figure 48 (a) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the balls distributed to the right path 75 of the alternating distribution unit 71 when hitting from the left in the "normal game state" of the sixth embodiment, and Figure 48 (b) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the balls that flow into the normal electric unit 79 (passing through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b), the variable display of the normal pattern, and the protrusion time of the inverted board 79b when hitting from the right in the "normal game state" of the sixth embodiment.

The configuration of the alternating distribution unit 71 and the normal electric unit 79 in the sixth embodiment differs from that of the first embodiment in the configuration of the left path 74 and the right path 75 of the alternating distribution unit 71, the presence or absence of an in-unit normal symbol gate 76a, the location of the right special symbol 2 winning port 78b, the location of the outer special symbol 1 winning port 77d, the configuration of the right-side concentrated deceleration unit 79m, and the configuration of the left-side dispersed deceleration unit 79n. The rest of the configuration is the same as in the first embodiment, so a description thereof will be omitted.

First, as shown in FIG. 47(a), in the "normal game state" of the sixth embodiment, a ball that is distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73 flows out of the left exit of the left path 74 "one second" after being distributed by the distribution device 73, and enters the first prize opening 77a of the special drawing 1 located below the left exit.

In addition, in the "normal game state" of the sixth embodiment, a ball that is distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 also flows out of the right exit of the right path 75 "one second" after being distributed by the distribution device 73, and enters the right special drawing 2 winning port 78b located below the right exit.

Therefore, by making the left path 74 and the right path 75 short (compact), the area occupied by the entire alternating distribution unit 71 can be reduced, which contributes to improving the design freedom of the pachinko machine 10.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 48(a), since there is no normal symbol gate on the right path 75, the chance to select a normal symbol cannot be obtained, and therefore the variable display of the normal symbol is not performed. As a result, the in/out board 79b cannot be in a protruding state either, but since the in/out board 79b is not positioned in a way that would prevent a ball from winning through the right special symbol 2 winning hole 78b, the ball that is distributed to the right path 75 will enter the right special symbol 2 winning hole 78b as is.

Here, in the pachinko machine 10 of the sixth embodiment, only the right-side normal symbol gate 76b of the normal electric unit 79 is provided as a device for obtaining a lottery opportunity for a normal symbol, and the alternating distribution unit 71 is configured not to have a switch such as a normal symbol gate that can obtain a lottery opportunity for a normal symbol.

By configuring it in this way, the above-mentioned playability can be achieved using only the right-side normal symbol gate 76b of the normal electric unit 79, eliminating the need to provide a normal symbol gate within the alternating distribution unit 71, thereby reducing the number of parts in the alternating distribution unit 71 and keeping manufacturing costs down.

In addition, by configuring the alternating distribution unit 71 so that it does not detect balls, chattering can be prevented.

The right-side aggregated speed reducer 79m of the normal electric unit 79 is composed of multiple rib-shaped rear speed reducers (not shown) provided on the base (not shown) where the normal electric unit 79 contacts the game board 13, and multiple rib-shaped front speed reducers (not shown) provided on the back side (base side) of the cover (not shown) located on the opposite side of the base.

As a result, in the pachinko machine 10 of the sixth embodiment, a ball that reaches the right end of the inlet/outlet plate 79b is configured to take "1.5 seconds" to roll on the top surface of the inlet/outlet plate 79b and reach the center of the inlet/outlet plate 79b. As a result, even if the inlet/outlet plate 79b is in a protruding state, if the inlet/outlet plate 79b switches to a retracted state while the ball is colliding with the right-side aggregation deceleration section 79m, the ball that was rolling on the top surface of the inlet/outlet plate 79b is configured to flow out to the lower side of the normal electric unit 79.

The left-side distributed deceleration section 79n of the normal electric unit 79 is composed of a rib-shaped rear deceleration section (not shown) provided on the base (not shown) where the normal electric unit 79 contacts the game board 13, and a rib-shaped front deceleration section (not shown) provided on the back side (base side) of the cover section (not shown) located on the opposite side of the base.

As a result, in the pachinko machine 10 of the sixth embodiment, a ball that reaches the center of the inlet/outlet plate 79b rolls on the upper surface of the inlet/outlet plate 79b, and is configured to take "one second" to reach the left end of the inlet/outlet plate 79b.

As shown in FIG. 48(b), when a right hit is performed in the "normal game state" of the sixth embodiment, the ball that passes through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b reaches the right end position of the in-and-out board 79b after "1 second". Also, since the variable display time of the normal pattern in the "normal game state" is "3 seconds", the ball flows out to the downstream side of the normal electric unit 79 (the lower side of the game board 13) before the variable display of the normal pattern based on the passage through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b ends, that is, before the in-and-out board 79b becomes in a protruding state based on the variable display.

In addition, even if balls enter the reel continuously, the reel is configured so that a winning combination of normal symbols is unlikely to occur in the "normal game state." Furthermore, the time required for the reel plate 79b to maintain the protruding state after a winning combination is "2 seconds," the time required for the right-side collective deceleration unit 79m and the left-side dispersed deceleration unit 79n to roll the top surface of the reel plate 79b from the right end to the left end is "2.5 seconds," and the time required for the right-side collective deceleration unit 79m to roll the top surface of the reel plate 79b from the right end to a position above the outer special symbol 1 winning opening 77d is "1.5 seconds."

As a result, while the in/out board 79b maintains its protruding state, the ball does not roll to the right-side special symbol 2 winning port 78b, but flows down to the downstream side of the normal electric unit 79 (the lower side of the game board 13) when the in/out board 79b is displaced to a retracted state while rolling on the top surface of the in/out board 79b. On the other hand, while the in/out board 79b maintains its protruding state, the ball is configured to be able to roll up to above the outer special symbol 1 winning port 77d, but is configured to sound an alarm when the right-side normal symbol gate 76b detects the passage of a ball in the "normal game state". As a result, the player can play left-handed without playing right-handed in the "normal game state".

In this way, in the "normal game state" of the sixth embodiment, a ball that enters the alternating distribution unit 71 by playing with the left hand will alternately enter either the first special symbol 1 winning port 77a or the right-side special symbol 2 winning port 78b, so that a game is played in which a first lottery game with a first special symbol and a second lottery game with a second special symbol are executed alternately.

Next, the gameplay in the "latency probability changing state" of the sixth embodiment will be explained with reference to Figures 47(b) and 49.

Figure 47 (b) is a schematic diagram for explaining the behavior of the in/out board 79b and the behavior of the ball rolling on the top surface of the in/out board 79b when hitting from the right in the "latency probability variable state" of the sixth embodiment.

Figure 49(a) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the balls distributed to the right path 75 of the alternating distribution unit 71 when hitting from the left in the "latent probability fluctuating state" of the sixth embodiment, and Figure 49(b) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the balls that flow into the normal electric unit 79 (passing through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b), the variable display of the normal pattern, and the protrusion time of the in/out board 79b when hitting from the right in the "latent probability fluctuating state" of the sixth embodiment.

First, as shown in FIG. 47(b), in the "latent probability fluctuating state" of the sixth embodiment, the ball that passes through the right-side normal symbol gate 76b and flows into the normal electric unit 79 continues to flow downstream and reaches the right end of the inlet/outlet board 79b "one second" after passing through the right-side normal symbol gate 76b.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 49(b), when a right shot is performed in the "latent probability variable state", the ball passes through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b, which triggers the selection of the normal pattern, and the variable display of the normal pattern begins. The variable display in the "latent probability variable state" of the sixth embodiment is performed for "0.5 seconds". The ball that passes through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b is configured to reach the right end position of the infeed board 79b "1 second" after passing through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b. Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal pattern is shorter than the time it takes for the ball to reach the infeed board 79b from the time it passes through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b, the result of the variable display is derived at the time the ball reaches the right end position of the infeed board 79b.

In addition, in the "latency probability changing state" of the sixth embodiment, the probability of winning a normal symbol is configured to be higher than in the "normal game state." Furthermore, the protruding time of the disappearing board 79b in the "latency probability changing state" of the sixth embodiment is "2 seconds," and the total time from when the variable display starts until the disappearing board 79b protrudes and sinks is "2.5 seconds."

Therefore, it is highly likely that the in/out plate 79b will be in a protruding state and maintain that state between the time the ball passes through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b and the time it reaches the right end of the in/out plate 79b. As a result, the ball that reaches the right end of the in/out plate 79b will collide with the right end of the in/out plate 79b, and from that position will roll along the top surface of the in/out plate 79b toward the left end and begin to be guided toward the alternating distribution unit 71.

Furthermore, the time required for the ball to roll from the right end to the left end of the in/out board 79b is "2.5 seconds", and the time required for the ball to roll from the right end of the in/out board 79b to the upper position of the outer special drawing 1 winning hole 77d is "1.5 seconds". As described above, the time from the start of the variable display in the "latency probability variable state" of the sixth embodiment until the in/out board 79b protrudes and sinks is "2.5 seconds", so the ball that passed through the right normal pattern gate 76b rolls on the upper surface of the in/out board 79b from the right end to the upper position of the outer special drawing 1 winning hole 77d while the in/out board 79b maintains the protruding state, and at that timing the in/out board 79b changes from the protruding state to the sinking state. As a result, the ball that was rolling on the upper surface of the in/out board 79b falls downstream and can win the outer special drawing 1 winning hole 77d.

Therefore, by playing right-hand in the "latent probability variable state," it becomes easier to obtain the lottery opportunity for the first lottery game of the first special symbol, while awarding a predetermined number of prize balls (i.e., 2 balls/1 prize), allowing the player to play without significantly losing the balls he or she owns.

As shown in FIG. 49(a), in the "latency probability fluctuating state" of the sixth embodiment, a left-handed game is played, and the ball that is allocated to the left path 74 by the allocation device 73 flows out of the left exit of the left path 74 "one second" after being allocated by the allocation device 73, and enters the first winning hole 77a of the special drawing 1 located below the left exit.

In addition, in the "latency probability fluctuating state" of the sixth embodiment, a ball that is allocated to the right path 75 by the allocation device 73 also flows out of the right exit of the right path 75 "one second" after being allocated by the allocation device 73, and enters the right special drawing 2 winning port 78b located below the right exit.

In the "latency probability variable state" of the sixth embodiment, if the player plays with the left hand, the winning assistance provided by the reel 79b or the like is not provided, so the degree of advantage is the same as in the "normal game state."

Therefore, in the "latent probability variable state" of the sixth embodiment, a ball that enters the normal electric unit 79 from the right-side normal symbol gate 76b during right-hand play is configured to be more likely to enter the outer special symbol 1 winning port 77d due to the winning assistance provided by the in-and-out board 79b, so it is configured to be possible to play a game in which the first lottery game for the first special symbol can be executed by continuously playing right-hand games with the winning assistance provided by the in-and-out board 79b, rather than playing left-hand games without the winning assistance provided by the in-and-out board 79b.

Next, the gameplay in the "probability changing state" of the sixth embodiment will be described with reference to Figures 47(c) and 50. Figure 47(c) is a schematic diagram for explaining the behavior of the in/out board 79b and the behavior of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the in/out board 79b when hitting from the right in the "probability changing state" of the sixth embodiment.

Figure 50(a) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of balls distributed to the right path 75 of the alternating distribution unit 71 when hitting from the left in the "probability fluctuating state" of the sixth embodiment, and Figure 50(b) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of balls that flow into the normal electric unit 79 (passing through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b), the variable display of normal patterns, and the protrusion time of the in/out board 79b when hitting from the right in the "probability fluctuating state" of the sixth embodiment.

First, as shown in FIG. 47(c), in the "probability fluctuating state" of the sixth embodiment, the ball that passes through the right-side normal symbol gate 76b and flows into the normal electric unit 79 continues to flow downstream and reaches the right end of the inlet/outlet board 79b "one second" after passing through the right-side normal symbol gate 76b.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 50(b), the ball passes through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b, which triggers the selection of the normal pattern, and the variable display of the normal pattern begins. The variable display in the "probability variable state" of the sixth embodiment is performed for "0.5 seconds." The ball that passes through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b is configured to reach the right end position of the infeed board 79b "1 second" after passing through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b. Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal pattern is shorter than the time it takes for the ball to reach the infeed board 79b from the time it passes through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b, the result of the variable display is derived at the time the ball reaches the right end position of the infeed board 79b.

In addition, in the "probability changing state" of the sixth embodiment, the probability of winning a normal symbol is configured to be higher than in the "normal game state." Furthermore, the protruding time of the disappearing board 79b in the "probability changing state" of the sixth embodiment is "5 seconds," and the total time from when the variable display starts until the disappearing board 79b protrudes and sinks is "5.5 seconds."

Therefore, it is highly likely that the in/out board 79b will be in a protruding state and maintain that state between the time the ball passes through the right-side normal symbol gate 76b and the time it reaches the right end of the in/out board 79b. As a result, the ball that reaches the right end of the in/out board 79b will collide with the right end of the in/out board 79b, and from that position will roll along the top surface of the in/out board 79b toward the left end and begin to be guided toward the alternating distribution unit 71 (the right-side special symbol 2 winning opening 78b).

The ball rolling from the right end of the inlet plate 79b toward the left end on the top surface of the inlet plate 79b first collides with the right-side convergence deceleration section 79m provided on the right side of the normal electric unit 79, before reaching the center of the inlet plate 79b. In the sixth embodiment, the time required for the ball to roll from the right end of the inlet plate 79b to the center is set to 1.5 seconds.

The ball rolling from the center of the inlet plate 79b toward the left end on the upper surface of the inlet plate 79b collides with the left-side distributed deceleration section 79n provided on the left side of the normal electric unit 79, and reaches the left end of the inlet plate 79b. The left-side distributed deceleration section 79n is configured to have fewer deceleration sections than the right-side collected deceleration section 79m (for example, if the right-side collected deceleration section 79m has four deceleration sections, the left-side distributed deceleration section 79n has two deceleration sections), so in the sixth embodiment, it takes one second to roll from the center of the inlet plate 79b to the left end.

In other words, in the sixth embodiment, the time required for the inlet plate 79b to roll from the right end to the center is "1.5 seconds", and the time required for the inlet plate 79b to roll from the center to the left end is "1 second", so the time required for the inlet plate 79b to roll from the right end to the left end is "1.5 seconds" + "1 second" = "2.5 seconds".

Therefore, in the "probability changing state" of the sixth embodiment, the time required for the ball to roll from the right end to the left end of the in/out board 79b is "2.5 seconds", but as described above, the time from the start of the variable display of the normal pattern to the time the in/out board 79b protrudes and retracts is "5.5 seconds", so the ball that passes through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b rolls all the way from the right end to the left end on the top surface of the in/out board 79b while the in/out board 79b maintains its protruding state, and is guided to the right-side special pattern 2 winning opening 78b.

In addition, the multiple balls that flow into the normal electric unit 79 successively from the ball that triggered the variable display of the normal symbol are guided to the right special symbol 2 winning port 78b while the in/out board 79b maintains its protruding state, and are configured to be able to win in the right special symbol 2 winning port 78b. Specifically, in the sixth embodiment, the ball launch interval is "0.6 seconds", and if the ball passes through the right normal symbol gate 76b at each interval, three additional balls are guided to the right special symbol 2 winning port 78b.

That is, in the sixth embodiment, when the in and out board 79b is in the protruding state once, it is possible to obtain four drawing opportunities for the second lottery game of the second special symbol. Therefore, by performing a right-hit game in the "probability changing state", it is possible to easily obtain multiple drawing opportunities for the second lottery game of the second special symbol, while awarding a predetermined number of prize balls (i.e., 2 balls/1 winning ball), allowing the player to play without significantly losing the balls he or she owns.

As shown in FIG. 50(a), in the "probability fluctuating state" of the sixth embodiment, a left-handed game is played, and the ball that is allocated to the left path 74 by the allocation device 73 flows out of the left exit of the left path 74 "one second" after being allocated by the allocation device 73, and enters the first winning hole 77a of the special drawing 1 located below the left exit.

In addition, in the "probability fluctuating state" of the sixth embodiment, a ball that is allocated to the right path 75 by the allocation device 73 also flows out of the right exit of the right path 75 "one second" after being allocated by the allocation device 73, and enters the right special drawing 2 winning port 78b located below the right exit.

In the "probability fluctuating state" of the sixth embodiment, if a left-handed player plays, the winning assistance provided by the reel-in board 79b or the like is not provided, so the degree of advantage is the same as in the "latent probability fluctuating state."

Therefore, in the "probability fluctuating state" of the sixth embodiment, a ball that enters the normal electric unit 79 from the right-side normal symbol gate 76b during right-hand play is configured to be more likely to enter the right-side special symbol 2 winning port 78b, so that the second lottery game for the second special symbol is more likely to be executed by continuously playing right-hand games with winning assistance than by playing left-hand games without winning assistance.

As described above, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the sixth embodiment, in a left-handed game, in the "normal game state", a first lottery game of the first special symbol based on winning the first winning hole 77a of the special symbol 1 and a second lottery game of the second special symbol based on winning the right special symbol 2 winning hole 78b can be played. In addition, in a right-handed game, in the "latent probability change state", a first lottery game of the first special symbol based on winning the outer special symbol 1 winning hole 77d can be played, and in the "probability change state", a second lottery game of the second special symbol based on winning the right special symbol 2 winning hole 78b can be played. Therefore, by making the variations of the winning holes 77a, 77d, and 78b that can be won in each of the three game states different, it is possible to provide variation in the game and increase the interest of the game.

In addition, since the above playability can be achieved without disposing a normal symbol gate within the alternating distribution unit 71, the number of parts in the alternating distribution unit 71 can be reduced, and increases in manufacturing costs can be suppressed.

Furthermore, by configuring the alternating distribution unit 71 so that it does not detect balls, it is possible to prevent chattering from occurring.

In addition, since the left end portion of the inlet/outlet board 79b does not need to be positioned above the winning hole (right-side special drawing 2 winning hole 78b) provided in the alternating distribution unit 71, there is no need to perform complicated work to adjust the positions of the alternating distribution unit 71 and the normal electric unit 79, which reduces the manufacturing burden on the pachinko machine 10.

Otherwise, the pachinko machine 10 in the sixth embodiment has the same configuration as the first to fifth embodiments and thus achieves the same effects.

Seventh Embodiment
Next, the pachinko machine 10 in the seventh embodiment will be described with reference to Fig. 51 to Fig. 53. In the pachinko machine 10 in the first embodiment, the winning probability of the normal symbol is set to a low probability (i.e., 1/10) in the "normal game state", and to a high probability (i.e., 9/10) in the "latency probability variable state" and the "probability variable state". In addition, the variable display time of the normal symbol is set to a long time (i.e., "3 seconds") in the "normal game state", and to a short time (i.e., "0.5 seconds") in the "latency probability variable state" and the "probability variable state". In addition, the protruding time of the invading board 79b is set to a short time (i.e., "2 seconds") in the "normal game state" and the "latency probability variable state", and to a long time (i.e., "5 seconds") in the "probability variable state".

In other words, the winning probability of the normal symbol and the variable display time of the normal symbol are set to the same in the "latent probability change state" and the "probability change state", with only the "normal game state" being set differently, while the protruding time of the appearance board 79b is set to the same in the "normal game state" and the "latent probability change state", with only the "probability change state" being set differently.

As a result, in the "latency probability variable state," the winning probability of the normal symbol, the variable display time of the normal symbol, and the protruding time of the appearance and disappearance board 79b vary from favorable settings (i.e., high winning probability, short variable display time, or long protruding time) to unfavorable settings (i.e., low winning probability, long variable display time, or short protruding time) for various behaviors related to the normal symbol, making it difficult for players to understand the game specifications, which may discourage players from playing on a pachinko machine 10 with the above game specifications, and may result in a decrease in operation of the pachinko machine 10.

In contrast, in the seventh embodiment of the pachinko machine 10, the winning probability of the normal symbol, the variable display time of the normal symbol, and the protruding time of the appearance board 79b are set to unfavorable settings in the "normal game state" and the "latency probability changing state," while the winning probability of the normal symbol, the variable display time of the normal symbol, and the protruding time of the appearance board 79b are set to favorable settings only in the "probability changing state." Then, based on the above settings, the game is configured to realize a gameplay that varies the variation of the winning holes 77, 78 that can be used to win for each game state.

By configuring it in this way, the winning slots 77, 78 that can be used to win a prize can be different for each game state, while the game specifications are easy for players to understand, providing a pachinko machine 10 that players are unlikely to shy away from, and preventing a decline in the operation of the pachinko machine 10.

The following describes the pachinko machine 10 in the seventh embodiment, focusing on the differences between the pachinko machine 10 in the first to sixth embodiments. In the following description, the same elements as those in the first to sixth embodiments are given the same reference numerals, and illustrations and descriptions of those elements are omitted.

First, referring to FIG. 51, the winning probability of the normal symbol for each game state in the seventh embodiment, the variable display time of the normal symbol, and the protruding time of the in/out board 79b will be explained. FIG. 51(a) is a schematic diagram showing an example of a normal symbol winning random number table 202f stored in the ROM 202 of the seventh embodiment. FIG. 51(b) is a schematic diagram showing an example of a normal symbol variable time table 202g stored in the ROM 202 of the seventh embodiment. Furthermore, FIG. 51(c) is a schematic diagram showing an example of a normal electric role control table 202h stored in the ROM 202 of the seventh embodiment.

As shown in FIG. 51(a), in the seventh embodiment of the pachinko machine 10, the number of values of the normal symbol winning random number counter C4 that will result in a winning combination in the "normal game state" and the "latent probability variable state" is 50, and the values "50 to 99" are stored in the normal symbol winning random number table 202f. In other words, the probability of winning a normal symbol in the "normal game state" and the "latent probability variable state" is set to 50/100 = 1/2.

On the other hand, the number of values of the normal symbol winning random number counter C4 that will result in a winning combination in the "probability changing state" is 90, and the values "10 to 99" are stored in the normal symbol winning random number table 202f. In other words, the probability of winning a normal symbol in the "probability changing state" is set to 90/100 = 9/10.

Next, as shown in FIG. 51(b), in the seventh embodiment of the pachinko machine 10, the variable display time of the normal symbols set in the "normal game state" and the "latent probability variable state" is stipulated in the normal symbol variable time table 202g to be "3 seconds". In other words, the time from when the variable display of the normal symbols starts to when the stopped symbols are derived in the "normal game state" and the "latent probability variable state" is always set to be "3 seconds".

On the other hand, the variable display time of the normal symbols set in the "probability variable state" is specified in the normal symbol variable time table 202g to be "0.5 seconds". In other words, the time from when the variable display of the normal symbols starts in the "probability variable state" to when the stopped symbols are derived is set to be "0.5 seconds" without fail.

Next, as shown in FIG. 51(c), in the seventh embodiment of the pachinko machine 10, the normal electric control table 202h specifies that the protruding time of the disappearance board 79b is set to "2 seconds" when a normal symbol is won in the "normal gaming state" or the "latency probability fluctuating state". In other words, when a normal symbol is won in a gaming state other than the "probability fluctuating state", the protruding time of the disappearance board 79b is always set to "2 seconds".

On the other hand, the normal electric control table 202h specifies that the protruding time of the disappearance board 79b is set to "5 seconds" when a normal symbol is won in the "probability fluctuating state." In other words, in the "probability fluctuating state," when a normal symbol is won, the protruding time of the disappearance board 79b is set to "5 seconds" without fail.

Therefore, in the seventh embodiment of the pachinko machine 10, the variations in the probability of winning or losing with the normal symbol, the variable display time of the normal symbol, and the protruding time of the disappearance board 79b are set to be the same in the "normal game state" and the "latency probability changing state", and only the "probability changing state" is different. Specifically, in the "normal game state" and the "latency probability changing state", the probability of winning or losing with the normal symbol is set to be low, the variable display time of the normal symbol is set to be long, and the protruding time of the disappearance board 79b is set to be short. Also, in the "probability changing state", the probability of winning or losing with the normal symbol is set to be high, the variable display time of the normal symbol is set to be short, and the protruding time of the disappearance board 79b is set to be long.

In the seventh embodiment, in the "normal game state" and the "latent probability change state" in which the settings for the normal symbols are unfavorable, in the "normal game state," a left-handed play is performed to create a game state in which it is possible to win the first winning port 77a of the special symbol 1 or the second winning port 77b of the special symbol 1, and in the "latent probability change state," a right-handed play is performed to create a game state in which it is easy to win the second winning port 77b of the special symbol 1. Also, in the "probability change state," in which the settings for the normal symbols are favorable, a right-handed play is performed to create a game state in which it is easy to win the special symbol 2 winning port 78. Thus, by making the winning ports 77, 78 that can be won differently for each game state while making the game specifications easy for players to understand, a pachinko machine 10 that is not easily avoided by players can be provided, and a decrease in the operation of the pachinko machine 10 can be prevented.

Next, referring to FIG. 52, the normal symbol variation process (S111), which is one process of the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17) executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110 in the seventh embodiment, will be described. FIG. 52 is a flowchart showing the normal symbol variation process (S111) in the seventh embodiment. In the normal symbol variation process (S111) in the seventh embodiment, the variable display time of the normal symbol is set to a long time (i.e., "3 seconds") in the "normal game state" and "latent probability variation state", and is set to a short time (i.e., "0.5 seconds") in the "probability variation state".

Specifically, in S451 of the normal symbol change process (S111) of the seventh embodiment, it is determined whether or not it is in the "normal game state" or the "latent probability change state" (S451), and if it is determined to be in the "normal game state" or the "latent probability change state" as a result of the determination (S451: Yes), the variable display time of the normal symbol is set to "3 seconds" (S408) and the process proceeds to S410. On the other hand, if it is determined to be not in the "normal game state" or the "latent probability change state" (S451: No), i.e., if it is in the "probability change state", the variable display time of the normal symbol is set to "0.5 seconds" (S409) and the process proceeds to S410.

In the process of S410, the normal winning random number table 202f is referred to according to the game state to determine the stopping pattern in the variable display of the normal pattern, i.e., whether the variable display of the normal pattern is a hit or a miss (S410). Specifically, in the "normal game state" or "latent probability variable state", the value of the normal winning random number counter C4 stored in the normal winning ball execution area 203i is determined by referring to the group for the "normal game state" and the "latent probability variable state" in the normal winning random number table 202f, and the stopping pattern of the variable display of the normal pattern (i.e., whether the normal pattern is a hit or a miss) is determined. Also, in the "probability variable state", the value of the normal winning random number counter C4 stored in the normal winning ball execution area 203i is determined by referring to the group for the "probability variable state" in the normal winning random number table 202f, and the stopping pattern of the variable display of the normal pattern (i.e., whether the normal pattern is a hit or a miss) is determined. After processing S410, this normal change processing (S111) ends and the process returns to the timer interrupt processing (see Figure 17).

The protruding time of the in/out board 79b based on the winning of a normal symbol is set to "2 seconds" in the "normal game state" and "latent probability change state" in the normal electric role control process (S104), as in the first embodiment, and is set to "5 seconds" in the "probability change state" (see FIG. 51 (c)).

By configuring it in this way, various lotteries and behaviors related to normal symbols can be set uniformly for each game state, and game specifications can be made easy for players to understand, providing a pachinko machine 10 that players are unlikely to shy away from, and preventing a decline in operation of the pachinko machine 10.

Next, referring to Figure 53, we will explain the gameplay in each game state of the seventh embodiment, i.e., the behavior of the ball based on the ball's launch mode and the associated behavior of the launch plate 79b.

Figure 53 is a schematic diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball entering from the distribution ball inlet 72 of the alternating distribution unit 71 when hitting from the left, or the behavior of a ball entering from the right-side normal symbol gate 76b of the normal electric unit 79 when hitting from the right, and the behavior of the inlet and outlet board 79b in each game state of the seventh embodiment. Figure 53 (a) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball entering from the distribution ball inlet 72 of the alternating distribution unit 71 when hitting from the left in the "normal game state" of the seventh embodiment, Figure 53 (b) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of the inlet and outlet board 79b and the behavior of a ball rolling on the upper surface of the inlet and outlet board 79b when hitting from the right in the "latency probability fluctuation state" of the seventh embodiment, and Figure 53 (c) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of the inlet and outlet board 79b and the behavior of a ball rolling on the upper surface of the inlet and outlet board 79b when hitting from the right in the "probability fluctuation state" of the seventh embodiment.

The configuration of the alternating distribution unit 71 and the normal electric unit 79 in the seventh embodiment differs from that of the first embodiment in the presence or absence of a normal symbol gate 76a within the unit, the configuration of the special symbol 1 enlargement guide section 77e, the position of the normal electric unit 79 (appearance plate 79b) relative to the alternating distribution unit 71, and the position of the deceleration sections 79d, 79e in the normal electric unit 79. The rest of the configuration is the same as in the first embodiment, so a description thereof will be omitted.

First, as shown in FIG. 53(a), in the "normal game state" of the seventh embodiment, a ball that is distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73 flows out of the left exit of the left path 74 "two seconds" after being distributed by the distribution device 73, and enters the first prize opening 77a of special drawing 1 located below the left exit.

In addition, in the "normal game state" of the seventh embodiment, a ball that is distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 also flows out of the right exit of the right path 75 "2 seconds" after being distributed by the distribution device 73, and enters the right special drawing 2 winning port 78b located below the right exit.

In this case, since the right path 75 does not have a normal pattern gate that triggers the selection of a normal pattern, the ball does not get a chance to select a normal pattern even if it passes through the right path 75, and therefore the variable display of the normal pattern is not performed. As a result, the in/out board 79b cannot be in a protruding state, and the ball that is sorted to the right path 75 goes straight into the second winning hole 77b of special pattern 1.

Here, in the seventh embodiment of the pachinko machine 10, only the right-side normal symbol gate 76b of the normal electric unit 79 is provided as a device for obtaining a lottery opportunity for a normal symbol, and the alternating distribution unit 71 is configured not to have a switch such as a normal symbol gate that can obtain a lottery opportunity for a normal symbol.

By configuring it in this way, the above-mentioned playability can be achieved using only the right-side normal symbol gate 76b of the normal electric unit 79, eliminating the need to provide a normal symbol gate within the alternating distribution unit 71, thereby reducing the number of parts in the alternating distribution unit 71 and keeping manufacturing costs down.

In addition, by configuring the alternating distribution unit 71 so that it does not detect balls, chattering can be prevented.

When a right hit is performed in the "normal game state" of the seventh embodiment, the ball that passes through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b reaches the right end of the in-and-out board 79b after "one second". Also, since the variable display time of the normal pattern in the "normal game state" is "three seconds", the ball flows out to the downstream side of the normal electric unit 79 (the lower side of the game board 13) before the variable display of the normal pattern based on the passage through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b ends, that is, before the in-and-out board 79b becomes in a protruding state based on the variable display.

In addition, even if balls enter the game continuously, the "normal game state" is configured to make it more difficult for a normal symbol to win than the "probability variable state." Furthermore, the time it takes for the reel plate 79b to maintain its protruding state after a win is "2 seconds," the time it takes for the outer deceleration unit 79d and the inner deceleration unit 79e to roll the top surface of the reel plate 79b from the right end to the left end is "2.5 seconds," and the time it takes for the outer deceleration unit 79d to roll the top surface of the reel plate 79b from the right end to a position above the second winning hole 77b of special symbol 1 is "1.5 seconds."

As a result, if the retractable plate 79b is displaced to a retracted state while rolling toward the left end on the top surface of the retractable plate 79b, the ball will flow down the downstream side of the normal electric unit 79 (the lower side of the game board 13) without rolling to the special symbol 2 winning port 78 while the retractable plate 79b is maintaining its protruding state. On the other hand, the retractable plate 79b is configured to be able to roll up to above the special symbol 1 second winning port 77b while maintaining its protruding state, but is configured to sound an alarm when the right-side normal symbol gate 76b detects the passage of a ball in the "normal game state". As a result, the player can play left-handed without playing right-handed in the "normal game state".

In this way, in the "normal game state" of the seventh embodiment, a ball that enters the alternating distribution unit 71 by playing with a left hand hit alternately enters either the first winning hole 77a of special symbol 1 or the second winning hole 77b of special symbol 1, so that a game in which a first lottery game for the first special symbol can be executed is played.

Next, as shown in FIG. 53(b), in the "latency probability fluctuating state" of the seventh embodiment, the ball that passes through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b and flows into the normal electric unit 79 continues to flow downstream and reaches the right end of the inlet/outlet board 79b "one second" after passing through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b. In this case, the ball that passes through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b reaches the right end of the inlet/outlet board 79b "one second" later.

In addition, because the variable display time of the normal symbol in the "latent probability variable state" is "3 seconds," the symbol flows out to the downstream side of the normal electric unit 79 (the lower side of the game board 13) before the variable display of the normal symbol based on the passage of the right-side normal symbol gate 76b ends, that is, before the inverted plate 79b becomes protruding based on the variable display.

In addition, when balls enter the reel continuously, the "latent probability fluctuating state" is configured to make it difficult for a winning normal symbol to occur. Furthermore, the time it takes for the reel plate 79b to maintain the protruding state after a winning reel is "2 seconds," the time it takes for the outer deceleration unit 79d and the inner deceleration unit 79e to roll the top surface of the reel plate 79b from the right end to the left end is "2.5 seconds," and the time it takes for the outer deceleration unit 79d to roll the top surface of the reel plate 79b from the right end to a position above the second winning opening 77b of special symbol 1 is "1.5 seconds."

As a result, while the retractable plate 79b is in the protruding state, it does not roll to the special chart 2 winning opening 78 side, but if the retractable plate 79b is displaced to a retracted state while rolling toward the left end on the top surface of the retractable plate 79b, it will flow down the downstream side of the normal electric unit 79 (the lower side of the game board 13).

On the other hand, while the in/out board 79b is maintained in the protruding state, balls that pass through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b in succession are configured to be able to roll up to above the special pattern 1 second winning opening 77b, and when the right-side normal pattern gate 76b detects the passage of a ball in the "latent probability variable state", an alarm sound is not sounded. Furthermore, as described above, in the "latent probability variable state", although the winning probability of a normal pattern is lower than in the "probability variable state", there is a 1/2 probability of winning, and the in/out board 79b is configured to shift to the protruding state.

Therefore, by playing right-hand in the "latent probability variable state," it becomes easier to obtain the lottery opportunity for the first lottery game of the first special symbol, while awarding a predetermined number of prize balls (i.e., 2 balls/1 prize), allowing the player to play without significantly losing the balls he or she owns.

In the seventh embodiment, when the player plays from the left in the "latency probability variable state," the ball that is allocated to the left path 74 by the allocation device 73 flows out of the left exit of the left path 74 "two seconds" after being allocated by the allocation device 73, and enters the first winning hole 77a of the special drawing 1 located below the left exit.

In addition, in the "latency probability fluctuating state" of the seventh embodiment, a ball that is allocated to the right path 75 by the allocation device 73 also flows out of the right exit of the right path 75 "2 seconds" after being allocated by the allocation device 73, and enters the special drawing 1 second winning port 77b located below the right exit.

In the "latency probability variable state" of the seventh embodiment, if the player plays with the left hand, the winning assistance provided by the disappearance board 79b or the like is not provided, so the degree of advantage is the same as in the "normal game state."

Therefore, in the "latent probability variable state" of the seventh embodiment, a ball that enters the normal electric unit 79 from the right-side normal symbol gate 76b during right-hand play is configured to be more likely to enter the special symbol 1 second winning hole 77b due to the winning assistance provided by the in-and-out board 79b, so that a game in which the first lottery game for the first special symbol can be executed is played by continuously playing right-hand games with the winning assistance provided by the in-and-out board 79b, rather than playing left-hand games without the winning assistance provided by the in-and-out board 79b.

Next, as shown in FIG. 53(c), in the "probability fluctuating state" of the seventh embodiment, the ball that passes through the right-side normal symbol gate 76b and flows into the normal electric unit 79 continues to flow downstream and reaches the right end of the inlet/outlet board 79b "one second" after passing through the right-side normal symbol gate 76b.

In this case, the ball passing through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b triggers a lottery for the normal pattern, and the variable display of the normal pattern begins. The variable display in the "probability variable state" of the seventh embodiment is performed for "0.5 seconds." The ball that passes through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b is configured to reach the right end position of the in-and-out board 79b "1 second" after passing through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b. Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal pattern is shorter than the time it takes for the ball to reach the right end of the in-and-out board 79b from the time it passes through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b, the result of the variable display is derived at the time the ball reaches the right end position of the in-and-out board 79b.

In addition, in the "probability changing state" of the seventh embodiment, the probability of winning a normal symbol is configured to be higher than in the "normal game state" and the "latent probability changing state." Furthermore, the protruding time of the disappearing board 79b in the "probability changing state" of the seventh embodiment is "5 seconds," and the total time from when the variable display starts until the disappearing board 79b protrudes and sinks is "5.5 seconds."

Therefore, it is highly likely that the in/out board 79b will enter a protruding state and maintain that state between the time the ball passes through the right-side normal symbol gate 76b and the time it reaches the right end of the in/out board 79b. As a result, the ball that reaches the right end of the in/out board 79b will collide with the right end of the in/out board 79b, and will roll from that position on the top surface of the in/out board 79b toward the left end and begin to be guided toward the alternating distribution unit 71 (the special symbol 2 winning port 78).

The ball rolling from the right end of the inlet plate 79b toward the left end on the top surface of the inlet plate 79b first collides with the outer deceleration section 79d provided on the outside of the normal electric unit 79, before reaching the center of the inlet plate 79b. In the seventh embodiment, the time required for the ball to roll from the right end of the inlet plate 79b to the center is set to 1.5 seconds.

The ball rolling from the center of the inset plate 79b toward the left end on the top surface of the inset plate 79b collides with the inner deceleration section 79e provided on the inside of the normal electric unit 79 and reaches the left end of the inset plate 79b. The inner deceleration section 79e is configured to have fewer deceleration sections than the outer deceleration section 79d (for example, if the outer deceleration section 79d has four deceleration sections, the inner deceleration section 79e has two deceleration sections), so in the seventh embodiment, it takes one second for the ball to roll from the center of the inset plate 79b to the left end.

In other words, in the seventh embodiment, the time required for the inlet plate 79b to roll from the right end to the center is "1.5 seconds", and the time required for the inlet plate 79b to roll from the center to the left end is "1 second", so the time required for the inlet plate 79b to roll from the right end to the left end is "1.5 seconds" + "1 second" = "2.5 seconds".

Therefore, in the "probability changing state" of the seventh embodiment, the time required for the ball to roll from the right end to the left end of the in/out board 79b is "2.5 seconds", but as described above, the time from the start of the variable display of the normal pattern to the time the in/out board 79b protrudes and retracts is "5.5 seconds", so the ball that passes through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b rolls all the way from the right end to the left end on the top surface of the in/out board 79b while the in/out board 79b maintains its protruding state, and is guided to the special pattern 2 winning opening 78.

In addition, the multiple balls that flow into the normal electric unit 79 successively from the ball that triggered the variable display of the normal symbol are guided toward the special symbol 2 winning port 78 while the in/out board 79b is in the protruding state, and are configured to be able to win in the special symbol 2 winning port 78. Specifically, in the seventh embodiment, the ball launch interval is "0.6 seconds", and if the ball passes through the right-side normal symbol gate 76b at each interval, three additional balls are guided toward the special symbol 2 winning port 78.

That is, in the seventh embodiment, when the in and out board 79b is in the protruding state once, four chances for the second lottery game of the second special symbol can be obtained. Therefore, by playing right-hand in the "probability changing state" where assistance for winning the special symbol 2 winning slot 78 is provided, it becomes easier to obtain multiple chances for the second lottery game of the second special symbol, and a predetermined number of prize balls (i.e., 2 balls/1 winning) can be awarded, allowing the player to play without significantly losing the balls he or she owns.

In the seventh embodiment, after the first ball passes through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b, the fifth and subsequent balls roll on the top surface of the inlet/outlet board 79b, and as the inlet/outlet board 79b changes from a protruding state to a retracted state, the ball may enter the second winning hole 77b of the special symbol 1, due to the configuration of the special symbol 1 enlarged guide portion 77e, which is provided above the second winning hole 77b of the special symbol 1 and guides the ball above the second winning hole 77b of the special symbol 1 to the second winning hole 77b of the special symbol 1. Therefore, in the "probability fluctuating state", the skill required to always shoot four or fewer balls from the right hand is created, and the interest of the game can be improved.

In addition, in the "probability fluctuating state" of the seventh embodiment, a left-handed game is played, and the ball that is allocated to the left path 74 by the allocation device 73 flows out of the left exit of the left path 74 "2 seconds" after being allocated from the allocation device 73, and enters the first winning hole 77a of the special drawing 1 located below the left exit.

Furthermore, in the "probability fluctuating state" of the seventh embodiment, a ball that is allocated to the right path 75 by the allocation device 73 also flows out of the right exit of the right path 75 "2 seconds" after being allocated from the allocation device 73, and enters the special drawing 1 second winning port 77b located below the right exit.

In addition, in the "probability fluctuating state" of the seventh embodiment, if a left-handed player plays, the winning assistance provided by the reel-in board 79b or the like is not provided, resulting in a degree of advantage similar to that of the "latent probability fluctuating state."

Therefore, in the "probability fluctuating state" of the seventh embodiment, a ball that enters the normal electric unit 79 from the right-side normal symbol gate 76b during right-hand play is configured to be more likely to enter the special symbol 2 winning port 78, so that the second lottery game for the second special symbol is more likely to be executed by continuously playing right-hand games with winning assistance than by playing left-hand games with no winning assistance.

As described above, according to the seventh embodiment of the pachinko machine 10, in a left-handed game, a first lottery game of a first special symbol based on winning the first winning port 77a of the special symbol 1 or the second winning port 77b of the special symbol 1 can be played in the "normal game state". In addition, in a right-handed game, a first lottery game of a first special symbol based on winning the second winning port 77b of the special symbol 1 can be played in the "latency probability change state", and a second lottery game of a second special symbol based on winning the special symbol 2 winning port 78 can be played in the "probability change state". Therefore, by making the variations of the winning ports 77a, 77b, and 78 that can be won in each of the three game states different, it is possible to provide variation in the game and increase the interest of the game.

In addition, in the "normal game state" and the "latency probability change state", the winning probability of the normal symbol, the variable display time of the normal symbol, and the protruding time of the appearance board 79b are set to unfavorable settings, while in the "probability change state" only the winning probability of the normal symbol, the variable display time of the normal symbol, and the protruding time of the appearance board 79b are set to favorable settings. By configuring in this way, the winning slots 77a, 77b, 78 that can be won are different for each game state, while the various lotteries and behaviors related to the normal symbol are set uniformly for each game state, and the game specifications are easy for players to understand, providing a pachinko machine 10 that players are unlikely to shy away from and preventing a decline in operation of the pachinko machine 10.

In addition, since the above playability can be achieved without disposing a normal symbol gate within the alternating distribution unit 71, the number of parts in the alternating distribution unit 71 can be reduced, and increases in manufacturing costs can be suppressed.

Furthermore, by configuring the alternating distribution unit 71 so that it does not detect balls, it is possible to prevent chattering from occurring.

Otherwise, the pachinko machine 10 in the seventh embodiment has the same configuration as the first to sixth embodiments and thus achieves the same effects.

Eighth Embodiment
Next, the pachinko machine 10 of the eighth embodiment will be described with reference to Figures 54 to 58. In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, left-handed play is recommended in the "normal game state" and the "latency probability variable state", and right-handed play is recommended in the "probability variable state", and the launch mode of the ball is fixed for each game state, and although the winning holes 77, 78 that can win are different for each game state, the launch mode is fixed, so the game becomes monotonous, and it may be difficult to effectively exert the above-mentioned interest-improving effect.

In response to this, the eighth embodiment of the pachinko machine 10 is configured to allow both left-hand and right-hand play in the "latency probability variable state," and allows the player to select the firing mode. By varying the variety of winning slots 63a, 77a, 77f, 78c that can be won for each game state, the player can change the winning slots 77a, 77f, 78c that can be won according to their wishes, which adds new gameplay and increases the excitement of the game.

The following describes the pachinko machine 10 in the eighth embodiment, focusing on the differences from the pachinko machine 10 in the first to seventh embodiments. In the following description, the same elements as those in the first to seventh embodiments are given the same reference numerals, and illustrations and descriptions of those elements are omitted.

First, referring to FIG. 54, the winning probability of the normal symbol for each game state in the eighth embodiment, the variable display time of the normal symbol, and the protruding time of the infeed board 79b will be explained. FIG. 54(a) is a schematic diagram showing an example of a normal symbol winning random number table 202f stored in the ROM 202 of the eighth embodiment. FIG. 54(b) is a schematic diagram showing an example of a normal symbol variable time table 202g stored in the ROM 202 of the eighth embodiment. Furthermore, FIG. 54(c) is a schematic diagram showing an example of a normal electric role control table 202h stored in the ROM 202 of the eighth embodiment.

As shown in FIG. 54(a), in the pachinko machine 10 of the eighth embodiment, the number of values of the normal symbol winning random number counter C4 that will result in a win in all game states is 90, and the values "10 to 99" are stored in the normal symbol winning random number table 202f. In other words, the probability of winning a normal symbol in any game state is set to be 90/100 = 9/10.

Next, as shown in FIG. 54(b), in the pachinko machine 10 of the eighth embodiment, the variable display time of the normal symbol set in the "normal game state" and the "latent probability variable state" is stipulated in the normal symbol variable time table 202g to be "3 seconds". In other words, the time from when the variable display of the normal symbol starts to when the stopped symbol is derived in the "normal game state" and the "latent probability variable state" is always set to be "3 seconds".

On the other hand, the variable display time of the normal symbols set in the "probability variable state" is specified in the normal symbol variable time table 202g to be "0.5 seconds". In other words, the time from when the variable display of the normal symbols starts in the "probability variable state" to when the stopped symbols are derived is set to be "0.5 seconds" without fail.

Next, as shown in FIG. 54(c), in the pachinko machine 10 of the eighth embodiment, the normal electric control table 202h specifies that the protruding time of the disappearance board 79b is set to "2 seconds" when a normal symbol is won in the "normal gaming state" or the "latency probability fluctuating state". In other words, when a normal symbol is won in a gaming state other than the "probability fluctuating state", the protruding time of the disappearance board 79b is always set to "2 seconds".

On the other hand, the normal electric control table 202h specifies that the protruding time of the disappearance board 79b is set to "3 seconds" when a normal symbol is won in the "probability fluctuating state." In other words, in the "probability fluctuating state," when a normal symbol is won, the protruding time of the disappearance board 79b is set to "3 seconds" without fail.

Therefore, in the eighth embodiment of the pachinko machine 10, the variations in the probability of winning or losing with the normal symbol, the variable display time of the normal symbol, and the protruding time of the disappearance board 79b are configured to be different between the "normal game state" and "latent probability changing state" on the one hand, and the "probability changing state" on the other. In particular, the winning probability of the normal symbol is the same in all game states, and in the "probability changing state", the protruding time of the disappearance board 79b is configured to be slightly longer (i.e., "2 seconds" to "3 seconds") than in the "normal game state" and the "latent probability changing state".

Next, with reference to Figures 55 to 58, the gameplay in each game state of the eighth embodiment, i.e., the behavior of the ball based on the ball's launch mode and the associated behavior of the launch plate 79b, will be explained.

Figure 55 is a schematic diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball entering through the distribution ball inlet 72 of the alternating distribution unit 71 when hitting from the left, or the behavior of a ball entering through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b of the normal electric unit 79 when hitting from the right, and the behavior of the ball entering and exiting board 79b in each game state of the eighth embodiment. FIG. 55(a) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball entering through the distribution ball inlet 72 of the alternating distribution unit 71 and the behavior of the inlet and outlet board 79b when hitting from the left in the "normal game state" of the eighth embodiment. FIG. 55(b) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball entering through the distribution ball inlet 72 of the alternating distribution unit 71, the behavior of a ball entering the normal electric role unit 79, the behavior of the inlet and outlet board 79b, and the behavior of a ball rolling on the upper surface of the inlet and outlet board 79b when hitting from the left or right in the "latency probability fluctuating state" of the eighth embodiment. FIG. 55(c) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of the inlet and outlet board 79b and the behavior of a ball rolling on the upper surface of the inlet and outlet board 79b when hitting from the right in the "probability fluctuating state" of the eighth embodiment. FIG. 55(d) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the normal electric role unit 79 along line B-B in FIG. 55(a).

Figure 56 (a) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the balls distributed to the right path 75 of the alternating distribution unit 71, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protruding time of the in-and-out board 79b when hitting from the left in the "normal game state" of the eighth embodiment, and Figure 56 (b) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the balls that flow into the normal electric unit 79 (passing through the right-side normal symbol gate 76b), the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protruding time of the in-and-out board 79b when hitting from the right in the "normal game state" of the eighth embodiment.

The configurations of the alternating distribution unit 71 and the normal electric unit 79 in the eighth embodiment differ from those in the first embodiment in the configuration of the left path 74 of the alternating distribution unit 71, the configuration of the right-side depth second passage 75b of the right-side path 75 of the alternating distribution unit 71, the configuration of the internal general winning port 63a of the alternating distribution unit 71, the arrangement position of the right-side special chart 2 second winning port 78c of the alternating distribution unit 71, the configuration of the special chart 2 guide section 78d of the alternating distribution unit 71, the configuration of the outer special chart 1 second winning port 77f, and the configurations of the right-side concentrated deceleration section 79m and the left-side dispersed deceleration section 79n in the normal electric unit 79. The other configurations are the same as those in the first embodiment, so their explanations are omitted.

As shown in FIG. 55(a), the left path 74 in the eighth embodiment is a path along which balls guided to the left side of the alternating distribution unit 71 by the distribution device 73 flow. A left exit is provided on the lower left side of the left path 74 through which balls flowing down the left path 74 exit, and a special drawing 1 first winning port 77a is disposed below the left exit. Thus, the balls guided to the left path 74 are configured to flow down the left path 74 and then enter the special drawing 1 first winning port 77a.

The left path 74 has a predetermined length as a passageway through which the balls flow, and in the eighth embodiment of the pachinko machine 10, the balls distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73 are configured to take "one second" from the time they enter the left path 74 until they reach the left exit. In other words, the balls distributed to the left side by the distribution device 73 flow out of the left exit "one second" after that timing, and enter the first winning port 77a of the special drawing 1.

As shown in FIG. 55(a), the right path 75 in the eighth embodiment is a path along which balls guided by the distribution device 73 to the right side of the alternating distribution unit 71 flow. A right exit is provided below the right side of this right path 75, through which balls flowing down the right path 75 flow out, and a right special drawing 2 second winning port 78c is disposed below the right exit. Also, the left end of the inlet/outlet plate 79b of the normal electric unit 79 is located below the right exit.

A unit-internal normal symbol gate 76a is provided on this right-side path 75, and a right-side second depth passage 75b is formed so that it takes longer for a ball that has flowed into the right-side path 75 to be discharged from the right-side exit of the right-side path 75. The right-side second depth passage 75b is configured so that a ball that has been distributed to the right-side path 75 flows out of the right-side exit of the right-side path 75 "4.4 seconds" after it passes through the unit-internal normal symbol gate 76a.

The right side special drawing 2 second winning port 78c is provided with a special drawing 2 guide section 78d. This special drawing 2 guide section 78d is configured to be wider than the winning port width of the right side special drawing 2 second winning port 78c (for example, 1.5 times the winning port width of the right side special drawing 2 second winning port 78c) so that the ball flowing down from the inlet/outlet board 79b can be easily guided to the right side special drawing 2 second winning port 78c. As a result, even if the inlet/outlet board 79b is in a protruding state, if the inlet/outlet board 79b is switched to a retracted state while the ball is colliding with the left side dispersion deceleration section 79n, the ball rolling on the upper surface of the inlet/outlet board 79b will flow down to the special drawing 2 guide section 78d and can win at the right side special drawing 2 second winning port 78c.

The unit's general winning port 63a is located to the left of the right-side special chart 2 second winning port 78c (to the right of the special chart 1 first winning port 77a). When a ball wins this unit's general winning port 63a, only a predetermined number of prize balls (e.g., three balls) are paid out, and the first lottery game and the second lottery game are not executed. This unit's general winning port 63a is configured so that a ball that rolls on the top surface of the inlet/outlet board 79b and flows down from the left end part of the inlet/outlet board 79b can win.

The right-side aggregated deceleration section 79m of the normal electric unit 79 is composed of multiple rib-shaped rear deceleration sections 79m1, 79m3 provided on the base 79y where the normal electric unit 79 contacts the game board 13, and multiple rib-shaped front deceleration sections 79m2, 79m4 provided on the back side (base 79y side) of the cover section 79x located on the opposite side of the base 79y.

As a result, in the pachinko machine 10 of the eighth embodiment, a ball that has reached the right end of the inlet/outlet plate 79b is configured to take "1.5 seconds" to roll on the top surface of the inlet/outlet plate 79b and reach the central right part of the inlet/outlet plate 79b (the second winning hole 77f of the outer special drawing 1). As a result, even if the inlet/outlet plate 79b is in a protruding state, if the inlet/outlet plate 79b switches to a retracted state while the ball is colliding with the right-side collecting deceleration part 79m, the ball that was rolling on the top surface of the inlet/outlet plate 79b is configured to win the second winning hole 77f of the outer special drawing 1.

The left-side distributed deceleration section 79n of the normal electric unit 79 is composed of a rib-shaped rear deceleration section 79n1 provided on the base 79y where the normal electric unit 79 contacts the game board 13, and a rib-shaped front deceleration section 79n2 provided on the back side (base 79y side) of the cover section 79x located on the opposite side of the base 79y.

As a result, in the eighth embodiment of the pachinko machine 10, a ball that reaches the center of the inlet/outlet plate 79b rolls toward the left end on the top surface of the inlet/outlet plate 79b, and is configured to take "one second" to reach the left end of the inlet/outlet plate 79b.

As shown in FIG. 55(a), in the "normal game state" of the eighth embodiment, a ball that is distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73 flows out of the left exit of the left path 74 "one second" after being distributed by the distribution device 73, and enters the first prize opening 77a of the special drawing 1 located below the left exit.

On the other hand, in the "normal game state" of the eighth embodiment, the balls allocated to the right path 75 by the allocation device 73 first pass through the unit's normal symbol gate 76a "0.1 seconds" after being allocated by the allocation device 73, and then pass through the right-side depth second path 75b, which is composed of a second rearward path (not shown) of a predetermined length (e.g., 4 centimeters) that slopes slightly downward (not shown in the drawing) toward the back when the alternating allocation unit 71 is viewed from the front, and a second frontward path (not shown) of a predetermined length (e.g., 4 centimeters) that turns back from the second rearward path and slopes slightly downward (not shown in the drawing), and flows out from the right exit of the right path 75 "4.4 seconds" after passing through the unit's normal symbol gate 76a. That is, the balls flow out from the right exit of the right path 75 "4.5 seconds" after being allocated to the right path 75 by the allocation device 73.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 56(a), when a ball is allocated to the right path 75 by the allocation device 73, it is configured to flow out from the right exit of the right path 75 "4.5 seconds" after the allocation. Also, the ball passes through the intra-unit normal pattern gate 76a embedded in the right path 75 "0.1 seconds" after being allocated to the right path 75, and passing through the intra-unit normal pattern gate 76a triggers the selection of a normal pattern, and the variable display of the normal pattern begins on the condition that there are no reserved balls with normal patterns.

In the eighth embodiment, the variable display in the "normal game state" lasts for "3 seconds." Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time required from when the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit until it flows out of the right exit of the right path 75, the result of the variable display is derived at the time when the ball reaches the left end position of the unit side separation inlet/outlet plate 79b3.

In addition, in the "normal game state" of the eighth embodiment, the probability of winning a normal symbol is set to be high, as in other game states. Furthermore, the protruding time of the disappearing board 79b in the "normal game state" of the eighth embodiment is "2 seconds", and the total time from when the variable display of the normal symbol begins until the disappearing board 79b protrudes and sinks is "5 seconds".

Therefore, it is highly likely that the in/out plate 79b will be in a protruding state and maintain that state between the time the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76a within the unit and the time it reaches the location of the in/out plate 79b. As a result, the ball that flows out from the right exit of the right path 75 and reaches the location of the in/out plate 79b will roll on the top surface of the in/out plate 79b toward the left end and be guided to the general winning opening 63a within the unit.

As shown in FIG. 56(b), when a right hit is performed in the "normal game state", the ball that passes through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b reaches the right end of the in-and-out board 79b after "1 second". Also, since the variable display time of the normal pattern in the "normal game state" is "3 seconds", the ball flows out to the downstream side of the normal electric unit 79 (the lower side of the game board 13) before the variable display of the normal pattern based on the passage through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b ends, that is, before the in-and-out board 79b becomes in a protruding state based on the variable display.

Even if the balls enter the balls continuously, the time it takes for the in-and-out plate 79b to maintain the protruding state after a hit is "2 seconds" (see Figure 54 (c)), and the time it takes for the top surface of the in-and-out plate 79b to roll from the right end to the left end is "2.5 seconds."

As a result, while the in/out plate 79b is maintaining the protruding state, it does not roll up to above the right side special chart 2 second winning opening 78c, and if the in/out plate 79b is displaced to a recessed state while rolling on the top surface of the in/out plate 79b, it flows down to the downstream side of the normal electric unit 79.

On the other hand, while the retractable plate 79b is maintained in the protruding state, balls that pass through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b in succession are configured to be able to roll up to above the outer special pattern 1 second winning port 77f, but if the right-side normal pattern gate 76b detects the passage of a ball in the "normal game state", an alarm is sounded. As a result, the player can play left-handed without playing right-handed in the "normal game state".

In this way, in the "normal game state" of the eighth embodiment, the balls that enter the alternating distribution unit 71 alternately enter either the first winning port 77a of the special symbol 1 or the general winning port 63a in the unit, so that the first lottery game of the first special symbol and the game in which a predetermined number of prize balls are obtained are performed. The general winning port 63a in the unit only pays out a predetermined number of prize balls, and does not obtain a lottery opportunity for a special symbol like the second winning port 77f of the outer special symbol 1 or the second winning port 78c of the right special symbol 2. In other words, the award of a jackpot based on the lottery opportunity for a special symbol does not occur, but a certain game value in the form of prize balls can be obtained. Therefore, in the "normal game state," even if the ball is prevented from entering the right-side special chart 2 second winning port 78c because the in/out board 79b is in a protruding state, the ball can be allowed to enter the unit's general winning port 63a and a predetermined prize ball can be awarded to the player, thereby reducing the player's dissatisfaction due to the ball being prevented from entering the right-side special chart 2 second winning port 78c and preventing the player from losing interest in the game.

Next, the gameplay in the "latency probability changing state" of the eighth embodiment will be explained with reference to Figures 55(b) and 57.

Figure 55 (b) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball entering through the ball distribution entrance 72 of the alternating distribution unit 71, the behavior of a ball entering the normal electric unit 79, the behavior of the entry and exit board 79b, and the behavior of a ball rolling on the upper surface of the entry and exit board 79b when hitting from the left or right in the "latency probability changing state" of the eighth embodiment.

In addition, FIG. 57(a) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the balls distributed to the right path 75 of the alternating distribution unit 71, the variable display of the normal pattern, and the protruding time of the in-and-out board 79b when hitting from the left in the "latent probability fluctuating state" of the eighth embodiment, and FIG. 57(b) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the balls that flow into the normal electric unit 79 (passing through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b), the variable display of the normal pattern, and the protruding time of the in-and-out board 79b when hitting from the right in the "latent probability fluctuating state" of the eighth embodiment.

First, as shown in FIG. 55(b), in the "latency probability fluctuating state" of the eighth embodiment, a ball that is allocated to the left path 74 by the allocation device 73 flows out of the left exit of the left path 74 "one second" after being allocated by the allocation device 73, and enters the first prize-winning hole 77a of the special drawing 1 located below the left exit.

Meanwhile, in the "latency probability fluctuating state" of the eighth embodiment, a ball allocated to the right path 75 by the allocation device 73 by a left-handed player passes through the unit's normal symbol gate 76a "0.1 seconds" after being allocated by the allocation device 73, passes through the right-side depth second passage 75b, and flows out from the right exit of the right path 75 "4.4 seconds" after passing through the unit's normal symbol gate 76a, just like in the "normal play state." In other words, the ball flows out from the right exit of the right path 75 "4.5 seconds" after being allocated to the right path 75 by the allocation device 73.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 57(a), when a ball is allocated to the right path 75 by the allocation device 73, it is configured to flow out from the right exit of the right path 75 "4.5 seconds" after the allocation. Also, the ball passes through the intra-unit normal pattern gate 76a embedded in the right path 75 "0.1 seconds" after being allocated to the right path 75, and passing through the intra-unit normal pattern gate 76a triggers the lottery for the normal pattern, and the variable display of the normal pattern begins, provided that there are no reserved balls with normal patterns.

In the "latency probability variable state" of the eighth embodiment, the variable display is performed for "0.5 seconds." In addition, in the "latency probability variable state" of the eighth embodiment, if the variable display of the normal pattern is won, the in/out board 79b is configured to protrude for "2 seconds." Therefore, since the total time of the variable display time of the normal pattern and the protrusion time of the right-side in/out board 79b2 is shorter than the time required from the timing when the ball passes through the normal pattern gate 76a in the unit to flow out from the right exit of the right-side path 75, the ball allocated to the right-side path 75 by the allocation device 73 passes through the arrangement position of the in/out board 79b after the result of the variable display is derived and the in/out board 79b protrudes and then sinks, and enters the right-side special pattern 2 second winning port 78c as it is.

On the other hand, in the "latent probability variable state" of the eighth embodiment, even if a right-hand play is performed and the ball passes through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b, an alarm sound is not output. In other words, the system is configured so that both left-hand play and right-hand play can be performed.

Here, as shown in FIG. 57(b), when a right shot is performed in the "latent probability variable state", the ball passes through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b, which triggers the selection of the normal pattern, and the variable display of the normal pattern begins. The variable display in the "latent probability variable state" of the eighth embodiment is performed for "0.5 seconds". The ball that passes through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b is configured to reach the position of the right end of the infeed board 79b "1 second" after passing through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b. Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal pattern is shorter than the time it takes for the ball to reach the right end of the infeed board 79b from the time it passes through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b, the result of the variable display is derived at the time the ball reaches the position of the right end of the infeed board 79b.

In addition, in the "latent probability variable state" of the eighth embodiment, the probability of winning a normal symbol is configured to be high, similar to other game states. Furthermore, the protruding time of the disappearing board 79b in the "latent probability variable state" of the eighth embodiment is "2 seconds", and the total time from when the variable display of the normal symbol begins until the disappearing board 79b protrudes and sinks is "2.5 seconds".

Now, with reference to Figure 55(d), the configuration of the speed reducer sections 79m, 79n of the normal electric utility unit 79 of the eighth embodiment will be described. Figure 55(d) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the normal electric utility unit 79 taken along line B-B in Figure 55(a).

As shown in FIG. 55(d), when the inlet/outlet plate 79b is in a protruding state, a ball that has flowed into the right path 75 of the alternating distribution unit 71 collides with the left side of the inlet/outlet plate 79b in the protruding state, and the inclination of the inlet/outlet plate 79b causes the ball to roll along the top surface of the inlet/outlet plate 79b to the left side of the game board 13 (see FIG. 3) as viewed from the front, i.e., toward the general winning opening 63a within the unit.

Specifically, the ball rolling on the upper surface of the inlet/outlet plate 79b from the left side of the inlet/outlet plate 79b flows out from the left end of the inlet/outlet plate 79b while rolling on the upper surface of the inlet/outlet plate 79b without colliding with the deceleration section or the like. In the eighth embodiment, the time required for the ball to roll from the left side of the inlet/outlet plate 79b to the left end is set to be "0.5 seconds".

In addition, when the retractable plate 79b is in a protruding state, a ball that passes through the right-side normal symbol gate 76b of the normal electric unit 79 collides with the right end of the protruding retractable plate 79b, and the inclination of the retractable plate 79b causes the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b to roll to the left side of the game board 13 (see Figure 3) when viewed from the front, that is, toward the alternating distribution unit 71.

Specifically, the ball rolling from the right end of the inlet plate 79b to the left end on the upper surface of the inlet plate 79b first collides with the first rear right aggregated decelerator 79m1 provided on the base 79y side of the normal electric unit 79, and the collision changes the direction of travel, rolling the upper surface of the inlet plate 79b toward the cover part 79x side. Then, it collides with the first front right aggregated decelerator 79m2 provided on the cover part 79x side of the normal electric unit 79, and the collision changes the direction of travel again, rolling the upper surface of the inlet plate 79b toward the base 79y side. Then, it collides with the second rear right aggregated decelerator 79m3 provided on the base 79y side of the normal electric unit 79, and the collision changes the direction of travel again, rolling the upper surface of the inlet plate 79b toward the cover part 79x side. Next, it collides with the second front right-side collective deceleration section 79m4 provided on the cover section 79x side of the normal electric unit 79, and the direction of travel is changed again by the collision, and it rolls on the upper surface of the inset plate 79b toward the base section 79y, reaching the center of the inset plate 79b. In the eighth embodiment, it is configured to take "1.5 seconds" to roll from the right end of the inset plate 79b to the center.

The ball that passed through the center of the inlet/outlet plate 79b collides with the rear left dispersion deceleration part 79n1 provided on the base part 79y side of the normal electric unit 79, and the collision changes the direction of travel, causing the ball to roll along the top surface of the inlet/outlet plate 79b toward the cover part 79x. The ball then collides with the front left dispersion deceleration part 79n2 provided on the cover part 79x side of the normal electric unit 79, and the collision again changes the direction of travel, causing the ball to roll along the top surface of the inlet/outlet plate 79b toward the base part 79y, before flowing out from the left end of the inlet/outlet plate 79b.

In other words, in the eighth embodiment, the time required for the inlet plate 79b to roll from the right end to the center is "1.5 seconds", and the time required for the inlet plate 79b to roll from the center to the left end is "1 second", so the time required for the inlet plate 79b to roll from the right end to the left end is "1.5 seconds" + "1 second" = "2.5 seconds".

As a result, in the "latent probability change state", if the in/out board 79b is displaced to a recessed state while rolling on the top surface of the in/out board 79b toward the left end direction without rolling to the right special pattern 2 second winning port 78c while the in/out board 79b maintains a protruding state, the ball flows down to the downstream side of the normal electric unit 79. However, in the "latent probability change state", while the in/out board 79b maintains a protruding state, the ball that passed through the right normal pattern gate 76b does not roll to above the right special pattern 2 second winning port 78c, but is configured to be able to roll to above the outer special pattern 1 second winning port 77f, so when the in/out board 79b is displaced from the protruding state to the recessed state, the ball that was rolling on the top surface of the in/out board 79b can win the outer special pattern 1 second winning port 77f.

Therefore, by executing a right-hit game in the "latent probability variable state" of the eighth embodiment, it becomes easier to obtain the lottery opportunity for the first lottery game of the first special pattern, while a predetermined number of prize balls (i.e., 2 balls/1 prize) are awarded, allowing the player to play without significantly losing the balls he or she owns.

In this way, in the "latent probability variable state," both left-hand and right-hand play can be performed, and the firing mode can be selected by the player. By providing different variations in the winning slots 77a, 77f, and 78c that can be won in left-hand and right-hand play, the player can change the winning slots 77a, 77f, and 78c that can be won in accordance with their wishes, which adds new gameplay and increases the excitement of the game.

In the eighth embodiment of the pachinko machine 10, in the "latency probability variable state", in the left-hand play, a game is executed without the winning assistance by the disappearance board 79b, while in the right-hand play, a game in which it is easy to win the outer special symbol 1 second winning port 77f is executed by the disappearance board 79b. By configuring in this way, it is possible to select a play mode including the obtainable play value, whether to obtain a lottery opportunity for the second lottery game of the second special symbol, which is difficult to win the winning port (special symbol 1 first winning port 77a and right special symbol 2 second winning port 78c) as much as in the "normal play state", but which has a large play value for the player, or to obtain a lottery opportunity for the first lottery game of the first special symbol, which is easier to win the winning port (outer special symbol 1 second winning port 77f) than in the "normal play state", but which is not advantageous for the player. This allows players to appropriately select the gameplay (gambling) they desire in the "latent probability changing state," enhancing the enjoyment of the game.

Next, the gameplay in the "probability changing state" of the eighth embodiment will be explained with reference to Figures 55(c) and 58.

Figure 55 (c) is a schematic diagram for explaining the behavior of the in/out plate 79b and the behavior of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the in/out plate 79b when hitting from the right in the "probability fluctuating state" of the eighth embodiment.

Figure 58 (a) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the balls distributed to the right path 75 of the alternating distribution unit 71, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protruding time of the in-and-out board 79b when hitting from the left in the "probability fluctuating state" of the eighth embodiment, and Figure 58 (b) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the balls that flow into the normal electric unit 79 (passing through the right-side normal symbol gate 76b), the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protruding time of the in-and-out board 79b when hitting from the right in the "probability fluctuating state" of the eighth embodiment.

First, as shown in FIG. 55(c), in the "probability fluctuating state" of the eighth embodiment, the ball that passes through the right-side normal symbol gate 76b and flows into the normal electric unit 79 continues to flow downstream and reaches the right end of the inlet/outlet board 79b "one second" after passing through the right-side normal symbol gate 76b.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 58(b), the ball passes through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b, which triggers the selection of the normal pattern, and the variable display of the normal pattern begins. The variable display in the "probability variable state" of the eighth embodiment is performed for "0.5 seconds." The ball that passes through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b is configured to reach the right end position of the in-and-out board 79b "1 second" after passing through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b. Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal pattern is shorter than the time it takes for the ball to reach the right end of the in-and-out board 79b from the time it passes through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b, the result of the variable display is derived at the time the ball reaches the right end position of the in-and-out board 79b.

In addition, in the "probability changing state" of the eighth embodiment, the probability of winning a normal symbol is set to be high, similar to other game states. Furthermore, the protruding time of the disappearing board 79b in the "probability changing state" of the eighth embodiment is "3 seconds", and the total time from when the variable display starts until the disappearing board 79b protrudes and sinks is "3.5 seconds".

Therefore, it is highly likely that the in/out board 79b will be in a protruding state and maintain that state between the time the ball passes through the right-side normal symbol gate 76b and the time it reaches the right end of the in/out board 79b. As a result, the ball that reaches the right end of the in/out board 79b will collide with the right end of the in/out board 79b, and from that position will roll on the top surface of the in/out board 79b toward the left end and begin to be guided toward the right-side special symbol 2 second winning opening 78c.

Furthermore, the time required for the ball to roll from the right end to the left end of the in/out board 79b is "2.5 seconds", but as described above, the time from the start of the variable display in the "probability variable state" of the eighth embodiment until the in/out board 79b protrudes and sinks is "3.5 seconds", so the ball that passed through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b rolls on the upper surface of the in/out board 79b from the right end to the left end while the in/out board 79b maintains the protruding state. However, since the time it takes for the ball that first passed through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b to roll to the left end of the in/out board 79b is "3.5 seconds", the in/out board 79b changes from the protruding state to the sinking state at the timing when the ball reaches the left end of the in/out board 79b. Therefore, the ball that was rolling on the upper surface of the in/out board 79b at the timing of the change from the protruding state to the sinking state flows down the downstream side of the in/out board 79b (the lower side of the game board 13).

As mentioned above, the time from the start of the variable display in the "probability fluctuation state" of the eighth embodiment until the appearance and disappearance board 79b protrudes and sinks is "3.5 seconds". Therefore, the ball that passed through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b starts rolling from the right end on the upper surface of the appearance and disappearance board 79b while the appearance and disappearance board 79b maintains the protruding state, but since the appearance and disappearance board 79b can change from the protruding state to the sinking state while rolling above the special pattern 2 guide portion 78d (i.e., from the position of the center part of the appearance and disappearance board 79b to the position of the left end), the appearance and disappearance board 79b can flow down from that rolling position to the special pattern 2 guide portion 78d located downstream and can win in the right-side special pattern 2 second winning port 78c.

In addition, the multiple balls that flow into the normal electric unit 79 successively from the ball that triggered the variable display of the normal symbol are guided to the right special symbol 2 second winning port 78c while the in/out board 79b maintains the protruding state, and are configured to be able to win in the right special symbol 2 second winning port 78c. Specifically, in the eighth embodiment, the ball launch interval is "0.6 seconds", and when the right normal symbol gate 76b is passed at each interval, one ball is additionally guided above the special symbol 2 guide section 78d. That is, in the eighth embodiment, when the in/out board 79b protrudes once, the lottery opportunity for the second lottery game of the second special symbol can be obtained twice. Therefore, by playing right-hand in the "probability-changing state," it becomes easier to obtain multiple lottery opportunities for the second lottery game of the second special symbol, while awarding a certain number of prize balls (i.e., 2 balls/1 prize), allowing the player to play without significantly losing the balls they have.

In the eighth embodiment, after the first ball passes through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b, the third and subsequent balls roll on the upper surface of the inlet/outlet board 79b, which displaces the inlet/outlet board 79b from a protruding state to a retracted state, so that a ball rolling on the inlet/outlet board 79b above the second winning hole 77f of the outer special pattern 1 may end up winning in the second winning hole 77f of the outer special pattern 1. Therefore, in the "probability fluctuating state," the skill required to always keep the number of balls fired by the right hit to two or less is created, and the interest of the game can be improved.

As shown in FIG. 58(a), when a left hit is performed in the "probability variable state" of the eighth embodiment, if the ball is sorted to the right path 75 by the sorting device 73, it is configured to flow out from the right exit of the right path 75 "4.5 seconds" after the sorting. Also, the ball passes through the intra-unit normal pattern gate 76a embedded in the right path 75 "0.1 seconds" after being sorted to the right path 75, and passing through the intra-unit normal pattern gate 76a triggers the selection of a normal pattern, and the variable display of the normal pattern begins.

In the "probability change state" of the eighth embodiment, the variable display is performed for "0.5 seconds." In addition, in the "probability change state" of the eighth embodiment, if the variable display of the normal pattern is won, the in and out board 79b is configured to protrude for "3 seconds." Therefore, since the total time of the variable display time of the normal pattern and the protruding time of the in and out board 79b is shorter than the time required from the timing when the ball passes through the normal pattern gate 76a in the unit to flow out from the right exit of the right path 75, the ball allocated to the right path 75 by the allocation device 73 passes through the arrangement position of the in and out board 79b after the result of the variable display is derived and the in and out board 79b protrudes and then sinks, and enters the right special pattern 2 second winning port 78c.

In the "probability fluctuating state" of the eighth embodiment, if you play with your left hand, the winning assistance provided by the reel 79b or the like is not provided, so the degree of advantage is the same as in the "latent probability fluctuating state."

Therefore, in the "probability fluctuating state" of the eighth embodiment, a ball that enters the normal electric unit 79 from the right-side normal symbol gate 76b during right-side play is configured to easily enter the right-side special symbol 2 second winning hole 78c, so that the second lottery game for the second special symbol is more likely to be executed by continuously playing right-side play with winning assistance than by playing left-side play without winning assistance.

As explained above, according to the eighth embodiment of the pachinko machine 10, in the "latency probability changing state," both left-hand and right-hand play can be performed, and the firing mode can be selected by the player. By providing different variations in the winning slots 77a, 77f, and 78c that can be won in left-hand and right-hand play, the winning slots 77a, 77f, and 78c that can be won in can be changed according to the player's wishes, providing new gameplay and increasing the excitement of the game.

In addition, in the pachinko machine 10 of the eighth embodiment, a game is played in a state where there is no winning assistance by the in/out board 79b in a left-handed game, while a game in which it is easy to win the outer special symbol 1 second winning port 77f is played by the in/out board 79b in a right-handed game. By configuring in this way, it is possible to select a game mode including the obtainable game value, such as whether to obtain a lottery opportunity for the second lottery game of the second special symbol in which the conditions for winning the winning port (special symbol 1 first winning port 77a and right special symbol 2 second winning port 78c) are as difficult to win as in the "normal game state" but the game value is high for the player, or to obtain a lottery opportunity for the first lottery game of the first special symbol in which the conditions for winning the winning port (outer special symbol 1 second winning port 77f) are easier to win than in the "normal game state" but the game value is not advantageous for the player. This allows players to appropriately select the gameplay (gambling) they desire in the "latent probability changing state," enhancing the enjoyment of the game.

Although the present invention has been described above based on the above embodiment, the present invention is in no way limited to the above embodiment, and it can be easily imagined that various modifications and improvements are possible within the scope of the spirit of the present invention. For example, the numerical values given in the above embodiment are merely examples, and it is of course possible to adopt other numerical values.

Of course, it is also possible to combine the configurations of the above embodiments with any of the configurations of the modified examples shown below. Of course, it is also possible to combine the configurations of one or more other modified examples with any of the modified examples shown below. In these cases, further effects can be achieved by applying each configuration. The following explanation is based on the reference numbers of the parts used in the explanation of the first embodiment, but it is also possible to replace them with the reference numbers of the same or similar parts in other embodiments.

<Modification 1>
In each of the above embodiments, the alternating distribution unit 71 includes the distribution ball entrance 72, the distribution device 73, the left path 74, the right path 75, the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit, the special symbol 1 winning port 77, and the special symbol 2 winning port 78, and is configured as a unit in one alternating distribution unit 71. In contrast, each of the above members 72 to 78 may be configured as a separate member, or each of the members 72 to 78 may be configured as a unit different from the alternating distribution unit 71. By configuring in this way, the number of parts increases, but it becomes easier to replace each of the members 72 to 78 when they break down, and the efficiency of maintenance work on the pachinko machine 10 can be improved.

<Modification 2>
In the above-mentioned embodiments, the right side normal symbol gate 76b, the ingress plate 79b, the deceleration section 79c, etc. are configured as a unit in the normal electric unit 79. In contrast, the above-mentioned members 76b, 79b, 79c may be configured as separate members, or the members 76b, 79b, 79c may be configured as a unit different from the normal electric unit 79. By configuring in this way, the number of parts increases, but it becomes easier to replace the members 76b, 79b, 79c when they break down, and the efficiency of the maintenance work of the pachinko machine 10 can be improved.

<Modification 3>
In each of the above embodiments, the alternating distribution unit 71 and the normal electric role unit 79 are configured as separate units. In contrast, the alternating distribution unit 71 and the normal electric role unit 79 may be configured as one unit. When changing the variation of the winning holes 77, 78 that can be won for each game state of the present invention, the relationship between the arrangement position of the special figure 1 second winning hole 77b of the alternating distribution unit 71 and the arrangement position of the appearance and disappearance plate 79b of the normal electric role unit 79 becomes important, but if a mistake (for example, a deviation in the installation position) occurs in the screw fastening work in the manufacturing process of the pachinko machine 10, the playability of the present invention may not be realized. Therefore, by unitizing the alternating distribution unit 71 and the normal electric role unit 79, it becomes unnecessary to adjust the arrangement position of the special figure 1 second winning hole 77b of the alternating distribution unit 71 and the arrangement position of the appearance and disappearance plate 79b of the normal electric role unit 79, and it becomes possible to reliably realize the playability of the present invention.

<Modification 4>
In each of the above embodiments, the protruding pattern (time) of the in/out plate 79b in each game state is configured with one or two patterns. In contrast, the protruding pattern (time) of the in/out plate 79b in each game state may be configured to be selected by lottery from three or more patterns. By configuring in this way, the destinations of the balls rolling on the upper surface of the in/out plate 79b can be diversified, and the variety of winning holes 77, 78 that can win prizes for each game state can be further enriched, thereby realizing a variety of playability and improving the interest of the game.

<Modification 5>
In each of the above embodiments, the variable display time of the normal symbol in each game state is fixed (for example, "3 seconds" in the "normal game state", "0.5 seconds" in the "latency probability variable state" and "probability variable state"). In contrast, a plurality of patterns may be provided for the variable display time of the normal symbol in each game state, and the pattern may be selected by lottery. Specifically, for example, in the "latency probability variable state", patterns such as "0.5 seconds", "1 second", and "3 seconds" are provided as the variable display time pattern of the normal symbol, and the pattern may be selected by lottery. By configuring in this way, the timing at which the variable display time of the normal symbol ends differs in each game state, and the timing at which the in/out board 79b protrudes also changes, so that the variety of winning holes 77 and 78 that can be won in each game state is further enriched, and a variety of playability is realized, thereby improving the interest of the game.

<Modification 6>
In each of the above embodiments, the lottery for each special symbol was configured to award only one of the "15R probability variable jackpot" and the "7R latent probability variable jackpot". In contrast, the lottery may be configured to award a jackpot different from the above jackpot (for example, a "non-probability variable jackpot" or a so-called "sudden probability variable jackpot (2R probability variable jackpot)") or a "small jackpot" different from the jackpot. By configuring in this way, the game value awarded to the player when the jackpot is won can be varied, providing variety to the game and realizing a variety of gameplay, thereby improving the interest of the game.

In particular, if a "small win" is provided in the lottery for special symbols, when the small win is won, the central large prize opening 65a etc. will open and close in the same or similar manner as a big win that gives a "latent probability variable state" (i.e., for a "7R latent variable jackpot", the central large prize opening 65a will open and close 7 times in the same manner as the "7R latent variable jackpot"), making it difficult for the player to distinguish between the "normal game state" and the "latent probability variable state". This configuration creates a gameplay that forces the player to guess which game state it is, which can increase the excitement of the game.

Note that a "small win" is a lottery result in which the central large winning opening 65a etc. is opened and closed, but unlike a "15R sure-win jackpot" or a "7R latent sure-win jackpot", no transition in the game state is performed.

<Modification 7>
In each of the above embodiments, the balls are configured to be able to roll on the upper surface of the in/out plate 79b, and the speed reducing section 79c provided on the normal electric unit 79 slows down the flow speed of the balls rolling on the upper surface of the in/out plate 79b, thereby realizing the above-mentioned playability. In contrast, it is also possible to provide a flow-down groove or the like on the upper surface of the in/out plate 79b, in which the balls meander and flow down, without providing the speed reducing section 79c, to slow down the flow-down speed of the balls rolling on the upper surface of the in/out plate 79b. By configuring in this way, it is no longer necessary to provide the speed reducing section 79c, etc. on the normal electric unit 79, so that the configuration of the normal electric unit 79 can be simplified and the mold for the parts can be simplified, thereby reducing the manufacturing cost of the normal electric unit 79.

<Modification 8>
In each of the above embodiments, the game play of the present invention is realized by changing the protruding timing and protruding time of the protruding plate 79b in each game state using a protruding plate 79b that is displaced between a protruding state and a retracted state. In contrast, the game play of the present invention may be realized by changing the operating timing and operating time of the blade member in each game state using a rotating blade member. Specifically, for example, the blade member is arranged downstream of the right-side normal pattern gate 76b, and when the blade member is in an inoperative state (for example, an upright state), the ball that passes through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b collides with the outside (non-rolling side) of the blade member and flows down the downstream side as it is. On the other hand, when the blade member is in an operational state (a state inclined 120 degrees to the right from an upright state) in which the blade member is rotated, the ball that passes through the right-side normal pattern gate 76b collides with the inside (rolling side) of the blade member and rolls the inside of the blade member toward the alternating distribution unit 71 side. By configuring it in this manner, it is easier to recognize whether the rotational pattern of the blade member has been driven to a larger area in which the blade member itself operates than the driving pattern caused by the appearance and disappearance of the appearing and disappearing plate 79b, making it easier for the player to recognize whether or not they have won with the variable display of the normal pattern.

<Modification 9>
In each of the above embodiments, a plurality of deceleration sections 79c, etc. that collide with the ball rolling on the upper surface of the in/out plate 79b are provided, and the ball that flows down (rolls) from the right end position where the in/out plate 79b is disposed to the left end position is collided with the deceleration sections 79c, etc., to decelerate the flow speed of the rolling ball, so that even when the ball rolls on the upper surface of the in/out plate 79b in the "normal game state", etc., the ball does not roll completely from the right end position to the left end position of the in/out plate 79b. In contrast, it is also possible to use other configurations that slow down the flow speed of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the in/out plate 79b, so that the ball does not flow down (roll) completely from the right end position where the in/out plate 79b is disposed to the left end position in the "normal game state", etc.

Specifically, for example, a back passage through which the ball can flow down in the depth direction of the front view of the game board 13 (see FIG. 3) at the right end position of the in/out board 79b, and a front passage through which the ball flows down from the back side of the back passage to the front side of the game board 13 to the left end position of the in/out board 79b may be provided, and when the ball flows down to the left end position of the in/out board 79b, the flow direction of the ball may be changed depending on whether the in/out board 79b is protruding or not. Also, for example, a rotating member that rotates at a predetermined interval longer than the time it takes for the ball to roll from the right end to the left end of the upper surface of the in/out board 79b is used, and the rotating member rotates with the ball stored in the storage section of the rotating member, and the ball stored in the storage section is released at a predetermined release position. By configuring in this way, it may be configured so that when the ball moves from the right end position of the in/out board 79b to the left end position in the "normal game state", it takes more time than the protruding time of the in/out board 79b.

<Modification 10>
In each of the above embodiments, when the protruding plate 79b is displaced to the protruding state, the entire protruding plate 79b is protruded in one go, and when the protruding state is displaced to the retracted state, the entire protruding plate 79b is retracted in one go. In contrast to this, when the protruding plate 79b is protruded, a part of the protruding plate 79b may be protruded first, and then another part may be protruded, and when the retracting plate 79b is retracted, a part of the protruding plate 79b may be retracted first, and then another part may be retracted.

Specifically, for example, a right-end drive mechanism (e.g., a solenoid) is provided that is connected to the right end portion of the retractable plate 79b, and a left-end drive mechanism (e.g., a solenoid) is provided that is connected to the left end portion of the retractable plate 79b. When a normal symbol variable display is won and the retractable plate 79b is displaced from a recessed state to a protruding state, the right-end drive mechanism is driven first, displacing the right end side of the retractable plate 79b to a protruding state first. After that (e.g., after "one second"), the left-end drive mechanism is driven, displacing the left end side of the retractable plate 79b to a protruding state as well, so that the entire retractable plate 79b is configured to be in a protruding state.

When the protruding plate 79b is to be retracted, the right end drive mechanism is driven first, so that the right end of the plate 79b is first retracted. After that (for example, after one second), the left end drive mechanism is driven, so that the left end of the plate 79b is also retracted, so that the entire plate 79b is retracted.

By configuring it in this way, after the in/out plate 79b starts to change to the recessed state, the ball cannot roll from the right end position of the in/out plate 79b, but the ball rolling on the upper surface of the in/out plate 79b at that timing can continue to roll on the upper surface of the in/out plate 79b as the left end side of the in/out plate 79b maintains the protruding state, and can roll to the special figure 2 winning port 78 side. Therefore, when the in/out plate 79b changes from the protruding state to the recessed state, the ball rolling on the upper surface of the in/out plate 79b rolls all the way to the right end direction of the upper surface of the in/out plate 79b, making it difficult for the ball rolling on the upper surface of the in/out plate 79b to flow down the downstream side of the in/out plate 79b (the lower side of the game board 13), so that the ball rolling on the upper surface of the in/out plate 79b can be prevented from winning the special figure 1 second winning port 77b. Therefore, it is possible to ensure that the ball will land in the winning hole 77, 78 that is intended for each game state.

<Modification 11>
In each of the above embodiments, when a ball enters the special winning port 77 or the special winning port 78, the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 or the like is obtained based on the winning timing to perform a jackpot lottery. In contrast, instead of each winning port 77, 78, a plurality of predetermined winning areas may be provided, and when a ball flows into the winning area, a game value corresponding to the winning area may be awarded. Specifically, for example, a first winning area into which a first game value (e.g., "7R time-saving jackpot") is awarded when a ball flows into it, and a second winning area into which a second game value (e.g., "15R probability jackpot") higher than the first game value is awarded when a ball flows into it may be provided. Then, the driving mode of the in/out board 79b may be changed according to the game state, so that whether or not the ball flows down to each winning area may be changed. In addition, each winning port 77, 78 and the above winning area may be used in combination. This configuration can increase the variety of games played and contribute to improving the enjoyment of the games.

<Modification 12>
In the second embodiment, the central part of the inlet/outlet plate 79b of the normal electric unit 79 is configured to be located between the right exit of the right path 75 and the second winning port 77b of the special drawing 1, and the length from the right end of the inlet/outlet plate 79b to the central part (flow down position from the right path 75) and the length from the central part (flow down position from the right path 75) to the left end are the same length, and the configurations of the outer deceleration part 79d and the inner deceleration part 79e are made different from each other, so that the flow down speed of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the inlet/outlet plate 79b is changed. On the other hand, the arrangement position of the inlet/outlet plate 79b may be configured such that the length from the flow down position of the right path 75 to the left end of the inlet/outlet plate 79b is longer (for example, twice or more) than the length from the right end of the inlet/outlet plate 79b to the flow down position of the right path 75. By configuring it in this manner, the position of the inverted plate 79b can be made closer to the alternating distribution unit 71, the horizontal overlapping portion of the ordinary electric unit 79 with the alternating distribution unit 71 is increased, the installation area of the alternating distribution unit 71 and the ordinary electric unit 79 can be further reduced, and the freedom of board design in the game area can be increased.

<Modification 13>
In the above embodiments, the game is configured as a so-called ST type game specification in which the "probability fluctuating state" is given a predetermined number of times after the end of the jackpot regardless of which jackpot is won. In contrast, the game may be configured as a so-called loop type game specification in which the "probability fluctuating state" is maintained until the next jackpot occurs after the end of the jackpot. By configuring in this way, even in a pachinko machine with a loop type game specification, the winning pattern of the winning hole that can win a prize can be changed depending on the game state, thereby enriching the game variation and contributing to increasing the interest of the game.

<Modification 14>
In each of the above embodiments, the variable display of the normal symbol is performed based on the passage of the ball through the normal symbol gate 76, and the disappearance board 79b is configured to be in a protruding state for a predetermined time when a winning result is derived from the variable display. In contrast, the disappearance board 79b may be configured to be displaced to a protruding state based on the ball entering a predetermined ball entry means. By configuring in this way, a game of how to make the ball enter the ball entry means to make the disappearance board 79b in a protruding state is created, and the interest of the game can be improved. When the disappearance board 79b is in a protruding state, the disappearance board 79b may be configured to be displaced to a sinking state based on a predetermined number of balls (for example, two) entering the ball entry means. By configuring in this way, a game of how to not make the disappearance board 79b in a protruding state sinking state is created, and the interest of the game can be improved.

<Modification 15>
In each of the above embodiments, the variable display time of the normal symbol, the winning probability of the normal symbol, and the protruding time of the in/out board 79b are changed according to the game state, and the ball entry pattern into each winning hole 77, 78 is changed. In contrast, the variable display time of the normal symbol, the winning probability of the normal symbol, and the protruding time of the in/out board 79b may be changed based on the establishment of one event that may occur during the game and is set in advance. For example, when a ball enters a predetermined winning hole (ball entry hole), when a variable performance of a special symbol is performed a predetermined number of times, when a predetermined number of balls (for example, two balls) enter a predetermined winning hole (ball entry hole), and the like are exemplified.

<Modification 16>
In each of the above embodiments, the passage wall of the alternating distribution unit 71 is configured to make the behavior of the ball constant, and chattering due to the normal pattern gate 76a in the unit is prevented. In contrast, the passage wall of the alternating distribution unit 71 may be configured to be made of rubber or a resin material having elasticity, to absorb the impact of the ball (to reduce the kinetic energy of the ball), and to stabilize the behavior of the ball before passing through the normal pattern gate 76a in the unit. By configuring in this way, it is possible to prevent chattering from occurring.

<Modification 17>
In each of the above embodiments, the upper surface of the in/out board 79b is configured to allow the balls to roll, and the speed of the balls rolling from the upstream side to the downstream side of the upper surface of the in/out board 79b is slowed down by the deceleration unit 79c provided in the normal electric unit 79. In contrast, without providing the deceleration unit 79c, a depth passage extending in the depth direction of the game board 13 is provided at a predetermined position on the upstream side of the upper surface of the in/out board 79b, and the exit of the return passage that turns back from the depth direction to the front side of the game board 13 is provided at a specific position on the downstream side of the upper surface of the in/out board, so that the time required for the balls to flow down from a predetermined position on the in/out board 79b to a specific position is a predetermined time (for example, "2.5 seconds") required to realize the game specifications of the present invention.

By configuring in this way, there is no need to provide a fine deceleration section 79c etc. in the normal electric unit 79, so the configuration of the normal electric unit 79 can be simplified. In addition, the depth passage and the turn-back passage ensure the travel time of the ball in the depth direction of the pachinko machine 10, so the longer the depth passage and the turn-back passage are, the shorter the lateral length of the inlet and outlet plate 79b can be, and the more compact the inlet and outlet plate 79b can be in the lateral direction. As a result, by reducing the lateral area occupied by the inlet and outlet plate 79b, it is possible to contribute to improving the design freedom of the pachinko machine 10, which has many lateral constraints.

<Modification 18>
In each of the above embodiments, the ball is configured to enter the winning hole 78, etc. that is advantageous to the player when the inlet and outlet plate 79b is in the protruding state (operating state). In contrast, the ball may be configured to enter the winning hole 78, etc. that is advantageous to the player when the inlet and outlet plate 79b is in the recessed state (non-operating state), and not enter the winning hole 78, etc. that is advantageous to the player when the inlet and outlet plate 79b is in the protruding state (operating state).

<Modification 19>
In the above-described fourth embodiment, the left side inset plate 79b1 and the right side inset plate 79b2 are disposed so as to protrude outward from the outer shape of the alternating distribution unit 71. In contrast to this, the left side inset plate 79b1 and the right side inset plate 79b2 may be configured so as not to protrude outward from the outer shape of the alternating distribution unit 71.

<Modification 20>
In each of the above embodiments, the variable display time of the normal symbols and the driving pattern of the in/out board 79b are changed for each game state, so that the lottery trigger for each special symbol or the ball entry pattern into the winning hole 77 where a predetermined number of prize balls can be obtained is made different depending on the game state. In contrast, the variable display time of the normal symbols and the driving pattern of the in/out board 79b may be changed for each game state to change the inflow pattern into the symbol gates and out holes other than the winning hole. By configuring in this way, it is possible to realize a variety of gameplay by combining inflow patterns into the symbol gates and out holes that do not necessarily win prizes and inflow patterns into the winning hole where prizes can be won in a wide variety of combinations.

In the above embodiment, each command is sent from the main control device 110 to the voice lamp control device 113, and the voice lamp control device 113 instructs the display control device 114 to display, but the main control device 110 may send commands directly to the display control device 114. Also, the voice lamp control device 113 may be connected to the display control device 114, and commands instructing the display control device 114 to output each sound and turn on the lamp may be sent to the voice lamp control device 113. Furthermore, the voice lamp control device 113 and the display control device 114 may be configured as a single control device. By configuring them as a single control device, the number of parts can be reduced, and an increase in the cost of the pachinko machine can be suppressed.

In the above embodiment, a case was described in which a "reserved change notice" was performed on the execution pattern and the reserved pattern to determine whether or not there is a variable performance that will result in a jackpot during the variable performance of the third pattern (special pattern) that is reserved and executed in response to the ball entering the special pattern 1 winning port 77 or the special pattern 2 winning port 78 (start winning). In contrast, the player may be notified of whether or not there is a winning (stopping at a "○" pattern) among the variable displays of the normal patterns that are reserved and executed in response to the ball passing through the normal pattern gate 76 (start winning), together with or instead of whether or not there is a variable performance that will result in a jackpot during the variable performance of the third pattern, using the normal pattern reserved lamp 84 or the third pattern display device 81, etc. This allows the player to know whether or not there is a variable display that will result in a win among the variable displays of the reserved normal patterns, or among the variable displays of the normal patterns that are being executed and reserved. Therefore, it is possible to guess whether or not the normal pattern will be a win before the variable display of the normal pattern is executed. Some gaming machines enhance playability by determining whether or not a normal symbol wins, and this is particularly effective for such gaming machines.

In the above embodiment, a case was described in which the demo performance displayed a stopped third pattern consisting of a main pattern without a number from "0" to "9", but this is not necessarily limited to this, and the demo performance may display a stopped third pattern consisting of a main pattern with a number or a main pattern without a number in a semi-transparent state. It may also be a performance in which only the back image changes without displaying the third pattern. It may also be a performance in which a character or back image that is completely different from the third pattern or back image used in the variable performance is displayed.

In the above embodiment, the third symbol display device 81, which performs the variable performance, is used to execute the "reserve change notice", which is one form of the continuous notice performance. However, this is not necessarily limited to this. A fourth symbol display device other than the third symbol display device 81 may be provided in the pachinko machine 10, and the fourth symbol may be displayed on the fourth symbol display device in conjunction with the variable performance performed by the third symbol display device 81, to execute a continuous notice performance (hereinafter, "reserve change notice" is included in the "continuous notice performance") that is executed across multiple variable performances, different from the "reserve change notice" or "reserve change notice". In this case, the fourth symbol display device may be controlled by the display control device 114 or the sound lamp control device 113. In addition, a role different from each movable role that operates in response to various performances may be provided in the pachinko machine 10, and the role may be operated in a predetermined manner in conjunction with the variable performance to execute the continuous notice performance. In addition, the continuous preview performance may be executed by outputting a sound for the continuous preview performance from the audio output device 226 of the pachinko machine 10 under the control of the audio lamp control device 113, or the continuous preview performance may be executed by lighting or blinking the illumination units 29 to 33 of the pachinko machine 10 in conjunction with the variable performance.

As a result, each time a variable performance (dynamic display) is performed on the third symbol display device 81 (and the special symbol display device 37), symbols are displayed in succession on the fourth symbol display device, the role device operates in a predetermined manner, a sound is output from the audio output device 226, or the illumination units 29 to 33 light up or flash, giving the player a sense of expectation of a big win. In addition, the player normally continues playing while gazing at the third symbol display device 81 where the variable performance is performed, but the continuous advance notice performance is performed by the display of symbols by the fourth symbol display device separate from the third symbol display device 81, the operation of the role device, the audio output from the audio output device 226, or the lighting or flashing of the illumination units 29 to 33, so that the player can easily recognize that a performance different from the usual has been performed. In addition, the continuous advance notice performance can be easily performed with simple control such as the display of symbols by the fourth symbol display device, the operation of the role device, the audio output from the audio output device 226, or the lighting or flashing of the illumination units 29 to 33.

In addition, if the continuous preview performance is performed by audio output from the audio output device 226 or by lighting or blinking the illumination units 29 to 33, the control of the continuous preview performance is performed by the audio lamp control device 113, so by having the main control device 110 perform the win/lose judgment at the time of the initial winning and the lottery processing at the start of the fluctuation, having the audio lamp control device 113 perform the continuous preview performance, and having the display control device 114 perform the fluctuation performance, when the continuous preview performance is performed by the pachinko machine 10, each control device can be assigned to each process. This prevents the load from being concentrated on one control device, and the performance required for the MPU of each control device can be kept low.

The continuous preview performance may be performed by combining and controlling at least two or more of the display of the symbols for the continuous preview performance on the third symbol display device 81, the display of the symbols for the continuous preview performance on the fourth symbol display device, the operation of the role in a predetermined manner, the audio output from the audio output device 226, and the lighting or blinking of the illumination parts 29 to 33 in conjunction with each other. This allows a wider variety of continuous preview performances to be performed. In addition, by changing the method of performing the continuous preview performance (display by the third symbol display device 81, display by the fourth symbol display device, operation of the role, audio output from the audio output device 226, lighting or blinking of the illumination parts 29 to 33, or a combination thereof), multiple continuous preview performance modes may be prepared that are selected according to the game state after the continuous preview performance ends ("15R guaranteed jackpot", "7R latent guaranteed jackpot", miss)

In the above embodiment, when there is a win (start win) in the special winning slot 77 or the special winning slot 78, the main control unit 110 sends to the voice lamp control unit 113 the reserved ball count command that notifies the voice lamp control unit 113 of the reserved ball count that has been increased by "1", including each counter C1 to C3, CS1 obtained from the counter buffer 203c in response to the start win. However, the type of counter to be included in the reserved ball count command may be a part of the counters C1 to C3, CS1, or may include the values of other counters. In addition, when the main control unit 110 notifies the voice lamp control unit 113 of the values of each counter obtained in response to the start win, information indicating the value of each counter may not be included in the reserved ball count command, but information indicating the value of each counter may be included in a command other than the reserved ball count command, and these values may be notified to the voice lamp control unit 113. The separate command may be a dedicated command for notifying the voice lamp control device 113 of the values of each counter acquired in association with the start winning, or may be a command for notifying the voice lamp control device 113 of other information, such as a change pattern command or a stop pattern command, to which the values of each counter acquired in association with the start winning are added. When notifying the voice lamp control device 113 of the values of each counter acquired in association with the start winning as a separate command, the command may include information indicating which of the pending counts the notified counter values relate to. In this way, the voice lamp control device 113 can store the values of each counter included in the command in one of the pending information areas 1 to 4 corresponding to that pending count, based on the information on the pending count included in the command.

In the above embodiment, the winning of the special symbol 1 winning port 77 and the special symbol 2 winning port 78, and the passage through the normal symbol gate 76 are each configured to be reserved up to four times, but the maximum number of reserved balls is not limited to four times, and may be set to three times or less, or five times or more (e.g., eight times). In addition, the number of reserved balls for the variable performance based on the winning of the special symbol 1 winning port 77 or the special symbol 2 winning port 78 may be displayed in a part of the third symbol display device 81 as a number, or in four divided areas with different modes (e.g., colors or lighting patterns) according to the number of reserved balls, and a light-emitting element such as a lamp may be provided separately from the special symbol display device 37, and the number of reserved balls may be notified by the light-emitting element.

As shown in the above embodiment, the change presentation, which is the change display of the third pattern, is not limited to vertical scrolling of the pattern as identification information on the display screen of the third pattern display device 81, but may be performed by moving the pattern horizontally or along a predetermined path such as an L-shape. The change display of the pattern is not limited to the change presentation of the pattern, but also includes, for example, a presentation display in which one or more characters are displayed in a variety of actions or changes together with the pattern or separately from the pattern. In this case, one or more characters are used as the third pattern.

In each of the above embodiments, when performing a variation effect, a high-speed variation is displayed in which all of the pattern columns Z1 to Z3 scroll through the display at a high speed so that the player cannot see them. However, instead of displaying this high-speed variation, all of the pattern columns Z1 to Z3 may be displayed in a reduced size so that they are not visible to the player, or all of the pattern columns Z1 to Z3 may be displayed as a snow noise-like image in which a large number of white dots are displayed randomly.

The present invention may be implemented in a type of pachinko machine that is different from the above embodiment. For example, it may be implemented as a pachinko machine (commonly called a two-time right machine or a three-time right machine) in which the expected value of a jackpot is increased until a jackpot state occurs multiple times (for example, two or three times) including the first jackpot. It may also be implemented as a pachinko machine that generates a special game in which the player is given a predetermined game value after the jackpot pattern is displayed, with the necessary condition being that the ball enters a predetermined area. It may also be implemented as a pachinko machine that has a winning device with a special area such as a V zone, and the special game state is entered with the necessary condition being that the ball enters the special area. Furthermore, in addition to pachinko machines, it may be implemented as various gaming machines such as arepachi, mahjong ball, slot machines, and gaming machines that are a combination of a pachinko machine and a slot machine.

Slot machines are well known in that, for example, after inserting a coin and determining the effective line of symbols, a lever is operated to change the symbols, and a stop button is operated to stop and finalize the symbols. Therefore, the basic concept of a slot machine is "a slot machine that has a display device that displays a variable display of a string of identification information consisting of multiple identification information, and then displays the determined identification information, and that starts the variable display of the identification information due to the operation of a start operation means (e.g., a lever), stops the variable display of the identification information due to the operation of a stop operation means (e.g., a stop button) or after a predetermined time has passed, and generates a special game that awards a predetermined game value to the player, provided that the combination of identification information at the time of the stop is a specific one." In this case, typical examples of the game medium include coins, medals, etc.

An example of a gaming machine that combines a pachinko machine and a slot machine is one that has a display device that displays a pattern sequence consisting of multiple patterns in a variable manner and then displays the pattern in a fixed manner, but does not have a handle for shooting balls. In this case, after a specified amount of balls are inserted based on a specified operation (button operation), the pattern starts to change due to, for example, the operation of an operating lever, and the pattern change is stopped due to, for example, the operation of a stop button or after a specified time has passed, and a special game is generated in which a specified gaming value is awarded to the player, provided that the fixed pattern at the time of the stop is a so-called jackpot pattern, and a large number of balls are paid out to the player in a receiving tray at the bottom. If such a gaming machine is used instead of a slot machine, the gaming hall can handle only the balls as the gaming value, which can eliminate problems seen in current gaming halls where pachinko machines and slot machines are mixed, such as the burden on facilities due to the separate handling of medals and balls as gaming value, and restrictions on the location of gaming machines.

The following describes the gaming machine of the present invention as well as various inventive concepts included in the above-described embodiments.
<Group A: Change the ball entry pattern depending on the game state>
Conventionally, some gaming machines, such as pachinko machines, are configured to launch a gaming medium, such as a ball, toward a gaming area provided on a gaming board, and hold a winning/losing lottery based on whether the gaming medium enters one of a number of ball entry ports provided in the gaming area, and if the winning/losing lottery results in a winning result, a predetermined gaming value is awarded to the player (for example, Patent Document 1 (JP Patent Publication No. 2012-231902)).

However, in the above gaming machine, winnings at multiple ball entry ports are fixed depending on the game situation, which makes the game monotonous, and there is still room for improvement in this regard.

The inventions in Group A were made in consideration of the circumstances exemplified above, and aim to provide a gaming machine that can increase the enjoyment of gaming.

A launching means (e.g., a ball launching unit 112a) for launching a game ball;
A first ball entry means (for example, a first winning hole 77a or a second winning hole 77b) into which the game ball launched by the launching means can enter;
A first information acquisition means (for example, a first reserved ball storage area 203d) that acquires first information based on the game ball entering the first ball entry means;
A second ball entry means (for example, a special drawing 2 winning hole 78) that can receive the game ball launched by the launching means and is different from the first ball entry means;
A second information acquisition means (e.g., a second reserved ball storage area 203e) for acquiring second information based on the game ball entering the second ball entry means;
A determination means (for example, S324 of the fluctuation start process (S310)) for determining the first information acquired by the first information acquisition means or the second information acquired by the second information acquisition means;
and a game value granting means (for example, a central large prize opening 65a or a right side large prize opening 67a) for granting a predetermined game value to a player based on the result of the determination by the determining means.
A game state setting means (e.g., a big win process (S103)) capable of setting a game state after the game value is awarded by the game value awarding means;
A movable means (e.g., a retractable plate 79b) for changing the flow direction of the game balls released from the release means;
A driving means for driving the movable means (for example, a solenoid 209 (a solenoid for a recessed plate));
A ball-entry pattern changing means (e.g., an alternating distribution unit 71) for changing the ball-entry pattern of the first ball-entry means or the second ball-entry means into which the game ball launched from the launching means may enter by changing the driving mode of the movable means by the driving means based on the game state set by the game state setting means;
A gaming machine A0 characterized by comprising:

According to the gaming machine A0, a gaming ball is launched by a launching means, and the gaming ball launched by the launching means is configured to be able to enter a first ball entry means, and the first information is acquired by a first information acquisition means based on the gaming ball entering the first ball entry means. Also, the gaming ball launched by the launching means is configured to be able to enter a second ball entry means different from the first ball entry means, and the second information is acquired by a second information acquisition means based on the gaming ball entering the second ball entry means. Then, the first information acquired by the first information acquisition means or the second information acquired by the second information acquisition means is judged by a judging means, and a predetermined gaming value is awarded to the player by a gaming value imparting means based on the judgment result by the judging means. Here, a gaming state setting means is configured to be able to set a gaming state after the gaming value is imparted by the gaming value imparting means. Also, the flow direction of the gaming ball launched from the launching means is changed by a moving means, and the moving means is driven by a driving means. The ball-entry pattern changing means changes the driving mode of the movable means by the drive means based on the game state set by the game state setting means, thereby changing the ball-entry pattern of the first ball-entry means or the second ball-entry means into which the game ball launched from the launching means can enter. This has the effect of enriching the game variation and increasing interest by changing the driving mode of the movable means according to the game state and varying the ball-entry pattern of the first ball-entry means or the second ball-entry means into which the game ball can enter.

Note that "first information" and "second information" include information in which the information of a specified portion that is acquired is the same, but information in portions other than the specified portion is different, or information that is acquired that is completely different from one another. Specifically, for example, when A information (e.g., jackpot random number information), B information (e.g., jackpot type information), and C information (e.g., special chart 1 winning slot winning information) are acquired as the first information, and A information, B information, and D information (e.g., special chart 2 winning slot winning information) are acquired as the second information. Also, for example, when A information, B information, and C information are acquired as the first information, and E information, F information, and G information are acquired as the second information.

In addition, examples of "entry patterns of the first or second entry means through which the game ball can enter" include, for example, entry patterns in which the ball can only enter the first entry means, entry patterns in which the ball can only enter the second entry means, entry patterns in which the ball can enter both the first and second entry means, or entry patterns in which the ball can enter alternately through the first and second entry means.

In the gaming machine A0,
A third ball entry means (for example, a unit normal symbol gate 76a or a right normal symbol gate 76b) into which the game balls launched by the launch means can enter;
A third information acquisition means (for example, a regular reserved ball storage area 203h) that acquires third information based on the game ball entering the third ball entry means;
A third determination means (e.g., a random number table 202f) for determining the third information acquired by the third information acquisition means,
The driving means is
Driving the movable means based on a result of the determination by the third determination means;
The movable means is
a first ball entry possible state in which the game ball can enter the first ball entry means by being driven in a first driving mode by the driving means;
The driving means is driven in a second driving mode different from the first driving mode, so that the ball can be displaced to a second ball entry possible state in which the ball is guided to the second ball entry means while making it difficult (impossible) for the ball to enter the first ball entry means;
The shot pattern changing means is
Gaming machine A1 is characterized by being equipped with a second ball winning possible period changing means (e.g., S704 of normal electric control processing (S104)) that changes the period of the second ball winning possible state based on the game state set by the game state setting means.

According to the gaming machine A1, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine A0, the following effects are achieved. That is, the gaming ball launched by the launching means is configured to be able to enter the third ball entry means, and the third information is acquired by the third information acquisition means based on the entry of the gaming ball into the third ball entry means. Then, the third information acquired by the third information acquisition means is judged by the third judgment means. Also, based on the judgment result of the third judgment means, the movable means is driven by the driving means. Here, the movable means is configured to be displaceable between a first ball entry possible state in which the gaming ball can enter the first ball entry means by being driven by the driving means in a first driving mode, and a second ball entry possible state in which the gaming ball is guided to the second ball entry means while making it difficult (impossible) for the gaming ball to enter the first ball entry means by being driven by the driving means in a second driving mode different from the first driving mode. The second ball entry possible period changing means provided in the ball entry pattern changing means changes the period of the second ball entry possible state based on the game state set by the game state setting means. This has the effect of increasing the variety of the game and increasing the interest by changing the driving mode of the movable means according to the game state, for example, by lengthening the period of the second ball entry possible state to shorten the period of the first ball entry possible state, or by shortening the period of the second ball entry possible state to lengthen the period of the first ball entry possible state, and by varying the ball entry patterns of the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means through which the game ball can enter.

In the gaming machine A1,
The shot pattern changing means is
A gaming machine A2 characterized by comprising a first ball-scoring possible period changing means for changing the period of the first ball-scoring possible state based on the gaming state set by the gaming state setting means.

In addition to the effects of gaming machine A1, gaming machine A2 provides the following effects. That is, the first ball-entry possible period changing means provided in the ball-entry pattern changing means changes the period of the first ball-entry possible state based on the game state set by the game state setting means. This has the effect of enriching the variety of games and increasing interest by changing the driving mode of the movable means according to the game state, for example, by lengthening the period of the first ball-entry possible state to shorten the period of the second ball-entry possible state, or by shortening the period of the first ball-entry possible state to lengthen the period of the second ball-entry possible state.

In the gaming machine A1 or A2,
A variable display execution means (e.g., a normal pattern variable processing (S111)) that executes a variable display of identification information (e.g., a variable display of a normal pattern) on a display means (e.g., a normal pattern display device 83) based on the judgment result of the third judgment means;
A variable time changing means (e.g., a general variable time table 202g) for changing the execution time of the variable display by the variable display execution means based on the game state set by the game state setting means,
The second ball scoring period change means is
Gaming machine A3 is characterized in that it is equipped with a timing change means (e.g., S407 of normal game change processing (S111)) that changes the execution time of the variable display using the variable time change means, thereby changing the timing at which the movable means transitions from the first ball-scoring state to the second ball-scoring state.

In addition to the effects of gaming machines A1 and A2, gaming machine A3 has the following effects. That is, based on the result of the judgment by the third judgment means, the variable display execution means executes variable display of the identification information on the display means, and based on the game state set by the game state setting means, the variable time change means changes the execution time of the variable display by the variable display execution means. Then, the timing change means provided in the second ball entry possible period change means changes the execution time of the variable display by the variable time change means, thereby changing the timing at which the movable means changes from the first ball entry possible state to the second ball entry possible state. This has the effect of enriching the variety of the game and increasing interest by changing the execution time of the variable display according to the game state, and by changing the timing at which the second ball entry possible state is reached and by changing the ball entry pattern of the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means into which the game ball can enter.

In the gaming machine A3,
The first ball scoring period change means is
The gaming machine A4 is characterized in that it is equipped with a second timing change means which changes the timing at which the movable means transitions from the second ball scoring possible state to the first ball scoring possible state by changing the execution time of the variable display using the variable time change means.

Gaming machine A4 has the following effect in addition to the effect of gaming machine A3. That is, the second timing change means provided in the first ball entry possible period change means changes the execution time of the variable display by the variable time change means, thereby changing the timing at which the movable means changes from the second ball entry possible state to the first ball entry possible state. This has the effect of enriching the variety of the game and increasing interest by changing the execution time of the variable display according to the game state, varying the timing at which the first ball entry possible state is reached, and varying the entry pattern of the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means through which the game ball can enter.

In any one of the gaming machines A1 to A4,
The movable means is
When the second ball entry possible state is reached, the first ball entry means is blocked by the movable means while the game ball can roll on the upper surface of the movable means (for example, the upper surface of the projecting plate 79b),
The gaming machine A5 is characterized in that the second ball entry means is provided on the downstream side of the flow of the gaming ball that has rolled on the upper surface of the movable means by the closed-time rolling means.

According to the gaming machine A5, in addition to the effects of the gaming machines A1 to A4, the following effect is achieved. That is, when the movable means is in the second ball entry possible state by the closed-time rolling means provided on the movable means, the first ball entry means is blocked by the movable means, and the game ball is configured to roll on the upper surface of the movable means. Then, the second ball entry means is provided on the downstream side where the game ball that rolled on the upper surface of the movable means by the closed-time rolling means flows down. In this way, when the movable means is in the second ball entry possible state, the first ball entry means is blocked by the movable means to prevent the game ball from entering the first ball entry means, while the game ball rolls on the upper surface of the movable means and enters the second ball entry means provided on the downstream side. As a result, by making the entry patterns of the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means into which the game ball can enter different, there is an effect that the game can be varied and the interest can be increased.

In the gaming machine A5,
The first ball entry means is
A predetermined first ball entry means (for example, the first winning hole 77a of the special drawing 1),
A specific first ball entry means (for example, the second winning port 77b of the special drawing 1) different from the predetermined first ball entry means,
The shot pattern changing means is
A distribution means (e.g., a distribution device 73) that distributes the flow direction of the game balls launched by the launching means in at least two directions in sequence;
a first path (e.g., a left path 74) through which the game balls sorted by the sorting means pass;
and a second path (e.g., a right path 75) through which the game balls distributed by the distribution means pass after the game balls distributed to the first path,
The predetermined first ball entry means is provided on the downstream side of the first path,
The specific first ball entry means is provided on the downstream side of the second path,
Gaming machine A6, characterized in that the movable means is provided downstream of the second path and upstream of the specific first ball entry means.

According to the gaming machine A6, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine A5, the following effects are achieved. That is, a predetermined first ball entry means and a specific first ball entry means different from the predetermined first ball entry means are provided in the first ball entry means. Here, the distribution means provided in the ball entry pattern change means distributes the flow direction of the game balls launched by the launching means in at least two directions in sequence, and the game balls distributed by the distribution means pass through the first path, and the game balls distributed by the distribution means after the game balls distributed to the first path pass through the second path. Also, the predetermined first ball entry means is provided downstream of the first path, and the specific first ball entry means is provided downstream of the second path. And, a movable means is provided downstream of the second path and upstream of the specific first ball entry means. As a result, the movable means provided upstream of the specific first ball entry means can generate either a state in which the blocking time rolling means does not function and the game ball can enter the specific first ball entry means (i.e., the first ball entry possible state), or a state in which the blocking time rolling means functions and it is difficult for the game ball to enter the specific first ball entry means, but the game ball can enter the second ball entry means (i.e., the second ball entry possible state). Therefore, for example, in a specific game state, the distribution means can distribute the game balls in order to the specific first ball entry means and the specific first ball entry means, while in other game states, the distribution means can distribute the game balls in order to the specific first ball entry means and the second ball entry means. As a result, by varying the ball entry patterns of the specific first ball entry means, the specific first ball entry means, or the second ball entry means into which the game ball can enter, the game can be varied and the interest can be increased.

In the gaming machine A6,
The gaming machine A7 is characterized in that the third ball entry means (for example, an in-unit normal symbol gate 76a) through which the gaming ball can pass is provided in a portion of the second path.

In addition to the effects of the gaming machine A6, the gaming machine A7 has the following effects. That is, a third ball entry means through which the gaming ball can pass is provided in a part of the second path. That is, the gaming ball guided to the second path is configured to always enter the third ball entry means. As a result, after the gaming ball guided to the second path enters the third ball entry means, the moving means is driven based on the judgment result of the third judgment means due to the passing of the gaming ball to the third ball entry means, so that the gaming ball enters either the specific first ball entry means or the second ball entry means. Therefore, for example, by changing the conditions for driving the moving means (winning probability, variable display time, or driving time), the ball entry pattern of the specific first ball entry means or the second ball entry means into which the gaming ball flowing down the second path can enter can be changed, which has the effect of enriching the variety of the game and increasing the interest.

In the gaming machine A7,
The second pathway is
A predetermined time (for example, 1.9 seconds) is required for the game ball to reach the position of the movable means after the game ball enters the third ball entry means,
The variable display execution means includes:
The variable display can be executed for at least one of a first execution time (e.g., "3 seconds") that is longer than the predetermined time and a second execution time (e.g., "0.5 seconds") that is shorter than the predetermined time,
The game state setting means includes:
A predetermined first gaming state (e.g., a "normal gaming state"),
A second gaming state (e.g., a "latency probability variable state") different from the first gaming state;
The game state can be set to any one of the first game state and a third game state (e.g., a "probability variable state") different from the second game state;
The shot pattern changing means is
a first ball winning pattern means for performing the variable display for the first execution time in the first gaming state (for example, performing the variable display in "3 seconds");
A second ball winning pattern means for performing the variable display for the second execution time in the second game state (for example, performing the variable display in "0.5 seconds");
A gaming machine A8 characterized by being equipped with a third ball entry pattern means for performing the variable display at the second execution time in the third gaming state (for example, performing the variable display in "0.5 seconds").

Gaming machine A8 has the following effect in addition to the effect of gaming machine A7. That is, the second path is configured so that it takes a predetermined time for the gaming ball to reach the position of the movable means after the gaming ball enters the third ball entry means. Also, the first time execution means provided in the variable display execution means performs variable display for a first execution time longer than the predetermined time, and the second time execution means also provided in the variable display execution means performs variable display for a second execution time shorter than the predetermined time. Here, the gaming state setting means is configured to be able to set one of a predetermined first gaming state, a second gaming state different from the first gaming state, and a third gaming state different from the first gaming state and the second gaming state. The first ball-entering pattern means provided in the ball-entering pattern changing means performs a variable display in the first game state for a first time execution, the second ball-entering pattern means also provided in the ball-entering pattern changing means performs a variable display in the second game state for a second time execution, and the third ball-entering pattern means also provided in the ball-entering pattern changing means performs a variable display in the third game state for a second time execution. This has the effect of enriching the game variation and increasing interest by changing the execution time of the variable display according to the game state, varying the timing at which the second ball-entering state is reached, and varying the ball-entering pattern of the first ball-entering means or the second ball-entering means in which the game ball can enter.

In the gaming machine A8,
The launching means includes:
A first launch mode means for launching a game ball in a predetermined first launch mode (for example, control related to a left-handed game);
A second launch mode means (for example, control related to right-hand play) for launching a game ball in a second launch mode different from the first launch mode by the first launch mode means,
A game regulating means for regulating a game by the second firing mode in the first game state and the second game state (for example, in the "normal game state" and the "latency probability variable state", an alarm sound is not output in a left-handed game, and an alarm sound is output in a right-handed game);
Gaming machine A9 is characterized by having a game non-restriction means that does not restrict game play using the second firing mode in the third game state (for example, in the ``probability changing state'', an alarm sound is not output for both left-hitting game and right-hitting game).

Gaming machine A9 has the following effect in addition to the effect of gaming machine A8. That is, a first launch mode means provided in the launch means launches a gaming ball in a predetermined first launch mode, and a second launch mode means also provided in the launch means launches a gaming ball in a second launch mode different from the first launch mode of the first launch mode means. Then, a game regulating means regulates a game in the second launch mode in the first game state and the second game state, and a game non-regulating means does not regulate a game in the second launch mode in the third game state. This has the effect of realizing a game in which a launch mode of a gaming ball is set for each game state, and the first ball entry means, the second ball entry means, and the movable means are arranged according to the setting, so that the entry pattern of the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means into which the gaming ball can enter can be made different for each game state.

Examples of "restricting play" include stopping control over play, outputting notification information such as an alarm sound, or stopping only some of the functions related to the gaming machine (for example, launch control). On the other hand, examples of "not restricting play" include not stopping control over play, not outputting notification information such as an alarm sound, or not stopping all functions including some of the functions related to play (for example, launch control).

In the gaming machine A9,
The third ball entry means is
A third ball entry means (for example, a normal symbol gate 76a in the unit) into which the game balls launched in the first launch mode by the first launch mode means can enter;
and a specific third ball entry means (for example, a right-side normal symbol gate 76b) into which the game ball launched in the second launch mode by the second launch mode means can enter;
A second predetermined time (for example, "1 second") is required from when the game ball enters the specific third ball entry means until the game ball reaches the position of the movable means,
the first execution time is greater than the second predetermined time,
The gaming machine A10 is characterized in that the second execution time is shorter than the second predetermined time.

According to the gaming machine A10, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine A9, the following effects are achieved. That is, the third ball entry means is provided with a predetermined third ball entry means into which a game ball launched by the first launch mode by the first launch mode means can enter, and a specific third ball entry means into which a game ball launched by the second launch mode by the second launch mode means can enter. Also, it is configured so that a second predetermined time is required from when the game ball enters the specific third ball entry means until it reaches the arrangement position of the movable means. And, as the execution time of the variable display, the first execution time is set to be longer than the second predetermined time, and the second execution time is set to be shorter than the second predetermined time. This makes it possible to change whether or not the variable display is completed by the time when the game ball that entered the specific third ball entry means reaches the arrangement position of the movable means depending on the game state, and it becomes possible to change whether or not the movable means is driven based on the execution result of the variable display. As a result, by changing whether or not a game ball that has entered a specific third ball entry means can enter the second ball entry means by the movable means depending on the game status, it is possible to increase the variety of the game and improve interest.

In any one of gaming machines A8 to A10,
The driving means is
a first drive pattern means for driving the movable means to the second ball scoring state for a predetermined first drive time (e.g., "2 seconds");
and a second drive pattern means for driving the movable means to reach the second ball scoring state for a second drive time (e.g., 5 seconds) that is longer than the first drive time,
The first ball entry pattern means and the second ball entry pattern means drive the movable means by the first driving pattern means,
The gaming machine A11, characterized in that the third ball scoring pattern means drives the movable means by the second driving pattern means.

According to the gaming machine A11, in addition to the effects of the gaming machines A8 to A10, the following effect is achieved. That is, the first drive pattern means provided in the drive means drives the movable means so that the ball can be entered into the second ball entry possible state for a predetermined first drive time, and the second drive pattern means also provided in the drive means drives the movable means so that the ball can be entered into the second ball entry possible state for a second drive time longer than the first drive time. Then, the first ball entry pattern means and the second ball entry pattern means drive the movable means with the first drive pattern means, and the third ball entry pattern means drives the movable means with the second drive pattern. As a result, in the first game state or the second game state, the movable means is driven for the first drive time to enter the second ball entry possible state, while in the third game state, the movable means is driven for the second drive time longer than the first drive time of the movable means in the first game state or the second game state to maintain the second ball entry possible state. This has the effect of creating a state in which the game ball is more likely to enter the second ball entry means in the third game state, and by varying the state in which it is more likely or less likely for the game ball to enter the second ball entry means for each game state, it is possible to enrich the game's variety and increase interest.

In the gaming machine A11,
The gaming machine A12 is characterized in that the second drive time is longer than the total time of the second execution time and the second predetermined time.

In addition to the effects of gaming machine A11, gaming machine A12 provides the following effects. That is, the second drive time is configured to be longer than the total time of the second execution time and the second predetermined time. As a result, in the third gaming state, the movable means is driven during the second drive time to maintain the second ball entry possible state. Therefore, in the first gaming state or the second gaming state, the movable means is driven during the first drive time to enter the second ball entry possible state, while in the third gaming state, a state in which the gaming ball is likely to enter the second ball entry means is generated, and the state in which the gaming ball is likely to enter the second ball entry means varies for each gaming state, thereby providing more variety in the game and increasing interest.

In the gaming machine A11 or A12,
The closing time rolling means is
The movable means is configured to require a third predetermined time (e.g., 2.5 seconds) to rotate from the upstream side to the downstream side;
The gaming machine includes:
The game ball that has entered the specific third ball entry means is guided to the upstream side of the movable means (for example, between the right side normal symbol gate 76b in the normal electric unit 79 and the right end of the entry and exit board 79b).
the first drive time is shorter than the third predetermined time (or a total time of the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time);
The gaming machine A13 is characterized in that the second drive time is longer than the total time of the second specified time and the third specified time.

According to the gaming machine A13, in addition to the effects of the gaming machines A11 and A12, the following effects are achieved. That is, the blocking time rolling means is configured to require a third predetermined time to roll from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means. Also, the upstream guide means provided in the gaming machine guides the game ball that has entered the specific third ball entry means to the upstream side of the movable means. The first drive time is set to be shorter than the third predetermined time (or the total time of the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time), and the second drive time is set to be longer than the total time of the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time. As a result, when the movable means is driven for the first drive time, the movable means is driven from the second ball entry possible state to the first ball entry possible state before the game ball has completely rolled from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means. On the other hand, when the movable means is driven by the second drive means, the movable means is maintained in the second ball entry possible state while the game ball that entered the specific third ball entry means is guided to the upstream side of the movable means and rolls from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means. Therefore, when the movable means is driven for the second drive time, the game ball that entered the specific third ball entry means can be made to enter the second ball entry means. As a result, by changing whether or not the game ball that entered the specific third ball entry means can enter the second ball entry means by the movable means depending on the game state, there is an effect that it is possible to enrich the variety of the game and increase the interest.

In the gaming machine A13,
The launching means includes:
The game balls can be launched at intervals of the fourth predetermined time (for example, "0.6 seconds");
The gaming machine A14 is characterized in that the second drive time is longer than the total time of the second predetermined time, the third predetermined time, and the fourth predetermined time.

Gaming machine A14 has the following effect in addition to the effect of gaming machine A13. That is, the launching means is configured to launch gaming balls at a fourth predetermined interval, and the second drive time is set to be longer than the total time of the second, third, and fourth predetermined times. This has the effect of enriching the variety of games and increasing interest by varying whether or not multiple gaming balls that have successively entered a specific third ball entry means can be successively entered into the second ball entry means by the movable means depending on the game state.

In any one of gaming machines A5 to A14,
The gaming machine A15 is characterized by being provided with a delay means (e.g., a deceleration section 79c) that delays the flow-down speed of the gaming ball rolled by the blocking-time rolling means.

Gaming machine A15 achieves the following effects in addition to the effects achieved by gaming machines A5 to A14. That is, the delay means delays the flow-down speed of the gaming balls rolled by the blocked-time rolling means. This makes it possible to make the time that the gaming balls stay on the top surface of the blocked-time rolling means uniform (constant) and long. Therefore, by lengthening the time that the gaming balls stay on the blocked-time rolling means compared to when there is no delay means, it becomes easier to design game specifications such as adjusting the second ball-entry possible state of the movable means for each game state in order to realize the playability of the present invention. Furthermore, the more the delay means slows down the flow-down speed of the gaming balls, the shorter the overall length of the blocked-time rolling means can be, and the more compact the movable means as a whole can be.

In any one of the gaming machines A10 to A15,
Gaming machine A16 is characterized in that it is equipped with an alarm means (e.g., an alarm sound) that provides a predetermined alarm when a gaming ball enters the specific third ball entry means in the first gaming state or the second gaming state.

Gaming machine A16 has the following effect in addition to the effects of gaming machines A10 to A15. That is, when a gaming ball enters the specific third ball entry means in the first gaming state or the second gaming state, a predetermined notification is issued by the notification means. This has the effect of restricting play in a launch mode different from the launch mode set for each gaming state, and reliably realizing the gameplay of differentiating the ball entry patterns of the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means set for each gaming state.

<Group B: Change the winning pattern depending on the placement of the winning holes and the way the ball is launched>
Conventionally, some gaming machines, such as pachinko machines, are configured to launch a gaming medium, such as a ball, toward a gaming area provided on a gaming board, and hold a winning/losing lottery based on whether the gaming medium enters one of a number of ball entry ports provided in the gaming area, and if the winning/losing lottery results in a winning result, a predetermined gaming value is awarded to the player (for example, Patent Document 1 (JP Patent Publication No. 2012-231902)).

However, in the above gaming machine, winnings at multiple ball entry ports are fixed depending on the game situation, which makes the game monotonous, and there is still room for improvement in this regard.

The inventions in Group B were made in consideration of the circumstances exemplified above, and aim to provide a gaming machine that can increase the enjoyment of gaming.

a launching means (e.g., ball launching unit 112a) capable of launching game balls in a first launching mode (e.g., left-hand play) of launching game balls toward at least a first region of the game area (e.g., the left side of the game board 13 of the third pattern display device 81 when viewed from the front) and a second launching mode (e.g., right-hand play) of launching game balls toward a second region different from the first region (e.g., the right side of the game board 13 of the third pattern display device 81 when viewed from the front),
A first ball entry means (for example, a first winning hole 77a or a second winning hole 77b) that is arranged in the first area of the game area and into which the game ball launched by the launching means can enter;
A second ball entry means (e.g., a special drawing 2 winning hole 78) that is arranged in the first area of the game area and into which the game ball launched by the launching means can enter;
A movable means (e.g., a retractable plate 79b) for changing the flow direction of the game balls released from the release means;
A third ball entry means (for example, a unit normal symbol gate 76a or a right normal symbol gate 76b) into which the game balls launched by the launch means can enter;
A lottery means (for example, a random number counter C4) for performing a lottery based on the entry of a game ball into the third ball entry means;
and a driving means (for example, a solenoid 209 (a solenoid for a retractable plate)) for driving the movable means based on a lottery result of the lottery means,
The movable means is
A gaming machine B0 is characterized by being equipped with a gaming ball guiding means (e.g., control regarding the configuration of the upper surface of the retractable board 79b and the variable display of normal patterns) that guides a gaming ball launched into the second area to the first area when driven by the driving means.

According to the gaming machine B0, the launching means is configured to be able to launch the gaming ball in a first launching mode in which the gaming ball is launched at least toward a first region of the gaming area, and a second launching mode in which the gaming ball is launched toward a second mode different from the first region, and a first ball entry means into which the gaming ball launched by the launching means can enter is disposed in the first region of the gaming area, and a second ball entry means into which the gaming ball launched by the launching means can enter is disposed in the first region of the gaming area. In addition, the moving means changes the flow direction of the gaming ball launched by the launching means. Here, the gaming ball launched by the launching means is configured to be able to enter a third ball entry means, a lottery is performed by a lottery means based on the entry of the gaming ball into the third ball entry means, and the moving means is driven by a driving means based on the lottery result of the lottery means. Then, when the moving means is driven by the driving means, the gaming ball launched into the second region is guided to the first region by a game ball guide means provided on the moving means. As a result, by driving the movable means, the game ball launched toward the second area can be guided to the first area, and whether the game ball will enter the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means arranged in the first area can be determined depending on whether the movable means is driven or not. Therefore, by changing the ball entry pattern of the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means into which the game ball can enter depending on each launch mode, it is possible to increase the variety of the game and improve the interest.

Note that "a scoring pattern of the first or second scoring means through which the game ball can score" includes, for example, a scoring pattern in which the ball can score only through the first scoring means, a scoring pattern in which the ball can score only through the second scoring means, a scoring pattern in which the ball can score through both the first and second scoring means, or a scoring pattern in which the ball can score alternately through the first and second scoring means.

In the gaming machine B0,
The game ball guiding means includes:
When guiding the game ball launched into the second area to the first area, a first ball entry difficulty means (for example, a portion of the entry board 79b corresponding to the upper portion of the second winning hole 77b of the special drawing 1) that makes it difficult (impossible) for the game ball to enter the first ball entry means;
A gaming machine B1 is characterized by being equipped with a second ball entry guide means (for example, on the ball entry board 79b, the portion on the left end side from the portion corresponding to the upper portion of the second winning port 77b of Special Chart 1) that guides the gaming ball to the second ball entry means.

In addition to the effects of the game machine B0, the game machine B1 has the following effects. That is, when a game ball launched into the second area is guided to the first area by a first ball entry difficult means provided in the game ball guiding means, it is difficult (impossible) for the game ball to enter the first ball entry means, and the game ball is guided to the second ball entry means by a second ball entry guide means also provided in the game ball guiding means. In this way, when a game ball launched into the second area is guided to the first area, it is possible to guide the game ball to the second ball entry means while preventing the game ball from entering the first ball entry means. Therefore, by varying the entry patterns of the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means into which the game ball can enter depending on each launch mode, it is possible to enrich the variety of the game and increase interest.

In the gaming machine B1,
The first ball entry means is
A predetermined first ball entry means (for example, the first winning hole 77a) arranged in the first area;
A specific first ball entry means (for example, a special drawing 1 second winning port 77b) arranged on the second area side of the specific first ball entry means in the first area,
The second ball entry means is disposed between the specific first ball entry means and the predetermined first ball entry means;
The gaming machine B2 is characterized in that the second ball entry guide means is provided on the second ball entry means side of the first ball entry difficulty means.

According to the gaming machine B2, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine B1, the following effects are achieved. That is, the first ball entry means is provided with a predetermined first ball entry means arranged in the first area, and a specific first ball entry means arranged in the first area on the second area side of the predetermined first ball entry means. Here, a second ball entry means is arranged between the specific first ball entry means and the predetermined first ball entry means, and a second ball entry guide means is provided on the second ball entry means side of the first ball entry difficulty means. In this way, when guiding a game ball launched into the second area to the first area, it is possible to guide the game ball to the second ball entry means while preventing the game ball from entering the specific first ball entry means arranged on the second area side. Therefore, by varying the ball entry patterns of the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means into which the game ball can enter depending on each launch mode, there is an effect that the game can be varied and the interest can be increased.

In gaming machine B2,
The game ball guiding means includes:
A common guide means (for example, a portion on the right end side of the entrance board 79b from a portion corresponding to the upper side of the second winning hole 77b of the special drawing 1) is provided to guide the game ball from the upstream side of the game ball guide means in the direction of the arrangement of the specific first ball entry means and the second ball entry means.
The gaming machine B3 is characterized in that the second ball entry guide means is longer than the common guide means.

According to gaming machine B3, in addition to the effects of gaming machine B2, the following effects are achieved. That is, the common guide means provided in the gaming ball guide means guides the gaming ball from the upstream side of the gaming ball guide means in the direction in which the specific first ball entry means and the second ball entry means are arranged. The second ball entry guide means is configured to be longer than the common guide means. That is, when guiding a gaming ball from the second area toward the specific first ball entry means or the second ball entry means in the first area, the length of the second ball entry guide means that guides the gaming ball to the second ball entry means is longer than the length of the common guide means that commonly guides the gaming ball to the specific first ball entry means and the second ball entry means arranged in the first area. By configuring in this way, the proportion of the second ball entry guide means arranged in the first area is increased, and the lateral overlapping portion of the gaming ball guide means with respect to the first area is increased. As a result, the horizontal installation area of the second ball entry means, the specific first ball entry means, and the entire game ball guiding means can be reduced, which has the effect of increasing the freedom of board design in the game area.

In any one of the gaming machines B0 to B3,
A game state setting means (e.g., a jackpot process (S103)) capable of setting a game state based on the establishment of a predetermined condition (e.g., the end of a jackpot);
The game ball guiding means includes:
Gaming machine B4 is characterized by being equipped with a drive mode change means (e.g., a normal electric control process (S104)) that changes whether or not a gaming ball launched into the second area is guided to the first area by changing the drive mode of the movable means by the drive means based on the gaming state set by the gaming state setting means.

Gaming machine B4 has the following effect in addition to the effects of gaming machines B0 to B3. That is, the gaming state can be set by the gaming state setting means based on the establishment of a predetermined condition. Then, the driving mode changing means provided in the gaming ball guiding means changes whether or not the gaming ball launched into the second area is guided to the first area by changing the driving mode of the movable means by the driving means based on the gaming state set by the gaming state setting means. This has the effect of providing variety to the game and increasing the interest in the game by changing whether or not the gaming ball can be guided to the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means provided in the first area based on the gaming state.

In gaming machine B4,
The drive mode changing means is
a first pattern means for driving the movable means for a predetermined first driving time (e.g., "2 seconds") in order to guide the game ball launched into the second area to the specific first ball entry means;
A second pattern means for driving the movable means for a second driving time (e.g., "5 seconds") longer than the first driving time in order to guide the game ball launched into the second area to the second ball entry means;
A gaming machine B5, further comprising: a lottery drive means for driving the movable means by either the first pattern means or the second pattern means based on a lottery result by the lottery means.

Gaming machine B5 has the following effect in addition to the effect of gaming machine B4. That is, the movable means is driven for a predetermined first drive time by a first pattern means provided in the drive mode change means to guide the gaming ball launched into the second area to the specific first ball entry means. Also, the movable means is driven for a second drive time longer than the first drive time by a second pattern means also provided in the drive mode change means to guide the gaming ball launched into the second area to the second ball entry means. Then, the lottery drive means drives the movable means by either the first pattern means or the second pattern means based on the lottery result by the lottery means. This creates a game of whether the gaming ball will enter the specific first ball entry means or the second ball entry means, and has the effect of increasing the interest of the game.

In gaming machine B4 or B5,
A variable display execution means (e.g., a normal pattern variable processing (S111)) for executing a variable display of identification information (e.g., a variable display of a normal pattern) on a display means (e.g., a normal pattern display device 83) based on the lottery result of the lottery means,
The driving means is
When a predetermined specific identification information (e.g., a "○" pattern) appears in the variable display executed by the variable display execution means, the movable means is driven;
The game ball guiding means includes:
A variable time changing means (e.g., a general variable time table 202g) for changing the execution time of the variable display by the variable display execution means based on the game state set by the game state setting means;
A gaming machine B6 is characterized in that it is equipped with a timing change means (for example, S407 of the normal display change processing (S111)) that changes the execution time of the variable display using the variable time change means, thereby changing the timing at which the movable means is driven.

Gaming machine B6 has the following effect in addition to the effect of gaming machines B4 and B5. That is, based on the result of the lottery by the lottery means, the variable display execution means executes the variable display of the identification information on the display means. When the predetermined identification information appears on the variable display executed by the variable display execution means, the drive means drives the movable means. Here, the execution time of the variable display by the variable display execution means is changed by the variable time change means provided in the gaming ball guiding means based on the gaming state set by the gaming state setting means. In addition, the timing change means also provided in the gaming ball guiding means changes the execution time of the variable display by the variable time change means, thereby changing the timing at which the movable means is driven. This has the effect of enriching the variety of the game and increasing interest by changing the execution time of the variable display according to the gaming state, and by changing the timing of driving the movable means and by changing the ball entry pattern of the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means into which the game ball can enter.

In any one of gaming machines B1 to B6,
A distribution means (e.g., a distribution device 73) that distributes the flow direction of the game balls launched by the launching means in at least two directions in sequence;
a first path (e.g., a left path 74) through which the game balls sorted by the sorting means pass;
and a second path (e.g., a right path 75) through which the game balls distributed by the distribution means pass after the game balls distributed to the first path,
The predetermined first ball entry means is provided on the downstream side of the first path,
The specific first ball entry means is provided on the downstream side of the second path,
Gaming machine B7, characterized in that the movable means is provided downstream of the second path and upstream of the specific first ball entry means.

Gaming machine B7 provides the following effect in addition to the effects provided by gaming machines B1 to B6. That is, the distribution means distributes the flow direction of the gaming balls launched by the launching means in at least two directions in sequence, and the gaming balls distributed by the distribution means pass through a first path, and the gaming balls distributed by the distribution means after the gaming balls distributed to the first path pass through a second path. Also, a predetermined first ball entry means is provided downstream of the first path, and a specific first ball entry means is provided downstream of the second path. And a movable means is provided downstream of the second path and upstream of the specific first ball entry means. As a result, the movable means provided upstream of the specific first ball entry means can generate either a state in which the blocking time rolling means does not function and the game ball can enter the specific first ball entry means (i.e., the first ball entry possible state), or a state in which the blocking time rolling means functions and it is difficult for the game ball to enter the specific first ball entry means, but the game ball can enter the second ball entry means (i.e., the second ball entry possible state). Therefore, for example, in a specific game state, the distribution means can distribute the game balls in order to the specific first ball entry means and the specific first ball entry means, while in other game states, the distribution means can distribute the game balls in order to the specific first ball entry means and the second ball entry means. As a result, by varying the ball entry patterns of the specific first ball entry means, the specific first ball entry means, or the second ball entry means into which the game ball can enter, the game can be varied and the interest can be increased.

In the gaming machine B7,
A gaming machine B8 characterized in that a third ball entry means (for example, an in-unit normal symbol gate 76a) through which gaming balls can pass is provided in a portion of the second path.

According to the gaming machine B8, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine B7, the following effects are achieved. That is, a third ball entry means through which the gaming ball can pass is provided in a part of the second path. That is, the gaming ball guided to the second path is configured to always enter the third ball entry means. As a result, after the gaming ball guided to the second path enters the third ball entry means, the moving means is driven based on the judgment result of the third judgment means due to the passage of the gaming ball to the third ball entry means, so that the gaming ball enters either the specific first ball entry means or the second ball entry means. Therefore, for example, by changing the conditions for driving the moving means (winning probability, variable display time, or driving time), the ball entry pattern of the specific first ball entry means or the second ball entry means into which the gaming ball flowing down the second path can enter can be changed, which has the effect of enriching the variety of the game and increasing the interest.

In the gaming machine B8,
The second pathway is
A predetermined time (for example, 1.9 seconds) is required for the game ball to reach the position of the movable means after the game ball enters the third ball entry means,
The variable display execution means includes:
The variable display can be executed with at least one of a first execution time (e.g., "3 seconds") that is longer than the predetermined time and a second execution time (e.g., "0.5 seconds") that is shorter than the predetermined time,
The game state setting means includes:
A predetermined first gaming state (e.g., a "normal gaming state"),
A second gaming state (e.g., a "latency probability variable state") different from the first gaming state;
The game state can be set to any one of the first game state and a third game state (e.g., a "probability variable state") different from the second game state;
The shot pattern changing means is
a first ball winning pattern means for performing the variable display for the first execution time in the first gaming state (for example, performing the variable display in "3 seconds");
A second ball winning pattern means for performing the variable display for the second execution time in the second game state (for example, performing the variable display in "0.5 seconds");
A gaming machine B9 is characterized in that it is equipped with a third ball entry pattern means for performing the variable display at the second execution time in the third gaming state (for example, performing the variable display in "0.5 seconds").

Gaming machine B9 has the following effect in addition to the effect of gaming machine B8. That is, the second path is configured so that it takes a predetermined time for the gaming ball to reach the position of the movable means after the gaming ball enters the third ball entry means. Also, the first time execution means provided in the variable display execution means performs variable display for a first execution time longer than the predetermined time, and the second time execution means also provided in the variable display execution means performs variable display for a second execution time shorter than the predetermined time. Here, the gaming state setting means is configured to be able to set one of a predetermined first gaming state, a second gaming state different from the first gaming state, and a third gaming state different from the first gaming state and the second gaming state. The first ball-entering pattern means provided in the ball-entering pattern changing means performs a variable display in the first game state for a first time execution, the second ball-entering pattern means also provided in the ball-entering pattern changing means performs a variable display in the second game state for a second time execution, and the third ball-entering pattern means also provided in the ball-entering pattern changing means performs a variable display in the third game state for a second time execution. This has the effect of enriching the game variation and increasing interest by changing the execution time of the variable display according to the game state, varying the timing at which the second ball-entering state is reached, and varying the ball-entering pattern of the first ball-entering means or the second ball-entering means in which the game ball can enter.

In the gaming machine B9,
The third ball entry means is
A third ball entry means (for example, a normal symbol gate 76a in the unit) into which the game balls launched in the first launch mode by the launch means can enter;
A specific third ball entry means (for example, a right-side normal symbol gate 76b) into which the game ball launched in the second launch mode by the launch means can enter;
A second predetermined time (for example, "1 second") is required from when the game ball enters the specific third ball entry means until the game ball reaches the position of the movable means,
the first execution time is greater than the second predetermined time,
The gaming machine B10 is characterized in that the second execution time is shorter than the second predetermined time.

According to the gaming machine B10, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine B9, the following effects are achieved. That is, the third ball entry means is provided with a predetermined third ball entry means into which a game ball launched by the launching means in a first launching mode can enter, and a specific third ball entry means into which a game ball launched by the launching means in a second launching mode can enter. Also, it is configured so that a second predetermined time is required from when the game ball enters the specific third ball entry means until it reaches the position where the movable means is disposed. And, as the execution time of the variable display, the first execution time is set to be longer than the second predetermined time, and the second execution time is set to be shorter than the second predetermined time. This makes it possible to change whether or not the variable display is completed by the time when the game ball that entered the specific third ball entry means reaches the position where the movable means is disposed, depending on the game state, and it becomes possible to change whether or not the movable means is driven based on the execution result of the variable display. As a result, by changing whether or not a game ball that has entered a specific third ball entry means can enter the second ball entry means by the movable means depending on the game status, it is possible to increase the variety of the game and improve interest.

In the gaming machine B10,
The movable means is
The movable means is configured to require a third predetermined time (e.g., 2.5 seconds) to roll from the upstream side to the downstream side;
The game ball that has entered the specific third ball entry means is guided to the upstream side of the movable means (for example, between the right side normal symbol gate 76b in the normal electric unit 79 and the right end of the entry and exit board 79b).
the first drive time is shorter than the third predetermined time,
The gaming machine B11 is characterized in that the second drive time is longer than the total time of the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time.

According to the gaming machine B11, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine B10, the following effect is achieved. That is, it is configured to require a third predetermined time to roll from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means. Also, the upstream guide means guides the game ball that has entered the specific third ball entry means to the upstream side of the movable means. The first drive time is set to be shorter than the third predetermined time, and the second drive time is set to be longer than the total time of the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time. As a result, when the movable means is driven for the first drive time, the movable means is driven from the second ball entry possible state to the first ball entry possible state before the game ball has completely rolled from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means. On the other hand, when the movable means is driven by the second drive means, the second ball entry possible state of the movable means is maintained while the game ball that has entered the specific third ball entry means is guided to the upstream side of the movable means and then rolls from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means. Therefore, when the movable means is driven for the second drive time, the game ball that has entered the specific third ball entry means can be made to enter the second ball entry means. As a result, by varying whether or not the game ball that has entered the specific third ball entry means can enter the second ball entry means by the movable means depending on the game state, it is possible to increase the variety of the game and improve the interest.

In the gaming machine B11,
The launching means includes:
The game balls can be launched at intervals of the fourth predetermined time (for example, "0.6 seconds");
The gaming machine B12 is characterized in that the second drive time is longer than the total time of the second predetermined time, the third predetermined time, and the fourth predetermined time.

Gaming machine B12 has the following effect in addition to the effect of gaming machine B11. That is, the launching means is configured to launch gaming balls at a fourth predetermined interval, and the second drive time is set to be longer than the total time of the second, third, and fourth predetermined times. This has the effect of enriching the variety of games and increasing interest by varying whether or not multiple gaming balls that have successively entered a specific third ball entry means can be successively entered into the second ball entry means by the movable means depending on the game state.

In any one of the gaming machines B0 to B12,
A gaming machine B13 is characterized by comprising a delay means (e.g., a deceleration section 79c) for delaying the flow-down speed of the gaming ball guided by the gaming ball guiding means.

Gaming machine B13 has the following effect in addition to the effects of gaming machines B0 to B12. That is, the delay means delays the flow-down speed of the gaming ball guided by the gaming ball guiding means. This makes it possible to make the time during which the gaming ball is guided by the gaming ball guiding means uniform (constant) and long. Therefore, by lengthening the guidance time by the gaming ball guiding means compared to when there is no delay means, it becomes easier to design game specifications such as adjusting the second ball entry possible state of the movable means for each game state in order to realize the playability of the present invention. Furthermore, the more the delay means slows down the flow-down speed of the gaming ball, the shorter the overall length of the movable means can be, which has the effect of making the entire movable means more compact.

In any one of gaming machines B10 to B13,
Gaming machine B14 is characterized in that it is equipped with an alarm means (e.g., an alarm sound) that provides a predetermined alarm when a gaming ball enters the specific third ball entry means in the first gaming state or the second gaming state.

Gaming machine B14 has the following effect in addition to the effects of gaming machines B10 to B13. That is, when a gaming ball enters the specific third ball entry means in the first gaming state or the second gaming state, a predetermined notification is issued by the notification means. This has the effect of restricting play in a launch mode different from the launch mode set for each gaming state, and reliably realizing the gameplay of differentiating the ball entry patterns of the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means set for each gaming state.

<Group C: The game value obtained varies depending on the driving mode of the movable means>
Conventionally, gaming machines such as pachinko machines are configured to launch a gaming medium such as a ball toward a gaming area provided on a gaming board, and a win/lose lottery is held based on whether the gaming medium enters one of a number of ball entry ports provided in the gaming area, and if the player wins the win/lose lottery, a predetermined gaming value is awarded to the player.

A gaming machine has also been proposed in which each entry port is provided with different characteristics, and the game result changes depending on the entry port through which the ball enters, for example by providing different game values depending on the entry port through which the ball enters. In such gaming machines, a distribution device is provided that alternately distributes the gaming media that flow into a specified route to each entry port, preventing winnings from being concentrated in a specific entry port and increasing the interest of the game (for example, Patent Document 1 (JP Patent Publication 2012-231902)).

However, in the above gaming machine, the balls that enter each entrance are regularly and alternately distributed among the balls that flow into a specified path, so the game value awarded does not change and the game becomes monotonous, and there is still room for improvement in this regard.

The inventions in Group C were made in consideration of the circumstances exemplified above, and aim to provide a gaming machine that can increase the enjoyment of gaming.

A first ball entry means (for example, a special drawing 1 winning hole 77) into which a game ball can enter;
A second ball entry means (for example, a special drawing 2 winning hole 78) that is different from the first ball entry means and through which a game ball can enter;
A first game value imparting means (for example, a special jackpot type table 202b1) capable of imparting a predetermined first game value based on the game ball entering the first ball entry means;
A second game value imparting means (for example, a special jackpot type table 202b2) capable of imparting a second game value different from the first game value based on the game ball entering the second ball entry means;
A movable means (e.g., a retractable plate 79b) for changing the flow direction of the game ball;
A driving means for driving the movable means (for example, a solenoid 209 (a solenoid for a recessed plate));
The gaming machine C0 is characterized in that it is equipped with an awarding change means (e.g., an alternating distribution unit 71) that changes whether the first game value is awarded by the first game value awarding means or the second game value is awarded by the second game value awarding means by changing the driving mode of the movable means by the driving means.

According to the gaming machine C0, the gaming ball is configured to be able to enter the first ball entry means, and also to be able to enter the second ball entry means different from the first ball entry means. Then, based on the gaming ball entering the first ball entry means, a predetermined first gaming value is able to be granted by the first gaming value granting means. Also, based on the gaming ball entering the second ball entry means, a second gaming value different from the first gaming value is able to be granted by the second gaming value granting means. Here, the flow direction of the gaming ball is changed by the movable means, and the movable means is driven by the drive means. Then, the granting change means changes the drive mode of the movable means by the drive means, thereby changing whether the gaming value is granted by the first gaming value granting means or the second gaming value granting means. This has the effect of varying the game value awarded by changing the drive mode of the movable means, imparting a gameplay element in which the game value gained changes, thereby increasing the interest of the game.

In addition, examples of "game value" include the number of prize balls awarded directly to the player, the number of jackpot rounds played or the duration of the jackpot round, the probability of a jackpot, the probability of transitioning between game states, and the probability of being awarded a jackpot round that has been played many times.

The "first game value" and the "second game value" may include a case where a part of the game value to be awarded is the same, but the other part of the game value is different, or a case where the game values to be awarded are completely different. Specifically, for example, when an A game value (e.g., 15 rounds), a B game value (e.g., 30-second open), and a C game value (e.g., "probability fluctuating state") are awarded as the first game value, the A game value, the B game value, and the D game value (e.g., "time-shortened state") are awarded as the second game value. Also, for example, when an A game value, a B game value, and a C game value are awarded as the first game value, the E game value (e.g., 5 rounds), an F game value (e.g., 5-second open), and a G game value (e.g., "latent probability fluctuating state") are awarded as the second game value.

In the gaming machine C0,
The gaming machine C1 is characterized in that the second gaming value is more likely to provide a benefit that is advantageous to the player than the first gaming value.

Gaming machine C1 has the following effect in addition to the effect of gaming machine C0. That is, the second gaming value is configured to be more likely to provide a benefit that is more advantageous to the player than the first gaming value. This creates a sense of play in terms of whether or not to make the gaming ball enter the second ball entry means that provides the second gaming value, and has the effect of increasing the interest in the game.

In the gaming machine C0 or C1,
The first game value providing means comprises:
a first lottery means for deriving a predetermined first lottery result and a second lottery result which is more advantageous to a player than the first lottery result, as the first game value;
The second game value providing means includes:
a second lottery means capable of deriving the first lottery result or (and) the second lottery result as the second game value;
The second lottery means is
The gaming machine C2 is characterized in that the second lottery result is easily derived by the first lottery means.

Gaming machine C2 has the following effect in addition to the effect of gaming machine C0 or C1. That is, the first lottery means provided in the first gaming value imparting means is configured to be able to derive a predetermined first lottery result and a second lottery result that is more advantageous to the player than the first lottery result as the first gaming value, and the second lottery means provided in the second gaming value imparting means is configured to be able to derive the first lottery result and/or the second lottery result as the second gaming value. The second lottery means is configured to be easier to derive the second lottery result than the first lottery means. This creates a game of whether or not to acquire a lottery opportunity for the second lottery means that is more likely to derive a second lottery result that is advantageous to the player, and has the effect of increasing the interest in the game.

In the gaming machine C2,
The driving means is
a first drive pattern means for driving the movable means with a first drive pattern that makes it easy to obtain (can obtain) a lottery opportunity by the first lottery means and difficult to obtain a lottery opportunity by the second lottery means (for example, an execution mode of the variable display of the normal symbol and the disappearance board 79b in the “normal game state”);
A second drive pattern means for driving the movable means with a second drive pattern that is easy to obtain (can obtain) the lottery opportunity by the first lottery means and the lottery opportunity by the second lottery means (for example, an execution mode of the variable display of the normal pattern and the disappearance board 79b in the "latency probability variable state");
a third drive pattern means for driving the movable means in a third drive pattern in which it is difficult to obtain a lottery opportunity by the first lottery means and it is easy (possible) to obtain a lottery opportunity by the second lottery means (for example, an execution mode of the variable display of the normal symbol and the disappearance board 79b in the "probability variable state");
The grant change means is
A gaming machine C3, characterized in that the movable means is driven by any one of the first drive pattern means, the second drive pattern means, or the third drive pattern means based on the establishment of a predetermined condition.

According to the gaming machine C3, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine C2, the following effects are achieved. That is, the first drive pattern means provided in the drive means drives the movable means in the first drive pattern in which the lottery opportunity by the first lottery means is easy to obtain (can be obtained) and the lottery opportunity by the second lottery means is difficult to obtain. Also, the second drive pattern means provided in the drive means drives the movable means in the second drive pattern in which the lottery opportunity by the first lottery means and the lottery opportunity by the second lottery means are easy to obtain (can be obtained). Furthermore, the third drive pattern means provided in the drive means drives the movable means in the third drive pattern in which the lottery opportunity by the first lottery means is difficult to obtain and the lottery opportunity by the second lottery means is easy to obtain (can be obtained). Then, the grant change means drives the movable means by any of the first drive pattern means, the second drive pattern means, or the third drive pattern means based on the establishment of a predetermined condition. This has the effect of adding gameplay in which the game value obtained changes because the lottery opportunity that is easy to obtain (can be obtained) varies depending on the driving pattern of the movable means based on the establishment of a predetermined condition, providing variation to the game and increasing the interest in the game.

Note that "the fulfillment of a predetermined condition" refers to the fulfillment of one of the previously set events that can occur while playing the game, such as when a big win or small win is won, when the game state is changed, when a game ball enters a predetermined ball entry opening, when a dynamic display is executed a predetermined number of times, when a predetermined number of game balls enter a specific ball entry opening, etc.

In any one of gaming machines C0 to C3,
A third ball entry means (for example, an in-unit normal symbol gate 76a or a right-side normal symbol gate 76b) through which game balls can enter is provided;
The driving means is
A gaming machine C4 characterized in that the movable means is driven based on the entry of a gaming ball into the third ball entry means.

Gaming machine C4 achieves the following effect in addition to the effects achieved by gaming machines C0 to C3. That is, the third ball entry means is configured to allow a gaming ball to enter, and the movable means is driven by the drive means based on the entry of the gaming ball into the third ball entry means. This creates a game of how to get the gaming ball to enter the third ball entry means in order to drive the movable means, and when the gaming ball enters the third ball entry means and the movable means is driven, a game of changing the game value obtained is provided, which has the effect of enriching the variety of the game and increasing the interest in the game.

In any one of the gaming machines C4,
A third information acquisition means (for example, a regular reserved ball storage area 203h) for acquiring third information based on the game ball entering the third ball entry means;
A third determination means (e.g., a random number table 202f) for determining the third information acquired by the third information acquisition means;
A variable display execution means (e.g., a normal pattern variable processing (S111)) that executes a variable display of identification information (e.g., a variable display of a normal pattern) on a display means (e.g., a normal pattern display device 83) based on the judgment result of the third judgment means;
A variable time changing means (e.g., a general variable time table 202g) for changing the execution time of the variable display by the variable display execution means from a first execution time (e.g., "3 seconds") to a second execution time (e.g., "0.5 seconds") shorter than the first execution time based on the establishment of the predetermined condition,
The grant change means is
Gaming machine C5 is characterized in that it is equipped with a timing change means (e.g., S407 of the normal display change processing (S111)) that changes the execution time of the variable display using the variable time change means, thereby changing the timing of driving the movable means.

According to the gaming machine C5, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine C4, the following effect is achieved. That is, the third information is acquired by the third information acquisition means based on the entry of a gaming ball into the third ball entry means, the third information acquired by the third information acquisition means is judged by the third judgment means, and the variable display execution means executes the variable display of the identification information on the display means based on the judgment result by the third judgment means. Here, based on the establishment of a predetermined condition, the execution time of the variable display by the variable display execution means is changed from the first execution time to a second execution time shorter than the first execution time. Then, the timing change means provided in the grant change means changes the execution time of the variable display by the variable time change means, thereby changing the timing of driving the movable means. As a result, the execution time of the variable display is changed based on the establishment of a predetermined condition, the timing at which the movable means is driven is changed, and the ball entry pattern of the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means into which the gaming ball can enter is changed, thereby providing an effect of enriching the variety of the game and increasing interest.

Note that "a scoring pattern of the first or second scoring means through which the game ball can score" includes, for example, a scoring pattern in which the ball can score only through the first scoring means, a scoring pattern in which the ball can score only through the second scoring means, a scoring pattern in which the ball can score through both the first and second scoring means, or a scoring pattern in which the ball can score alternately through the first and second scoring means.

In any one of gaming machines C0 to C5,
The movable means is
The actuator is configured to be displaceable between a predetermined first position and a second position different from the first position;
When the second position is reached, the movable means closes the first ball entrance means while allowing the game ball to roll on the upper surface of the movable means (for example, the upper surface of the projecting plate 79b),
The gaming machine C6 is characterized in that the second ball entry means is provided on the downstream side of the flow of the gaming ball that has rolled on the upper surface of the movable means by the closed-time rolling means.

Gaming machine C6 has the following effect in addition to the effect of gaming machines C0 to C5. That is, the movable means is configured to be displaceable between a first position and a second position, and when the movable means is in the second position, the movable means is configured to block the first ball entry means while the game ball can roll on the upper surface of the movable means by the closed rolling means provided on the movable means. Then, the second ball entry means is provided on the downstream side where the game ball that rolled on the upper surface of the movable means by the closed rolling means flows down. In this way, when the movable means is in the second position, the movable means blocks the first ball entry means to prevent the game ball from entering the first ball entry means, while the game ball rolls on the upper surface of the movable means and enters the second ball entry means provided on the downstream side. As a result, by making the entry patterns of the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means into which the game ball can enter different, there is an effect that the game can be varied and the interest can be increased.

In the gaming machine C6,
The first ball entry means is
A predetermined first ball entry means (for example, the first winning hole 77a of the special drawing 1),
A specific first ball entry means (for example, the second winning port 77b of the special drawing 1) different from the predetermined first ball entry means,
The grant change means is
A distribution means (e.g., a distribution device 73) for distributing the flow direction of the game balls in at least two directions in sequence;
a first path (e.g., a left path 74) through which the game balls sorted by the sorting means pass;
and a second path (e.g., a right path 75) through which the game balls distributed by the distribution means pass after the game balls distributed to the first path,
The predetermined first ball entry means is provided on the downstream side of the first path,
The specific first ball entry means is provided on the downstream side of the second path,
Gaming machine C7, characterized in that the movable means is provided downstream of the second path and upstream of the specific first ball entry means.

According to gaming machine C7, in addition to the effects of gaming machine C6, the following effects are achieved. That is, a predetermined first ball entry means and a specific first ball entry means different from this predetermined first ball entry means are provided in the first ball entry means. Here, the flow direction of the game balls is sequentially distributed in at least two directions by a distribution means provided in the award change means, and the game balls distributed by this distribution means pass through the first path, and the game balls distributed by the distribution means after the game balls distributed to the first path pass through the second path. Also, a predetermined first ball entry means is provided downstream of the first path, and a specific first ball entry means is provided downstream of the second path. And a movable means is provided downstream of the second path and upstream of the specific first ball entry means. This allows the movable means provided upstream of the specific first ball entry means to generate a state in which the blocking rolling means does not function and the game ball can enter the specific first ball entry means, or a state in which the blocking rolling means functions and it is difficult for the game ball to enter the specific first ball entry means, but the game ball can enter the second ball entry means. Therefore, based on the establishment of a predetermined condition, it is possible to differentiate between a state in which the distribution means distributes the game balls in order between the specific first ball entry means and the specific first ball entry means, and a state in which the distribution means distributes the game balls in order between the specific first ball entry means and the second ball entry means. As a result, by varying the ball entry patterns of the specific first ball entry means, the specific first ball entry means, or the second ball entry means into which the game ball can enter, it is possible to enrich the variety of the game and increase interest.

In the gaming machine C7,
Gaming machine C8 is characterized in that a third ball entry means (e.g., an in-unit normal pattern gate 76a) through which gaming balls can pass is provided in a portion of the second path.

According to the gaming machine C8, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine C7, the following effects are achieved. That is, a third ball entry means through which the gaming ball can pass is provided in a part of the second path. That is, the gaming ball guided to the second path is configured to always enter the third ball entry means. As a result, after the gaming ball guided to the second path enters the third ball entry means, the moving means is driven based on the judgment result of the third judgment means due to the passage of the gaming ball to the third ball entry means, so that the gaming ball enters either the specific first ball entry means or the second ball entry means. Therefore, for example, by changing the conditions for driving the moving means (winning probability, variable display time, or driving time), the ball entry pattern of the specific first ball entry means or the second ball entry means into which the gaming ball flowing down the second path can enter can be changed, which has the effect of enriching the variety of the game and increasing the interest.

In the gaming machine C8,
The second pathway is
A predetermined time (for example, 1.9 seconds) is required for the game ball to reach the position of the movable means after the game ball enters the third ball entry means,
The variable display execution means includes:
The variable display can be executed for at least one of a first execution time (e.g., "3 seconds") that is longer than the predetermined time and a second execution time (e.g., "0.5 seconds") that is shorter than the predetermined time,
the first driving pattern means performs the variable display during the first execution time,
the second driving pattern means performs the variable display during the second execution time,
The gaming machine C9 is characterized in that the third drive pattern means performs the variable display during the second execution time.

According to the gaming machine C9, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine C8, the following effect is achieved. That is, the second path is configured so that it takes a predetermined time for the gaming ball to reach the position of the movable means after the gaming ball enters the third ball entry means. Also, the variable display execution means executes the variable display for at least one of the execution times of the first execution time longer than the predetermined time and the second execution time shorter than the predetermined time. Then, the variable display is executed for the first execution time by the first drive pattern means, the variable display is executed for the second execution time by the second drive pattern means, and the variable display is executed for the second execution time by the third drive pattern means. This has the effect of enriching the variation of the game and increasing the interest by changing the execution time of the variable display based on the establishment of a predetermined condition, and varying the timing at which the movable means reaches the second position, and varying the ball entry pattern of the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means into which the gaming ball can enter.

In any of gaming machines C4 to C9,
A launching means (e.g., a ball launching unit 112a) for launching a game ball is provided;
The launching means includes:
A first launch mode means for launching a game ball in a predetermined first launch mode (for example, control related to a left-handed game);
A second launch mode means (for example, control related to right-hand play) for launching a game ball in a second launch mode different from the first launch mode by the first launch mode means,
The third ball entry means is
A third ball entry means (for example, a normal symbol gate 76a in the unit) into which the game balls launched by the first launch mode by the first launch mode means can enter;
and a specific third ball entry means (for example, a right-side normal symbol gate 76b) into which the game ball launched by the second launch mode by the second launch mode means can enter;
A second predetermined time (for example, "1 second") is required from when the game ball enters the specific third ball entry means until the game ball reaches the position of the movable means,
the first execution time is greater than the second predetermined time,
The gaming machine C10 is characterized in that the second execution time is shorter than the second predetermined time.

According to the gaming machine C10, in addition to the effects of the gaming machines C4 to C9, the following effects are achieved. That is, the game ball is launched by the launching means, the game ball is launched in a predetermined first launching mode by the first launching mode means provided in the launching means, and the game ball is launched in a second launching mode different from the first launching mode of the first launching mode means by the second launching mode means also provided in the launching means. The third ball entry means is provided with a predetermined third ball entry means into which the game ball launched in the first launching mode by the first launching mode means can enter, and a specific third ball entry means into which the game ball launched in the second launching mode by the second launching mode means can enter. Also, it is configured such that a second predetermined time is required from when the game ball enters the specific third ball entry means until it reaches the arrangement position of the movable means. And, as the execution time of the variable display, the first execution time is set longer than the second predetermined time, and the second execution time is set shorter than the second predetermined time. This allows the game ball that has entered the specific third ball entry means to be able to end the variable display or not before it reaches the position where the movable means is located based on the establishment of a predetermined condition, and it is possible to change whether or not the movable means is in a driven state based on the execution result of the variable display. As a result, by changing whether or not the game ball that has entered the specific third ball entry means can enter the second ball entry means by the movable means based on the establishment of a predetermined condition, it has the effect of enriching the variety of the game and increasing interest.

In any one of gaming machines C6 to C10,
The driving means is
a first time driving means for driving the movable means to the second position for a first predetermined driving time (e.g., "2 seconds");
and a second time drive means for driving the movable means to the second position for a second drive time (e.g., "5 seconds") that is longer than the first drive time,
the first driving pattern means and the second driving pattern means drive the movable means by the first time driving means;
The gaming machine C11, wherein the third drive pattern means drives the movable means by the second time drive means.

According to the gaming machine C11, in addition to the effects of the gaming machines C6 to C10, the following effect is achieved. That is, the movable means is driven to the second position for a predetermined first drive time by the first time drive means provided in the drive means, and the movable means is driven to the second position for a second drive time longer than the first drive time by the second time drive means also provided in the drive means. Then, the movable means is driven by the first time drive means by the first drive pattern means and the movable means is driven for the second drive time by the third drive pattern means. As a result, the third drive pattern means can drive the movable means for the second drive time to maintain the second position. Therefore, the third drive pattern means creates a state in which the game ball is likely to enter the second ball entry means, and the state in which the game ball is likely to enter the second ball entry means varies depending on whether a predetermined condition is satisfied, which has the effect of enriching the variety of the game and increasing interest.

In the gaming machine C11,
The closing time rolling means is
The movable means is configured to require a third predetermined time (e.g., 2.5 seconds) to rotate from the upstream side to the downstream side;
The game ball that has entered the specific third ball entry means is guided to the upstream side of the movable means (for example, between the right side normal symbol gate 76b in the normal electric unit 79 and the right end of the entry and exit board 79b).
the first drive time is shorter than the third predetermined time (or a total time of the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time);
The gaming machine C12 is characterized in that the second drive time is longer than the total time of the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time.

According to the gaming machine C12, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine C11, the following effects are achieved. That is, the blocking time rolling means is configured to require a third predetermined time to roll from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means. Also, the upstream guide means guides the game ball that has entered the specific third ball entry means to the upstream side of the movable means. The first drive time is set to be shorter than the third predetermined time (or the total time of the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time), and the second drive time is set to be longer than the total time of the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time. As a result, when the movable means is driven for the first drive time, the movable means is displaced from the second position to the first position before the game ball has completely rolled from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means. On the other hand, when the movable means is driven by the second drive means, the movable means is maintained in the second position while the game ball that has entered the specific third ball entry means is guided to the upstream side of the movable means and then rolls from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means. Therefore, when the movable means is driven for the second drive time, the game ball that has entered the specific third ball entry means can be made to enter the second ball entry means. As a result, by changing whether or not the game ball that has entered the specific third ball entry means can enter the second ball entry means by the movable means based on the establishment of a predetermined condition, it is possible to increase the variety of the game and improve the interest.

In the gaming machine C12,
The launching means includes:
The game balls can be launched at intervals of the fourth predetermined time (for example, "0.6 seconds");
The gaming machine C13 is characterized in that the second drive time is longer than the total time of the second predetermined time, the third predetermined time, and the fourth predetermined time.

Gaming machine C13 has the following effect in addition to the effect of gaming machine C12. That is, the launching means is configured to launch gaming balls at a fourth predetermined interval, and the second drive time is set to be longer than the total time of the second, third, and fourth predetermined times. This has the effect of enriching the variety of games and increasing interest by varying whether or not multiple gaming balls that have successively entered a specific third ball entry means based on the establishment of a predetermined condition can be successively entered into the second ball entry means by the movable means.

In any one of gaming machines C6 to C13,
The gaming machine C14 is characterized by being provided with a delay means (e.g., a deceleration section 79c) for delaying the flow-down speed of the gaming ball rolled by the blocking-time rolling means.

Gaming machine C14 achieves the following effect in addition to the effects achieved by gaming machines C6 to C13. That is, the delay means delays the flow-down speed of the gaming balls rolled by the blocked-time rolling means. This makes it possible to make the time that the gaming balls stay on the top surface of the blocked-time rolling means uniform (constant) and long. Therefore, by lengthening the time that the gaming balls stay on the blocked-time rolling means compared to when there is no delay means, it becomes easier to design game specifications such as adjusting the second ball-entry possible state of the movable means for each game state in order to realize the playability of the present invention. Furthermore, the more the delay means slows down the flow-down speed of the gaming balls, the shorter the overall length of the blocked-time rolling means can be, and the more compact the movable means as a whole can be.

In any one of gaming machines C10 to C14,
A gaming machine C15 is characterized in that it is equipped with an alarm means (e.g., an alarm sound) that issues a predetermined alarm when a gaming ball enters the specific third ball entry means when the specified condition is not met.

Gaming machine C15 has the following effect in addition to the effects of gaming machines C10 to C14. That is, when a gaming ball enters the specific third ball entry means when a specified condition is not met, a specified notification is issued by the notification means. This has the effect of restricting play in a launch mode different from the launch mode assumed as the game specifications, ensuring that gameplay conforms to the assumed game specifications.

<Group D: Game play realized with only special and normal symbols>
Conventionally, some gaming machines, such as pachinko machines, are configured to launch a gaming medium, such as a ball, toward a gaming area provided on a gaming board, and hold a winning/losing lottery based on whether the gaming medium enters one of a number of ball entry ports provided in the gaming area, and if the winning/losing lottery results in a winning result, a predetermined gaming value is awarded to the player (for example, Patent Document 1 (JP Patent Publication No. 2012-231902)).

However, in the above gaming machine, winnings at multiple ball entry ports are fixed depending on the game situation, which makes the game monotonous, and there is still room for improvement in this regard.

The inventions in Group D were made in consideration of the circumstances exemplified above, and aim to provide a gaming machine that can increase the enjoyment of gaming.

A first ball entry means (e.g., the unit normal symbol gate 76a or the right normal symbol gate 76b) through which a game ball can enter; A first information acquisition means (e.g., the normal symbol reserved ball storage area 203h) that acquires first information based on the game ball entering the first ball entry means;
A first determination means (for example, normal electric utility control processing (S104)) that determines the first information acquired by the first information acquisition means;
and a movable means (e.g., a retractable plate 79b) that is driven based on the determination result of the first determination means.
A second ball entry means (for example, the first winning hole 77a in FIG. 1) through which a game ball can enter and which is not affected by the driving of the movable means;
A third ball entry means (for example, the second winning hole 77b of the special drawing 1 or the second winning hole 78 of the special drawing 2) into which a game ball can enter and which can be affected by the driving of the movable means;
A second information acquisition means (for example, a first reserved ball storage area 203d or a second reserved ball storage area 203e) that acquires second information based on the game ball entering the second ball entry means or the third ball entry means;
A second determination means (for example, S324 of the fluctuation start process (S310)) that determines the second information acquired by the second information acquisition means;
a game value awarding means (for example, the central large prize winning hole 65a or the right side large prize winning hole 67a) for awarding a predetermined game value to a player based on the result of the determination by the second determination means;
A distribution means (e.g., a distribution device 73) for distributing the flow direction of the game balls in at least two directions in sequence;
a first path (e.g., a left path 74) through which the game balls sorted by the sorting means pass;
and a second path (e.g., a right path 75) through which the game balls distributed by the distribution means pass after the game balls distributed to the first path,
The second ball injection means is provided downstream of the first path,
The third ball injection means is provided on the downstream side of the second path,
The movable means is
The gaming machine D0 is characterized by comprising a ball entry pattern changing means for changing the flow direction of the gaming ball flowing down the second path.

According to the gaming machine D0, the first ball entry means is configured to allow a gaming ball to enter, and the first information is acquired by the first information acquisition means based on the entry of the gaming ball into the first ball entry means. The first information acquired by the first information acquisition means is then judged by the first judgment means, and the movable means is driven based on the judgment result of the first judgment means. Here, the second ball entry means that is not affected by the driving of the movable means is configured to allow a gaming ball to enter, and the third ball entry means that may be affected by the driving of the movable means is configured to allow a gaming ball to enter. The second information acquisition means acquires second information based on the entry of the gaming ball into the second ball entry means or the third ball entry means, and the second information acquired by the second information acquisition means is judged by the second judgment means. Based on the judgment result by the second judgment means, a predetermined gaming value is awarded to the player by the gaming value awarding means. Here, the distribution means distributes the game balls in at least two directions in sequence, and the game balls distributed by the distribution means pass through a first path, and the game balls distributed by the distribution means after the game balls distributed to the first path pass through a second path. A second ball entry means is provided downstream of the first path, and a third ball entry means is provided downstream of the second path. The flow direction of the game balls flowing down from the second path is changed by a ball entry pattern changing means provided on the movable means. This makes it possible to variably win a prize by changing the flow direction of the game balls flowing down toward the third ball entry means while keeping the entry of the game balls into the second ball entry means fixed. That is, when there is no influence from the driving of the movable means, the distribution means distributes the game balls in order to the second ball entry means and the predetermined third ball entry means, while when there is an influence from the driving of the movable means, the distribution means can distribute the game balls in order to a flow path other than the second ball entry means and the predetermined third ball entry means. As a result, by changing the ball entry pattern of the second ball entry means or the third ball entry means, into which the game balls can enter by the movable means, there is an effect that it is possible to enrich the variety of the game and increase the interest.

Examples of "may be affected by the actuation of the movable means" include cases where a game ball whose flow direction has been changed by the actuation of the movable means enters the game ball, where a game ball whose flow direction has not been changed by not actuating the movable means enters the game ball, where the flow path expands or contracts by the actuation of the movable means, where the flow path opens or closes by the actuation of the movable means, or where visibility becomes possible or difficult by the actuation of the movable means. On the other hand, examples of "not being affected by the actuation of the movable means" include cases where the above-mentioned "may be affected" events do not occur, that is, cases where the flow direction of the game ball does not change even when the movable means is actuated, cases where there is no effect even when the flow path expands or contracts by the actuation of the movable means, cases where the width of the flow path does not change even when the movable means is actuated, or cases where visibility is not affected even when the movable means is actuated.

In addition, "first information" and "second information" include information in which the information of a specified portion that is acquired is the same, but information in portions other than the specified portion is different, or information that is acquired that is completely different from one another. Specifically, for example, when A information (e.g., jackpot random number information), B information (e.g., jackpot type information), and C information (e.g., special chart 1 winning slot winning information) are acquired as the first information, and A information, B information, and D information (e.g., special chart 2 winning slot winning information) are acquired as the second information. In addition, for example, when A information, B information, and C information are acquired as the first information, and E information, F information, and G information are acquired as the second information.

Furthermore, examples of "a scoring pattern of the first or second scoring means through which the game ball can score" include, for example, a scoring pattern in which the ball can score only through the first scoring means, a scoring pattern in which the ball can score only through the second scoring means, a scoring pattern in which the ball can score through both the first and second scoring means, or a scoring pattern in which the ball can score alternately through the first and second scoring means.

In the gaming machine D0,
A variable display execution means (e.g., a normal symbol display device 83) that executes a variable display of a first identification information (e.g., a normal symbol) when a game ball enters the first ball entry means;
A dynamic display execution means (e.g., a third symbol display device 81) that dynamically displays a second identification information (e.g., a special symbol) different from the first identification information when a game ball enters the second ball entry means and the third ball entry means,
The third ball entry means is
A predetermined third ball entry means (for example, the second winning hole 77b of the special drawing 1);
A specific third ball entry means (for example, a special drawing 2 winning port 78) different from the predetermined third ball entry means,
The second determination means is
A first lottery means (for example, a special drawing 1 big win type table 202b1) for performing a first lottery based on the entry of a game ball into the second ball entry means or the predetermined third ball entry means;
A gaming machine D1 is characterized by being equipped with a second lottery means (e.g., a jackpot type table 202b2 for special chart 2) that conducts a second lottery different from the first lottery based on the entry of a gaming ball into the specific third ball entry means.

Gaming machine D1 has the following effect in addition to the effect of gaming machine D0. That is, when a gaming ball enters the first ball entry means, the variable display execution means executes the variable display of the first identification information, and when a gaming ball enters the second ball entry means or the third ball entry means, the dynamic display execution means executes the dynamic display of the second identification information different from the first identification information. In addition, the third ball entry means is provided with a predetermined third ball entry means and a specific third ball entry means different from the predetermined third ball entry means. Then, the first lottery means provided in the second judgment means executes a first lottery based on the entry of the gaming ball into the second ball entry means or the predetermined third ball entry means, and the second lottery means provided in the second judgment means executes a second lottery different from the first lottery based on the entry of the gaming ball into the specific third ball entry means.

Conventionally, there are gaming machines that use multiple non-electric devices (e.g., devices other than electric devices that are powered by electricity) to clearly differentiate the means by which a gaming ball can enter the game, and thus vary the (easier) means by which the ball can enter the game depending on the game state (e.g., Patent Document 2 (JP Patent Publication No. 2014-100432)).

However, gaming machines using the above non-electric devices generally use non-electric devices that are unfamiliar to players, making it difficult for players to understand the game specifications. As a result, players tend to avoid playing gaming machines whose game specifications are difficult to understand, which can lead to a lack of utilization of the gaming machines.

In addition, in gaming machines equipped with the above-mentioned non-electric device, an operating member is provided inside the normal electric device, and a special mechanism that mechanically links the operating member and the non-electric device is used to change the manner in which the ball enters the ball entry means. This means that the special mechanism that mechanically links the operating member and the non-electric device increases the number of parts used in the gaming machine, which may increase manufacturing costs.

Furthermore, in a gaming machine equipped with the above-mentioned non-electric device, for example, in multiple gaming states, such as the "normal gaming state" and the "first probability variation state," the ball may enter the second ball entry means related to the second identification information, or the ball may enter only the predetermined third ball entry means, and only the first lottery for the second identification information is obtained in multiple gaming states. Therefore, since the lottery obtained is the same second identification information, there is a risk that the game will become monotonous.

Therefore, according to the gaming machine D1, a variable display of the first identification information familiar to players and a dynamic display of the second identification information are used, and a distribution means is used to distribute the gaming balls to the second ball entry means and the third ball entry means. A predetermined third ball entry means and a specific third ball entry means are provided as the third ball entry means, and the flow direction of the gaming balls is changed by the movable means to make the ball entry pattern of the gaming balls into the predetermined third ball entry means or the specific third ball entry means different. This makes it possible to change the ball entry pattern of the gaming balls into the ball entry means that triggers the dynamic display of the second identification information without using a non-electric device, by driving the movable means based on the variable display result of the first identification information familiar to players, and makes it easier for players to understand the specifications of the game. As a result, it is possible to solve the problem of players avoiding the game and not increasing the operation due to the difficulty in understanding the game specifications.

In addition, because the above playability is achieved without using special mechanisms such as non-electric devices, it is possible to prevent an increase in the number of parts required for special mechanisms and achieve the above playability without increasing the cost of the gaming machine.

In the gaming machine D1,
A game state setting means (e.g., a big win process (S103)) capable of setting a game state after the game value is awarded by the game value awarding means,
The shot pattern changing means is
A variable time changing means (e.g., a general variable time table 202g) for changing the execution time of the variable display by the variable display execution means from a first execution time (e.g., "3 seconds") to a second execution time (e.g., "0.5 seconds") shorter than the first execution time based on the game state set by the game state setting means;
A gaming machine D2 is characterized in that it is equipped with a timing change means (for example, S407 of the normal display change processing (S111)) that changes the execution time of the variable display using the variable time change means, thereby changing the timing of driving the movable means.

In addition to the effects of the gaming machine D1, the gaming machine D2 has the following effects. That is, the gaming state after the gaming value is granted by the gaming value granting means can be set by the gaming state setting means. Also, based on the gaming state set by the gaming state setting means, the execution time of the variable display by the variable display execution means is changed from the first execution time to a second execution time shorter than the first execution time by the variable time change means provided in the ball entry pattern change means. Then, the execution time of the variable display is changed by the variable time change means by the timing change means provided in the ball entry pattern change means, thereby changing the timing of driving the movable means. This has the effect of enriching the variety of the game and increasing interest by changing the execution time of the variable display based on the gaming state, varying the timing of driving the movable means, and varying the ball entry pattern of the second ball entry means or the third ball entry means into which the game ball can enter.

In gaming machine D1 or D2,
The movable means is
The actuator is configured to be displaceable between a predetermined first position and a second position different from the first position;
When the second position is reached, the predetermined third ball entry means is blocked by the movable means while the game ball can roll on the upper surface of the movable means (for example, the upper surface of the projecting plate 79b),
Gaming machine D3 is characterized in that the specific third ball entry means is provided on the downstream side of the flow of the gaming ball that has rolled on the upper surface of the movable means by the closed-time rolling means.

According to the gaming machine D3, in addition to the effects of the gaming machines D1 and D2, the following effects are achieved. That is, the movable means is configured to be displaceable between a first position and a second position, and when the movable means is in the second position, the movable means is configured to block the predetermined third ball entry means and allow the game ball to roll on the upper surface of the movable means by the closed rolling means provided on the movable means. Then, the specific third ball entry means is provided downstream of the game ball that rolled on the upper surface of the movable means by the closed rolling means flows down. In this way, when the movable means is in the second position, the movable means blocks the predetermined third ball entry means to prevent the game ball from entering the predetermined third ball entry means, while the game ball rolls on the upper surface of the movable means and enters the specific third ball entry means provided downstream of it. As a result, by varying the entry patterns of the third ball entry means into which the game ball can enter, there is an effect that the game can be varied and the interest can be increased.

In any one of the gaming machines D0 to D3,
The first ball entry means is
A gaming machine D4, characterized in that a portion of the second path is provided to allow gaming balls to pass through.

In addition to the effects of the gaming machines D0 to D3, the gaming machine D4 has the following effect. That is, the first ball entry means is provided in a part of the second path so that the gaming ball can pass through. That is, the gaming ball guided to the second path is configured to always enter the first ball entry means. As a result, the gaming ball guided to the second path is configured to enter either the predetermined third ball entry means or the specific third ball entry means, depending on the movable means that is driven based on the judgment result of the first judgment means due to the passage of the gaming ball into the first ball entry means. Therefore, for example, by changing the conditions for driving the movable means (winning probability, variable display time, or driving time), it is possible to change the entry pattern of the predetermined third ball entry means or the specific third ball entry means into which the gaming ball flowing down the second path can enter, and there is an effect that it is possible to enrich the variety of the game and increase the interest.

In the gaming machine D4,
The second pathway is
A predetermined time (for example, 1.9 seconds) is required for the game ball to reach the position of the movable means after the game ball enters the first ball entry means,
The game state setting means includes:
A predetermined first gaming state (e.g., a "normal gaming state"),
A second gaming state (e.g., a "latency probability variable state") different from the first gaming state;
The game state can be set to any one of the first game state and a third game state (e.g., a "probability variable state") different from the second game state;
The variable display execution means includes:
a first variable pattern means for performing the variable display for the first execution time in the first gaming state (for example, performing the variable display in "3 seconds");
a second variable pattern means for performing the variable display for the second execution time in the second gaming state (for example, performing the variable display for "0.5 seconds");
A gaming machine D5 characterized by comprising a third variable pattern means for performing the variable display in the second execution time in the third gaming state (for example, performing the variable display in "0.5 seconds").

According to the gaming machine D5, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine D4, the following effect is achieved. That is, the second path is configured so that it takes a predetermined time for the gaming ball to reach the arrangement position of the movable means after the gaming ball enters the predetermined first ball entry means. Here, the gaming state setting means is configured to be able to set one of a predetermined first gaming state, a second gaming state different from the first gaming state, and a third gaming state different from the first gaming state and the second gaming state. Then, the first variable pattern means provided in the variable display execution means performs a variable display with a first time execution in the first gaming state, the second variable pattern means also provided in the variable display execution means performs a variable display with a second time execution in the second gaming state, and the third variable pattern means also provided in the variable display execution means performs a variable display with a second time execution in the third gaming state. This has the effect of increasing the variety of games and enhancing interest by changing the execution time of the variable display according to the game state, varying the timing at which the movable means starts to operate, and varying the ball-entering pattern of the predetermined third ball-entering means or specific third ball-entering means through which the game ball can enter.

In any one of gaming machines D2 to D5,
The game machine includes a launching means (e.g., a ball launching unit 112a) capable of launching a game ball,
A first launch mode means for launching a game ball in a predetermined first mode by the launch means (e.g., a left-handed game);
and a second launch mode means (e.g., right-hand shot) for launching a game ball in a second launch mode different from the first launch mode by the first launch mode means.
The first ball entry means is
A first predetermined ball entry means (for example, a normal symbol gate 76a in the unit) into which the game ball launched in the first launch mode by the first launch mode means can enter;
A specific first ball entry means (for example, a right-side normal symbol gate 76b) into which the game ball launched in the second launch mode by the second launch mode means can enter;
A second predetermined time (for example, "1 second") is required from when the game ball enters the specific third ball entry means until the game ball reaches the position of the movable means,
the first execution time is greater than the second predetermined time,
A gaming machine D6, characterized in that the second execution time is shorter than the second predetermined time.

According to the gaming machine D6, in addition to the effects of the gaming machines D2 to D5, the following effects are achieved. That is, the launching means is configured to launch the gaming ball, and the first ball entry means is provided with a predetermined first ball entry means into which the gaming ball launched by the first launching mode by the first launching mode means can enter, and a specific first ball entry means into which the gaming ball launched by the second launching mode by the second launching mode means can enter. Also, it is configured so that a second predetermined time is required from when the gaming ball enters the specific first ball entry means until it reaches the arrangement position of the movable means. And, as the execution time of the variable display, the first execution time is set to be longer than the second predetermined time, and the second execution time is set to be shorter than the second predetermined time. This makes it possible to change whether the variable display is completed or not by the time the gaming ball that entered the specific first ball entry means reaches the arrangement position of the movable means depending on the game state, and it becomes possible to change whether the movable means is in the driven state or not based on the execution result of the variable display. As a result, by changing whether or not a game ball that has entered a specific first ball entry means can enter a third ball entry means by the movable means depending on the game status, it is possible to increase the variety of the game and improve interest.

In gaming machine D5 or D6,
A driving means (e.g., a solenoid 209 (a solenoid for a recessed plate)) for driving the movable means from the first position to the second position,
The driving means is
a first drive pattern means for driving the movable means to the second position for a first predetermined drive time (e.g., "2 seconds");
a second drive pattern means for driving the movable means to the second position for a second drive time (e.g., "5 seconds") longer than the first drive time,
The shot pattern changing means is
In the first game state or the second game state, the movable means is driven by the first drive pattern means;
A gaming machine D7, characterized in that in the third gaming state, the movable means is driven by the second drive pattern means.

Gaming machine D7 has the following effect in addition to the effect of gaming machine D5 or D6. That is, the movable means is configured to be able to be driven from the first position to the second position by the drive means, and the first drive pattern means provided in the drive means drives the movable means to be in the second position for a predetermined first drive time, and the second drive pattern means also provided in the drive means drives the movable means to be in the second position for a second drive time longer than the first drive time. Then, the ball entry pattern change means drives the movable means with the first drive pattern means in the first game state or the second game state, and drives the movable means with the second drive pattern in the third game state. As a result, in the third game state, the movable means can be driven to maintain the second position for a second drive time longer than the first drive time of the movable means in the first game state or the second game state. This has the effect of creating a state in which the game ball is more likely to enter the specific third ball entry means in the third game state, and by varying the state in which it is more likely or less likely for the game ball to enter the specific third ball entry means for each game state, it is possible to enrich the game variation and increase interest.

In the gaming machine D7,
The gaming machine D8 is characterized in that the second drive time is longer than the total time of the second execution time and the second specified time.

Gaming machine D8 has the following effect in addition to the effect of gaming machine D7. That is, the second drive time is configured to be longer than the total time of the second execution time and the second predetermined time. As a result, in the third gaming state, the movable means is driven during the second drive time to maintain a state in which the gaming ball can enter the third ball entry means. Therefore, in the first gaming state or the second gaming state, the movable means is driven during the first drive time to create a state in which the gaming ball can enter the third ball entry means, while in the third gaming state, a state in which the gaming ball is likely to enter the third ball entry means is created, and the state in which the gaming ball is likely to enter the third ball entry means is different for each gaming state, which has the effect of enriching the variety of the game and increasing interest.

In gaming machine D7 or D8,
The closing time rolling means is
The movable means is configured to require a third predetermined time (e.g., 2.5 seconds) to rotate from the upstream side to the downstream side;
The game ball that has entered the specific first ball entry means is guided to the upstream side of the movable means (for example, between the right side normal symbol gate 76b in the normal electric unit 79 and the right end of the entry board 79b).
the first drive time is shorter than the third predetermined time (or a total time of the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time);
A gaming machine D9, characterized in that the second drive time is longer than the total time of the second specified time and the third specified time.

According to the gaming machine D9, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine D7 or D8, the following effects are achieved. That is, the blocking time rolling means is configured to require a third predetermined time to roll from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means. Also, the upstream guide means guides the game ball that entered the specific first ball entry means to the upstream side of the movable means. The first drive time is set to be shorter than the third predetermined time (or the total time of the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time), and the second drive time is set to be longer than the total time of the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time. As a result, when the movable means is driven for the first drive time, the movable means is driven from the second position to the first position before the game ball has completely rolled from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means. On the other hand, when the movable means is driven by the second drive means, the second position of the movable means is maintained while the game ball that entered the specific first ball entry means is guided to the upstream side of the movable means and then rolls from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means. Therefore, when the movable means is driven for the second drive time, the game ball that has entered the specific first ball entry means can be caused to enter the specific third ball entry means. As a result, by varying whether or not the game ball that has entered the specific first ball entry means can be caused to enter the specific third ball entry means by the movable means depending on the game state, it is possible to increase the variety of the game and improve the interest.

In the gaming machine D9,
The launching means includes:
The game balls can be launched at intervals of the fourth predetermined time (for example, "0.6 seconds");
The gaming machine D10 is characterized in that the second drive time is longer than the total time of the second specified time, the third specified time, and the fourth specified time.

Gaming machine D10 has the following effect in addition to the effect of gaming machine D9. That is, the launching means is configured to launch gaming balls at a fourth predetermined interval, and the second drive time is set to be longer than the total time of the second, third, and fourth predetermined times. This has the effect of enriching the variety of games and increasing interest by varying whether or not multiple gaming balls that have successively entered the specific first ball entry means can be successively entered into the specific third ball entry means by the movable means depending on the game state.

In any one of the gaming machines D1 to D10,
The second lottery by the second lottery means is more likely to award a privilege that is advantageous to the player than the first lottery by the first lottery means.

Gaming machine D11 has the following effect in addition to the effects of gaming machines D1 to D10. That is, the second lottery by the second lottery means is configured to be more likely to award a special benefit that is more advantageous to the player than the first lottery by the first lottery means. This creates a sense of gameplay in terms of whether or not to make the gaming ball enter the specific third ball entry means that allows the second lottery to be received, which has the effect of increasing the interest in the game.

In gaming machines D1 to D11,
The first lottery means is
A predetermined first lottery result and a second lottery result that is more advantageous to the player than the first lottery result can be derived;
The second lottery means is
A gaming machine D12 characterized in that the second lottery result is easily derived by the first lottery means.

Gaming machine D12 provides the following effect in addition to the effects provided by gaming machines D1 to D11. That is, the first lottery means is configured to be able to derive a predetermined first lottery result and a second lottery result that is more advantageous to the player than the first lottery result. The second lottery means is configured to make it easier to derive the second lottery result than the first lottery means. This creates a game of whether or not to obtain a lottery opportunity for the second lottery means that is more likely to derive a second lottery result that is advantageous to the player, and has the effect of increasing the interest in the game.

In any one of the gaming machines D4 to D12,
A gaming machine D13 is characterized by being provided with a delay means (e.g., a deceleration section 79c) that delays the flow speed of the gaming ball rolled by the blocking time rolling means.

Gaming machine D13 achieves the following effect in addition to the effects achieved by gaming machines D4 to D12. That is, the delay means delays the flow-down speed of the gaming balls rolled by the blocked-time rolling means. This makes it possible to make the time that the gaming balls stay on the top surface of the blocked-time rolling means uniform (constant) and long. Therefore, by lengthening the time that the gaming balls stay on the blocked-time rolling means compared to when there is no delay means, it becomes easier to design game specifications such as adjusting the drive time of the movable means for each game state in order to realize the playability of the present invention. Furthermore, the more the delay means slows down the flow-down speed of the gaming balls, the shorter the overall length of the blocked-time rolling means can be, which has the effect of making the entire movable means more compact.

In any of the gaming machines D5 to D13,
Gaming machine D14 is characterized in that it is equipped with an alarm means (e.g., an alarm sound) that issues a predetermined alarm when a gaming ball enters the specific first ball entry means in the first gaming state or the second gaming state.

Gaming machine D14 has the following effect in addition to the effects of gaming machines D5 to D13. That is, when a gaming ball enters a specific first ball entry means in the first gaming state or the second gaming state, a predetermined notification is issued by the notification means. This has the effect of restricting play in a launch mode different from the launch mode set for each gaming state, and reliably realizing the gameplay of differentiating the ball entry patterns of the second ball entry means or the third ball entry means set for each gaming state.

<Group E: Claims of the Fourth Embodiment>
Conventionally, some gaming machines, such as pachinko machines, are configured to launch a gaming medium, such as a ball, toward a gaming area provided on a gaming board, and hold a winning/losing lottery based on whether the gaming medium enters one of a number of ball entry ports provided in the gaming area, and if the winning/losing lottery results in a winning result, a predetermined gaming value is awarded to the player (for example, Patent Document 1 (JP Patent Publication No. 2012-231902)).

However, in the above gaming machine, winnings at multiple ball entry ports are fixed depending on the game situation, which makes the game monotonous, and there is still room for improvement in this regard.

The inventions in Group E were made in consideration of the circumstances exemplified above, and aim to provide a gaming machine that can increase the enjoyment of gaming.

A first ball entry means (for example, the first winning hole 77a in FIG. 1) through which a game ball can enter;
A second ball entry means (for example, the second winning hole 77b in the special drawing 1) that can receive a game ball and is different from the first ball entry means;
A lottery means (for example, a special winning type table 202b1 for special drawing 1) that performs a lottery based on the game ball entering the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means;
a game value awarding means (for example, a central large prize winning port 65a) for awarding a predetermined game value to a player based on a lottery result of the lottery means;
A passing means (e.g., a ball inlet 72) having an opening through which the game balls can pass (e.g., an entrance of the ball inlet 72);
A first flow path (for example, a left path 74 or a right path 75 (right depth passage 75a)) through which the game balls that have passed through the passing means flow down;
A second flow path (for example, a flow path outside the alternating distribution unit 71) through which game balls that have not passed through the passing means flow down;
A distribution means (e.g., a distribution device 73) that distributes the game balls flowing down the first flow path to the first ball entry means and the second ball entry means in order;
a movable means (e.g., a left side inlet plate 79b1 and a right side inlet plate 79b2) that can displace a game ball flowing down the second flow path between a first position (e.g., a submerged state) that makes it difficult for the game ball to enter the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means, and a second position (e.g., a protruding state) that allows the game ball to enter the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means;
A third ball entry means (for example, a special drawing 2 winning hole 78) that is different from the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means and through which a game ball can enter;
When the movable means is displaced to the second position, the game ball flowing down from the first flow path (or the second flow path) flows down toward the third ball entry means (for example, a flow path between the first winning port 77a of the special drawing 1 and the second winning port 77b of the special drawing 1, and above the second winning port 78 of the special drawing);
The gaming machine E0 is characterized in that the lottery means is equipped with a second lottery means (e.g., a jackpot type table 202b2 for special chart 2) that conducts a lottery based on a game ball entering the third ball entry means.

According to the gaming machine E0, a gaming ball is configured to be able to enter a first ball entry means and a second ball entry means different from the first ball entry means, and a lottery is performed by a lottery means based on the entry of the gaming ball into the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means. Then, a predetermined gaming value is granted to the player by a gaming value granting means based on the lottery result of the lottery means. Here, the gaming ball that has passed through the passing means having an opening is configured to flow down the first flow path, and the gaming ball that has not passed through the passing means is configured to flow down the second flow path. In addition, the distribution means distributes the gaming balls flowing down the first flow path to the first ball entry means and the second ball entry means in order. Meanwhile, a movable means that can be displaced to the first position or the second position is provided, and when the movable means is in the second position, the gaming ball flowing down the second flow path can enter the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means. Here, a third ball entry means different from the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means is provided, and when the movable means is displaced to the second position by the third flow path, the game ball flowing down from the first flow path (or the second flow path) flows down toward the third ball entry means. Then, a lottery is performed based on the game ball entering the third ball entry means by the second lottery means provided in the lottery means. Thereby, when the movable means is at the first position, the game ball passing through the passing means and flowing down the first flow path can be made to enter the first ball entry means and the second ball entry means in order. Also, when the movable means is at the second position, the game ball flowing down the second flow path without passing through the passing means can be made to enter the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means. Furthermore, when the movable means is at the second position, the game ball passing through the passing means and flowing down the first flow path (or the game ball flowing down the second flow path without passing through the passing means) can be made to enter the third ball entry means. Therefore, by varying the ball entry pattern of the first ball entry means, the second ball entry means, or the third ball entry means through which the game ball flowing down each flow path can enter, depending on the driving mode of the movable means, it is possible to increase the variety of the game and improve the interest.

Note that "entry patterns of the first, second or third entry means through which the game ball can enter" include, for example, entry patterns in which the ball can only enter the first entry means, entry patterns in which the ball can only enter the second entry means, entry patterns in which the ball can only enter the third entry means, entry patterns in which the ball can enter the first and second entry means, entry patterns in which the ball can enter the second and third entry means, entry patterns in which the ball can enter the first and third entry means, or entry patterns in which the ball can enter the first, second and third entry means in sequence.

In the gaming machine E0,
The movable means is
Gaming machine E1 is characterized in that, when the second position is reached, it is equipped with a blocking time rolling means (for example, the upper surfaces of the left side inlet and outlet plate 79b1 and the right side inlet and outlet plate 79b2 in a protruding state) which blocks the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means with the movable means while allowing the gaming ball to roll on the upper surface of the movable means.

In addition to the effects of the gaming machine E0, the gaming machine E1 has the following effects. That is, when the movable means is in the second position, the movable means is configured to block the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means by the closed rolling means provided on the movable means, and the gaming ball can roll on the upper surface of the movable means. As a result, when the movable means is in the second position, the movable means blocks the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means to prevent the gaming ball from entering the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means, while the gaming ball rolls on the upper surface of the movable means, and the gaming ball can enter the third ball entry means of the third flow path. Therefore, by changing the entry patterns of the first ball entry means, the second ball entry means, or the third ball entry means into which the gaming ball can enter depending on the driving mode of the movable means, the effect is that the variety of the game can be enriched and the interest can be increased.

In the gaming machine E0 or E1,
The third ball entry means is
A gaming machine E2 characterized by being arranged between the first ball entry means and the second ball entry means, downstream of the first ball entry means and the second ball entry means.

In addition to the effects of gaming machine E0 or E1, gaming machine E2 provides the following effects. That is, the third ball entry means is disposed between the first ball entry means and the second ball entry means, downstream of the first ball entry means and the second ball entry means. As a result, when the movable means is in the second position, gaming balls can be made to flow down to the third ball entry means from both the first ball entry means and the second ball entry means, and a game feature can be realized in which the ball entry pattern into each ball entry means can be changed. Therefore, while realizing the above game feature, the first ball entry means, the second ball entry means, and the third ball entry means can be efficiently disposed to reduce the area occupied by each ball entry means, thereby contributing to improving the design freedom of the gaming machine.

In any one of the gaming machines E0 to E2,
The movable means is
A first movable means (e.g., a left-side inlet plate 79b1) disposed between the first flow path and the first ball inlet means;
A second movable means (e.g., a right-side inlet plate 79b2) disposed between the first flow path and the second ball inlet means;
A gaming machine E3 characterized by comprising a linked driving means (e.g., a solenoid 209 (solenoid for a retractable plate)) that drives the first moving means and the second moving means in a linked manner.

In addition to the effects of gaming machines E0 to E2, gaming machine E3 provides the following effects. That is, as the moving means, a first moving means is provided between the first flow path and the first ball entry means, and a second moving means is provided between the first flow path and the second ball entry means. The first moving means and the second moving means are then driven in conjunction with each other by the interlocking drive means. As a result, since the first moving means and the second moving means are driven in conjunction with each other, even if the gaming ball is sorted in the first flow path, it is possible to make the gaming ball flow down to the third ball entry means. Therefore, by changing the ball entry pattern of the first ball entry means, the second ball entry means, or the third ball entry means into which the gaming ball can enter depending on the drive mode of the moving means, there is an effect that the game can be varied and the interest can be increased.

Examples of "linked" include cases where two members are driven in the same synchronous manner (for example, when one member protrudes, the other member also protrudes, and when one member retracts, the other member also retracts), when one member is driven and the other member is driven simultaneously or after a specified period of time, or when two members are driven alternately.

In any one of the gaming machines E0 to E3,
A unit (e.g., an alternating distribution unit 71) integrally configuring the passing means, the distribution means, and the first flow path,
The movable means is
A protruding means (for example, a left portion of the left-side recessed plate 79b1 or a right portion of the right-side recessed plate 79b2) protruding into the second flow path outside the outer shape of the unit,
The protruding means is
A gaming machine E4 characterized in that it slopes downward from the second flow path toward the unit.

In addition to the effects of gaming machines E0 to E3, gaming machine E4 has the following effect. That is, the passing means, the distribution means, and the first flow path are integrally formed by the unit, and the protruding means of the movable means is provided for the second flow path outside the outer shape of the unit. The protruding means is provided at an incline downward from the second flow path toward the unit side. As a result, a gaming ball that flows down the second flow path without passing through the passing means is guided to the unit side by the protruding means and can enter the first ball entry means, the second ball entry means, or the third ball entry means. Therefore, by changing the ball entry patterns of the first ball entry means, the second ball entry means, or the third ball entry means into which the gaming ball flowing down each flow path can enter depending on the driving mode of the movable means, there is an effect that the game can be varied and the interest can be increased.

In any one of the gaming machines E0 to E4,
A fourth ball entry means (for example, a pre-allocation normal symbol gate 76c) through which the game ball can enter;
and a third lottery means (e.g., a winning random number table 202f) for holding a lottery based on the game ball entering the fourth ball entry means.
The movable means is
Driven based on the result of the selection by the third selection means,
The fourth ball entry means is
A gaming machine E5 characterized by being placed between the opening and the distribution means.

Gaming machine E5 provides the following effects in addition to the effects of gaming machines E0 to E4. That is, the fourth ball entry means is configured to allow a gaming ball to enter, a lottery is drawn by the third lottery means based on the entry of a gaming ball into the fourth ball entry means, and the movable means is driven based on the lottery result of the third lottery means. Then, the fourth ball entry means is disposed between the opening of the passing means and the sorting means. As a result, a gaming ball passing through the passing means enters the fourth ball entry means, and then, depending on the movable means disposed downstream, the gaming ball is configured to enter either the first ball entry means, the second ball entry means, or the third ball entry means. Therefore, for example, by changing the conditions for driving the movable means (winning probability, variable display time, or driving time), regardless of which direction the game ball is distributed in the first flow path, a lottery trigger for driving the movable means can be obtained, and the ball entry pattern of the first ball entry means, second ball entry means, or third ball entry means into which the game ball can enter can be made different depending on whether the movable means is driven, which has the effect of enriching the variety of the game and increasing interest.

In any one of the gaming machines E0 to E5,
A game state setting means (e.g., a big win process (S103)) capable of setting a game state after the game value is awarded by the game value awarding means;
A gaming machine E6 is characterized by comprising a second position period change means (e.g., S704 of the normal electric control processing (S104)) that changes the period during which the movable means is in the second position based on the gaming state set by the gaming state setting means.

Gaming machine E6 has the following effect in addition to the effects of gaming machines E0 to E5. That is, the gaming state after the gaming value is granted by the gaming value granting means can be set by the gaming state setting means. Then, the second position period changing means changes the period during which the movable means is in the second position based on the gaming state set by the gaming state setting means. This has the effect of enriching the variety of games and increasing interest by changing the period during which the movable means is in the second position depending on the gaming state and varying the ball entry patterns of the first ball entry means, second ball entry means, or third ball entry means through which the gaming ball can enter.

In the gaming machine E6,
A variable display execution means (e.g., a normal pattern variable processing (S111)) that executes a variable display of identification information (e.g., a variable display of a normal pattern) on a display means (e.g., a normal pattern display device 83) based on the lottery result of the third lottery means;
and a variable time changing means (e.g., a general variable time table 202g) for changing the execution time of the variable display by the variable display execution means from a first execution time (e.g., "3 seconds") to a second execution time (e.g., "0.5 seconds") shorter than the first execution time, based on the game state set by the game state setting means.
The first flow path is
A predetermined first flow path (e.g., the left path 74 in the fourth embodiment) that requires a first predetermined time (e.g., "1.6 seconds") from when the game ball enters the fourth ball entry means until the game ball reaches the position where the movable means is disposed;
a specific first flow path (e.g., the right path 75 in the fourth embodiment) that requires a second predetermined time (e.g., "5.1 seconds") from when the game ball enters the fourth ball entry means until the game ball reaches the position where the movable means is disposed;
The first ball injection means is disposed downstream of the first flow path,
The second ball injection means is disposed downstream of the specific first flow path,
The first execution time (3 seconds) is longer than the first predetermined time (1.6 seconds) and shorter than the second predetermined time (5.1 seconds);
The gaming machine E7 is characterized in that the second execution time (0.5 seconds) is shorter than the first predetermined time (1.6 seconds) and the second predetermined time (5.1 seconds).

According to the gaming machine E7, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine E6, the following effect is achieved. That is, based on the lottery result by the third lottery means, the variable display execution means executes the variable display of the identification information on the display means. Also, based on the game state set by the game state setting means, the variable time change means changes the execution time of the variable display by the variable display execution means from the first execution time to a second execution time shorter than the first execution time. Here, the predetermined first flow path of the first flow path is configured so that it takes a first predetermined time for the game ball to reach the arrangement position of the movable means after the game ball enters the fourth ball entry means, and the specific first flow path of the first flow path is configured so that it takes a second predetermined time for the game ball to reach the arrangement position of the movable means after the game ball enters the fourth ball entry means. Then, the first ball entry means is arranged downstream of the predetermined first flow path, and the second ball entry means is arranged downstream of the specific first flow path. Furthermore, the first execution time is set to be longer than the first predetermined time and shorter than the second predetermined time, and the second execution time is set to be shorter than the first and second predetermined times. This makes it possible to change whether the variable display is completed or not by the time the game ball that entered the fourth ball entry means reaches the position where the movable means is disposed, depending on the game state, and it becomes possible to change whether the movable means is in a driven state or not based on the execution result of the variable display. As a result, by changing whether the game ball that entered the fourth ball entry means is caused to enter the first ball entry means, the second ball entry means, or the third ball entry means by the movable means, depending on the game state, there is an effect that it is possible to enrich the variation of the game and increase the interest.

In the gaming machine E7,
The interlocking drive means is
a first drive pattern means for driving the movable means to the second position for a first predetermined drive time (e.g., "2 seconds");
and a second drive pattern means for driving the movable means to the second position for a second drive time (e.g., "5 seconds") that is longer than the first drive time,
The first predetermined time (1.6 seconds) is shorter than the second execution time (0.5 seconds) and the first drive time (2 seconds);
Gaming machine E8, characterized in that the second specified time (5.1 seconds) is longer than the total time (5 seconds) of the first execution time (3 seconds) and the first drive time (2 seconds), and shorter than the total time (5.5 seconds) of the second execution time (0.5 seconds) and the second drive time (5 seconds).

Gaming machine E8 achieves the following effects in addition to those achieved by gaming machine E7. That is, the movable means is driven to the second position for a predetermined first drive time by a first drive pattern means provided in the interlocking drive means. The movable means is driven to the second position for a second drive time that is longer than the first drive time by a second drive pattern means also provided in the interlocking drive means. The first predetermined time is set to be shorter than the second execution time and the first drive time. The second predetermined time is set to be longer than the sum of the first execution time and the first drive time, and shorter than the sum of the second execution time and the second drive time.

As a result, when the variable display is executed at the first execution time and the movable means is driven at the first drive time, the game ball that has flowed down the specified first flow path enters the first ball entry means as it is, without the direction of flow being changed by the movable means, because the execution of the variable display has not ended at the time when the game ball flows down to the position where the movable means is disposed, and the opportunity for the movable means to displace has not arrived. Also, when the variable display is executed at the first execution time and the drive means for the movable means is driven at the first drive time, the game ball that has flowed down the specified first flow path enters the second ball entry means as it is, because the execution of the variable display has ended at the time when the game ball flows down to the position where the movable means is disposed, and the movable means has been driven from the first position to the second position based on the execution result of the variable display, and has returned to the first position again.

In addition, when the variable display is executed in the second execution time and the driving time of the movable means is driven in the first driving time, the game ball that has flowed down the specified first flow path has ended its execution of the variable display at the time it flows down to the position where the movable means is disposed, and the movable means is driven from the first position to the second position based on the execution result of the variable display, and the state of the second position is maintained, so the flow direction is changed by the movable means and the ball enters the third ball entry means. On the other hand, when the variable display is executed in the second execution time and the driving time of the movable means is driven in the first driving time, the game ball that has flowed down the specified first flow path has ended its execution of the variable display at the time it flows down to the position where the movable means is disposed, and the movable means is driven from the first position to the second position based on the execution result of the variable display, and then returns to the first position again, so the flow direction is not changed by the movable means and the ball enters the second ball entry means as it is.

Furthermore, when the variable display is executed in the second execution time and the drive time of the movable means is driven in the second drive time, the game ball that has flowed down the specific first flow path has flowed down to the position where the movable means is disposed, and the execution of the variable display has ended at the time when the game ball has flowed down to the position where the movable means is disposed, and the movable means has been driven from the first position to the second position based on the execution result of the variable display, and the state of the second position has been maintained, so the flow direction has been changed by the movable means and the ball has entered the third ball entry means. Also, when the variable display is executed in the second execution time and the drive time of the movable means is driven in the second drive time, the game ball that has flowed down the specific first flow path has flowed down to the position where the movable means is disposed, and the execution of the variable display has ended at the time when the game ball has flowed down to the position where the movable means is disposed, and the movable means has been driven from the first position to the second position based on the execution result of the variable display, and the state of the second position has been maintained, so the flow direction has been changed by the movable means and the ball has entered the third ball entry means.

Therefore, by changing the execution time of the variable display and the drive time of the movable means, respectively, the ball entry patterns of the first ball entry means, the second ball entry means, or the third ball entry means, through which the game ball flowing down each flow path can enter, can be varied, resulting in an increased variety in the game and increased interest.

In the gaming machine E8,
The movable means is
A gaming machine E9 characterized in that, when driven to the second position during the second drive time by the second drive pattern means, the gaming machine E9 is capable of guiding a gaming ball flowing down the second flow path to the third ball entry means.

Gaming machine E9 has the following effect in addition to the effect of gaming machine E8. That is, when the movable means is driven to the second position by the second drive pattern means for the second drive time, the gaming ball flowing down the second flow path can be guided to the third ball entry means. This allows the gaming ball flowing down the second flow path to enter the third ball entry means, so by configuring the gaming ball to enter the first ball entry means, the second ball entry means, or the third ball entry means from any of the flow paths, it is possible to provide more variety in the game and increase interest.

In any one of gaming machines E7 to E9,
The specific first flow path is
A depth direction flow path that flows the game balls in a depth direction when viewed from the front;
The gaming machine E10 is characterized by having a frontward flow path that is configured by turning back from the rearward flow path to the front side when viewed from the front, and causes the gaming balls to flow downward in the frontward direction when viewed from the front.

In addition to the effects of gaming machines E7 to E9, gaming machine E10 has the following effect. That is, the game ball flows down in the depth direction when viewed from the front due to the depth direction flow path provided in the specific first flow path, and the game ball flows down in the front direction when viewed from the front due to the front direction flow path that is configured by turning back from the depth direction flow path to the front side when viewed from the front.

Here, when a gaming ball flowing down the specific first flow path is configured to require a second predetermined time to flow down the specific first flow path, it is necessary to configure the length of the specific first flow path to be longer than the predetermined first flow path. However, the gaming machine is configured such that the vertical width is greater than the overall horizontal width of the gaming machine, and the design constraints on the left-right width are greater than the design constraints on the top-bottom width. Therefore, if the specific first flow path is extended in the horizontal direction when viewed from the front of the gaming machine, the specific first flow path will occupy a predetermined area in the gaming area, which may reduce the design freedom of other gaming components.

Therefore, by configuring the specific first flow path in the depth direction as viewed from the front of the gaming machine rather than in the horizontal direction as viewed from the front, the area occupied by the specific first flow path in the horizontal direction as viewed from the front of the gaming area can be reduced, which has the effect of contributing to improving the design freedom of the gaming machine.

In any one of the gaming machines E1 to E10,
A gaming machine E11 is characterized by being equipped with a delay means (e.g., a left outer deceleration section 79g, a left inner deceleration section 79h, a right outer deceleration section 79i or a right inner deceleration section 79j) that delays the flow speed of the gaming ball rolling by the rolling means when blocked.

In addition to the effects of gaming machines E1 to E10, gaming machine E11 has the following effect. That is, the delay means delays the flow-down speed of the gaming balls rolled by the blocked-time rolling means. This makes it possible to make the time that the gaming balls stay on the top surface of the blocked-time rolling means uniform (constant) and long. Therefore, by lengthening the time that the gaming balls stay on the blocked-time rolling means compared to when there is no delay means, it becomes easier to design game specifications such as adjusting the period of the movable means in the second position for each game state in order to realize the playability of the present invention. Furthermore, the more the delay means slows down the flow-down speed of the gaming balls, the shorter the overall length of the blocked-time rolling means can be, and the more compact the movable means as a whole can be.

<Group F: Claims of the Eighth Embodiment>
Conventionally, some gaming machines, such as pachinko machines, are configured to launch a gaming medium, such as a ball, toward a gaming area provided on a gaming board, and hold a winning/losing lottery based on whether the gaming medium enters one of a number of ball entry ports provided in the gaming area, and if the winning/losing lottery results in a winning result, a predetermined gaming value is awarded to the player (for example, Patent Document 1 (JP Patent Publication No. 2012-231902)).

However, in the above gaming machine, the launch mode of the gaming medium is fixed and preset in the gaming state, and the ball entry holes through which the ball can enter are also fixed for each gaming state, making the game monotonous, and there is still room for improvement in this regard.

The invention in Group F was made in consideration of the circumstances exemplified above, and aims to provide a gaming machine that can increase the enjoyment of gaming.

A launching means (e.g., a ball launching unit 112a) capable of launching a game ball;
A first launch mode means for launching a game ball in a predetermined first launch mode by the launch means (for example, a left-handed game);
A second launch mode means (e.g., right-hand shot game) that launches a game ball in a second launch mode different from the first launch mode by the first launch mode means;
A gaming machine including a gaming state setting means (e.g., a big win process (S103)) for setting a gaming state based on the establishment of a predetermined condition,
A first ball entry means (for example, the first winning hole 77a in FIG. 1) into which the game ball launched in the first launch mode can enter;
A second ball entry means (for example, the right side special drawing 2 second winning hole 78d) into which the game balls launched in the first launch mode and the second launch mode can enter;
A third ball entry means (for example, the outer special drawing 1 second winning hole 77f) into which the game ball launched in the second launch mode can enter;
A game machine F0 characterized by being equipped with a ball entry pattern change means for changing the ball entry pattern of the first ball entry means, the second ball entry means, or the third ball entry means into which the game ball launched by the first launch mode means may enter, based on the game state set by the game state setting means, and changing the ball entry pattern of the first ball entry means, the second ball entry means, or the third ball entry means into which the game ball launched by the second launch mode means may enter (for example, in the "normal game state" of the eighth embodiment, right-hand play is prohibited, and ball entry into the first ball entry port 77a of the special chart 1 by left-hand play, ball entry into the first ball entry port 77a of the special chart 1 and the second ball entry port 78d of the right side special chart 2 by left-hand play in the "latent probability fluctuation state", and ball entry into the second ball entry port 77f of the outer special chart 1 by right-hand play, or ball entry into the second ball entry port 78d of the right side special chart 2 by right-hand play in the "probability fluctuation state").

According to the gaming machine F0, the launching means is configured to be able to launch a gaming ball, the first launching mode means launches the gaming ball in a predetermined first launching mode, and the second launching mode means launches the gaming ball in a second launching mode different from the first launching mode by the first launching mode means. Then, the gaming state setting means sets the gaming state based on the establishment of a predetermined condition. Here, the first ball entry means is configured to be able to accept a gaming ball launched in the first launching mode, the second ball entry means is configured to be able to accept a gaming ball launched in the first and second launching modes, and the third ball entry means is configured to be able to accept a gaming ball launched in the second launching mode. The ball-entry pattern changing means changes the ball-entry pattern of the first ball-entry means, the second ball-entry means, or the third ball-entry means into which the game ball launched by the first launch mode means can enter, based on the game state set by the game state setting means, and changes the ball-entry pattern of the first ball-entry means, the second ball-entry means, or the third ball-entry means into which the game ball launched by the second launch mode means can enter. This makes it possible to vary the ball-entry means into which the ball can enter based on the game state and the launch mode of the game ball. Therefore, by varying the ball-entry patterns of the ball-entry means into which the ball can enter for each game state, it is possible to enrich the variety of the game and increase interest.

Note that "the fulfillment of a predetermined condition" refers to the fulfillment of one of the previously set events that can occur while playing the game, such as when a big win or small win is won, when the game state is changed, when a game ball enters a predetermined ball entry opening, when a dynamic display is executed a predetermined number of times, when a predetermined number of game balls enter a specific ball entry opening, etc.

In addition, "a ball entry pattern of the first ball entry means, the second ball entry means or the third ball entry means through which the game ball can enter" means, for example, a ball entry pattern in which the ball can only enter the first ball entry means, a ball entry pattern in which the ball can only enter the second ball entry means, a ball entry pattern in which the ball can only enter the third ball entry means, a ball entry pattern in which the ball can enter both the first ball entry means and the second ball entry means, a ball entry pattern in which the ball can enter alternately between the first ball entry means and the second ball entry means, and a ball entry pattern in which the ball can enter both the second ball entry means and the third ball entry means. Examples of such patterns include a ball scoring pattern in which the ball can score in the first stage, a ball scoring pattern in which the ball can score alternately in the second scoring means and the third scoring means, a ball scoring pattern in which the ball can score in the first scoring means and the third scoring means, a ball scoring pattern in which the ball can score alternately in the first scoring means and the third scoring means, a ball scoring pattern in which the ball can score in the first scoring means, the second scoring means and the third scoring means, or a ball scoring pattern in which the ball can score in the first scoring means, the second scoring means and the third scoring means in sequence.

In the gaming machine F0,
A movable means (e.g., a retractable plate 79b) that can be displaced between a first position that does not affect the flow direction of the game balls flowing down and a second position that is displaced from the first position and affects the flow direction of the game balls flowing down;
A movable mode change means (for example, a normal electric role control process (S104)) that changes the displacement mode of the movable means based on the game state set by the game state setting means,
The game state setting means includes:
Based on the establishment of the predetermined condition, the game state can be changed from a predetermined first game state (e.g., a "normal game state") to a second game state (e.g., a "latent probability changing state"), or from the first game state or the second game state to a third game state (e.g., a "probability changing state");
The movable mode changing means is
A first drive pattern means (e.g., a winning pattern in the "normal game state" of the eighth embodiment) that drives the movable means so that the game ball launched in the first launching manner can enter the first ball entry means and is difficult (impossible) to enter the second ball entry means in the first game state;
a second driving pattern means for driving the movable means so that, in the second game state, the game ball launched in the first launching manner can enter the first ball entry means and the second ball entry means, and the game ball launched in the second launching manner can enter the third ball entry means (for example, a winning pattern in the "latency probability fluctuating state" of the eighth embodiment);
and a third drive pattern means (for example, a winning pattern in the “probability fluctuating state” of the eighth embodiment) for driving the movable means so that the game ball launched in the second launching manner can enter the second ball entry means in the third game state,
The shot pattern changing means is
In the first gaming state, a second launch restriction means for restricting the launch of the gaming ball in the second launch mode (for example, output of an alarm sound in the “normal gaming state” in the eighth embodiment);
A gaming machine F1 characterized in that it is equipped with a second launch enabling means that does not restrict the launch of gaming balls in the second launch mode in the second gaming state and the third gaming state (for example, non-output of an alarm sound in the ``latent probability fluctuation state'' or ``probability fluctuation state'' in the eighth embodiment).

According to the gaming machine F1, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine F0, the following effects are achieved. That is, the movable means is configured to be displaceable between a first position that does not affect the flow direction of the game ball flowing down and a second position that is displaced from the first position and affects the flow direction of the game ball flowing down, and the displacement mode of the movable means is changed by the movable mode change means based on the game state set by the game state setting means. Also, the game state setting means is configured to be able to change from a predetermined first game state to a second game state, or from the first game state or the second game state to a third game state based on the establishment of a predetermined condition. Here, the movable means is driven by the first drive pattern means provided in the movable mode change means so that in the first game state, a game ball launched in the first launch mode can enter the first ball entry means and is difficult (impossible) to enter the second ball entry means. Further, the second drive pattern means provided in the movable mode change means drives the movable means so that in the second game state, the game ball launched in the first launch mode can enter the first ball entry means and the second ball entry means, and the game ball launched in the second launch mode can enter the third ball entry means. Further, the third drive pattern means provided in the movable mode change means drives the movable means so that in the third game state, the game ball launched in the second launch mode can enter the second ball entry means. Then, the second launch restriction means provided in the ball entry pattern change means restricts the launch of the game ball in the second launch mode in the first game state. Further, the second launch enabling means provided in the ball entry pattern change means does not restrict the launch of the game ball in the second launch mode in the second game state and the third game state. This allows the ball entry means to be different for each game state by changing the direction in which the game ball flows down by the movable means and restricting the execution of the game ball launch mode for each game state, and in particular, by making it possible for the game ball to enter the second ball entry means through the first and second ball entry means in the first launch mode, and by configuring the game ball to enter the third ball entry means in the second launch mode, the player can select the launch mode to play the game. Therefore, by making the ball entry patterns of the ball entry means different for each game state, it is possible to enrich the variety of the game and increase interest.

Note that "restricting the launch of game balls in the second launch mode" refers to, for example, providing a detection switch at the downstream position of a game ball launched in the second launch mode, and controlling a speaker or the like to output an alarm sound or the like when the detection switch detects a game ball, thereby making the player refrain from launching game balls in the second launch mode, or suppressing (prohibiting) control of the launching means so that the game ball itself is not launched in the second launch mode. Note that "not restricting the launch of game balls in the second launch mode" refers, for example, to controlling so that the alarm sound is not output, or not executing control to suppress (prohibit) the launch of game balls in the second launch mode.

In the gaming machine F0 or F1,
A first lottery means (for example, a special drawing 1 big win type table 202b1) for performing a first lottery based on the entry of a game ball into the first ball entry means or the third ball entry means;
A second lottery means (for example, a special chart 2 big win type table 202b2) for performing a second lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the second ball entry means,
The second drawing by the second drawing means is more likely to award a privilege that is advantageous to the player than the first drawing by the first drawing means.

Gaming machine F2 has the following effect in addition to the effect of gaming machines F0 or F1. That is, the first lottery means conducts a first lottery based on the entry of a gaming ball into the first ball entry means or the third ball entry means, and the second lottery means conducts a second lottery based on the entry of a gaming ball into the second ball entry means. The second lottery by the second lottery means is configured to be more likely to award a privilege that is more advantageous to the player than the first lottery by the first lottery means. This creates a sense of playfulness in terms of whether or not to enter the gaming ball into the second ball entry means that can receive the second lottery, and has the effect of increasing the interest in the game.

In the gaming machine F1 or F2,
The movable means is
A gaming machine F3 is characterized in that when the second position is reached, the second ball entry means and the third ball entry means are blocked by the movable means, while the gaming ball can roll on the upper surface of the movable means (for example, the upper surface of the protruding recessed plate 79b).

According to the gaming machine F3, in addition to the effects of the gaming machines F1 and F2, the following effects are achieved. That is, when the movable means is in the second position, the movable means blocks the second ball entry means and the third ball entry means, and the gaming ball can roll on the upper surface of the movable means by the closed rolling means provided on the movable means. As a result, when the movable means is in the second position, the movable means blocks the second ball entry means and the third ball entry means to prevent the game ball from entering the second ball entry means and the third ball entry means, and when the movable means is displaced from the second position to the first position while the game ball is rolling on the upper surface of the movable means, the game ball flows downstream from the place where it is rolling at that time. As a result, by changing the ball entry pattern of the second ball entry means or the third ball entry means into which the game ball can enter depending on the timing of the displacement of the movable means from the second position to the first position, there is an effect that the game can be varied and the interest can be increased.

In the gaming machine F3,
A fourth ball entry means (for example, a normal symbol gate 76a in the unit or a right normal symbol gate 76b) through which a game ball can enter;
A third lottery means (e.g., a winning random number table 202f) for performing a third lottery based on the game ball entering the fourth ball entry means;
A variable display execution means (e.g., a normal pattern variable processing (S111)) that executes a variable display of identification information (e.g., a variable display of a normal pattern) on a display means (e.g., a normal pattern display device 83) based on the lottery result of the third lottery means;
A variable time changing means (e.g., a general variable time table 202g) for changing the execution time of the variable display by the variable display execution means from a first execution time (e.g., "3 seconds") to a second execution time (e.g., "0.5 seconds") shorter than the first execution time based on the game state set by the game state setting means;
a driving means (e.g., a solenoid 209 (solenoid for a retractable plate)) for driving the movable means from a predetermined first position to a second position different from the first position when predetermined specific identification information (e.g., a circle pattern) appears in the variable display executed by the variable display execution means,
The fourth ball entry means is
A fourth ball entry means (for example, a normal symbol gate 76a in the unit) into which the game ball launched in the first launch mode by the first launch mode means can enter;
A specific fourth ball entry means (for example, a right-side normal symbol gate 76b) into which the game ball launched in the second launch mode by the second launch mode means can enter;
The driving means is
a first drive time means for driving the movable means to the second position for a first predetermined drive time (e.g., "2 seconds");
and second drive time means for driving the movable means to the second position for a second drive time (e.g., "3 seconds") longer than the first drive time,
The game ball that has entered the specific fourth ball entry means is guided to the upstream side of the movable means (for example, between the right side normal symbol gate 76b in the normal electric unit 79 and the right end of the entry and exit board 79b).
The closing time rolling means is
The movable means is configured to require a first rolling time (e.g., 1.5 seconds) to roll from the upstream side to directly above the third ball entry means,
The movable means is configured to require a second rolling time (e.g., 1.9 seconds to 2.5 seconds) longer than the first rolling time to roll from the upstream side of the movable means to directly above the second ball entry means,
The gaming machine includes:
A first predetermined time (e.g., 4.5 seconds) is required for the game ball to reach the position of the movable means after the game ball enters the predetermined fourth ball entry means,
A second predetermined time (e.g., one second) is required from when the game ball enters the specific fourth ball entry means until the game ball reaches the position of the movable means,
The first driving pattern means is
performing the variable display for the first execution time and driving the movable means for the first drive time;
The second driving pattern means is
performing the variable display for the second execution time and driving the movable means for the first drive time;
The third driving pattern means is
performing the variable display for the second execution time and driving the movable means for the second drive time;
The first predetermined time (4.5 seconds) is
longer than the first execution time (3 seconds), shorter than the total time (5 seconds) of the first execution time (3 seconds) and the first drive time (2 seconds), and longer than the total time (2.5 seconds) of the second execution time (0.5 seconds) and the first drive time (2 seconds);
The second predetermined time (1 second) is
shorter than the first execution time (3 seconds) and longer than the second execution time (0.5 seconds);
The total time (2.5 seconds) of the second execution time (0.5 seconds) and the first drive time (2 seconds) is
The second predetermined time (1 second) and the first rolling time (1.5 seconds) are equal to or shorter than the total time (2.5 seconds),
A gaming machine F4, characterized in that the total time (3.5 seconds) of the second execution time (0.5 seconds) and the second drive time (3 seconds) is less than the total time (2.9 seconds to 3.5 seconds) of the second specified time (1 second) and the second rolling time (1.9 seconds to 2.5 seconds).

According to the gaming machine F4, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine F3, the following effects are achieved. That is, the fourth ball entry means is configured to be able to receive a game ball, and the third lottery is performed by the third lottery means based on the entry of a game ball into the fourth ball entry means. Then, based on the lottery result of the third lottery means, the variable display execution means executes variable display of the identification display on the display means, and based on the game state set by the game state setting means, the variable time change means changes the execution time of the variable display by the variable display execution means from the first execution time to a second execution time shorter than the first execution time. Also, when a predetermined specific identification information appears in the variable display executed by the variable display execution means, the driving means drives the movable means. Here, the fourth ball entry means is provided with a predetermined fourth ball entry means into which a game ball launched in a first launch mode by the first launch mode means can enter, and a specific fourth ball entry means into which a game ball launched in a second launch mode by the second launch mode means can enter. Also, the first drive time means of the drive means drives the movable means to the second position for a predetermined first drive time, and the second drive means of the drive means drives the movable means to the second position for a second drive time longer than the first drive time. Then, the upstream guide means guides the game ball that has entered the specific fourth ball entry means to the upstream side of the movable means. Here, the closed-time rolling means is configured to require a first rolling time to roll from the upstream side of the movable means to just above the third ball entry means, and a second rolling time to roll from the upstream side of the movable means to just above the second ball entry means. Also, it is configured to require a first predetermined time from the game ball entering the specific fourth ball entry means until it reaches the arrangement position of the movable means, and a second predetermined time from the game ball entering the specific fourth ball entry means until it reaches the arrangement position of the movable means. Here, the first drive pattern means performs the variable display in the first execution time, and drives the movable means in the first drive time. Furthermore, the second drive pattern means performs the variable display in the second execution time and drives the movable means in the first drive time. Furthermore, the third drive pattern means drives the variable display in the second execution time and drives the movable means in the second drive time. The first predetermined time is set to be longer than the first execution time, shorter than the total time of the first execution time and the first drive time, and longer than the total time of the second execution time and the first drive time. The second predetermined time is set to be shorter than the first execution time and longer than the second execution time. Here, the total time of the second execution time and the first drive time is set to be equal to or less than the total time of the second predetermined time and the first rolling time. The total time of the second execution time and the second drive time is set to be equal to or less than the total time of the second predetermined time and the second rolling time.

That is, in the first game state, the variable display is terminated and the movable means is configured to be driven to the second position at the timing when the game ball enters the specified fourth ball entry means and reaches the position of the movable means. Also, in the first game state, the variable display is configured to be executed at the timing when the game ball enters the specific fourth ball entry means and reaches the position of the movable means. Furthermore, in the second game state, the variable display is terminated and the drive time of the movable means to the second position is terminated at the timing when the game ball enters the specified fourth ball entry means and reaches the position of the movable means. Also, in the second game state, the variable display is terminated and the movable means is driven to the second position at the timing when the game ball enters the specific fourth ball entry means and reaches the position of the movable means, and the movable means is displaced from the second position to the first position at the timing when the game ball rolls the closed-time rolling means until it is directly above the third ball entry means. Furthermore, in the third game state, the variable display ends and the movable means is driven to the second position when the game ball enters the specific fourth ball entry means and reaches the position where the movable means is disposed, and the movable means is configured to displace from the second position to the first position when the game ball rolls the closed-time rolling means until it is directly above the second ball entry means.

In this way, in the first game state, the game state is set so that the game ball can enter the first ball entry means, and in the first launch mode of the second game state, the game state is set so that the game ball can enter the first ball entry means and the second ball entry means, and in the second launch mode of the second game state, the game state is set so that the game ball can enter the third ball entry means, and in the third game state, the game state is set so that the game ball can enter the second ball entry means. Therefore, by changing the variable display time and the drive time of the movable means for each game state, the flow direction of the game ball can be changed to change the ball entry means into which the ball can enter, and the ball entry means into which the ball can enter can be different for each game state. In particular, by configuring the game ball to be able to enter the second ball entry means by the first ball entry means and the second ball entry means in the first launch mode, and by configuring the game ball to be able to enter the third ball entry means in the second launch mode, the player can select the launch mode to play the game. Therefore, by varying the ball-entering patterns of the ball-entering means for each game state, it is possible to increase the variety of the game and improve interest.

In the gaming machine F4,
The second launch restriction means is
Gaming machine F5 is characterized in that it is equipped with an alarm means (e.g., an alarm sound) that issues a predetermined alarm when a gaming ball enters the specific fourth ball entry means in the one gaming state.

Gaming machine F5 has the following effect in addition to the effect of gaming machine F4. That is, when a gaming ball enters the specific fourth ball entry means in the first gaming state, a predetermined notification is issued by the notification means provided in the second launch restriction means. This has the effect of restricting play in a launch mode different from the launch mode set for each gaming state, and reliably realizing the gameplay of differentiating the ball entry patterns of the first ball entry means, second ball entry means, or third ball entry means set for each gaming state.

In any one of the gaming machines F1 to F5,
A distribution means for distributing the flowing direction of the game balls in at least two directions in sequence;
a first path through which the game balls sorted by the sorting means pass;
a second path through which the game balls sorted by the sorting means pass after the game balls sorted to the first path;
The first ball introduction means is provided downstream of the first path,
The second ball injection means is provided on the downstream side of the second path,
A gaming machine F6 characterized in that the movable means is provided downstream of the second path and upstream of the second ball entry means.

According to the gaming machine F6, in addition to the effects of the gaming machines F1 to F5, the following effect is achieved. That is, the distribution means distributes the flow direction of the game balls flowing down in at least two directions in sequence, and the game balls distributed by the distribution means pass through the first path, and the game balls distributed by the distribution means after the game balls distributed to the first path pass through the second path. Also, a first ball entry means is provided downstream of the first path, and a second ball entry means is provided downstream of the second path. And a movable means is provided downstream of the second path and upstream of the second ball entry means. As a result, the movable means provided upstream of the second ball entry means can generate a state in which the blocking time rolling means functions to make it difficult for the game ball to enter the second ball entry means, or a state in which the blocking time rolling means does not function to make it possible for the game ball to enter the second ball entry means. Therefore, for example, in a certain game state, the distribution means can distribute game balls in order to the first ball entry means, while in other game states, the distribution means can distribute game balls in order to the first ball entry means and the second ball entry means. As a result, by varying the entry patterns of the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means into which the game balls can enter, it is possible to increase the variety of the game and improve interest.

In the gaming machine F6,
A gaming machine F7 is characterized in that, in the first gaming state, when the movable means is in the second position and the gaming ball distributed to the second path by the distribution means does not enter the second ball entry means, the gaming machine F7 is provided with a fifth ball entry means (e.g., a general winning port 63a within the unit) into which the gaming ball can enter.

Gaming machine F7 has the following effect in addition to the effect of gaming machine F6. That is, when the movable means is in the second position and the gaming ball allocated to the second path by the allocation means does not enter the second ball entry means, the gaming ball is configured to be able to enter the fifth ball entry means. As a result, in the first gaming state, the gaming ball is configured to be able to enter the first ball entry means and the fifth ball entry means, and in the second gaming state, the gaming ball is configured to be able to enter the first ball entry means and the second ball entry means. Therefore, by varying the ball entry patterns of the ball entry means for each gaming state, it is possible to enrich the variety of the game and increase interest.

In the gaming machine F7,
The gaming machine F8 is characterized in that the fifth ball entry means only pays out a predetermined number of gaming balls (prize balls).

Gaming machine F8 has the following effect in addition to the effect of gaming machine F7. That is, when a gaming ball enters the fifth ball entry means, only a predetermined number of gaming balls are paid out. That is, when a gaming ball enters the fifth ball entry means, unlike the second ball entry means, a predetermined lottery is not held and only the gaming balls are paid out. Therefore, even if the movable means is in the second position in the first gaming state and the entry of the gaming ball into the second ball entry means is prevented, the gaming ball can be made to enter the fifth ball entry means and a predetermined gaming value can be given to the player, thereby suppressing the player's dissatisfaction due to the entry of the gaming ball into the second ball entry means being prevented and preventing the player from losing interest in the game.

In any one of gaming machines F0 to F8,
A widening means (e.g., special guide portion 78d) configured wider than the opening of the second ball inlet means is provided upstream of the second ball inlet means,
A gaming machine F9, characterized in that the gaming ball that flows down the widening means enters the second ball entry means.

Gaming machine F9 achieves the following effect in addition to the effects achieved by gaming machines F0 to F8. That is, upstream of the second ball entry means, a widening means formed wider than the opening of the second ball entry means is provided, and game balls that flow down the widening means enter the second ball entry means. This makes it possible to increase the number of game balls that enter the second ball entry means, and for example, when the movable means is displaced from the second position to the first position, it is possible to make it easier for game balls rolling on the upper surface of the movable means to enter the second ball entry means. This has the effect of making it easier for game balls to enter the second ball entry means, making it easier to award game value to players.

In any one of gaming machines F6 to F9,
The second pathway is
A depth direction flow path that flows the game balls in a depth direction when viewed from the front;
The gaming machine F10 is characterized by comprising a frontward flow path that is configured by turning back from the rearward flow path to the front side when viewed from the front, and that causes gaming balls to flow down in the frontward direction when viewed from the front.

Gaming machine F10 achieves the following effect in addition to the effects achieved by gaming machines F6 to F9. That is, the game ball flows down in the depth direction as seen from the front due to the depth-direction flow path provided in the second path, and the game ball flows down in the front direction as seen from the front due to the front-direction flow path that is configured by turning back from the depth-direction flow path to the front side as seen from the front.

Here, when configuring the second path so that it takes a first predetermined time for a gaming ball to flow down the second path, it is necessary to configure the length of the second path to be a fixed length. However, the length of the gaming machine is greater than the width of the entire gaming machine, and the design constraints on the left-right width are greater than the design constraints on the top-bottom width. Therefore, if the second path is extended in the horizontal direction when viewed from the front of the gaming machine, the second path will occupy a certain area in the gaming area, which may reduce the design freedom of other gaming components.

Therefore, by configuring the second path in the depth direction as viewed from the front of the gaming machine rather than in the horizontal direction as viewed from the front, the area occupied by the second path in the horizontal direction as viewed from the front of the gaming area can be reduced, which has the effect of contributing to improving the design freedom of the gaming machine.

In any one of gaming machines F3 to F10,
A gaming machine F11 is characterized in that it is equipped with a delay means (for example, a right-side concentrated deceleration section 79m or a left-side dispersed deceleration section 79n) that delays the flow speed of the gaming balls rolled by the blocking-time rolling means.

Gaming machine F11 achieves the following effects in addition to the effects of gaming machines F3 to F10. That is, the delay means delays the flow-down speed of the gaming balls rolled by the blocked-time rolling means. This makes it possible to make the time that the gaming balls stay on the top surface of the blocked-time rolling means uniform (constant) and long. Therefore, by lengthening the time that the gaming balls stay on the blocked-time rolling means compared to when there is no delay means, it becomes easier to design game specifications such as adjusting the period of the movable means in the second position for each game state in order to realize the playability of the present invention. Furthermore, the more the delay means slows down the flow-down speed of the gaming balls, the shorter the overall length of the blocked-time rolling means can be, and the more compact the movable means as a whole can be.

<Group G: Preventing chattering when detecting a ball whose flow direction has been changed>
Conventionally, gaming machines such as pachinko machines are configured to launch a gaming medium such as a ball toward a gaming area provided on a gaming board, and a win/lose lottery is held based on whether the gaming medium enters one of a number of ball entry ports provided in the gaming area, and if the player wins the win/lose lottery, a predetermined gaming value is awarded to the player.

In such gaming machines, a flow direction changing means is provided to change the flow path of the gaming medium that has flowed into a specified path, and by changing the flow direction of the gaming medium flowing down the gaming area, the entertainment value of the game is increased (for example, Patent Document 1 (JP Patent Publication No. 2012-231902)).

However, in the above gaming machine, when a detection switch or the like is used to detect a gaming medium whose flow direction has been changed by the flow direction changing means, if the gaming medium is detected immediately after the flow direction has been changed, the behavior of the gaming medium is not stable, such as the gaming medium swaying in a complex manner due to the change made by the flow direction changing means, and there is a risk of false detection by the detection switch.

The inventions in Group G were made in consideration of the circumstances exemplified above, and aim to provide a gaming machine that is less likely to cause erroneous detection of gaming balls.

A launching means (e.g., a ball launching unit 112a) capable of launching a game ball;
A first ball entry means (for example, a normal symbol gate 76a within the unit) into which the game balls launched by the launching means can enter;
A detection means (e.g., a second ball entrance switch) for detecting a game ball that has entered the first ball entrance means;
In a gaming machine equipped with a game value granting means (for example, a normal electric role control process (S104)) that grants a predetermined game value to a player based on the detection of a game ball by the detection means,
A flow direction changing means (e.g., a distribution device 73) that changes the flow direction of the game ball before the game ball launched by the launching means enters the first ball entry means;
and a flow-down mode stabilizing means for adjusting the flow-down mode of the game balls whose flow-down direction has been changed by the flow-down direction changing means (for example, the passage wall of the right-side path 75 from the distribution device 73 to the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit in the second embodiment).
The first ball entry means is
The gaming machine G0 is characterized in that it is arranged downstream of the flow pattern stabilization means.

According to the gaming machine G0, the launching means is configured to launch a gaming ball, and the gaming ball launched by the launching means is configured to enter the first ball entry means. The detection means detects the gaming ball that has entered the first ball entry means, and the gaming value granting means grants a predetermined gaming value to the player based on the detection of the gaming ball by the detection means. Here, before the gaming ball launched by the launching means enters the first ball entry means, the flow direction of the gaming ball is changed by the flow direction changing means, and the flow pattern of the gaming ball whose flow direction has been changed by the flow direction changing means is adjusted by the flow pattern stabilizing means. The first ball entry means is disposed downstream of the flow pattern stabilizing means. In this way, when the flow direction has been changed by the flow direction changing means, the gaming ball can be made to enter the first ball entry means after the flow pattern of the gaming ball has been adjusted by the flow pattern stabilizing means. Therefore, the detection means can detect the entry of the game ball when the behavior of the game ball entering the first ball entry means is stable, which has the effect of making it less likely that the first ball entry means will erroneously detect the game ball.

Note that "adjusting the way the game ball flows" can mean, for example, rolling the game ball so that its behavior is consistent, configuring a path for the game ball so that the game ball flows in one direction, allowing the game ball to fall freely so that it flows vertically downward, or using an elastic member to absorb the impact of the game ball's collision and reduce the kinetic energy of the game ball in a specified direction.

In the gaming machine G0,
The flow direction changing means is
A switching means (for example, a configuration of a rotating shaft portion 73a, a central plate portion 73b, and a right side receiving plate 73d) is provided for switching the flow direction of the game ball to a right angle or a substantially right angle.
The flow down pattern stabilization means is
A predetermined distance (for example, the distance of one ball) is formed between the switching means and the first ball entry means (for example, the passage wall of the right path 75 between the distribution device 73 and the unit normal pattern gate 76a).
The gaming machine G1 is characterized by the above.

In addition to the effects of gaming machine G0, gaming machine G1 has the following effects. That is, the flow direction of the gaming ball is switched to a right angle or an approximately right angle by the switching means provided in the flow direction changing means. Then, a predetermined distance is formed between the switching means and the first ball entry means by the flow behavior stabilization means. As a result, even if the flow direction of the gaming ball is switched to a right angle or an approximately right angle by the switching means, a predetermined distance is formed between the switching means and the first ball entry means, and the behavior of the gaming ball can be stabilized while the gaming ball flows down the predetermined distance. Therefore, the detection means can detect the entry of the gaming ball when the behavior of the gaming ball entering the first ball entry means is stable, which has the effect of making it less likely for the first ball entry means to erroneously detect the gaming ball.

In the gaming machine G0 or G1,
The detection means is
A gaming machine G2 characterized by detecting a gaming ball flowing vertically downward or approximately vertically downward.

Gaming machine G2 has the following effect in addition to the effect of gaming machines G0 or G1. That is, the detection means detects a gaming ball flowing vertically downward or approximately vertically downward. This allows the detection means to detect a gaming ball that is freely falling vertically downward or approximately vertically downward, and therefore has the effect of making it less likely for the first ball entry means to erroneously detect the gaming ball by detecting a gaming ball with stable behavior that is unlikely to cause an event such as the gaming ball hitting a wall and bouncing up.

In any one of the gaming machines G0 to G2,
A movable means (e.g., a projecting plate 79b) that can be displaced between a predetermined first position and a second position different from the first position and that changes the flow direction of the game ball projected from the projecting means;
A driving means (for example, a solenoid 209 (a solenoid for a retractable plate)) that drives the movable means based on the entry of a game ball into the first ball entry means;
A second ball entry means (e.g., a second winning hole 77b) into which a game ball can enter when the movable means is in the first position;
A gaming machine G3 characterized in that it is provided with a third ball entry means (e.g., special chart 2 winning hole 78) through which a gaming ball can enter when the movable means is in the second position.

Gaming machine G3 has the following effect in addition to the effects of gaming machines G0 to G2. That is, the moving means changes the flow direction of the gaming ball launched from the launching means, and the driving means drives the moving means based on the entry of the gaming ball into the first ball entry means. When the moving means is not driven by the driving means, the gaming ball is configured to be able to enter the second ball entry means, and when the moving means is driven by the driving means, the gaming ball is configured to be able to enter the third ball entry means. This makes it possible to vary the ball entry means into which the ball can enter by the moving means that is driven based on the entry of the gaming ball into the first ball entry means. Therefore, by preventing erroneous detection by the first ball entry means, it is possible to vary the ball entry patterns of the ball entry means into which the ball can enter, which has the effect of enriching the variety of the game and increasing the interest.

Note that examples of "entry patterns of the ball entry means through which the game ball can enter" include, for example, a ball entry pattern in which the ball can only enter the second entry means, a ball entry pattern in which the ball can only enter the third entry means, a ball entry pattern in which the ball can enter both the second and third entry means, or a ball entry pattern in which the ball can enter alternately through the second and third entry means.

In the gaming machine G3,
The game value providing means includes:
A gaming machine G4, characterized in that the game value is provided by driving the movable means from the first position to the second position by the driving means.

Gaming machine G4 achieves the following effect in addition to the effect achieved by gaming machine G3. That is, the game value imparting means drives the movable means from the first position to the second position by the drive means as the game value. As a result, as a mode of imparting game value, the ball entry means into which the ball can enter can be varied by the movable means driven based on the entry of the game ball into the first ball entry means. Therefore, there is an effect that the ball entry patterns of the ball entry means into which the ball can enter can be varied, which increases the variety of the game and increases the interest.

In the gaming machine G3 or G4,
A first lottery means (for example, a special drawing 1 big win type table 202b1) for performing a first lottery based on the entry of a game ball into the second ball entry means;
A second lottery means (for example, a special drawing 2 big win type table 202b2) for performing a second lottery different from the first lottery based on the entry of a game ball into the third ball entry means,
The gaming machine G5 is characterized in that the second lottery by the second lottery means is more likely to award a privilege that is advantageous to the player than the first lottery by the first lottery means.

Gaming machine G5 has the following effects in addition to the effects of gaming machines G3 and G4. That is, the first lottery means performs a first lottery based on the entry of a gaming ball into the second ball entry means. The second lottery means performs a second lottery different from the first lottery based on the entry of a gaming ball into the third ball entry means. The second lottery performed by the second lottery means is configured to more easily award a privilege that is more advantageous to the player than the first lottery performed by the first lottery means. This has the effect of preventing erroneous detection of a gaming ball by the first ball entry means, reliably realizing the playability of whether or not to enter the gaming ball into the third ball entry means that can receive the second lottery, and increasing the interest in the game.

In any of the gaming machines G3 to G5,
A fourth ball entry means (for example, the first winning hole 77a in FIG. 1) into which a game ball can enter, which is different from the second ball entry means and the third ball entry means;
A distribution means for distributing the flow direction of the game balls shot by the shooting means in at least two directions in sequence;
A first path (e.g., a left path 74) through which the game balls distributed by the distribution pass;
and a second path (e.g., a right path 75) through which the game balls distributed by the distribution means pass after the game balls distributed to the first path,
The fourth ball injection means is provided downstream of the first path,
The second ball injection means is provided on the downstream side of the second path,
A gaming machine G6 characterized in that the movable means is provided downstream of the second path and upstream of the second ball entry means.

According to the gaming machine G6, in addition to the effects of the gaming machines G3 to G5, the following effects are achieved. That is, the gaming ball is configured to be able to enter the fourth ball entry means different from the second ball entry means and the third ball entry means, and the flow direction of the gaming ball launched by the launching means is sequentially distributed in at least two directions by the distribution means, and the gaming balls distributed by the distribution means pass through the first path, and the gaming balls distributed by the distribution means pass through the second path after the gaming balls distributed to the first path. Also, the fourth ball entry means is provided downstream of the first path, and the second ball entry means is provided downstream of the second path. And, the movable means is provided downstream of the second path and upstream of the second ball entry means. As a result, the movable means provided upstream of the second ball entry means can generate different situations in which the gaming ball can enter the second ball entry means or not. Therefore, by varying the ball entry patterns of the ball entry means through which the game ball can enter, it is possible to increase the variety of the game and improve the interest.

In the gaming machine G6,
A gaming machine G7 characterized in that the first ball entry means (e.g., an in-unit normal pattern gate 76a) through which gaming balls can pass is provided in a portion of the second path.

In addition to the effects of the gaming machine G6, the gaming machine G7 provides the following effects. That is, a first ball entry means through which the gaming ball can pass is provided in a portion of the second path. That is, the gaming ball guided to the second path is configured to always enter the first ball entry means. As a result, after the gaming ball guided to the second path enters the first ball entry means, whether or not it enters the second ball entry means depends on the movable means arranged downstream of it. Therefore, for example, by changing the conditions for driving the movable means (winning probability, variable display time, or driving time), it is possible to vary whether or not the gaming ball flowing down the second path enters the second ball entry means, which has the effect of enriching the variety of the game and increasing interest.

In any of the gaming machines G3 to G7,
A game state setting means (e.g., a big win process (S103)) capable of setting a game state after the game value is awarded by the game value awarding means;
A first information acquisition means (for example, a regular reserved ball storage area 203h) for acquiring first information based on the game ball entering the first ball entry means;
A first determination means (e.g., a random number table 202f) for determining the first information acquired by the first information acquisition means;
A variable display execution means (e.g., a normal pattern variable processing (S111)) that executes a variable display of identification information (e.g., a variable display of a normal pattern) on a display means (e.g., a normal pattern display device 83) based on the judgment result of the first judgment means,
The driving means is
When a predetermined specific identification information (e.g., a "○" pattern) appears in the variable display executed by the variable display execution means, the movable means is driven;
The gaming machine G8 is characterized by being equipped with a ball entry pattern changing means (e.g., an alternating distribution unit 71) that changes the second ball entry means or the third ball entry means into which the gaming ball launched from the launching means can enter by changing the driving mode of the movable means by the driving means based on the gaming state set by the gaming state setting means.

Gaming machine G8 has the following effect in addition to the effect of gaming machines G3 to G7. That is, a gaming ball is launched by the launching means, and the gaming state after the gaming value is imparted by the gaming value imparting means can be set by the gaming state setting means. The first information acquisition means acquires first information based on the gaming ball entering the first ball entry means. Then, the first determination means determines the first information acquired by the first information acquisition means, and based on the determination result by the first determination means, the variable display execution means executes variable display of identification information on the display means. When a predetermined identification information appears in the variable display executed by the variable display execution means, the driving means drives the movable means. Then, the ball entry pattern change means changes the driving mode of the movable means by the drive means based on the gaming state set by the gaming state setting means, thereby changing the second ball entry means or the third ball entry means into which the gaming ball launched from the launching means can enter. This has the effect of preventing erroneous detection of the first ball entry means, changing the driving mode of the movable means depending on the entry of the game ball into the first ball entry means and the game state at that time, and by varying the ball entry pattern of the second ball entry means or the third ball entry means into which the game ball can enter, it is possible to reliably achieve the set game specifications while enriching the game variation and increasing interest.

In the gaming machine G8,
The shot pattern changing means is
A gaming machine G9 characterized by being provided with a drive time change means (e.g., S704 of the normal electric control processing (S104)) that changes the drive time of the variable display by the drive means based on the game state set by the game state setting means.

Gaming machine G9 has the following effect in addition to the effect of gaming machine G8. That is, the driving time of the movable means is changed based on the game state set by the game state setting means by the driving time changing means provided in the ball entry pattern changing means. This has the effect of increasing the variety of the game and increasing interest by changing the driving mode of the movable means according to the game state, for example, by lengthening the driving time of the movable means to shorten the period during which the ball cannot be entered into the second ball entry means, or by shortening the driving time of the movable means to lengthen the period during which the ball can be entered into the second ball entry means, thereby varying the ball entry patterns of the second ball entry means or the third ball entry means through which the game ball can enter.

In the gaming machine G8 or G9,
A variable time changing means (e.g., a general variable time table 202g) for changing the execution time of the variable display by the variable display execution means based on the game state set by the game state setting means;
The gaming machine G10 is characterized by being equipped with a timing change means (for example, S407 of the normal display change processing (S111)) that changes the execution time of the variable display using the variable time change means, thereby changing the timing at which the movable means is driven.

Gaming machine G10 has the following effect in addition to the effect of gaming machines G8 or G9. That is, the execution time of the variable display by the variable display execution means is changed by the variable time changing means based on the gaming state set by the gaming state setting means. Then, the timing changing means changes the timing of driving the movable means by changing the execution time of the variable display by the variable time changing means. This has the effect of enriching the variety of the game and increasing interest by changing the execution time of the variable display according to the gaming state, varying the timing of driving the movable means, and varying the ball entry pattern of the second ball entry means or the third ball entry means into which the gaming ball can enter.

In any of the gaming machines G3 to G10,
The movable means is
A closed-state rolling means (e.g., an upper surface of a projecting recession plate 79b) is provided which, when driven by the driving means, closes the second ball entrance means with the movable means while allowing the game ball to roll on the upper surface of the movable means;
The gaming machine G11 is characterized in that the third ball entry means is provided on the downstream side where the gaming ball that has rolled on the upper surface of the movable means by the closed-time rolling means flows down.

According to the gaming machine G11, in addition to the effects of the gaming machines G3 to G10, the following effect is achieved. That is, when the movable means is driven by the drive means, the movable means is configured to be able to block the second ball entry means by the closed rolling means provided on the movable means, and the game ball can roll on the upper surface of the movable means. Then, the second ball entry means is provided downstream of the flow of the game ball that rolled on the upper surface of the movable means by the closed rolling means. In this way, when the movable means is driven, the movable means blocks the second ball entry means to prevent the game ball from entering the second ball entry means, while the game ball rolls on the upper surface of the movable means and enters the third ball entry means provided downstream of it. As a result, by varying the entry patterns of the second ball entry means or the third ball entry means into which the game ball can enter, there is an effect that the game can be varied and the interest can be increased.

In any of the gaming machines G8 to G11,
The second pathway is
A predetermined time (for example, 1.9 seconds) is required for the game ball to reach the position of the movable means after the game ball enters the first ball entry means,
The variable display execution means includes:
The variable display can be executed for at least one of a first execution time (e.g., "3 seconds") that is longer than the predetermined time and a second execution time (e.g., "0.5 seconds") that is shorter than the predetermined time,
The game state setting means includes:
A predetermined first gaming state (e.g., a "normal gaming state"),
A second gaming state (e.g., a "latency probability variable state") different from the first gaming state;
The game state can be set to any one of the first game state and a third game state (e.g., a "probability variable state") different from the second game state;
The shot pattern changing means is
a first ball winning pattern means for performing the variable display for the first execution time in the first gaming state (for example, performing the variable display in "3 seconds");
A second ball winning pattern means for performing the variable display for the second execution time in the second game state (for example, performing the variable display in "0.5 seconds");
A gaming machine G12 characterized by being equipped with a third ball entry pattern means for performing the variable display at the second execution time in the third gaming state (for example, performing the variable display in "0.5 seconds").

Gaming machine G12 has the following effect in addition to the effects of gaming machines G8 to G11. That is, the second path is configured so that it takes a predetermined time for the gaming ball to reach the position of the movable means after the gaming ball enters the first ball entry means. Also, the first time execution means provided in the variable display execution means performs variable display for a first execution time longer than the predetermined time, and the second time execution means also provided in the variable display execution means performs variable display for a second execution time shorter than the predetermined time. Here, the gaming state setting means is configured to be able to set one of a predetermined first gaming state, a second gaming state different from the first gaming state, and a third gaming state different from the first gaming state and the second gaming state. The first ball-entering pattern means provided in the ball-entering pattern changing means performs a variable display in the first game state for a first time execution, the second ball-entering pattern means also provided in the ball-entering pattern changing means performs a variable display in the second game state for a second time execution, and the third ball-entering pattern means also provided in the ball-entering pattern changing means performs a variable display in the third game state for a second time execution. This has the effect of enriching the game variation and increasing interest by changing the execution time of the variable display according to the game state, varying the timing at which the movable means is driven, and varying the ball-entering pattern of the second ball-entering means or the third ball-entering means through which the game ball can enter.

In the gaming machine G12,
The launching means includes:
A first launch mode means for launching a game ball in a predetermined first launch mode (e.g., a left-handed game);
and a second launch mode means (e.g., right-hand shot) for launching a game ball in a second launch mode different from the first launch mode by the first launch mode means.
The first ball entry means is
A first predetermined ball entry means (for example, a normal symbol gate 76a in the unit) into which the game ball launched in the first launch mode by the first launch mode means can enter;
A specific first ball entry means (for example, a right-side normal symbol gate 76b) into which the game ball launched in the second launch mode by the second launch mode means can enter;
A second predetermined time (for example, "1 second") is required for the game ball to reach the position of the movable means after the game ball enters the specific first ball entry means,
the first execution time is greater than the second predetermined time,
A gaming machine G13 characterized in that the second execution time is shorter than the second specified time.

According to the gaming machine G13, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine G12, the following effect is achieved. That is, the first launch mode means provided in the launching means launches the gaming ball in a predetermined first launch mode, and the second launch mode means also provided in the launching means launches the gaming ball in a second launch mode different from the first launch mode of the first launch mode means. The first ball entry means is provided with a predetermined first ball entry means into which the gaming ball launched in the first launch mode by the first launch mode means can enter, and a specific first ball entry means into which the gaming ball launched in the second launch mode by the second launch mode means can enter. Also, it is configured so that a second predetermined time is required from when the gaming ball enters the specific first ball entry means until it reaches the arrangement position of the movable means. And, as the execution time of the variable display, the first execution time is set longer than the second predetermined time, and the second execution time is set shorter than the second predetermined time. This allows the game ball that has entered the specific first ball entry means to end the variable display before reaching the position of the movable means depending on the game state, and it is possible to change whether the movable means is in a driven state or not based on the execution result of the variable display. As a result, by changing whether the game ball that has entered the specific first ball entry means can enter the third ball entry means by the movable means depending on the game state, it has the effect of enriching the game variation and increasing interest.

In the gaming machine G13,
The driving means is
a first drive pattern means for driving the movable means for a first predetermined drive time (e.g., "2 seconds");
a second drive pattern means for driving the movable means for a second drive time (e.g., "5 seconds") longer than the first drive time,
The closing time rolling means is
The movable means is configured to require a third predetermined time (e.g., 2.5 seconds) to rotate from the upstream side to the downstream side;
The game ball that has entered the specific first ball entry means is guided to the upstream side of the movable means (for example, between the right side normal symbol gate 76b in the normal electric unit 79 and the right end of the entry and exit board 79b).
the first drive time is shorter than the third predetermined time (or a total time of the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time);
The gaming machine G14 is characterized in that the second driving time is longer than the total time of the second specified time and the third specified time.

According to the gaming machine G14, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine G13, the following effects are achieved. That is, the movable means is driven for a predetermined first drive time by the first drive pattern means provided in the drive means, and the movable means is driven for a second drive time longer than the first drive time by the second drive pattern means also provided in the drive means. Also, the closed-time rolling means is configured to require a third predetermined time to roll from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means. Also, the upstream guide means guides the game ball that has entered the specific first ball entry means to the upstream side of the movable means. And, the first drive time is set to be shorter than the third predetermined time (or the total time of the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time), and the second drive time is set to be longer than the total time of the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time. As a result, when the movable means is driven for the first drive time, the driving state of the movable means is terminated before the game ball has completely rolled from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means. On the other hand, when the movable means is driven by the second driving means, the driving state of the movable means is maintained while the game ball that entered the specific first ball entry means rolls from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means after being guided to the upstream side of the movable means. Therefore, when the movable means is driven for the second driving time, the game ball that entered the specific first ball entry means can be made to enter the third ball entry means. As a result, by changing whether or not the game ball that entered the specific first ball entry means can enter the third ball entry means by the movable means depending on the game state, there is an effect that it is possible to enrich the variety of the game and increase the interest.

<H group: configuration of reduction gear section>
Conventionally, in gaming machines such as pachinko machines, a gaming medium such as a ball is shot toward a gaming area provided on a gaming board, and a winning/losing lottery is held based on whether the gaming medium enters one of a plurality of ball entry ports provided in the gaming area, and if the winning/losing lottery results in a winning result, a predetermined gaming value is awarded to the player (for example, Patent Document 1 (JP Patent Publication No. 2012-231902)).

However, the height of the gaming machine is greater than the width of the entire machine, and the design constraints on the left-right width are greater than the design constraints on the top-bottom width. Therefore, if components that extend horizontally are placed, the components may occupy a certain area in the play area of the game board, reducing the design freedom of other game components.

The invention of Group H was made in consideration of the circumstances exemplified above, and aims to provide a gaming machine that can contribute to improving the design freedom of gaming machines.

A launching means (e.g., a ball launching unit 112a) for launching a game ball;
A game area in which the game balls launched by the launching means flow down;
A movable means (e.g., a retractable plate 79b) is provided in the game area and changes the flow direction of the game ball;
In a gaming machine having a driving means (for example, a solenoid 209 (a solenoid for a retractable plate)) for driving the movable means so as to be displaceable,
A moving means (e.g., the upper surface of the projecting plate 79b) that can move the game ball from a predetermined position (e.g., the upstream side of the projecting plate 79b) on the upper surface of the movable means to a specific position (e.g., the downstream side of the projecting plate 79b) provided laterally downstream of the predetermined position;
The gaming machine H0 is characterized by comprising a delay means (e.g., a deceleration section 79c) that delays the movement time of the gaming ball moved by the moving means from the predetermined position to the specific position.

According to the gaming machine H0, a game ball is launched by a launching means, the game ball launched by the launching means flows down the game area, the flow direction of the game ball is changed by a movable means provided in the game area, and the movable means is driven by a driving means so as to be displaceable. Here, the moving means is configured to move the game ball from a predetermined position on the upper surface of the movable means to a specific position provided on the lateral downstream side of the predetermined position, and the moving time of the game ball moving from the predetermined position to the specific position by the moving means is delayed by a delaying means. As a result, the moving time of the game ball moving from the predetermined position of the movable means to the specific position on the lateral downstream side by the delaying means can be delayed by the delaying means, and the moving time on the movable means can be made longer than in the case where there is no delaying means. Therefore, for example, when it is desired to move the game ball from a predetermined position to a specific position provided on the lateral downstream side thereof over a predetermined time, the more the delaying means delays the moving time of the game ball, the shorter the lateral length of the movable means can be, and the more compact the movable means can be in the lateral direction. As a result, the horizontal area occupied by the moving means can be reduced, which contributes to improving the design freedom of the gaming machine.

In the gaming machine H0,
The delay means is
The gaming machine H1 is characterized by being equipped with a deceleration means (e.g., deceleration section 79c) for decelerating the flow speed of the gaming ball.

In addition to the effects of the gaming machine H0, the gaming machine H1 has the following effects. That is, the speed at which the gaming ball flows down is slowed down by the deceleration means provided in the delay means. As a result, the speed at which the gaming ball flows down from a predetermined position on the movable means to a specific position on the lateral downstream side is slowed down by the deceleration means, and the moving time on the movable means can be made longer than in the case where there is no deceleration means. Therefore, for example, when it is desired to move a gaming ball from a predetermined position to a specific position provided on the lateral downstream side thereof over a predetermined time, the more the speed at which the gaming ball flows down is slowed by the deceleration means, the shorter the lateral length of the movable means can be, and the more compact the movable means can be made in the lateral direction. As a result, there is an effect that the reduction in the lateral occupation area of the movable means can contribute to improving the design freedom of the gaming machine.

In the gaming machine H1,
The deceleration means is
The flow speed of the game ball moving in a predetermined direction (for example, from the upstream side to the downstream side of the inlet/outlet plate 79b) from the predetermined position of the movable means to the specific position is slowed down (for example, the vertical rib shape of the speed reducing portion 79c),
The flow speed of the game ball in a specific direction different from the predetermined direction (for example, the vertical direction from the right exit of the right path 75 to the second winning port 77b of the special drawing 1) is not slowed down (for example, the deceleration part 79c has a vertical rib shape, so that it is difficult for it to collide with a ball from the vertical direction).
The gaming machine H2 is characterized by the above.

Gaming machine H2 achieves the following effect in addition to the effect achieved by gaming machine H1. That is, the deceleration means decelerates the flow speed of the gaming balls moving in a predetermined direction from a predetermined position of the movable means to a specific position. On the other hand, the deceleration means is configured not to decelerate the flow speed of the gaming balls in a specific direction different from the predetermined direction. That is, only the flow speed of the gaming balls flowing in from the predetermined direction is decelerated, and the flow speed of the gaming balls flowing in from a specific direction different from the predetermined direction can be maintained as it is. Therefore, the flow speed of the gaming balls flowing in from directions other than the predetermined direction can be maintained and made to flow down the gaming area, and there is an effect that the occurrence of congestion of gaming balls and ball clogging in the gaming area can be prevented.

In the gaming machine H2,
The movable means is
The actuator is configured to be displaceable between a predetermined first position and a second position different from the first position by the driving means,
The moving means is
When the movable means is in the second position, a rolling means (for example, an upper surface of the projecting plate 79b) on which the game ball can roll is provided,
The deceleration means is
A gaming machine H3, characterized in that the rolling means slows down the flow speed of the gaming ball rolling on the upper surface of the movable means.

In addition to the effects of the gaming machine H2, the gaming machine H3 has the following effects. That is, the movable means is configured to be displaceable between a predetermined first position and a second position different from the first position by the driving means, and the rolling means provided in the moving means is configured to allow the gaming ball to roll on the upper surface of the movable means when the movable means is in the second position. Then, the speed of the game ball rolling on the upper surface of the movable means is slowed down by the deceleration means. As a result, the speed of the game ball rolling on the upper surface of the movable means is slowed down by the deceleration means, and the speed of the game ball rolling on the movable means can be slowed down compared to when there is no deceleration means, and the moving time on the movable means can be extended. Therefore, for example, when it is desired to move a gaming ball from a predetermined position to a specific position provided on the lateral downstream side thereof over a predetermined time, the more the speed of the game ball is slowed down by the deceleration means, the shorter the lateral length of the movable means can be, and the more compact the movable means can be in the lateral direction. As a result, the horizontal area occupied by the moving means can be reduced, which contributes to improving the design freedom of the gaming machine.

In the gaming machine H2 or H3,
The deceleration means is
A protruding means (e.g., a rear deceleration portion 79c1) that collides with the game ball flowing down in the predetermined direction,
The protruding means is
The deceleration section 79c is disposed so as not to collide with the game ball flowing down in the specific direction (for example, when the inlet/outlet plate 79b is in the inlet/outlet state, the deceleration section 79c is disposed so that the ball flowing down from the right outlet of the right path 75 does not collide with the deceleration section 79c).
A gaming machine H4 characterized by the above.

Gaming machine H4 has the following effect in addition to the effect of gaming machines H2 and H3. That is, the device is configured so that gaming balls flowing down in a predetermined direction collide with the protruding means provided in the deceleration means, while the protruding means is arranged so that gaming balls flowing down in the specific direction do not collide with the protruding means. That is, gaming balls flowing down from the specific direction collide with the protruding means and are decelerated, while gaming balls flowing down from the specific direction are not decelerated without colliding with the protruding means. This has the effect of making the movable means compact by decelerating the flow speed of gaming balls flowing in from the specific direction, and maintaining the flow speed of gaming balls flowing in from directions other than the specific direction to flow down the gaming area, thereby preventing congestion of gaming balls and ball clogging in the gaming area.

In the gaming machine H4,
One side member (for example, a base of the normal electric unit 79) provided on the rear side of the movable means when viewed from the front,
and a second member (e.g., a cover portion of the normal electric unit 79) provided on the front side of the movable means when viewed from the front,
The protruding means is
A plurality of one-side protrusions (e.g., rear side deceleration portions 79c1) protruding from the one-side member toward the other-side member;
A plurality of other-side protrusions (e.g., front-side deceleration portions 79c2) protruding from the other-side member toward the one-side member,
The one side protrusion and the other side protrusion are
A gaming machine H5 characterized in that the gaming ball is arranged in a zigzag manner between the one side protrusion and the other side protrusion.

Gaming machine H5 achieves the following effects in addition to those achieved by gaming machine H4. That is, one side member is provided on the rear side of the movable means as viewed from the front, and the other side member is provided on the front side of the movable means as viewed from the front. Furthermore, as a protruding means, a one side protrusion is provided protruding from the one side member toward the other side member, and an other side protrusion is provided protruding from the other side member toward the one side member. The one side protrusion and the other side protrusion are arranged so that the gaming balls meander between the one side protrusion and the other side protrusion. This has the effect of efficiently decelerating the gaming balls flowing down the top surface of the movable means, and suppressing the occurrence of ball jams, etc.

In the gaming machine H5,
A predetermined position guide means (for example, a portion directly below the right side path 75 or the right side normal symbol gate 76b in the normal electric unit 79) is provided to guide the game ball flowing vertically downward in the game area to the predetermined position of the movable means,
The one side protrusion and the other side protrusion are
The gaming machine H6 is characterized in that it is placed at a position different from the predetermined position guided by the predetermined position guide means.

Gaming machine H6 has the following effect in addition to the effect of gaming machine H5. That is, the gaming ball flowing vertically downward in the gaming area is guided to a predetermined position of the movable means by the predetermined position guiding means. Then, the one-side protrusion or the other-side protrusion is disposed at a position different from the predetermined position guided by the predetermined position guiding means.

Conventionally, if a one-side protrusion or other-side protrusion is placed in a position in the play area where the game ball flows vertically downward, the game ball may collide with the one-side protrusion or other-side protrusion, causing the game ball's behavior to become disturbed due to the collision, and causing the game ball to flow out in an unintended direction (for example, the direction in which the game ball is guided when the movable means is in the second position) even though the movable means is not in the second position.

Therefore, the one-side protrusion or the other-side protrusion is not positioned at a predetermined position in the game area where the game ball flowing vertically downward is guided, and the one-side protrusion or the other-side protrusion is not configured to slow down the flow speed of the game ball flowing vertically downward. This configuration has the effect of preventing the game ball from behaving in an unexpected way, preventing the game ball from flowing out in an unintended direction and entering an unexpected ball entry means, and suppressing excessive awarding of game value.

In gaming machine H5 or H6,
The protruding means is
a collective protruding means arranged to collect the one-side protruding portion and the other-side protruding portion;
A gaming machine H7, characterized in that it is provided with a dispersed protrusion means for distributing the one side protrusion and the other side protrusion from the collective protrusion means.

According to the gaming machine H7, in addition to the effects of the gaming machines H5 and H6, the following effects are achieved. That is, the one-side protrusions and the other-side protrusions are arranged in a concentrated manner by the collecting protrusion means provided on the protrusion means, and the one-side protrusions and the other-side protrusions are arranged in a dispersed manner from the collecting protrusion means by the dispersing protrusion means also provided on the protrusion means. That is, the flow speed of the gaming balls in the collecting protrusion means can be slower than the flow speed of the gaming balls in the dispersing protrusion means. As a result, for example, the flow speed of the gaming balls rolling on the upper surface of the movable means can be slower in the part where the collecting protrusion means is provided, and faster in the part where the dispersing protrusion means is provided than in the part where the collecting protrusion means is provided, so that by arranging a ball entry means or the like downstream of the movable means and changing the driving mode of the movable means, it is possible to cause the gaming balls to enter the ball entry means. Therefore, by providing the collecting protrusion means and the dispersing protrusion means to the movable means, the effect is that the variety of games can be enriched and the interest of the games can be increased.

In any one of gaming machines H3 to H7,
The gaming machine H8 is characterized in that a ball entry means (e.g., special drawing 2 winning port 78) into which the gaming ball can enter is provided on the downstream side where the gaming ball rolled on the upper surface of the movable means by the rolling means flows down.

Gaming machine H8 achieves the following effect in addition to the effects achieved by gaming machines H3 to H7. That is, the gaming ball is configured to be able to enter the ball entry means provided downstream of the flow of the gaming ball that has been rolled on the upper surface of the movable means by the rolling means. That is, if the gaming ball has completely rolled on the upper surface of the movable means while the movable means is maintained in the second position, the gaming ball will enter the ball entry means, but if the movable means is displaced from the second position to the first position while the gaming ball is rolling on the upper surface of the movable means, the gaming ball will not be able to enter the ball entry means. Therefore, for example, if you want the game ball to enter the ball entry means in a specified game state, but do not want the game ball to enter the ball entry means in other game states, when the game ball rolls on the upper surface of the movable means while the speed reduction means is slowing down the flow speed in the other game states, by moving the movable means from the second position to the first position, the game ball rolling on the upper surface of the movable means can be made to flow downstream from the rolling position. As a result, there is an effect of suppressing the game ball from entering the ball entry means unintentionally in a game state other than the specified game state, which would result in excessive game value being awarded.

<Group I: Balls entering the distribution means at regular intervals>
Conventionally, gaming machines such as pachinko machines are configured to launch a gaming medium such as a ball toward a gaming area provided on a gaming board, and a win/loss lottery is held based on whether the gaming medium enters one of a number of ball entry ports provided in the gaming area, and if the player wins a jackpot in the win/loss lottery, a predetermined gaming value is awarded to the player.

In these gaming machines, the gameplay is based on the premise that the gaming ball must enter a predetermined path at a predetermined lead-out interval, thereby increasing the interest of the game (for example, Patent Document 3 (JP Patent Publication No. 2016-215050)).

However, due to unexpected game ball behavior in the game area, the game ball may enter the specified path at an interval different from the above-mentioned specified lead-out interval, which may destroy the gameplay that is based on the premise that the ball will enter at the specified lead-out interval, and may reduce the interest of the game.

The inventions in Group I were made in consideration of the circumstances exemplified above, and aim to provide a gaming machine that can appropriately implement the set gameplay characteristics and increase the entertainment value of the game.

A launching means (e.g., a ball launching unit 112a) for launching a game ball;
A passing means (e.g., a ball inlet 72) having an opening through which the game balls launched from the launching means can pass (e.g., an entrance of the ball inlet 72);
A path (for example, a right path 75) along which the game ball that has passed through the passing means flows down;
A ball entry means (e.g., an in-unit normal symbol gate 76a) that is disposed in the path and through which the game ball can enter;
An information acquisition means (for example, a regular reserved ball storage area 203h) for acquiring predetermined information based on the entry of a game ball into the ball entry means;
A determination means (e.g., a random number table 202f) for determining the predetermined information acquired by the information acquisition means;
A variable display execution means (e.g., a normal pattern variable processing (S111)) capable of executing a variable display of identification information (e.g., a variable display of a normal pattern) for a predetermined first execution time (e.g., "3 seconds") in a display means (e.g., a normal pattern display device 83) based on the judgment result of the judgment means;
a movable means (e.g., a retractable plate 79b) that is driven when a predetermined specific identification information (e.g., a circle pattern) appears in the variable display executed by the variable display execution means;
The movable means is disposed downstream of the path;
The gaming machine I0 is characterized by being equipped with a predetermined interval discharge means (e.g., a rotating body) that discharges a gaming ball to the opening at a predetermined discharge interval (e.g., "3.5 seconds") that is longer than the first execution time (the total time of the first execution time and the driving time of the movable means).

According to the gaming machine I0, the launching means is configured to launch a gaming ball, and the gaming ball launched from the launching means is configured to be able to pass through an opening provided in the passing means. Then, the gaming ball that has passed through the passing means flows down the path. Also, a ball entry means through which the gaming ball can enter is provided in the path, and predetermined information is acquired by the information acquisition means based on the entry of the gaming ball into the ball entry means. Then, the predetermined information acquired by the information acquisition means is judged by the judgment means, and based on the judgment result of the judgment means, the variable display execution means is configured to be able to execute variable display of identification information in the display means for a predetermined first execution time. Also, when predetermined specific identification information appears in the variable display executed by the variable display execution means, the movable means is driven. Here, the movable means is arranged on the downstream side of the path, and the gaming ball is led to the opening at a predetermined derivation interval longer than the first execution time by the predetermined interval derivation means. That is, the execution trigger of the variable display is obtained based on the game ball that has entered the path, and after the variable display is executed for a first execution time, the next game ball is guided to the opening having the ball entry means after a predetermined derivation interval that is longer than the first execution time (and the total time of the driving time of the movable means) by the predetermined interval derivation means. This holds back the next game ball from passing through the ball entry means from the start to the end of the variable display, making it possible for the ball to enter the ball entry means according to the execution interval of the variable display, and maintaining gameplay that is premised on the ball entering at the predetermined derivation interval. This has the effect of appropriately executing the gameplay that was initially set, thereby increasing the interest of the game.

<J group: Outlet between alternating distribution unit and normal power unit>
Conventionally, gaming machines such as pachinko machines are configured to launch a gaming medium such as a ball toward a gaming area provided on a gaming board, and a win/loss lottery is held based on whether the gaming medium enters one of a number of ball entry ports provided in the gaming area, and if the player wins a jackpot in the win/loss lottery, a predetermined gaming value is awarded to the player.

In these gaming machines, ball entry ports are set for each game state, and gameplay is created based on the premise that the game ball must enter the path set according to the game state, thereby increasing the interest of the game (for example, Patent Document 4 (JP Patent Publication No. 2014-100432)).

However, unexpected ball behavior in the game area can cause the ball to enter a path other than the pre-set path, destroying the gameplay that is based on the premise of the ball entering a path appropriate to the game state, and reducing interest in the game.

The invention of Group J was made in consideration of the business exemplified above, and aims to provide a gaming machine that can appropriately implement the set gameplay characteristics and increase the entertainment value of the game.

a launching means (e.g., ball launching unit 112a) capable of launching game balls in a first launching mode (e.g., left-hand play) in which the game ball is launched toward a first region of the game area (e.g., the left side of the game board 13 of the third pattern display device 81 when viewed from the front) and a second launching mode (e.g., right-hand play) in which the game ball is launched toward a second region different from the first region (e.g., the right side of the game board 13 of the third pattern display device 81 when viewed from the front);
A first ball entry means (for example, a first winning hole 77a or a second winning hole 77b) into which the game ball launched in the first launch mode can enter;
A path (e.g., a right path 75) that has an opening (e.g., a ball distribution entrance 72) through which the game ball can enter and guides the game ball to the first ball entry means;
A second ball entry means (for example, a right-side normal symbol gate 76b) into which the game ball launched in the second launch mode can enter;
A movable means (e.g., a retractable plate 79b) for changing the flow direction of the game ball launched in the first launch mode or the second launch mode;
A driving means (e.g., a solenoid 209 (a solenoid for a recessed plate)) for driving the movable means,
The movable means is
A game ball guiding means (e.g., a configuration of an upper surface of the inlet/outlet plate 79b) that guides the game ball launched in the second launch mode to the first area when driven by the drive means,
The opening is
The second ball entry means is disposed upstream in the game area,
The gaming machine J0 is characterized in that it is provided with a discharge means (e.g., an outlet) between the opening and the second ball entry means for discharging gaming balls outside the gaming area or to another area.

According to the gaming machine J0, the launching means is configured to be able to launch the gaming ball in a first launching mode in which the gaming ball is launched toward a first region of the gaming region, and in a second launching mode in which the gaming ball is launched toward a second mode different from the first region, the gaming ball launched in the first launching mode is configured to be able to enter the first ball entry means, and the gaming ball launched in the second launching mode is configured to be able to enter the second ball entry means by a path having an opening through which the gaming ball can enter. In addition, the moving means changes the flow direction of the gaming ball launched in the first launching mode or the second launching mode, and the moving means is driven by the driving means. Here, the gaming ball launched in the second launching mode is guided to the first region by the gaming ball guiding means provided in the moving means when driven by the driving means. The opening is disposed upstream of the second ball entry means in the game area, and the game ball is discharged outside the game area or to another area by the discharge means provided between the opening and the second ball entry means. As a result, game balls that are launched in the first launching mode and do not flow into the opening are discharged outside the game area or to another area by the discharge means before flowing into the second ball entry means, so that game balls that are launched in the first launching mode and do not flow into the opening can be prevented from entering the second ball entry means. Therefore, for example, when game specifications are set to play based on the first launching mode or the second launching mode depending on the game state, the game characteristics previously set for each game state can be appropriately executed, which has the effect of increasing the interest of the game.

<Group K: Allocation to unfavorable and favorable exits>
Conventionally, some gaming machines, such as pachinko machines, are configured to launch a gaming medium, such as a ball, toward a gaming area provided on a gaming board, and hold a winning/losing lottery based on whether the gaming medium enters one of a number of ball entry ports provided in the gaming area, and if the winning/losing lottery results in a winning result, a predetermined gaming value is awarded to the player (for example, Patent Document 1 (JP Patent Publication No. 2012-231902)).

However, in the above gaming machine, the pattern of the balls flowing down the play area is fixed, making the game monotonous, and there is still room for improvement in this regard.

The invention of Group K was made in consideration of the circumstances exemplified above, and aims to provide a gaming machine that can increase the enjoyment of gaming.

A launching means (e.g., a ball launching unit 112a) for launching a game ball;
A ball-entering means (e.g., a special ball-entering hole 78) into which the game ball launched by the launching means can enter and which gives a player a predetermined game value based on the game ball entering the hole;
An unfavorable ball entry means (e.g., an out hole) through which the game ball launched by the launching means can enter the ball and which, when the game ball enters the ball, gives a game value lower than that of the favorable ball entry means or does not give a game value at all;
A game state setting means capable of setting a game state (for example, a big win process (S103));
A movable means (e.g., a retractable plate 79b) for changing the flow direction of the game balls released from the release means;
A driving means for driving the movable means (for example, a solenoid 209 (a solenoid for a recessed plate));
a ball-entry pattern changing means (e.g., a driving pattern of a ball-entry board 79b) for changing a driving mode of the movable means by the driving means based on the game state set by the game state setting means, thereby changing a ball-entry pattern of the advantageous ball-entry means or the disadvantageous ball-entry means into which the game ball launched from the launching means may enter;
The gaming machine K0 is characterized by comprising:

According to the gaming machine K0, a gaming ball is launched by a launching means, and the gaming ball launched by the launching means can enter a favorable entry means, and a predetermined gaming value is awarded to a player based on the game ball entering the favorable entry means. Also, if the gaming ball launched by the launching means can enter an unfavorable entry means and the gaming ball enters the unfavorable entry means, a gaming value lower than that of the favorable entry means or no gaming value is awarded. Here, a gaming state is configured to be set by a gaming state setting means. Also, the flow direction of the gaming ball launched from the launching means is changed by a movable means, and the movable means is driven by a drive means. Then, a ball entry pattern changing means changes the driving mode of the movable means by the drive means based on the gaming state set by the gaming state setting means, thereby changing the entry pattern of the favorable entry means or the unfavorable entry means into which the gaming ball launched from the launching means can enter. This has the effect of increasing the variety of games and enhancing interest by changing the driving mode of the movable means according to the game state and varying the scoring patterns of the favorable scoring means and unfavorable scoring means in which the game ball can score.

Note that "entry patterns of advantageous or disadvantageous entry means through which the game ball can enter" include, for example, entry patterns in which the ball can enter only advantageous entry means, entry patterns in which the ball can enter only disadvantageous entry means, entry patterns in which the ball can enter both advantageous and disadvantageous entry means, and entry patterns in which the ball can enter alternately advantageous and disadvantageous entry means.

In the gaming machine K0,
The shot pattern changing means is
A first driving mode in which a game ball can enter the disadvantageous ball entry means;
The gaming machine K1 is characterized in that it is configured in a second drive mode in which it is difficult or impossible for a gaming ball to enter the disadvantageous ball entry means, and in that the movable means can be driven by the drive means.

Gaming machine K1 has the following effect in addition to the effect of gaming machine K0. That is, the ball entry pattern changing means is configured so that the movable means can be driven by the drive means to a first drive mode in which the game ball can enter the unfavorable ball entry means, and a second drive mode in which the game ball has difficulty or cannot enter the unfavorable ball entry means. This has the effect of increasing the variety of games and increasing interest by changing the drive pattern of the movable means, making it possible to vary whether the game ball enters the unfavorable ball entry means or not, and by varying the entry patterns of the favorable ball entry means and unfavorable ball entry means into which the game ball can enter.

The "first drive mode" may be any drive mode that allows the game ball to enter the disadvantageous ball entry means, such as a case where the movable means is driven to guide the game ball to the disadvantageous ball entry means, or a case where the movable means is not driven so that the game ball enters the disadvantageous ball entry means as is.

In the gaming machine K1,
The second driving mode is
A gaming machine K2 characterized in that the disadvantageous ball entry means is blocked by the movable means.

Gaming machine K2 has the following effect in addition to the effect of gaming machine K1. That is, when the movable means is driven in the second drive mode, the movable means blocks the disadvantageous ball entry means. As a result, when the movable means is driven in the second drive mode, it becomes impossible for the gaming ball to enter the disadvantageous ball entry means, and it is possible to vary whether or not the gaming ball enters the disadvantageous ball entry means depending on the drive mode of the movable means. Therefore, by varying the entry patterns of the advantageous ball entry means or the disadvantageous ball entry means into which the gaming ball can enter, it is possible to increase the variety of the game and improve interest.

In the gaming machine K2,
The movable means is
When driven to the second driving mode by the driving means, a closing time rolling means (for example, an upper surface of the projecting plate 79b) is provided, which allows the game ball to roll on the upper surface of the movable means while closing the disadvantageous ball entry means,
The closing time rolling means is
A gaming machine K3 characterized in that a gaming ball rolling on the upper surface of the movable means is guided to the advantageous ball entry means.

Gaming machine K3 has the following effect in addition to the effect of gaming machine K2. That is, when the movable means is driven to the second drive mode by the drive means, the closing time rolling means provided on the movable means allows the game ball to roll on the upper surface of the movable means while blocking the unfavorable ball entry means. Then, the closing time rolling means guides the game ball that has rolled on the upper surface of the movable means to the favorable ball entry means. In this way, when the movable means is in the second drive mode, the movable means blocks the unfavorable ball entry means to prevent the game ball from entering the unfavorable ball entry means, while the game ball rolls on the upper surface of the movable means and guides the game ball to the favorable ball entry means. As a result, by varying the entry patterns of the favorable ball entry means or the unfavorable ball entry means into which the game ball can enter, there is an effect that the game can be varied and the interest can be increased.

In addition, a configuration limited to any one of the gaming machines B0 to B14, C0 to C15, D0 to D14, E0 to E11, F0 to F11, G0 to G14, H0 to H8, I0, J0, and K0 to K3 may be applied to any one of the gaming machines A0 to A16.

In addition, a configuration limited to any one of the gaming machines A0 to A16, C0 to C15, D0 to D14, E0 to E11, F0 to F11, G0 to G14, H0 to H8, I0, J0, and K0 to K3 may be applied to any one of the gaming machines B0 to B14.

In addition, a configuration limited to any one of the gaming machines A0 to A16, B0 to B14, D0 to D14, E0 to E11, F0 to F11, G0 to G14, H0 to H8, I0, J0, and K0 to K3 may be applied to any one of the gaming machines C0 to C15.

In addition, a configuration limited to any one of the gaming machines A0 to A16, B0 to B14, C0 to C15, E0 to E11, F0 to F11, G0 to G14, H0 to H8, I0, J0, and K0 to K3 may be applied to any one of the gaming machines D0 to D14.

In addition, a configuration limited to any one of the gaming machines A0 to A16, B0 to B14, C0 to C15, D0 to D14, F0 to F11, G0 to G14, H0 to H8, I0, J0, and K0 to K3 may be applied to any one of the gaming machines E0 to E11.

In addition, a configuration limited to any one of the gaming machines A0 to A16, B0 to B14, C0 to C15, D0 to D14, E0 to E11, G0 to G14, H0 to H8, I0, J0, and K0 to K3 may be applied to any one of the gaming machines F0 to F11.

In addition, a configuration limited to any one of the gaming machines A0 to A16, B0 to B14, C0 to C15, D0 to D14, E0 to E11, F0 to F11, H0 to H8, I0, J0, and K0 to K3 may be applied to any one of the gaming machines G0 to G14.

In addition, a configuration limited to any one of the gaming machines A0 to A16, B0 to B14, C0 to C15, D0 to D14, E0 to E11, F0 to F11, G0 to G14, I0, J0, and K0 to K3 may be applied to any one of the gaming machines H0 to H8.

In addition, a configuration limited to any one of the gaming machines A0 to A16, B0 to B14, C0 to C15, D0 to D14, E0 to E11, F0 to F11, G0 to G14, H0 to H8, J0, and K0 to K3 may be applied to any one of the configurations of the gaming machine I0.

In addition, a configuration limited to any one of the gaming machines A0 to A16, B0 to B14, C0 to C15, D0 to D14, E0 to E11, F0 to F11, G0 to G14, H0 to H8, I0, and K0 to K3 may be applied to any one of the configurations of the gaming machine J0.

In addition, a configuration limited to any one of the gaming machines A0 to A16, B0 to B14, C0 to C15, D0 to D14, E0 to E11, F0 to F11, G0 to G14, H0 to H8, I0, and J0 may be applied to any one of the gaming machines K0 to K3.

In these cases, further benefits can be achieved by applying each configuration.

Gaming machine K1 is a slot machine among gaming machines A0 to A16, B0 to B14, C0 to C15, D0 to D14, E0 to E11, F0 to F11, G0 to G14, H0 to H8, I0, J0, and K0 to K3. Among them, the basic configuration of a slot machine is "a gaming machine equipped with a variable display means for dynamically displaying a sequence of identification information consisting of a plurality of identification information and then displaying the identification information in a definite manner, and equipped with a special game state generating means for generating a special game state advantageous to a player, the dynamic display of the identification information being started due to the operation of a start operation means (e.g., an operation lever), the dynamic display of the identification information being stopped due to the operation of a stop operation means (a stop button) or by the passage of a predetermined time, and the necessary condition being that the determined identification information at the time of the stop is a specific identification information." In this case, typical examples of the game medium include coins and medals.

In any one of the gaming machines A0 to A16, B0 to B14, C0 to C15, D0 to D14, E0 to E11, F0 to F11, G0 to G14, H0 to H8, I0, J0, and K0 to K3, the gaming machine K2 is a pachinko gaming machine. Among them, the basic configuration of a pachinko gaming machine includes a control handle, which is operated to launch a ball into a predetermined gaming area, and the identification information dynamically displayed on the display means is fixed and stopped after a predetermined time, as a necessary condition that the ball enters (or passes through) an operating port arranged at a predetermined position in the gaming area. In addition, when a special gaming state occurs, a variable winning device (a large winning port) arranged at a predetermined position in the gaming area is opened in a predetermined manner to allow the ball to win, and a value (including not only prize balls but also data written to a magnetic card) according to the number of winning balls is given.

Gaming machine K3 is characterized in that, in any of gaming machines A0 to A16, B0 to B14, C0 to C15, D0 to D14, E0 to E11, F0 to F11, G0 to G14, H0 to H8, I0, J0, K0 to K3, the gaming machine is a fusion of a pachinko gaming machine and a slot machine. Among these, the basic configuration of the combined gaming machine is "a gaming machine equipped with a variable display means for dynamically displaying a string of identification information consisting of a plurality of identification information and then definitively displaying the identification information, a gaming machine equipped with a special gaming state generating means for generating a special gaming state advantageous to the player, the dynamic display of the identification information being stopped by the operation of a start operating means (e.g., an operating lever) and stopped by the operation of a stop operating means (e.g., a stop button) or after a predetermined time has passed, the definitive identification information at the time of stopping being a specific identification information as a necessary condition, the gaming machine using balls as gaming media, requiring a predetermined number of balls to start the dynamic display of the identification information, and configured to pay out a large number of balls when the special gaming state is generated."

The "ball entering" the "Special 1 first winning slot 77a, Special 1 second winning slot 77b, Special 2 winning slot 78" described in the above embodiment corresponds to the "predetermined starting condition" in the claims, the "counter C1-C3, CS1 values" described in the above embodiment correspond to the "information" acquired by the "acquisition means" in the claims, the "third pattern" described in the above embodiment corresponds to the "identification information" in the claims, the "variable performance" described in the above embodiment corresponds to the "dynamic display of identification information" in the claims, the "jackpot pattern" described in the above embodiment corresponds to the "predetermined identification information" in the claims, and the "jackpot" described in the above embodiment corresponds to the "predetermined game value" in the claims.

10. Pachinko machines (amusement machines)
65a Central large prize slot (part of the game value granting means)
67a Right side big prize slot (part of the game value granting means)
71 Alternating distribution unit (part of the ball entry pattern changing means, part of the application changing means)
72 Distribution entrance (part of the opening, part of the passage means)
73 Distribution device (part of the ball entry pattern changing means, part of the distribution means, part of the flow direction changing means)
73a Rotating shaft portion (part of switching means)
74 Left path (part of the first path, part of the first flow path)
75 Right side path (part of the second path, part of the first flow path, part of the flow down pattern stabilization means)
76a In-unit normal pattern gate (part of the third ball entry means, part of the first ball entry means)
76b Right side normal pattern gate (part of the third ball entry means, part of the first ball entry means)
77a Special drawing 1 first winning hole (part of the first ball entry means, part of the specified first ball entry means, part of the second ball entry means)
77b Special Figure 1 Second Winning Hole (Part of the First Ball Entry Means, Part of the Specific First Ball Entry Means, Part of the Third Ball Entry Means)
77f Outer special chart 1 second winning hole (part of the third winning means)
78 Special Figure 2 Entry Hole (Part of the 2nd Entry Means, Part of the 3rd Entry Means)
79 Ordinary electric unit (part of movable means)
79b Appearance board (part of movable means, part of game ball guide means, part of first ball entry difficult means, part of second ball entry guide means, part of moving means)
79b1 Left side recessed plate (part of movable means, part of closed-time rolling means)
79b2 Right side recessed plate (part of movable means, part of closed-time rolling means)
79c Speed reducing section (part of delay means, part of speed reducing means)
83 Ordinary pattern display device (part of the display means)
110 Main control device (part of the determination means)
112a Ball launch unit (part of launch means)
202b1 Special chart 1 big win type table (part of the first game value imparting means, part of the first lottery means, part of the lottery means)
202b2 Special chart 2 big win type table (part of the second game value imparting means, part of the second lottery means)
202f Regular winning random number table (part of the third determination means)
202g General variable time table (part of variable time changing means)
203d First reserved ball storage area (part of the first information acquisition means, part of the second information acquisition means)
203e Second reserved ball storage area (part of second information acquisition means)
202g General variable time table (part of variable time changing means)
203h Normal map reserve ball storage area (part of the third information acquisition means, part of the first information acquisition means)
209 Solenoid (solenoid for inlet and outlet plate, part of driving means)
C4: Regular winning random number counter (part of the lottery means)
S103 Big win process (part of game state setting means)
S104: Normal electric control process (part of the first determination means, part of the movable mode change means, part of the game value provision means)
S111 General map change processing (part of variable display execution means)
S324 (part of the determination means, part of the second determination means)
S407 (part of timing change means)

Claims (1)

A launching means for launching a game ball;
A first ball entry means into which the game ball launched by the launching means can enter;
A first information acquisition means for acquiring first information based on a game ball entering the first ball entry means;
A second ball entry means, which is different from the first ball entry means, and which allows the game balls launched by the launching means to enter the ball entry means;
A second information acquisition means for acquiring second information based on the game ball entering the second ball entry means;
a determination means for determining the first information acquired by the first information acquisition means or the second information acquired by the second information acquisition means;
and a game value granting means for granting a predetermined game value to a player based on a result of the determination by the determining means.
a game state setting means for setting a game state after the game value is awarded by the game value awarding means;
A movable means for changing the flow direction of the game ball launched from the launching means;
A driving means for driving the movable means;
a ball-entry pattern changing means for changing a ball-entry pattern of the first ball-entry means or the second ball-entry means into which the game ball launched from the launching means may enter by changing a driving mode of the movable means by the driving means based on the game state set by the game state setting means;
A gaming machine comprising:

Images